Comunicatii Industriale

Siemens AG 2010
Industrial Communication
Catalog News IK PI N January 2010
SIMATIC NET
Answers for industry.
Katalogumschlag_IKPI_News_en.indd 2 28.01.2010 13:06:58

IKPI_News_U2_en.fm Seite 1 Donnerstag, 28. Januar 2010 12:56 12
Siemens AG 2010
Related catalogs
SIMATIC NET IK PI SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Industrial Communication Equipment for
Machine Tools
E86060-K6710-A101-B6-7600 E86060-K4461-A101-A3-7600
SIMATIC ST 70 SIMATIC Sensors ID 10

Products for Industrial
Totally Integrated Automation Identification Systems
and Micro Automation
E86060-K4670-A101-B2-7600 E86060-K8310-A101-A6-7600
SIMATIC S7-1200 ST 70 N Low-Voltage Motors

Micro Controller for IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors
Totally Integrated Automation Frame sizes 56 to 450
E86060-K5581-A111-A3-7600 D 81.1
E86060-K4670-A151-A4-7600 E86060-K5581-A121-A3-7600 D 81.1 N
SIMATIC HMI ST 80 SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120 D 11.1

Human Machine Standard Inverters
Interface Systems SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D
Distributed Inverters
E86060-K4680-A101-B6-7600 E86060-K5511-A111-A6-7600
SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7 SITOP KT 10.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 Power Supply SITOP
Process Control System
E86060-K4678-A111-B4-7600 E86060-K2410-A111-A7-7600
Low-Voltage Controls LV 1 SITRAIN ITC

and Distribution Training for Automation and
SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON Industrial Solutions
E86060-K1002-A101-A9-7600 E86060-K6850-A101-C1 (in German)
Industrial Controls LV 1 N Interactive Catalog CA 01

SIRIUS Innovations Products for
Automation and Drives
E86060-K1002-A361-A2-7600 E86060-D4001-A510-C8-7600
Motion Control Industry Mall

SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and Information and Ordering Platform
Motors for Production Machines in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
E86060-K4921-A101-A1-7600 PM 21
E86060-K4291-E101-A1-7600 PM 21 N
Innentitel_en.fm Seite 1 Donnerstag, 28. Januar 2010 2:58 14
Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication Introduction
1
Catalog News IK PI N January 2010
PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet

2
Industrial Wireless Communication

3
The products and sys-
tems described in this
catalog are manufac-
tured/distributed under
application of a certified
PROFIBUS
4
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001
(Certified Registration
No. can be found in the
Appendix). The certifi-
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os
5
cate is recognized by all
IQNet countries.
AS-Interface
6
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates
of this catalog:
The products contained in this catalog are also

Telecontrol
7
contained in the e-Catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A510-C8-7600
Please contact your local

Network transitions
8
Siemens branch office.
Siemens AG 2010
ECOFAST System
9
IO-Link
10
Appendix
11
Kap_01_en.fm Seite 2 Donnerstag, 28. Januar 2010 9:03 09
Siemens AG 2010
1/2 Siemens IK PI News January 2010

Siemens AG 2010
Answers for industry.
Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the
manufacturing and the process industry as well as in
the building automation business. Our drive and automation
solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) are employed in all kinds
of industry. In the manufacturing and the process industry.
In industrial as well as in functional buildings.
Siemens offers automation, drive, and The high quality of our products Check out the opportunities our
low-voltage switching technology as sets industry-wide benchmarks. automation and drive solutions provide.
well as industrial software from stan- High environmental aims are part of And discover how you can sustainably
dard products up to entire industry solu- our eco-management, and we imple- enhance your competitive edge with us.
tions. The industry software enables our ment these aims consistently. Right
industry customers to optimize the en- from product design, possible effects on
tire value chain from product design the environment are examined. Hence
and development through manufacture many of our products and systems are
and sales up to after-sales service. Our RoHS compliant (Restriction of Hazard-
electrical and mechanical components ous Substances). As a matter of course,
offer integrated technologies for the en- our production sites are certified ac-
tire drive train from couplings to gear cording to DIN EN ISO 14001, but to us,
units, from motors to control and drive environmental protection also means
solutions for all engineering industries. most efficient utilization of valuable
Our technology platform TIP offers ro- resources. The best example are our
bust solutions for power distribution. energy-efficient drives with energy
savings up to 60 %.
Siemens IK PI News January 2010 1/3

Siemens AG 2010
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
Management Level MES Manufacturing Execution Systems
SIMATIC PCS 7
Operations Level Process Control (DCS)
Industrial Software for

Design and Engineering Maintenance
Installation and Commissioning Modernization and Upgrade
Operation Energy Management
Control Level
SIMOTION SINUMERIK
Motion Control System Computer Numeric Control
Field Level
PROFIBUS PA
Process Instrumentation SIMATIC Sensors
Totally HART
Integrated
02.03.2009
IO-Link
Automation
Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.
Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only provider
of an integrated basis for implementation of customized automation
solutions in all industries from inbound to outbound.

Siemens AG 2010
Ethernet
SIMATIC IT
Ethernet
SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA System
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC NET SIMATIC Controllers SIMATIC HMI Safety Integrated

Industrial Modular / Embedded / Human Machine Interface
Communi- PC-based
cation Low-Voltage Controls
and Distribution
PROFINET
PROFIsafe Industrial Ethernet
PROFIsafe PROFIBUS
SIMATIC Distributed I/O SINAMICS Drive Systems ASIsafe AS-Interface
Totally
Integrated
Power
KNX GAMMA instabus
TIA is characterized by its unique The unique continuity is already

continuity. a defined characteristic at the
development stage of our products
It provides maximum transparency at and systems.
all levels with reduced interfacing re-
quirements covering the field level, The result: maximum interoperability
production control level, up to the cor- covering the controller, HMI, drives,
porate management level. With TIA up to the process control system. This
you also profit throughout the complete reduces the complexity of the auto-
life cycle of your plant starting with mation solution in your plant. You will
the initial planning steps through oper- experience this, for example, in the
ation up to modernization, where we engineering phase of the automation
offer a high measure of investment solution in the form of reduced time
security resulting from continuity in the requirements and cost, or during opera-
further development of our products tion using the continuous diagnostics
and from reducing the number of inter- facilities of Totally Integrated Auto-
faces to a minimum. mation for increasing the availability
of your plant.

Siemens AG 2010
Integrated power distribution

from one source.
Totally Integrated Power.

Siemens AG 2010
Communication
IEC 61850 PROFINET BACnet
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
Processes /
industrial automation
KNX EIB
Products and systems

Medium voltage Transformers Low voltage Installation Building
technology automation
110 kV
Planning and system configuration
03.04.2008
Electrical power distribution in Our portfolio comprises everything
buildings requires integrated solutions. from engineering tools to the matching
Our response: Totally Integrated Power. hardware: from switchgear and
This means innovative and integrated, distribution systems for medium volt-
interface-optimized products and age to transformers, from switching
systems which have been optimally and circuit-protection devices to
coordinated and complemented with low-voltage switchgear and busbar
communication and software modules trunking systems, as far as to the small
that link power distribution to building distribution board and the wall outlet.
automation or industrial automation. It goes without saying that both the
Totally Integrated Power accompanies medium-voltage switchgear, which
power distribution projects from one requires no maintenance, and the
end to the other. From A to Z. low-voltage switchgear are type-tested,
From the planning to the buildings use: and their busbar connections, too.
Totally Integrated Power offers signifi- Comprehensive protection systems
cant advantages in every project ensure the safety of man and machine
stage and to everyone involved in the at any time.
project the investors, electrical plan-
ning engineers, electricians, users
and building facility managers.

Siemens AG 2010
Much more than a Selecting

Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb"
catalog.
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions.
Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be dis-
The Industry Mall. played with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations,
load them and reset them to their initial status.
You have a catalog in your hands that will serve Ordering

you well for selecting and ordering your products. You can load the products that you have selected in this way into
But have you heard of the electronic online the shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own
catalog (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits? templates and you will be informed about the availability of the
Take a look around it sometime: products in your shopping cart. You can load the completed parts lists
directly into Excel or Word.
Delivery status
When you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail confir-
mation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier",
you will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you
can easily track the delivery status.
Added value due to additional information

So you have found your product and want more information about it?
In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data base,
manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user documen-
tation with My Documentation Manager.
Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and techni-
cal data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image database
you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3Dgraphics, dimension
drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or circuit
diagrams which you can download.
Convinced? We look forward to your visit!

Siemens AG 2010
New Since Publication of IK PI 2009
The Catalog IK PI News January 2010 supplements Catalog IK PI 2009.
It contains products which have been newly introduced or changed in their
functionality since the main catalog was released.
The Catalog IK PI 2009 is still valid.

Siemens AG 2010
Section 2: PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet
Cabling Technology The portfolio of existing product lines SIMATIC S7-1200 Modular Controllers
has been extended and rounded off.
The service-proven advantages of A new addition to the family of The SIMATIC S7-1200 controller is
FastConnect technology such as easy SCALANCE X-100 switches is the modular, compact, versatile, a sound
plug mounting on site and the preven- SCALANCE X108PoE. investment and perfectly suited for a
tion of errors when assembling cables The spectrum of SCALANCE X-300 whole range of applications.
are now also available for fiber-optic switches has been supplemented with Scalable and flexible design, an
cables namely for PROFIBUS and SCALANCE X308-2M. integrated PROFINET communication
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet. interface to meet the most exacting
This is made possible by the new Assistance with the selection of Indus- industrial requirements, and a complete
FastConnect FO system. trial Ethernet switches and configuration offering of powerful and integrated
of the modular versions is available in technology make this controller an
Industrial Ethernet Switches/ the form of a Switch Selection Tool which integral component of a comprehensive
Media Converters can be downloaded free of charge from: automation solution.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/
The new SIMATIC S7-1200 generation WW/view/en/39134641
of controllers is centered on PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet. For small, cost-
effective automation solutions there is
the new CSM 1277 compact switch
module which can be optimally inte-
grated in an S7-1200 system.
To meet the steadily growing demands,

the family of SCALANCE X industrial
Ethernet switches has been expanded
System Interfaces Embedded Automation
to include the SCALANCE XB-000,
XF-200, XR-300 and X-300EEC and
Special communications processors SIMATIC Embedded Automation unites
XR-300EEC product lines.
with additional functionalities are the openness and flexibility of PC-based
available to reduce the load on the systems with the robustness of modular
SIMATIC CPU. The product spectrum for controllers. Control and PC applications
the S7-300 system has been extended run on one and the same hardware,
by two new CP versions: which by doing without rotating parts
such as hard disks and fans is highly
The CP 343-1 ERPC (Enterprise robust.
Connect) has been optimized with
additional partner software for con-
nection to MES or ERP systems.
The CP 343-1 BACnet (Building
Automation and Control Networks)
has been specially designed for use in
automation systems for buildings.

Siemens AG 2010
Section 4: PROFIBUS Section 6: AS-Interface
System Interfaces for PG/PC Power Management System
The number of installed PROFIBUS The Power Management System from Be it for operation in the control cabinet
networks continues to increase, with Siemens is an innovative and future- or for distributed configuration in the
new and updated communications proof solution for optimized energy field: The comprehensive portfolio
processors promoting the trend. consumption and appreciably lower of powerful, communication-capable
For example, the new CP 5711 enables energy costs. The SENTRON PAC motor starters and load feeders
fast access to PROFIBUS or MPI through multifunction measuring instruments stands for maximum reliability and
USB even without an integrated inter- record consumption data reliably and cost efficiency in applications with
face on the PC. precisely, thus creating the ideal basis AS-Interface.
Other CPs reflect the ongoing further for optimization measures.
development of the PC and now also Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate
enable the connection of PCI Express and SIMATIC WinCC powerrate power
systems to PROFIBUS. management add-ons, it is an easy
matter to present and evaluate energy
values.
Section 5: SIMATIC ET 200

Distributed I/O
With the new IM 154-6 PN IWLAN

interface module, the ET 200pro distrib-
uted I/O system can be connected to a
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System higher-level PROFINET IO controller
without the use of a cable.
Thanks to the modular multifunctional SIMATIC ET 200eco PN is the new,
SIRIUS MSS system, the large volumes of robust and space-saving block I/O in
data in the safety system can be flexibly degree of protection IP67 for PROFINET
adapted to the particular applications: connection
Safety functions are quickly and easily
parameterized using the Modular
Safety System ES.

Siemens AG 2010
Section 7: Telecontrol Section 8: Network transitions Section 10: IO-Link
The TIM 3V-IE, TIM 3V-IE Advanced and WirelessHART is opening up the process IO-Link is a clever concept for the uni-
TIM 4R-IE communication modules can industry for wireless communication. form connection of sensors and actua-
communicate with the new firmware The new IE/WSN-PA LINK enables tors such as load feeders or compact
V2.0 directly over the Internet. The pro- WirelessHART field devices to be con- feeders to the control level through a
tocol used is a TCP/IP-based tunnel pro- nected to Industrial Ethernet, which in cost-efficient point-to-point link.
tocol (MSC-VPN) with 128 bit encoding. turn permits for example extensive
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced and TIM 4R-IE diagnostics options. The new communication standard
modules can communicate directly over below the fieldbus level enables central
DSL and the Internet by means of the in- error diagnostics and localization up to
tegrated MSC protocol, whereas in ap- the sensor/actuator level and facilitates
plications with TIM 3V-IE the encoding start-up and maintenance by allowing
is performed with the MD720-3 modem parameter data to be dynamically
by means of GPRS. Configuration is easy changed directly from the application.
using STEP 7 and the ST7 Engineering The result: Greater plant availability and
System. less engineering work. As an open
interface, IO-Link can be integrated in
Bidirectional communication with the all standard fieldbus and automation
control center is possible with the systems. Consistent interoperability
tunnel technology and standard GPRS ensures high protection for your invest-
mobile phone connections to the ment. This also applies within the con-
Internet. The connection is kept per- text of existing machine concepts for
manently "online" where small data the continuing use of sensors which do
volumes are involved. not have an IO-Link interface.

Kap_02_Titel_en.fm Seite 1 Donnerstag, 28. Januar 2010 3:22 15
Siemens AG 2010
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet
2/2 Cabling system 2/202 Distributed I/O ET 200eco

2/2 Overview of FC-FOCs 2/202 ET 200eco PN
2/3 FC glass fiber-optic cable
2/215 SIMOTION Motion Control System
2/7 FC FO termination kit SIMOTION C Controller-based
2/8 Industrial Ethernet switches/ 2/215 Summary
Media converters 2/218 SIMOTION C240/C240 PN
2/8 Overview
2/223 SIMATIC Panels Operator control
2/15 Compact Switch Modules and monitoring devices
CSM 1277 unmanaged
2/223 SIMATIC Multi Panels (MP)
2/18 SCALANCE XB-000 unmanaged
2/25 SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged 2/225 Industrial Wireless Communication
2/34 SCALANCE XF-200 managed Wireless Devices ET 200pro IWLAN
2/41 SCALANCE XF-200IRT managed 2/225 IM 154-6 PN IWLAN
2/45 SCALANCE X-300 managed Sec.6 Industrial controls
2/67 SCALANCE XR-300 managed Motor starters for operation in the field,
2/77 SCALANCE X-300EEC managed high degree of protection
2/99 SCALANCE XR-300EEC managed Sec.6 SIRIUS M200D motor starters
General data
2/111 Media modules
for modular SCALANCE X-300 managed Sec.4 M200D motor starters
for PROFIBUS / PROFINET
2/123 Industrial Security Sec.6 SIRIUS M200D motor starters
2/123 SOFTNET Security Client Accessories
2/125 SIMATIC S7-1200 2/228 Production sensors RFID systems
modular controllers 2/228 SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C
2/125 CPU 1211C
2/233 Production sensors
2/133 CPU 1212C
Code reading systems
2/141 CPU 1214C
2/233 SIMATIC MV440
2/149 SIPLUS S7-1200
2/241 Partner solutions
modular controllers
2/241 deviceWISE Embedded Edition
2/149 SIPLUS CPU 1211C, CPU 1212C,
for SIMATIC S7
CPU 1214C
2/152 Embedded Automation

2/152 SIMATIC S7-modular Embedded
Controller
2/161 SIMATIC IPC427C bundles
2/165 SIMATIC HMI IPC477C embedded
2/173 SIMATIC WinAC MP
2/179 System interfacing

2/179 Overview
2/180 System interfacing

for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
2/182 CP 343-1 ERPC
2/188 CP 343-1 BACnet
2/193 System interfacing for PG/PC

2/195 CP 1612 A2
2/199 Accessories
2/199 SICLOCK time synchronization
Siemens IK PI News January 2010

Siemens AG 2010
Cabling system
Overview of FC-FOCs
Overview Design
Fiber-optic cables with glass core (62.5/200/230) are offered for
the FastConnect fiber-optic cable system:
FC glass fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for indoor and outdoor fiber-optic networks
2 The fiber structure corresponds to that of the PCF. This allows
simple assembly on site.
Sheath material Application
PVC Standard use in indoor and
outdoor areas of industrial appli-
cations
PUR Highly mobile applications
(tow chains) for high mechanical
or chemical stress in harsh
industrial environments
PE Routing of cables in moist areas
indoors and outdoors, and for
direct burying in earth
FRNC Standard applications with high
Simple on-site assembly of glass FOC in the field fire protection requirements
Optical signal transmission
No radiation emission from the cable Approvals
Unaffected by external noise fields
UL listing (safety standard) for network lines is especially neces-
No grounding problems sary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements
Electrical isolation for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable is
Low weight routed within the building. This applies to all cables which have
to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet and are
Simple laying of cables positioned on cable racks secured in the building. These cables
are identified by the suffix "GP" (general purpose) in the product
Application name and have the corresponding UL approvals.
The fiber-optic cable (FOC) is used for the transmission of
signals in very extensive plants and where there are significant
potential differences within a plant. The light beam is guided by
total reflection at the transition from core to cladding which has
a lower refractive index than the core.
The FC FO system enables the fast on-site assembly of glass
fiber-optic cables with the right lengths to suit the respective
application.
Assembly with FastConnect for glass fiber-optic cables

$ % & (
) * -
+ ,

Siemens AG 2010
Cabling system
FC glass fiber-optic cable
Overview Design
support element outer sheath

2
single core sheath
EOH*3
QGDUG&D
)&)26WD
fleece wrapping
G_IK10_XX_10263
with strain relief
strain relief
elements
FC FO fiber using aramide
62.5/200/230 m yarn
hollow core
FastConnect standard fiber-optic cable for use in optical FC FO standard cable GP (General Purpose);
Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS networks rugged round cable with green outer sheath, Kevlar strain relief
For all users who want to install and assemble the glass fiber- elements, and 62.5/200/230 FC FO fibers for indoor/outdoor
optic cables themselves over longer distances on site for applications
office or industrial applications. FC FO trailing cable;
Simple FastConnect SC/BFOC connector assembly on site rugged round cable with green outer sheath, Kevlar strain relief
Rugged construction for industrial applications both indoors elements and 62.5/200/230 FC FO fibers for use in tow chains
and outdoors and moving applications
High interference immunity, as they are not sensitive to elec- Maximum cable length between two devices:
tromagnetic interference 3000 m for 100 Mbit/s Ethernet or for PROFIBUS
Extensive range of approvals (UL approvals) 350 m for 1000 Mbit/s Ethernet (1000Base-SX)
550 m for 1000 Mbit/s Ethernet (1000Base-LX)
Benefits The maximum cable lengths can be assembled from partial
lengths using FastConnect couplings (SC or BFOC;
maximum 2 couplings, approx. 2.5 dB attenuation per coupling).
It is also possible to combine existing installed, conventional
62.5/125 m multi-mode glass fiber-optic cable sections with the
Avoidance of excessive cable lengths in the control cabinet, new FastConnect fiber-optic cables.
as the fiber-optic cables can be assembled to the right length
on site
Easy installation of cables in buildings, as cables can be
pulled in without connectors attached
Devices with different connection method (SC or BFOC) can
easily be connected to one another using self-assembled
adapter cables
Electrical isolation of Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET/
PROFIBUS devices
Unaffected by electromagnetic interference
Tap-proof:
no radiation from cable
Application
SIMATIC NET FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables are used
to construct optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET and PROFIBUS networks. Devices with integral
optical interface (SC or BFOC connection technology) are, for
example, optical link modules (OLM) and SCALANCE X
switches.
FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables are to be assembled on
site using FastConnect SC or FastConnect BFOC connectors.
A corresponding assembly kit (FC FO Termination Kit) is avail-
able for this purpose. The termination kit permits the stripping
and the "cleaving" of the fiber in the assembled connector, as is
familiar from PCF fiber-optic cables.

Siemens AG 2010
Cabling system
Technical specifications
Order No. 6XV1 847-2A 6XV1 847-2C
Product type designation FC FO Standard Cable GP FC FO Trailing Cable
Product description Glass fiber-optic cable for field assembly, cut-to- Flexible glass fiber-optic cable for field assembly,
2 Suitability for use

length, non-assembled
Cable for fixed routing in cable ducts and conduits,
cut-to-length, non-assembled
Cable for high mechanical loading for use in
UL approval trailing cables indoors and outdoors
Type of assembled fiber-optic cable Can be preassembled with four BFOC or Can be preassembled with four BFOC or
SC connectors SC connectors
Cable designation AT-V(ZN)YY 2GK 62.5/200/230 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2GK 62.5/200/230
Optical data
Attenuation factor per length
At 850 nm, maximum 3.2 dB/km 3.2 dB/km
At 1300 nm, maximum 0.9 dB/km 0.9 dB/km
At 1550 nm, maximum
Bandwidth length product
At 850 nm 200 kHzm 200 kHzm
At 1300 nm 500 kHzm 500 kHzm
Mechanical data
Number of fibers per FO core 1 1
Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2
Design of optical fibers Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/200/230 m Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/200/230 m
Design of optical cores Fixed core Fixed core
Design of optical cable Splittable cable Splittable cable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers 62.5 m 62.5 m
of the optical fiber sheath 230 m 230 m
of sheath of optical cores 2.2 mm 2.2 mm
of cable 7.2 mm 8.8 mm
Symmetrical deviation
of outer diameter of sheath 0.1 mm 0.1 mm
of optical cores
of outer diameter of cable 0.5 mm 0.5 mm
Material
of the optical fiber core Fused silica Fused silica
of the optical fiber sheath ETFE ETFE
of sheath of optical cores PVC PVC
of sheath of optical cable PVC PUR
of cable grip Aramid fibers Aramide thread (double-ply)
Color
of sheath of optical cores Orange/black Orange/black
of cable sheath Green Green
Bending radius
Minimum permissible 70 mm 130 mm
with single bending
Minimum permissible 105 mm 175 mm
with multiple bending
With continuous bending
Number of bending cycles
Tensile load, max. 100 N 800 N
Short-term lateral force per length 500 N/cm 500 N/cm
Permanent lateral force per length 300 N/cm 300 N/cm
Weight per length 49 kg/km 65 kg/km

Siemens AG 2010
Cabling system
Technical specifications (continued)

Order No. 6XV1 847-2A 6XV1 847-2C
Product type designation FC FO Standard Cable GP FC FO Trailing Cable
Permissible ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 2
During operating phase -40 +85 C -25 +75 C
During storage -40 +85 C -30 +75 C
During transport -40 +85 C -30 +75 C
During installation -5 +50 C -5 +50 C
Fire behavior Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 60332-1-2 Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 60332-1-2
and IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil conditionally resistant resistant
to grease conditionally resistant resistant
to water not resistant not resistant
Radiological resistance resistant not resistant
to UV radiation
Product properties, functions,
components, general
Product property
halogen-free No No
Silicone-free Yes Yes
Product component: No No
Rodent protection
Cable length with glass FOC
With 100BaseFX 3 000 m 3 000 m
for Industrial Ethernet, maximum
With 1000BaseSX 350 m 350 m
With 1000BaseFX 550 m 550 m
With PROFIBUS, maximum 3 000 m 3 000 m
Standards, specifications,
approvals
Certificate of suitability UL approval:
OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) /
CSA approval:
OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4
(CSA Standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
Proof of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Cabling system
Ordering data Order No. More information

FC FO standard cable GP 6XV1 847-2A You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
62.5/200/230 cabling range from your local contact.
FC FO standard cable for fixed Technical advice on this subject is available from:
installation indoors with PVC
2 sheath;
sold by the meter
J. Hertlein
I IA SC IC PM 1
FC FO trailing cable 6XV1 847-2C Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49 (0)911/750 99 91
FC FO trailing cable for use in tow
chains and moving applications;
sold by the meter
FC FO termination kit 6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0
Assembly case for local assembly
of FC SC and FC BFOC connec-
tors to FC FO standard cable,
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
FC SC plug 6GK1 900-1LB00-0AC0
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs +
cleaning cloths)
FC BFOC plug 6GK1 900-1GB00-0AC0
(1 pack = 20 units +
cleaning cloths)
FC SC coupler 6GK1 900-1LP00-0AB0
FC SC duplex coupling;
(1 pack = 5 units)
FC BFOC coupler 6GK1 900-1GP00-0AB0
FC BFOC coupling;
(1 pack = 10 units)
SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Electronic manuals
for communication systems,
communication protocols,
and communication products;
on DVD;
German/English

Siemens AG 2010
Cabling system
FC FO termination kit
Overview Design
support element outer sheath

2
single core sheath
EOH*3
QGDUG&D
)&)26WD
fleece wrapping
G_IK10_XX_10263
with strain relief
strain relief
elements
FC FO fiber using aramide
62.5/200/230 m yarn
hollow core
Cable construction FC glass optical fiber

Compact, rugged assembly case for FastConnect glass fiber-
optic cables The kit is available in an assembly case for on-site installation of
Simple fitting of SC and BFOC connectors to FastConnect FC SC and FC BFOC connectors on FC glass fiber-optic cables.
glass fiber-optic cables
It consists of a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool,
The quality of the assembly can be checked using the Kevlar scissors, fiber breaking tool and microscope.
enclosed microscope
Benefits Ordering data Order No.

FC FO termination kit 6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0
Assembly case for local assembly
of FC SC and FC BFOC connec-
tors to FC FO standard cable,
comprising a stripping tool,
Simple installation of the unassembled cable Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
Flexible connector assembly possible on site and microscope
(SC/BFOC connectors) Accessories
Prevention of faults by simply checking the assembled con- FC SC plug 6GK1 900-1LB00-0AC0
nectors on site using a microscope
Simple repair of FC glass fiber-optic cables in the field assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs +
Application cleaning cloths)
FC BFOC plug 6GK1 900-1GB00-0AC0
SIMATIC NET FC glass fiber-optic cables are used to construct
optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET and Screw connector for on-site
PROFIBUS networks. They are easy to assemble on-site using (1 pack = 20 items +
the termination kit with SC or BFOC connectors. The maximum cleaning cloths)
cable length between two Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET or
PROFIBUS devices is 3000 m in the case of 100 Mbit/s Ethernet FC SC coupler 6GK1 900-1LP00-0AB0
or PROFIBUS. FC SC duplex coupling;
(1 pack = 5 items)
FC BFOC coupler 6GK1 900-1GP00-0AB0
FC BFOC coupling;
(1 pack = 10 items)
More information
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact.
Technical advice on this subject is available from:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC IC PM 1
Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49 (0)911/750 99 91

Siemens AG 2010
Industrial Ethernet switches/Media converters
Overview
Overview
Industrial Ethernet Switching components comprise: SCALANCE XR-300 managed
Compact Switch Modules (CSM) The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet Switches have the
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet Switches same functions as the SCALANCE X-300 Switches. They are
2 Communications processors (CP) with integrated switch rack switches and as thus perfectly suited for installation in 19"
control cabinets. They are fully modular and can be adapted to
Compact Switch Modules (CSM) meet the specific job requirement with two-port media modules
(electrical and optical).
Unmanaged Switches for direct use in the SIMATIC, expansion
of interfaces and for integration of machines into existing plant For use in power systems and under challenging environmental
networks. conditions, you can use EEC versions (Enhanced Environmental
CSM 1277 unmanaged Conditions) as compact and rack modules.
for connecting a SIMATIC S7-1200 to Industrial Ethernett SCALANCE X-400 managed (Layer 3)
CSM 377 unmanaged For use in high-performance plant networks.
for connecting a SIMATIC S7-300 or a ET 200M to Industrial
Ehternet Thanks to the modular design, the switches can be adapted
to the respective task . Due to the support of IT standards
SCALANCE X-000/XB-000 unmanaged (e.g. VLAN, IGMP, RSTP), the seamless integration of automa-
Unmanaged switches with electrical and/or optical ports for tion networks into existing office networks is possible.
the installation of small networks with 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Routing functions on Layer 3 permit communication between
machines and process cell islands different IP subnetworks.
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged Communication processors for SIMATIC
Switches with electrical and/or optical ports, redundant power with integrated switch
supply and signaling contact for use in machine-level appli- Managed switches for expansion of SIMATIC with Industrial
cations.(also available as media converter with two ports for Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces and for integration of the controls
communication between different media). into existing line and ring structures.
SCALANCE X-200 managed The integrated Layer 3 functionality with Advanced CPs makes
For universal use, from machine-level applications to networked it possible to use the device as router between IP subnetworks.
subsystems. Configuration and remote diagnosis are integrated Communication processors for PC with integrated switch
into the STEP 7 engineering tool. This increases the plant avail-
ability. Devices with a high degree of protection permit cabinet- Managed switches for expansion of Industrial PCs with Industrial
less installation. Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces and for integration of the PCs into
existing line structures.
Corresponding switches (SCALANCE X-200IRT) are also avail-
able for use in subsystem networks with hard real-time require-
ments and maximum availability.
SCALANCE X-F200 managed
The SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet Switches have the
same functions as the SCALANCE X-200 Switches. Their flat
design in ET 200S format (degree of protection IP20) makes
them perfectly suited for space-saving installation in small con-
trol cabinets.
SCALANCE X-300 managed
For the networking of subsystems and plant areas as well as for
the connection to the enterprise network. The SCALANCE X-300
managed product line combines the firmware-functionality of
the SCALANCE X-400 product line with the compact design of
the SCALANCE X-200 product line. This means the SCALANCE
X-300 switches have extended management functions and an
extended firmware functionality compared to the SCALANCE
X-200 switches.
In addition, electrical and optical gigabit ethernet ports are
available.

Siemens AG 2010
Overview
Overview (continued)
Network components (SCALANCE X) CSM (Compact Integrated switch function

Switch Module) (communications processors)
OF
INE
T
2
PR
managed
X-400 1)
CP 343-1 CP 443-1
Advanced Advanced
Control Level
CP 1623
X-400
T
INE
OF
PR
managed
X-300 1)
X-300 X-300EEC XR-300/XR-300EEC
T
INE
OF
PR
managed
CP 343-1 CP 443-1
X-200 1)
CP 343-1 Lean
XF-200 X-200 X-200PRO CP 343-1 BACnet
T
INE
OF
PR
X-200IRT 1)
managed
Field Level
X-200IRT XF204IRT X-200IRT PRO
T
INE
OF
PR
unmanaged
CSM 377 CP 1616 CP 1604

X-100
CSM 1277
X-100 X-100 Media converter
T
INE
OF
G_IK10_XX_10237
PR
unmanaged
X-000
X005 XB-000/XB-000G
1) additionally supports PROFINET diagnostics
Overview of SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches and components with switch functionality
Network component CSM Integral switch function
Basis for integrated networking in industrial Configuration of small networks Communications processor for interfacing with
automation - from the field to the management PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet including
level integral switch for:
Network components optimized for various Easy expansion of the number of ports for: - For interfacing with distributed I/O.
applications: - Connection of local HMI systems - Connection to higher-level networks
- Small and large-scale networks - Connection to higher-level networks - IP routing
- Management functions for network - Service/maintenance - Service/maintenance
structuring
- Configuring of redundant networks
G_IK10_XX_10238
- Use with PROFINET and Industrial Ethernet

Robust housing for harsh environments Space-saving design of SIMATIC SIMATIC or PC module design
Graded diagnostics concept Unmanaged Switch with local diagnostics Functions for network diagnostics

Siemens AG 2010
Overview
Overview of the functions of the SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches Hardware

Siemens AG 2010
Overview
Overview of the functions of the SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches and components with switch functionality Hardware

Siemens AG 2010
Overview
Overview of the functions of the SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches Software

Siemens AG 2010
Overview
Overview of the functions of the SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches and components with switch functionality Software

Siemens AG 2010
Overview
Media modules for SCALANCE X-300
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as

well as configuration of modular variants, the Switch Selection
Tool is available as a free download at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39134641

Siemens AG 2010
Compact Switch Modules
CSM 1277 unmanaged
Overview Design
The CSM 1277 compact switch module offers all advantages of
the SIMATIC S7-1200 design:
Compact design;
the rugged plastic enclosure contains:
- 4 x RJ45 sockets for connecting to Industrial Ethernet 2
- 3-pole plug-in terminal strip for connection of the external
24 V DC supply on the top
- LEDs for diagnostics and for status display of the Industrial
Ethernet ports
Simple mounting on the mounting rail of the S7-1200
Fanless and therefore low-maintenance design
The module can be replaced without using a programming
device
Function
Multiplication of Ethernet interfaces of the SIMATIC S7-1200
Design of a small, local Industrial Ethernet network with three
further nodes
Unmanaged switch for connecting a SIMATIC S7-1200 to an
Industrial Ethernet network with a line, tree or star topology Automatic detection of data transfer rate by means of auto-
sensing and autocrossover functions
Multiplication of Ethernet interfaces on a SIMATIC S7-1200 for
additional connection of up to three programming devices, LEDs for diagnostics and for status display
operator controls, and further Ethernet nodes Network topology and network configuration
Simple, space-saving mounting on the SIMATIC S7-1200
mounting rail Various network topologies can be implemented using the
CSM 1277 compact switch module:
Low-cost solution for implementing small, local Ethernet
networks Connection of SIMATIC S7-1200 in linear topology:
at least one RJ45 connection of the SIMATIC S7-1200 remains
Connection without any problems using RJ45 standard vacant, e.g. for connecting a programming device (PG)
connectors
Connection of SIMATIC S7-1200 to a higher-level network in a
Simple and fast status display via LEDs on the device tree/star topology:
Integral autocrossover function permits use of uncrossed at least two RJ45 connections of the SIMATIC S7-1200 remain
connecting cables vacant, e.g. for connecting a programming device/operator
panel (PG/OP)
Benefits Design of a small, local network with a SIMATIC S7-1200 and
three further Ethernet nodes
Configuration
The CSM 1277 compact switch module is an unmanaged switch
and need not be configured.
Reduction in assembly costs and mounting space compared
to use of external network components Diagnostics
Fast commissioning, as no configuration is necessary The following information is displayed on LEDs on the device:
Flexible expansion of the network by simply inserting the CSM Power
Port status
Application Data traffic
The CSM 1277 is an Industrial Ethernet switch of compact
design for use in the SIMATIC S7-1200. The CSM 1277 can be
used to multiply the Ethernet interface of the SIMATIC S7-1200
in order to allow simultaneous communication with operator
panels, programming devices, other controllers, or the office
world.
The CSM 1277 and the SIMATIC S7-1200 controller can be used
to implement simple automation networks at low cost.

Siemens AG 2010
CSM 1277 unmanaged
Order No. 6GK7 277-1AA00-0AA0 Order No. 6GK7 277-1AA00-0AA0
Product type designation CSM 1277 Product type designation CSM 1277
Data transmission rate Design, dimensions and weights
2 Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s Type of construction SIMATIC S7-1200 device design
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s Width 45 mm
Interfaces Height 100 mm
Maximum number of electrical/ 4 Depth 75 mm
optical connections for network
components or terminal equipment Net weight 0.15 kg
Number of electrical connections Type of mounting
For network components 4 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes

or terminal equipment Wall mounting No
For power supply 1 S7-300 rail mounting No
Design of electrical connection Product properties, functions,
For network components RJ45 port components, general
or terminal equipment Product function: switch-managed No
For power supply 3-pin terminal block Standards, specifications,
Supply voltage, current approvals
consumption, power loss Standard
Type of power supply DC For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, Division 2,
Supply voltage, external 24 V Group A, B, C, D / T.., CL.1,
Zone 2, GP. IIC, T.. Ta
Minimum 19.2 V
For Ex zone EN 600079-15:2005,
Maximum 28.8 V EN 600079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA
II T.., KEMA 08 ATEX 0003 X
Current consumption, maximum 0.07 A
For CSA and UL safety UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142
Product component: Yes
fusing of power supply input For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4
Type of fusing of power supply input 0.5 A / 60 V For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2
Effective power loss at 24 V with DC 1.6 W Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Permissible ambient conditions CE mark Yes
Ambient temperature C-Tick Yes
During operating phase 0 60 C
During storage -40 +70 C
During transport -40 +70 C
Relative humidity at 25 C 95 %
without condensation during
operating phase, maximum
IP degree of protection IP 20

Siemens AG 2010
CSM 1277 unmanaged
Ordering data Order No. Order No.

CSM 1277 6GK7 277-1AA00-0AA0 IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
compact switch module 2 x 2 (Type A)
Unmanaged switch for 4-core, shielded TP installation
connecting a SIMATIC S7-1200 cable for connection to IE
and up to three further nodes to
Industrial Ethernet with
FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible;
2
10/100 Mbit/s; with UL approval;
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC sold by the meter;
power supply, diagnostics on max. length 1000 m,
LEDs, S7-1200 module minimum order quantity 20 m
including electronic manual
on CD-ROM IE FC stripping tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
Accessories Preadjusted stripping tool

for fast stripping of the
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 Industrial Ethernet FC cables
TP cable 4 x 2 IE FC Outlet RJ45 6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0
with 2 RJ45 connectors
For connecting Industrial Ethernet
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50 FC cables and TP cords;
graduated prices for
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10 10 and 50 units or more
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60 Electronic manuals on
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10 communications systems,
protocols, products;
on DVD;
German/English

Siemens AG 2010
SCALANCE XB-000 unmanaged
Overview Application
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the
SCALANCE XB-000 line allow cost-effective solutions for
setting up small star or line topologies with switching function-
ality in machines or plant units.
2 The enclosure is designed for space-saving installation in a
control cabinet on a standard rail.
Product versions
SCALANCE XB005 and SCALANCE XB008
For the construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet star and
line topologies
Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication)
5 or 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s electrical RJ45 ports
SCALANCE XB004-1/XB004-1G and
SCALANCE XB004-1LD/XB004-1LDG
For the construction of electrical and optical Industrial
Ethernet star and line topologies
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 electrical ports and 1 x 100 Mbit/s
optical SC port (multi-mode/single-mode, glass)
Low-cost connection of remote stations which are up to 26 km
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the away
SCALANCE XB-000 line are optimized for installing Industrial
Ethernet networks in a line and star topology SCALANCE XB005G and SCALANCE XB008G
Versions are available for Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s, For the construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet star and
XB-000) and Gigabit Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, XB-000G) line topologies
Electrical or optical station or network connection Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
Enclosure for space-saving installation in control cabinets or
boxes on a standard rail 5 or 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s electrical RJ45 ports
Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs SCALANCE XB004-1G and SCALANCE XB004-1LDG
(power, link status, data communication) For the construction of electrical and optical Industrial
Front connection for data cable Ethernet star and line topologies
Connection on bottom for power supply Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
Benefits 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 electrical ports and
1 x 1000 Mbit/s optical SC port (multi-mode/single-mode,
glass)
Low-cost connection of remote stations which are up to 10 km
away
Implementation of simple and very economical machine
networking
Space-saving installation thanks to small, compact design
Can be used in industrial environments
Quick commissioning without configuration
Easy on-site diagnostics via LEDs

Siemens AG 2010
Design Function
The SCALANCE XB-000 Industrial Ethernet switches are Construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet line or star
optimized for installation on a standard rail. Wall mounting is topologies
possible. Automatic data transmission rate detection
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s), with autosensing and autocrossover
The SCALANCE XB-000 switches have:
A 3-pole terminal block for connecting the power supply
function 2
(1 x 24 V DC) and functional ground. Easy network configuration and network expansion;
no limitation on network expansion with cascading of the
An LED for indicating the status information (power) switches
LEDs for indicating the status information (link status and data Network topology and network configuration
exchange) per port
The SCALANCE XB-000 switches are typically installed with the
The following port types are available: stations to be connected in a control cabinet or control box.
10/100 BaseTX electrical RJ45 ports or
10/100/1000 BaseTX electrical RJ45 ports: When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
RJ45 ports, automatic data transmission rate detection following boundary conditions:
(10, 100 or 1000 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossing Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE XB-000
function for connecting IE TP cables up to 100 m. switches:
100 BaseFX, SC port optical - max. 100 m
SC port for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet FO - max. 10 m via patch cables with TP Cord
cables. Multimode fiber-optic cable up to 3 km - max. 100 m via Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45, IE FC
Standard Cable and TP Cord
100 BaseFX, SC port optical
SC port for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet FO cables. Length of the fiber-optic cables:
Single mode fiber-optic cable up to 26 km - max. 3 km with Industrial Ethernet FO cables
Multimode
1000 BaseSX, optical SC port - max. 26 km with Industrial Ethernet FO cables
SC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet FO Single mode
cables. Multimode fiber-optic cable up to 750 m
1000 BaseLX, optical SC port
SC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet FO
cables. Single mode fiber-optic cable up to 10 km
All of the connections are made from the front.

Kap_02_en.fm Seite 20 Dienstag, 2. Februar 2010 4:23 16
Siemens AG 2010
Function
PC Operator control
and process
2 PC Operator control
monitoring
and process
monitoring Laptop
SCALANCE SCALANCE
XB004-1 XB004-1
PLC
SCALANCE
XB005
PLC Field devices *B,.B;;B
Field devices
*B,.B;;B
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair) Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)
Electrical star topology with SCALANCE XB005 Mixed star topology with SCALANCE XB004-1
or SCALANCE XB005G or SCALANCE XB004-1G
SCALANCE
X308-2
1000 Mbit/s
PC
PC with
CP 1623
Operator control
Laptop and process
monitoring SCALANCE 1000 Mbit/s
XB005G
SCALANCE SCALANCE 1000 Mbit/s
XB005 XB008
Image IP camera
scanner
PLC
Field devices
*B,.B;;B
G_IK10_XX_10259
Conveyor belt
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)
Electrical line topology with SCALANCE XB005 and XB008, Electrical star topology with SCALANCE XB005G and
or SCALANCE XB005G and XB008G connection to a Gigabit Ethernet ring
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed by LEDs on site:
Power
Port status
Data traffic

Siemens AG 2010
Order No. 6GK5 004-1BD00-1AB2 6GK5 004-1BF00-1AB2 6GK5 005-0BA00-1AB2 6GK5 008-0BA00-1AB2
Product type designation SCALANCE XB004-1 SCALANCE XB004-1LD SCALANCE XB005 SCALANCE XB008
Data transmission rate
Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 2
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Maximum number of electrical/ 5 5 5 8
components or terminal equipment
Number of electrical connections
For network components 4 4 5 8
or terminal equipment
For power supply 1 1 1 1
Design of electrical connection
For network components RJ45 port RJ45 port RJ45 port RJ45 port
For power supply 3-pin terminal block 3-pin terminal block 3-pin terminal block 3-pin terminal block
Number of optical connections
for fiber-optic cables
At 100 Mbit/s 1 1
Design of optical connection
At 100 Mbit/s SC port SC port
(multi-mode up to 3 km) (single-mode up to 26 km)
Supply voltage,
current consumption, power loss
Type of power supply DC DC DC DC
Supply voltage, external 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
Minimum 19.2 V 19.2 V 19.2 V 19.2 V
Maximum 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V
Current consumption, maximum 0.11 A 0.1 A 0.07 A 0.12 A
Product component: Yes Yes Yes Yes
fusing of power supply input
Type of fusing of power supply 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V
input
Effective power loss 2.64 W 2.4 W 1.68 W 2.88 W
at 24 V with DC
Ambient temperature
During operating phase -10 +60 C -10 +60 C -10 +60 C -10 +60 C
During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C
During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C
Relative humidity at 25 C 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
IP degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Design, dimensions and weights
Type of construction Box Box Box Box
Width 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
Height 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm
Depth 87 mm 87 mm 87 mm 87 mm
Net weight 0.165 kg 0.165 kg 0.165 kg 0.18 kg
Type of mounting
35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
Wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 004-1BD00-1AB2 6GK5 004-1BF00-1AB2 6GK5 005-0BA00-1AB2 6GK5 008-0BA00-1AB2
Product type designation SCALANCE XB004-1 SCALANCE XB004-1LD SCALANCE XB005 SCALANCE XB008
2 components, general
Product function: switch-managed No No No No
approvals
Standard
For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
CE mark Yes Yes Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes Yes Yes
Order No. 6GK5 004-1GL00-1AB2 6GK5 004-1GM00-1AB2 6GK5 005-0GA00-1AB2 6GK5 008-0GA00-1AB2
Product type designation SCALANCE XB004-1G SCALANCE XB004-1LDG SCALANCE XB005G SCALANCE XB008G
Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Maximum number 5 5 5 8
of electrical/optical connections for
network components or terminal
equipment
At 1000 Mbit/s 1 1
(multi-mode up to 0.75 km) (single-mode up to 10 km)
Supply voltage, current
consumption, power loss
Minimum 19.2 V 19.2 V 19.2 V 19.2 V
Maximum 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V
input
at 24 V with DC

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 004-1GL00-1AB2 6GK5 004-1GM00-1AB2 6GK5 005-0GA00-1AB2 6GK5 008-0GA00-1AB2
Product type designation SCALANCE XB004-1G SCALANCE XB004-1LDG SCALANCE XB005G SCALANCE XB008G
Type of construction Box Box Box Box
Type of mounting
components, general
approvals
Standard
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class B) EN 61000-6-4 (Class B)
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4

Siemens AG 2010

SCALANCE XB-000 Industrial Ethernet switches Accessories
Unmanaged Industrial Ethernet IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
switches for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
degree of protection IP20, TP cable 4 x 2
2 incl. operating instructions,
Industrial Ethernet network
with 2 RJ45 connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
manual on CD-ROM
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
SCALANCE XB005 6GK5 005-0BA00-1AB2
5 x 10/100 Mbit/s 2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
RJ45 ports electrical 6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
SCALANCE XB008 6GK5 008-0BA00-1AB2 10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports electrical FO Standard Cable GP 50/125
SCALANCE XB004-1 6GK5 004-1BD00-1AB2 Glass fiber-optic cable,
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s pre-assembled
RJ45 ports electrical with 4 SC connectors
1x 100 Mbit/s SC port optical
80 m 6XV1 873-6AN80
(multi-mode, glass),
up to 3 km 100 m 6XV1 873-6AT10
SCALANCE XB004-1LD 6GK5 004-1BF00-1AB2 150 m 6XV1 873-6AT15
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports electrical 200 m 6XV1 873-6AT20
1x 100 Mbit/s SC port optical 300 m 6XV1 873-6AT30
(single-mode, glass),
up to 26 km
SCALANCE XB005G 6GK5 005-0GA00-1AB2
5 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
electrical RJ45 ports
SCALANCE XB008G 6GK5 008-0GA00-1AB2
8 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE XB004-1G 6GK5 004-1GL00-1AB2
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
1 x 1000 Mbit/s optical SC port
(multi-mode, glass),
up to 3 km
SCALANCE XB004-1LDG 6GK5 004-1GM00-1AB2
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
1 x 1000 Mbit/s optical SC port
up to 10 km

Siemens AG 2010
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
Installation is possible without a patch field by means of IE FC
Overview RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable
Simple and fast diagnostics via LED on device and signaling
contact
Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
Use of uncrossed connection cables possible by means of
integrated autocrossover function
2
Easy network configuration without runtime calculation
Application
The switches of the SCALANCE X-100 product line support
the inexpensive construction of Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies with switching functions. They are designed for
operation in the control cabinet.
Product versions
SCALANCE X104-2 / SCALANCE X106-1 / SCALANCE X112-2
Construction of optical Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies:
- SCALANCE X104-2;
line or star topologies with 4 electrical ports and 2 optical
ports
- SCALANCE X106-1;
star topologies with 6 electrical ports and 1 optical port
- SCALANCE X112-2;
line or star topologies with 12 electrical ports and 2 optical
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the ports
SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for installing
Diagnostics on the device using LEDs (power, link status, data
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and
traffic) and signaling contact (alarm screen form can be set
star topology
using a button on the device)
Depending on the port type of the devices, the connection
The four (SCALANCE X104-2), six (SCALANCE X106-1) or
to a station or network is electrical or optical with Power-over-
twelve (SCALANCE X112-2) RJ45 sockets are designed to be
Ethernet (PoE) functionality according to IEEE 802.3af N industry-compatible with additional holding collars for con-
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cabinet mounting nection of the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
on standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting
SCALANCE X108 / SCALANCE X108PoE / SCALANCE X116 /
Rugged, industry-standard station connections with SCALANCE X124
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the Construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet star and line
housing topologies
- SCALANCE X108
Redundant power supply with eight electrical ports
- SCALANCE X108PoE N
with eight electrical ports, two of which have Power-over-
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET Ethernet functionality
button - SCALANCE X116
with 16 electrical ports
- SCALANCE X124
Benefits with 24 electrical ports
Diagnostics on the device using LEDs (power, link status, data
traffic) and signaling contact (alarm screen form can be set
using a button on the device)
The RJ45 sockets are designed to be industry-compatible
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line and star with additional holding collars for connection of the
topologies IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Reduction of network installation costs by transmitting data
and energy (Power-over-Ethernet) via the conventional 4-core
Industrial Ethernet cable (only SCALANCE X108PoE) N
Additional power supply units can be omitted thanks to gener-
ating the Power-over-Ethernet voltage (48 V DC) directly at the
switch (only SCALANCE X108PoE)
Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to the compact
design in S7-300 format
Secure data communication by means of industry standard
device connection with PROFINET-compliant connector
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and latching of the connector to the
housing to provide additional strain relief

Siemens AG 2010
Design Function
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged Construction of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line or
metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail and star topologies
an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also Use of uncrossed connecting leads is possible due to
possible. Due to the dimensions of the housing that conform to integrated auto-crossover function of the ports
2 those of SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are optimized for integra-
tion in an automation solution with S7-300 components.
Power supply of Power-over-Ethernet-capable terminal
The SCALANCE X-100 switches have:

equipment via the data line for SCALANCE X108PoE N
Isolation of the load due to integrated switch functions
A 4-pole terminal block for connecting the redundant supply Easy network configuration and network expansion;
voltage (2 x 24 V DC). no limitation of the expansion of the network when switches of
A row of LEDs to indicate the status information the SCALANCE X-100 product line are cascaded
(power, link status, data communication, signaling contact) Network topology and network configuration
A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact The SCALANCE X-100 switches are typically installed with the
stations to be connected in a control cabinet. They can be mixed
A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact electrically and optically in star and line topologies.
The following port types are available: When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection; following boundary conditions:
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches:
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover func- - Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
tions for connecting IE FC cables using IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
up to 100 m. Length of the TP cable between SCALANCE X switch and
Power-over-Ethernet terminal equipment:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection and - Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
Power-over-Ethernet functionality;
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate Length of the fiber-optic cables:
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover func- - Max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
tions for connecting IE FC cables using IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
up to 100 m and integrated Power-over-Ethernet functionality
according to IEEE 802.3af.
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique
BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and
star topologies.
&DELQHW
6ZLWK ,3&ZLWK
&3$GYDQFHG &3$
&3
6ZLWK 03
&3
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)&&DEOH[
6ZLWFKHV
6&$/$1&(;
,()&
2XWOHW
5-
,(73&RUG
0ELWV
6,0$7,&)LHOG3*
*B,.B;;B
6ZLWK 6ZLWK 03 ,3&ZLWK

&3 &3 &3$
&3
Star-shaped network topology with SCALANCE X124

Siemens AG 2010
Function (continued)
S7-400 with IPC with

CP 443-1 Advanced CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623 2
S7-300 with MP 377
CP 343-1
SCALANCE
W786-1PRO
Power over Ethernet S7-300/ Switching cabinet

MP 377 with
S7-400 with CP 343-1 S7-200 with CP 243-1 S7-300 with CP 343-1
Industrial Ethernet FC Cable 2x2

CP 443-1 Advanced
SCALANCE
X108PoE
SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
10/100 Mbit/s
X112-2 X104-2 X106-1
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_10261
Electrical and optical line topology with SCALANCE X112-2, X104-2 and X106-1 as well as connection and supply of terminal devices
with Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) by using SCALANCE X108PoE
S7-300 with CP 343-1
Cabinet
ET 200S IE/PB Link

Industrial Ethernet FC Cable 2x2
10/100 Mbit/s
Switch Switch Switch

X104-2 X104-2 X104-2
PROFIBUS
G_IK10_XX_10099
FC Standard Cable
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic) ET 200X
Optical line topology with SCALANCE X104-2

Siemens AG 2010
SCALANCE X414-3E
SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE

X106-1 X106-1 X106-1 X106-1
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300

ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S
S7-400 S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10206
ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S

Optical star topology with SCALANCE X106-1
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed by LEDs on site:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-100 line
can also be monitored over the floating signaling contact.

Siemens AG 2010
Order No. 6GK5 104-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 106-1BB00-2AA3 6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 108-0PA00-2AA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X104-2 SCALANCE X106-1 SCALANCE X108 SCALANCE X108PoE N
Interfaces
of electrical/optical connections
for network components or
terminal equipment
With Power-over-Ethernet 2
terminal equipment
For signal contact 1 1 1 1
For redundant power supply 1 1 1 1
For network components or RJ45 port RJ45 port RJ45 port RJ45 port
terminal equipment
With Power-over-Ethernet RJ45 port
terminal equipment
For signal contact 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
At 100 Mbit/s 2 1
At 100 Mbit/s BFOC port BFOC port
(multi-mode up to 3 km) (multi-mode up to 3 km)
Inputs/outputs
Nominal value of operating voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
of signal contacts with DC
Maximum operating current 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Minimum 18 V 18 V 18 V 18 V
Maximum 32 V 32 V 32 V 32 V
input
Effective power loss 3.8 W 3.6 W 3.36 W 10 W
at 24 V with DC

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 104-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 106-1BB00-2AA3 6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 108-0PA00-2AA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X104-2 SCALANCE X106-1 SCALANCE X108 SCALANCE X108PoE N
2 Ambient temperature
Type of construction Compact Compact Compact Compact
Depth 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm
Net weight 780 g 780 g 780 g 900 g
Type of mounting
S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
components, general
approvals
Standard
For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, FM3611: Class 1, FM3611: Class 1, FM3611: Class 1,
Divison 2, Group A, B, C, Divison 2, Group A, B, C, Divison 2, Group A, B, C, Divison 2, Group A, B, C,
D / T.., CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T.., CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T.., CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T.., CL.1, Zone 2, GP.
IIC, T.. Ta IIC, T.. Ta IIC, T.. Ta IIC, T.. Ta
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G
G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07 Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07 ATEX,
ATEX, 0145 X ATEX, 0145 X ATEX, 0145 X 0145 X
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
For Ex zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279- UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(hazardous location) (hazardous location) 15 (hazardous location) (hazardous location)
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
Marine classification association
American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes No
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes Yes No
Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes No
Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes Yes No
Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes No
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes No
Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes Yes No

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 112-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 116-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 124-0BA00-2AA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X112-2 SCALANCE X116 SCALANCE X124
Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 2
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Maximum number 14 16 24
for network components
For network components 12 16 24
For signal contact 1 1 1
For power supply 1 1 1
For redundant power supply 1 1 1
For network components RJ45 port RJ45 port RJ45 port
For signal contact 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
For power supply 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block
At 100 Mbit/s 2
At 100 Mbit/s BFOC port (multi-mode up to 3 km)
Inputs/outputs
Nominal value of operating voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V
Maximum operating current 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Type of power supply DC DC DC
Supply voltage, external 24 V 24 V 24 V
Minimum 18 V 18 V 18 V
Maximum 32 V 32 V 32 V
Current consumption, maximum 0.45 A 0.3 A 0.45 A
Product component: Yes Yes Yes
Type of fusing of power supply 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V
input
Effective power loss 5.16 W 4.4 W 4.8 W
at 24 V with DC
Ambient temperature
During operating phase -10 +70 C -20 +70 C -20 +70 C
During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C
During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C
Relative humidity at 25 C 95 % 95 % 95 %
IP degree of protection IP 30 IP 30 IP 30

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 112-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 116-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 124-0BA00-2AA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X112-2 SCALANCE X116 SCALANCE X124
2 Type of construction Compact Compact Compact
Width 120 mm 120 mm 180 mm
Height 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm
Net weight 1.1 kg 1.1 kg 1.5 kg
Type of mounting
35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
Wall mounting Yes Yes Yes
S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
components, general
Product function: switch-managed No No No
approvals
Standard
For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2,
Group A, B, C, D / T.., CL.1, Group A, B, C, D / T.., CL.1, Group A, B, C, D / T.., CL.1,
Zone 2, GP. IIC, T.. Ta Zone 2, GP. IIC, T.. Ta Zone 2, GP. IIC, T.. Ta
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15:
2005, II 3 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 08 2005, II 3 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 08 2005, II 3 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 08
ATEX, 0003 X ATEX, 0003 X ATEX, 0003 X
For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
For Ex zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(hazardous location) (hazardous location) (hazardous location)
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
CE mark Yes Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes Yes
American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes Yes
Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No No No
Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No No No
Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes
Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) No No No

Siemens AG 2010

SCALANCE X-100 Accessories
Industrial Ethernet switches
IE FC TP standard cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
Industrial Ethernet switches for 2 x 2 (Type A)
10/100 Mbit/s, incl. operating
instructions, Industrial Ethernet
network manual and configuration
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE 2
software on CD-ROM FC RJ45 outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
SCALANCE X104-2 6GK5 104-2BB00-2AA3 with UL approval;
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, sold by the meter;
electrical max. quantity 1000 m,
2 x BFOC ports, optical minimum order 20 m
(multi-mode, glass) up to 3 km
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
SCALANCE X106-1 6GK5106-1BB00-2AA3
6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
electrical Ethernet with a rugged metal
1 x BFOC port, optical housing and integrated insulation
(multi-mode, glass) up to 3 km displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
SCALANCE X112-2 6GK5 112-2BB00-2AA3 installation cables;
12 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, with 180 cable outlet;
electrical for network components and
2 x BFOC ports, optical CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
(multi-mode, glass) up to 3 km interface
SCALANCE X108 6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3 1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
8 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
electrical 1 pack = 10 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
SCALANCE X108PoE N
6GK5 108-0PA00-2AA3 1 pack = 50 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
electrical
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 PoE ports,
electrical
SCALANCE X116 6GK5 116-0BA00-2AA3
electrical
SCALANCE X124 6GK5 124-0BA00-2AA3
electrical

Siemens AG 2010
SCALANCE XF-200 managed
Overview Benefits
2 Saves space in the control cabinet and uses smaller control

boxes due to slim design in the format of the ET 200S distrib-
uted I/O
Simple connection and disconnection of the RJ45 plug by
means of easily accessible RJ45 sockets angled downward
on the device
High availability of the network thanks to:
- Redundant power supply
- Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or
twisted pair cables (redundancy manager integrated)
- Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
medium
Lower susceptibility to failure and higher availability of the
plant networking due to latching of the RJ45 FastConnect con-
nectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 ports
The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE Protection of investment due to integration into existing
XF-200 line are optimized for setting up Industrial Ethernet network management systems by means of standardized
networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star or ring topology SNMP access
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the
Ethernet ring topologies with fast media redundancy operating phase of a plant by using the configuration and
Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accor- diagnostics integrated in STEP 7
dance with the port type of the devices
Enclosure in ET 200S format (slim design) for use in small
control boxes
Rugged, industry-standard node connections with PROFINET-
compliant RJ45 connectors that latch onto the enclosure to
offer additional strain and bending relief
The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access,
integral web server and automatic e-mail sending function for
remote diagnosis and signaling over the network.

Siemens AG 2010
Application
The SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches permit Switches with electrical ports:
cost-effective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring - SCALANCE XF204;
topologies with switching functionality for networks in which high 4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical
availability or remote diagnostics options are required. - SCALANCE XF208;
The devices with degree of protection IP20 are designed for
operation in the control cabinet.
8 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical 2
Characteristics:
Product versions Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
Switches with electrical and optical ports (power, link status, data traffic)
for glass multi-mode FOC up to 3 km: Remote diagnostics by means of signaling contact,
- SCALANCE XF204-2; PROFINET, SNMP, and Web browser
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical
2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC port, optical The RJ45 sockets are designed to be industry-compatible
- SCALANCE XF206-1; with additional sleeves, for connection of the
6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
1 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC port, optical
S7-400
Operator Station
S7-300
Control box
S7-400
SCALANCE
XF204 ET 200S TP 177B
PC SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X206-1 X206-1
S7-300
IPC
SCALANCE X208
PC
IPC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10257

Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic) S7-400
Ring topology with SCALANCE X-200 and networking in the control box with the slim SCALANCE XF204

Siemens AG 2010
Network topology and network configuration
Design
The SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with IP20
The SCALANCE XF-200 managed Industrial Ethernet switches degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet
are designed for installation on a standard DIN rail. With their together with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical
enclosure in ET 200S format (slim design), the devices are versions can be installed together in star, line and ring
optimally suited for integration in automation solutions in small topologies.
2 control boxes together with the ET200S.
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
The switches with degree of protection IP20 feature: following boundary conditions:
A 4-pole terminal block for connecting the redundant supply Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE XF switches:
voltage (2 x 24 V DC) - max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link - max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
status, data traffic, power supply, signaling contact) Length of the optical cables
A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling - max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
contact (multi-mode)
A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact IP address:
The IP address is assigned using the DHCP (Dynamic Host
The SCALANCE XF-200 switches are available with the following Configuration Protocol) mechanism. If there is no correspond-
port types: ing server in the network, the IP address can be assigned
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection; using the supplied software tool PST (Primary Setup Tool) or
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate STEP 7. The SCALANCE XF-200 switches are configured with
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover STEP 7.
functions for connecting IE FC cables using the IE FC RJ45
Plug 180. Commissioning and diagnostics
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique; PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XF-200
BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet switches can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3 km (multi-mode fiber-optic Engineering Tools and processed in the controller with ex-
cable) for configuring line, ring, and star topologies. panded diagnostics function. The engineering outlay for the PLC
and HMI have been drastically reduced due to the complete
Function integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
The SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also
Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and
be integrated into a network management system through the
ring topologies
standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management
Fast redundancy in the ring with High Speed Redundancy Protocol). In the event of a fault in the device, error messages
(HSR); up to 0.3 seconds for reconfiguration of the ring with (SNMP traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a
50 switches in the ring specified network administrator.
Fast redundancy in the ring with PROFINET-compliant Media The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnostics
Redundancy Protocol (MRP); max. 0.2 seconds required for settings to be made using a standard browser (e.g. port config-
reconfiguration of the ring with 50 switches in the ring uration). Statistical information can also be read out over the
The functioning of the ring is continuously monitored by the Web server (e.g. port capacity utilization).
integrated redundancy manager. It recognizes failure of a
transmission path in the ring or failure of a SCALANCE XF-200 The following information is displayed by LEDs on site:
and activates the substitute path within 0.3 or 0.2 seconds Power
Use in ring topologies (100 Mbit/s) together with Port status
SCALANCE X-400, SCALANCE X-300, SCALANCE X-200, Data traffic
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Signaling contact
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocross-
over function integrated in the ports Redundancy manager function
Load disconnection through integral switch functionality The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XF-200 line
can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.
Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web
browser
Easy copper cable diagnostics with Web browser for localiz-
ing cable breaks
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET I/O controller
with expanded diagnostics functions for a consistent diagnos-
tics concept, including network infrastructure
Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
port with a standard commercial network analyzer
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the
optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of
supply)

Siemens AG 2010
Order No. 6GK5 204-0BA00-2AF2 6GK5 204-2BC00-2AF2 6GK5 206-1BC00-2AF2 6GK5 208-0BA00-2AF2
Product type designation SCALANCE XF204 SCALANCE XF204-2 SCALANCE XF206-1 SCALANCE XF208
Interfaces
Maximum number 2 1
of optical connections
for fiber-optic cables at 100 Mbit/s
Design of optical connection BFOC port BFOC port
for fiber-optic cables at 100 Mbit/s (multi-mode up to 3 km) (multi-mode up to 3 km)
Injectable optical power referred
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -19 -14 dB -19 -14 dB
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes Yes Yes Yes
Inputs/outputs
input
at 24 V with DC

Siemens AG 2010

Type of construction Flat Flat Flat Flat
Net weight 250 g 250 g 250 g 250 g
Type of mounting
Wall mounting No No No No
S7-300 rail mounting No No No No
components, general
Cascading with redundant ring 50 50 50 50
at reconfiguration time < 0.3 s
Cascading with star topology Any (only dependent on Any (only dependent on Any (only dependent on Any (only dependent on
signal propagation time) signal propagation time) signal propagation time) signal propagation time)
Product functions
Configuration/management
Product function
CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
Web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes
MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes
Traps via e-mail Yes Yes Yes Yes
Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
SMTP server Yes Yes Yes Yes
Port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
With IRT
- PROFINET IO-Switch No No No No
PROFINET IO-Diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protocol is supported
Telnet No No No No
HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes
TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
BOOTP No No No No
SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

Product functions Diagnostics
Product function 2
Port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes
Packet size statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
Packet type statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
Error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product functions DHCP
Product function DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product functions Redundancy
Product function
Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy manager Yes Yes Yes Yes
Standby redundancy No No No No
Redundancy procedure HSR Yes Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy procedure MRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product functions Security
SSH protocol is supported Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product functions Time
Product function: Yes Yes Yes Yes
SICLOCK support
NTP No No No No
SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
approvals
Standard
D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP.
IIC, T4 IIC, T4 IIC, T4 IIC, T4
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3
G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07
ATEX, 0145 X ATEX, 0145 X ATEX, 0145 X ATEX, 0145 X
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
For Ex zone of CSA and UL ANSI / ISA 12.12.0, CSA ANSI / ISA 12.12.0, CSA ANSI / ISA 12.12.0, CSA ANSI / ISA 12.12.0, CSA
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, C22.2 No. 213-M1987, C22.2 No. 213-M1987, C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B,
C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 /
GP. IIC, T4 GP. IIC, T4 GP. IIC, T4 GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes No No No

Siemens AG 2010

SCALANCE XF-200 FC FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1 847-2A
Industrial Ethernet switches 62.5/200/230
Industrial Ethernet switches FC FO Standard Cable
with integrated SNMP access, for fixed installation indoors
2 online diagnostics, copper cable
diagnostics and PROFINET
with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter
diagnostics for configuring line,
star and ring topologies; FC FO Trailing Cable 6XV1 847-2C
with integrated redundancy FC FO Trailing Cable
manager; for use in tow chains and moving
incl. operating instructions, applications;
Industrial Ethernet network manual sold by the meter
and configuration software
on CD-ROM FC FO Termination Kit 6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0
SCALANCE XF204-2 6GK5 204-2BC00-2AF2 Assembly case for local assembly
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, of FC SC and FC BFOC connec-
electrical; tors to FC FO standard cable,
2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports, comprising a stripping tool,
optical (multi-mode, glass), Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
up to 3 km and microscope
SCALANCE XF206-1 6GK5 206-1BC00-2AF2 FC BFOC Plug 6GK1 900-1GB00-0AC0
6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, Screw connector for on-site
electrical; assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
1 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC optical port (1 pack = 20 units +
(multi-mode, glass), cleaning cloths)
up to 3 km
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
SCALANCE XF204 6GK5 204-0BA00-2AF2 TP Cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, connectors
electrical
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
SCALANCE XF208 6GK5 208-0BA00-2AF2
8 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, 1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
electrical
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
Accessories
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
RJ45 plug-in connector
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
for Industrial Ethernet with a
rugged metal enclosure and Swap medium for simple
integrated insulation displace- replacement of devices in the
ment contacts for connecting event of a fault; for storing
Industrial Ethernet FC installation configuration or application data;
cables; with 180 cable outlet; can be used for SIMATIC NET
for network components and products with C-PLUG slot
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 Electronic manuals

1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0 communication protocols,
1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
on DVD;
German/English

Siemens AG 2010
SCALANCE XF-200IRT managed
The SCALANCE XF204IRT Industrial Ethernet switch permits the
construction of isochronous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet
line and star topologies. Thanks to innovative switching technol-
ogy, the special requirements of automation with regard to line
topology, isochronous mode for motion control applications, and
unlimited IT openness are satisfied within a single technology
2
based on the PROFINET standard.
Product versions
SCALANCE XF204IRT
For setting up electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with four electrical ports (ET 200S design)
Characteristics:
(power, link status, data traffic)
Remote diagnostics is possible through signaling contact
(signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET,
SNMP, and web browser
The SCALANCE XF204IRT Industrial Ethernet switch is suit- Automatic e-mail sending function
able for the construction of deterministic and isochronous The RJ45 sockets are designed to be industry-compatible
real-time Industrial Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s networks in line, with additional sleeves, for connection of the
star, and ring topologies IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Connection of up to four terminal units possible
Real-Time Ethernet
Enclosure in ET 200S format (slim design, 75 mm width) for
Interfacing of the PROFINET IO Devices to the PROFINET IO
space-saving use in small control boxes
Controller through high-performance, optimized data trans-
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast Ether- mission
net ring topologies with fast media redundancy
Isochronous real-time communication based on the trans-
The device features PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access, mission procedure of the IEEE 802 standard by combining the
integral web server and automatic e-mail sending function for switching mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward"
Coexistence of isochronous mode for motion control applica-
tions and IT openness:
Benefits Reaction-free transmission of real-time and non-real-time
communication on the same line
Additionally through isochronous real-time (IRT) Ethernet
Isochronous real-time communication based on the trans-
mission procedure of the IEEE 802 standard by combining the
Optimized startup behavior (link setup, data forwarding) of switching mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward"
PROFINET network components and IO Devices through fast
start-up functionality For drive controls, PROFINET with isochronous real-time is the
best performing system worldwide with regard to its isochron-
Lower susceptibility to failure and higher availability of the ronous and deterministic response.
plant networking due to latching of the RJ45 FastConnect With a cycle time of 1 ms, for example, axes can be controlled
connectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 ports in isochronous mode whereby 50% of the bandwidth is avail-
Simple connection and disconnection of the RJ45 plug by able solely for IT communication.
means of easily accessible RJ45 sockets angled downward
on the device
High network availability through setup of redundant ring
structures and standby coupling of rings
Protection of investment due to integration into existing net-
work management systems by means of standardized SNMP
access
Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the
operating phase of a plant by using the configuration and
diagnostics integrated in STEP 7

Siemens AG 2010
Design Control cabinet

The SCALANCE XF-204IRT managed Industrial Ethernet switch
SCALANCE SIMATIC Microbox with
is designed for mounting on a standard mounting rail. With its XF204IRT ET 200S CP 1604 as PN IO-Controller
enclosure in ET 200S format (slim design), the device is opti-
mally suited for integration in automation solutions in small con-
2 trol boxes together with the ET 200S.
The switch with degree of protection IP30 features:
2 x 2-pole terminal block for connecting the redundant supply
PROFINET
voltage (2 x 24 V DC)
A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link Industrial Ethernet
status, data traffic, power supply, signaling contact)
A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling Control cabinet
contact
A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact SCALANCE
XF204IRT ET 200S TP 177B
The SCALANCE XF204IRT switch is available with the following
port types:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate
G_IK10_XX_10256
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover
functions for connecting IE FC cables using the IE FC RJ45
Plug 180.
Function
SCALANCE XF204IRT with ET 200S and SIMATIC Microbox
Configuration of electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star and in compact control cabinets or boxes
ring topologies
Integral redundancy manager for setting up ring topologies Commissioning and diagnosis
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XF204IRT can
Extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools
rates thanks to integrated real-time functions and processed in the controller with expanded diagnostics
System-wide clock accuracy (deviation less than 1 ms) function. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have been
drastically reduced due to the complete integration in the
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocross- SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
over function integrated in the ports
The SCALANCE XF204IRT Industrial Ethernet switch can also
Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web
be integrated into a network management system through the
browser
standardized Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO Controller In the event of a fault in the device, error messages (SNMP
by means of real-time communication (RT) according to the traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a specified
PROFINET standard network administrator.
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnostics
optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of settings to be made using a standard browser (e.g. port config-
supply) uration). Statistical information can also be read out over the
Network topology and network configuration Web server (e.g. port capacity utilization).
The SCALANCE XF204IRT Industrial Ethernet switch with de- The following information is displayed by LEDs on site:
gree of protection IP30 is installed in a control cabinet together Power
with the stations to be connected. It can be combined electri-
Port status
cally in star, line and ring topologies.
Data traffic
following boundary conditions: Signaling contact
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE XF switches: Redundancy manager function
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IP Address:
The IP address is assigned using the DHCP (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol) mechanism. If there is no correspond-
ing server in the network, the IP address can be assigned
using the supplied software tool PST (Primary Setup Tool) or
STEP 7. The device and real-time configuration of the
SCALANCE XF204IRT switch is performed via STEP 7.

Siemens AG 2010
Order No. 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BF2 Order No. 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BF2
Product type designation SCALANCE XF204IRT Product type designation SCALANCE XF204IRT
Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s Type of construction Flat 2
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s Width 75 mm
Interfaces Height 125 mm
Maximum number of electrical/ 4 Depth 73 mm
components or terminal equipment Net weight 0.25 kg
Number of electrical connections Type of mounting
For network components 4 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes

or terminal equipment Wall mounting No
For signal contact 1 S7-300 rail mounting No
For power supply 1 Product properties, functions,
For redundant power supply 1 components, general
Design of electrical connection Cascading with redundant ring 50

For network components RJ45 port
or terminal equipment Cascading with star topology Any (only dependent on signal
propagation time)
For signal contact 2-pin terminal block
Product functions
For power supply 4-pin terminal block Configuration/management
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes Product function
Inputs/outputs CLI Yes
Nominal value of operating voltage 24 V Web-based management Yes
MIB support Yes
Maximum operating current 0.1 A
of signal contacts with DC Traps via e-mail Yes
Supply voltage, current Configuration with STEP 7 Yes

consumption, power loss SMTP server Yes
Type of power supply DC Port mirroring No
Supply voltage, external 24 V With IRT
Minimum 18 V - PROFINET IO-Switch Yes
Maximum 32 V PROFINET IO-Diagnostics Yes
Current consumption, maximum 0.2 A Protocol is supported
Product component: Yes Telnet No
HTTP Yes
Type of fusing of power supply input 0.6 A / 60 V
HTTPS Yes
Effective power loss at 24 V with DC 4.8 W
TFTP Yes
FTP Yes
Ambient temperature
BOOTP No
During operating phase -40 +60 C
SNMP v1 Yes
SNMP v2 Yes
SNMP v3 Yes
without condensation during DCP Yes
operating phase, maximum LLDP Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Technical specifications Ordering data Order No.

Order No. 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BF2 SCALANCE XF-200IRT
Industrial Ethernet Switches
Product type designation SCALANCE XF204IRT
Managed Industrial Ethernet
Product functions Diagnostics Switches for setting up line,
2 Product function star and ring topologies; Isochro-
nous Real Time, LED diagnostics,
Port diagnostics Yes fault signaling contact with SET
button, redundant power supply;
Packet size statistics Yes incl. operating instructions,
Packet type statistics Yes Industrial Ethernet network manual
and configuration software
Error statistics Yes on CD-ROM
Product functions DHCP SCALANCE XF204IRT 6GK5 204-2BA00-2BF2
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Product function DHCP client Yes RJ45 electrical port;
Product functions Redundancy Accessories
Product function IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Ring redundancy Yes RJ45 plug-in connector for Indus-
trial Ethernet with a rugged metal
Redundancy manager Yes
enclosure and integrated insula-
Standby redundancy Yes tion displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
Redundancy procedure HSR Yes installation cables; with 180
Redundancy procedure MRP Yes cable outlet; for network compo-
nents and CPs/CPUs with Indus-
Passive listening Yes trial Ethernet interface
Product functions Security 1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
SSH protocol is supported Yes 1 pack = 10 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
Product functions Time 1 pack = 50 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Product function: SICLOCK support Yes FC FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1 847-2A

62.5/200/230
Protocol is supported FC FO Standard Cable
NTP No for fixed installation indoors
with PVC sheath; sold by the meter
SNTP Yes
FC FO Trailing Cable 6XV1 847-2C
FC FO Trailing Cable for use in tow
approvals
chains and moving applications;
Standard sold by the meter
For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, FC FO Termination Kit 6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0
Group A, B, C, D / T4, CL.1, Assembly case for local assembly
Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4 of FC SC and FC BFOC connec-
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: tors to FC FO standard cable,
2005, II 3 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07 comprising a stripping tool,
ATEX, 0145 X Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1 FC BFOC plug 6GK1 900-1GB00-0AC0
For Ex zone of CSA and UL ANSI / ISA 12.12.0, CSA C22.2 assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
No. 213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / (1 pack = 20 items +
GP. A, B, C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / cleaning cloths)
GP. IIC, T4
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 TP Cable
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) 4 x 2 with two RJ45 connectors
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
CE mark Yes 2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
C-Tick Yes 6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
Swap medium for simple replace-
ment of devices in the event of
a fault; for storing configuration or
application data;
can be used for SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot
Electronic manuals for communi-
cation systems, communication
protocols, and communication
products; on DVD;
German/English

Siemens AG 2010
Overview Benefits

2
twisted pair cables (redundancy manager, standby function,
and RSTP are integrated)
medium
- Very fast reconfiguration of the network in the event of a fault
plant networking due to latching of the RJ45 FastConnect
connectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 ports
Protection of investment due to integration into existing net-
work management systems by means of standardized SNMP
access
Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the
The SCALANCE X-300 product line comprises compact operating phase of a plant by using the configuration and
Industrial Ethernet switches for constructing electrical and/or diagnostics integrated in STEP 7
optical line, star and ring topologies operating at Avoidance of costly failures or maintenance periods due to
10/100/1000 Mbit/s fanless design
SCALANCE X-300 is available in versions Simple adjustment to different network structures and reduc-
- with integrated electrical and optical Ethernet ports tion of stockkeeping costs due to the flexibility of the partly
- as a partly modular version with four integrated electrical modular variants
Ethernet ports and two modular slots for equipping with
2-port media modules N
High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300,
SCALANCE X-400) and Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300
switches in the ring in combination with SCALANCE X-200
switches)
Switches from the SCALANCE X-300 product line support
numerous IT standards and thus permit seamless integration
of automation networks into existing corporate networks.
Virtual networks (VLAN) can be set up.
The support of standardized redundancy procedures (Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol) permits redundant integration into
higher-level enterprise networks.
The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access,
integral web server and automatic e-mail sending function for

Siemens AG 2010
Application
SCALANCE X-300 products enable the establishment of The switches are designed in degree of protection IP30 for
switched networks both at the field level and at the control level installation in control cabinets.
where high data transfer speeds are required in addition to high
network availability and extensive diagnostics facilities. The main area of application is found in high-performance plant
2 networks with connection to the enterprise network.
Product versions
Switches with Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ports
S7-400
Operator Station PC
6&$/$1&(
;
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE

X310 X208 X208 X208
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
*B,.B;;B
S7-400 S7-400 S7-400 S7-400
ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S
Electrical star topology with SCALANCE X310
SCALANCE X310, SCALANCE X308-2, SCALANCE X308-2LD, Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, link status, data
SCALANCE X308-2LH, SCALANCE X308-2LH+, traffic, fault, redundancy manager, standby manager)
SCALANCE X307-3, SCALANCE X307-3LD Remote diagnostics possible by means of signaling contact
For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring (signaling dialog box can be set on-site using pushbutton),
structures PROFINET, SNMP and web browser
- SCALANCE X310; The RJ45 sockets are designed for use in industry with
with seven Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s) and three Gigabit additional retaining collars for connecting the IE FC RJ45
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) ports Plug 180
For establishing electrical and optical line, ring, or star topolo-
gies with seven electrical 10/100 Mbit/s ports, one electrical
10/100/1000 Mbit/s port, and two or three optical 1000 Mbit/s
ports
- SCALANCE X308-2, SCALANCE X-307-3;
for glass fiber-optic cable (multi-mode) up to 750 m
- SCALANCE X308-2LD, SCALANCE X-307-3LD
for glass fiber-optic cable (single-mode) up to 10 km
- SCALANCE X308-2LH;
- SCALANCE X308-2LH+;

Siemens AG 2010
Application (continued)
PC PC
SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X414-3E

2
Control cabinet Control cabinet Control cabinet

X308-2 X308-2 XR324-12M
S7-400 S7-400 S7-300 S7-400
S7-400 S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10215
ET 200S ET 200S PC ET 200S
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)
Connection of control cabinets with SCALANCE X308-2 in an optical gigabit ring
Fast Ethernet switches

SCALANCE X310FE
SCALANCE X306-1LD FE N
SCALANCE X320-1FE N
SCALANCE X320-3 LD FE N
For establishing electrical and optical line, ring, or star topo-
logies with up to 20 electrical 10/100 Mbit/s ports and up to
three optical ports (multi-mode or single-mode)
Star hubs in the plant bus (redundant connection possible)

Siemens AG 2010
S7-300 with S7-300 with S7-300 with
CP 343-1 HMI CP 343-1 HMI CP 343-1 HMI
2
X320-1FE X320-1FE X320-1FE
100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s

(multimode) (multimode) (multimode)
100 Mbit/s
(singlemode) <
26 km
X320-3LD FE X320-3LD FE X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X306-1LD FE X306-1LD FE
Standby master Standby slave
SCALANCE SCALANCE
XR324-12M XR324-12M
G_IK10_XX_10281
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic) PC/IPC with CP 1623
Redundant ring topology with SCALANCE X for wind farms
Full Gigabit switches N Design

SCALANCE X308-2M
The SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with rugged
For setting up optical line, ring or star network structures with metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard DIN rail
- four integrated electrical Gigabit Ethernet ports and four and the S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in different positions
modular slots for equipping with any type 2-port media mod- is also possible. Thanks to the S7-300 housing dimensions, the
ules (see "Media modules for SCALANCE X-300") devices are suitable for integration into an automation solution
Star hubs in the plant bus (redundant connection possible) with S7-300 components.
The switches have:
a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power
supply (2 x 24 V DC)
Row of LEDs for indicating the status information (power,
link status, data traffic, fault, redundancy manager, standby
manager)
A 2-pin terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact
SELECT/SET key for on-site configuration of the signaling
contact
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the rear of the
device for easy replacement in the event of a fault

Siemens AG 2010
High-speed standby redundancy;
Design (continued) several network segments such as rings can be connected
The SCALANCE X-300 switches are available with the following together redundantly with SCALANCE X-300 over the inte-
port types: grated standby function. Two X-300 switches are configured in
a ring as a master and slave over two links to the other ring.
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection; The redundant connection can be made at 1000 Mbit/s.
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for Redundant interfacing to company networks;
SCALANCE X-300 switches support the standardized redun-
2
the connection of IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 to
100 m. dancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to
10/100/1000BaseTX, RJ45 connection; be connected redundantly to a higher level corporate network
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 or with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the
1000 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for order of seconds).
the connection of
- IE FC cables 2x2 for 100 Mbit/s via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 Support of virtual networks (VLAN);
up to 100 m for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
- IE FC cables 4x2 for 1000 Mbit/s via TP Cord and IE FC RJ45 number of users, a physically existing network can be divided
Modular Outlet up to 100 m into several virtual networks.
- IE FC cables 4x2 for 1000 Mbit/s via IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2 Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. video trans-
up to 100 m mission) are used;
1000BaseSX, SC connections; through learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP
SC sockets for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE X-300 switches can
glass fiber-optic cable up to 750 m (multi-mode) also filter multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load in
the network.
1000BaseSX, SC connections;
SC sockets for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet Configuration of the ports for terminals that support authenti-
glass fiber-optic cable up to 10 km (single-mode) cation in accordance to IEEE 802.1x.
Authentication is done via a RADIUS server which has to be
1000BaseLX, SC connections; configured accordingly and must be able to be reached via
SC sockets for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet the network.
glass fiber-optic cable up to 40 km (single-mode)
Support of the DHCP Option 82, 66, 67 (Dynamic Host
1000BaseLX, SC connections; Configuration Protocol);
SC sockets for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet this facilitates the IP address assignment of a terminal
glass fiber-optic cable up to 70 km (single-mode) depending on the connected switch port. The IP address is
assigned via a DHCP Server, which has to be configured
Function accordingly and must be able to be reached via the network.
Increase of the network performance; Support from the Access Control List (ACL);
by filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC) if this function is activated for one port, the switch forwards the
address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains message frames received to this port if its source address is
local; only data intended for users of another subnetwork are present in the address table. All connected nodes can be
forwarded by the switch. automatically entered in the ACL.
Simple network configuration and expansion; Syslog;
the switch saves the data received at the ports and forwards Syslog according to RFC 3164 is used in the IP network for
them independently to the destination address. Collision transmitting short, unencrypted text messages via UDP.
detection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the expansion To this end, a standard Syslog server is required that has to be
of the network beyond the port. configured accordingly and must be able to be reached via
the network.
Limiting of error spreading to the associated subnetwork;
the SCALANCE X-300 switches only pass on data with a valid Time synchronization;
checksum (CRC). diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are time-
stamped. The local time is standardized throughout the
Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into Fast
network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK or
Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s;
SNTP time transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment of
at the twisted-pair ports, the SCALANCE X-300 switch auto-
matically recognizes the conductor pairs for transmission and diagnostic messages to several devices.
reception (Autocrossover), the data transfer rate of 10 or Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of
100 or 1000 Mbit/s, as well as full-duplex and half-duplex the C-PLUG switching medium
mode (Autonegotiation).
High-performance connection of SCALANCE X-300 switches
with 1 Gbit/s;
SCALANCE X-300 switches have three Gigabit Ethernet ports
for connecting the switches to each other or with other Giga-
bit-Ethernet-enabled components (e.g. SCALANCE X-400)
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ring topologies with high-speed
media redundancy. Rings consisting of SCALANCE X-300
and X-400 switches can be operated at 1000 Mbit/s. In rings
with SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM it is possible to integrate
SCALANCE X-300 switches at 100 Mbit/s.

Siemens AG 2010
Network topology and network configuration The status of the signaling contact is routed externally by
means of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example,
The SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with degree the module to be monitored via an input module from a con-
of protection IP30 are typically accommodated in a control cab- troller.
2 inet along with the nodes to be connected. The can be mixed
electrically and optically in star, line and ring topologies. Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network;
the following possibilities are available:
The following network structures and combinations of structures - Remote via standard browser (Web-based management):
can be implemented: Selection of SCALANCE X-300 switches via the network from
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet rings with fast media a PC with browser
redundancy; - Remote via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
to increase network availability, as many as 50 X-200, X-300 or Secure integration of SCALANCE X-300 switches via the
X-400 switches cascaded in line can be connected into a ring network into a network management station, e.g. BANYnet
with a total length of up to 150 km with multi-mode or up to - Remote via PROFINET IO diagnostics:
3,500 km with single-mode. PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X-300
Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby switches can be displayed using the relevant SIMATIC
function engineering tools and they can also be processed in the
controller. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have
In addition, SCALANCE X-300 supports redundant connec- been drastically reduced due to the complete integration in
tion of the ring structure to the corporate network with a rapid the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
spanning tree.
Network management
Star topology with SCALANCE X-300 switches:
The SCALANCE X-300 switch represents a neutral point The network management provides the following functions:
that can connect up to 20 nodes or subnets with each other Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
electrically or optically. authorization) and "User" (read only)
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the Read-out of version and status information
following boundary conditions: Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode Fixed parameterization of the ports
fiber-optic conductors: (data rates, half/full duplex)
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
- 3 km at 100 Mbit/s Setting parameters of the VLANs and multicast services
Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode Parameterization of the standby connections for a redundant
fiber-optic conductors: ring link
- 10 - 70 km at 1 Gbit/s Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
- 26 km at 100 Mbit/s Parameterization of the web management services
Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two Security
SCALANCE X switches: - Ports can be connected or disconnected
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 - Authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2 (90 m), - Support from Access Control List (ACL)
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V1, V2c, V3
Commissioning and diagnosis Output of statistics information
Setting options on the device itself: port with a standard commercial network analyzer
Redundancy manager RM; Loading new firmware updates or configuration data via the
to establish a ring, a SCALANCE X-300 is switched to RM network from one TFTP server or directly via HTTP/HTTPs with
mode. The Gigabit ports (electrical or optical) are preferably an Internet or Web browser.
used as ring ports.
Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
Signal mask; TFTP server
the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE
X-300 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-300 switch can
defines which ports and which power supplies are to be independently send error messages (traps) to a network man-
monitored. The signaling contact only reports an error when a agement system or also e-mails to a predefined network admin-
monitored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of set- istrator.
point/actual status). Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions:
IP address; The SCALANCE X-300 switch can collect statistics information
the IP address is assigned via DHCP (Dynamic Host Configu- according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include, for
ration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This infor-
network, the IP address can be assigned using an enclosed mation can be read out through web-based management in the
software tool. statistics sub-area.
Diagnostic options on site:
The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- Port status
- Port mode (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
- Status of the two power supplies
- Signaling contact status
- Signal mask (setpoint status)
- RM mode
- Standby mode

Siemens AG 2010
Order No. 6GK5 306-1BF00-2AA3 6GK5 307-3BL00-2AA3 6GK5 307-3BM00-2AA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X306-1LD FE N SCALANCE X307-3 SCALANCE X307-3LD
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
For network components 6 7 7
For signal contact 1 1 1
For media module
For power supply 1 1 1
For redundant power supply 1 1 1
For network components RJ45 port RJ45 port RJ45 port
For signal contact 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
For power supply 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block
At 100 Mbit/s 1
At 1000 Mbit/s 3 3
At 100 Mbit/s SC port (single-mode up to 26 km)
(multi-mode up to 0,75 km) (single-mode up to 10 km)
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -15 dB ... -8 dB -9.5 dB ... -4 dB -9.5 dB ... -3 dB
of the receiver input, maximum -3 dB -3 dB -3 dB
Minimum optical sensitivity referred -34 dB -17 dB -21 dB
to 1 mW of the receiver input
Minimum required attenuation 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB
factor of the FO transmission link
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes Yes Yes
Inputs/outputs
Nominal value of operating voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V
Maximum operating current 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Type of power supply DC DC DC
Redundant type of power supply No No No
Supply voltage, external 24 V 24 V 24 V
Minimum 18 V 18 V 18 V
Maximum 32 V 32 V 32 V
Current consumption, maximum 0.2 A 0.4 A 0.4 A

Siemens AG 2010

Product component: fusing Yes Yes Yes
2 of power supply input
Type of fusing F 3 A / 32 V F 3 A / 32 V F 3 A / 32 V
of power supply input
Effective power loss
At 24 V with DC 4.8 W 9.6 W 9.6 W
Ambient temperature
Type of construction Compact Compact Compact
Type of mounting
19-inch installation No No No
35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
Wall mounting Yes Yes Yes
S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
Type of mounting When used in marine applications, When used in marine applications, When used in marine applications,
mounting on the 35 mm DIN rail is mounting on the 35 mm DIN rail is mounting on the 35 mm DIN rail is
not permissible not permissible not permissible
components, general
Cascading with redundant ring 50 50 50
Cascading with star topology Any (only dependent on signal Any (only dependent on signal Any (only dependent on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
Product functions
Product function
CLI Yes Yes Yes
Web-based management Yes Yes Yes
MIB support Yes Yes Yes
Traps via e-mail Yes Yes Yes
Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes
RMON Yes Yes Yes
SMTP server Yes Yes Yes
Port mirroring Yes Yes Yes
CoS Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET IO-Diagnostics Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

Telnet Yes Yes Yes 2
HTTP Yes Yes Yes
HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
TFTP Yes Yes Yes
FTP Yes Yes Yes
BOOTP Yes Yes Yes
SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes
SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes
SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes
IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes
GMRP Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes
LLDP Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
Packet size statistics Yes Yes Yes
Packet type statistics Yes Yes Yes
Error statistics Yes Yes Yes
SysLog Yes Yes Yes
Product functions VLAN
Product function
VLAN - port-based Yes Yes Yes
VLAN - dynamic Yes Yes Yes
Maximum number of VLANs 255 255 255
Maximum number of dynamic 255 255 255
VLANs
GVRP protocol is supported Yes Yes Yes
Product function
DHCP client Yes Yes Yes
DHCP option 82 Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy manager Yes Yes Yes
Standby redundancy Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy procedure HSR Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy procedure MRP Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes
Passive listening Yes Yes Yes
STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes
RSTP Big Network Support Yes Yes Yes
LACP Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

2 Product function
ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes Yes Yes
IEEE 802.1x (Radius) Yes Yes Yes
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Yes Yes Yes
Limiter
Broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes
SSH protocol is supported Yes Yes Yes
Product function: Yes Yes Yes
SICLOCK support
NTP No No No
SNTP Yes Yes Yes
approvals
Standard
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Group A, B, C, D / T4, CL.1, Group A, B, C, D / T4, CL.1,
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4 Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15:
2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
ATEX 0145X ATEX 0145X ATEX 0145X
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
(hazardous location), CSA C22.2 (hazardous location), CSA C22.2 (hazardous location), CSA C22.2
No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division
2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
CE mark Yes Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes
American Bureau of Shipping No Yes Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV) No Yes Yes
Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No Yes Yes
Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No Yes Yes
Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) No Yes Yes
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) No Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FM00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FN00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FP00-2AA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2 SCALANCE X308-2LD SCALANCE X308-2LH SCALANCE X308-2LH+
Interfaces
For media module
or terminal equipment (1 x 1GE, 7 x FE) (1 x 1GE, 7 x FE) (1 x 1GE, 7 x FE) (1 x 1GE, 7 x FE)
At 1000 Mbit/s 2 2 2 2
At 100 Mbit/s
At 1000 Mbit/s SC port (multi-mode SC port (single-mode SC port (single-mode SC port (single-mode
up to 0.75 km) up to 10 km) up to 40 km) up to 70 km)
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -9.5 dB ... -4 dB -9.5 dB ... -3 dB -6 dB ... 0 dB 0 dB ... 5 dB
of the receiver input, maximum -3 dB -3 dB -3 dB -3 dB
Minimum optical sensitivity referred -17 dB -21 dB -23 dB -23 dB
Minimum required attenuation 0 dB 0 dB 3 dB 8 dB
Inputs/outputs
Redundant type of power supply No No No No

Siemens AG 2010

2 fusing of power supply input
Type of fusing of power supply F 3A / 32V F 3A / 32V F 3A / 32V F 3A / 32V
input
At 24 V with DC 9.6 W 9.6 W 9.6 W 9.6 W
Ambient temperature
Width 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm
Type of mounting
19-inch installation No No No No
Type of mounting When used in marine When used in marine When used in marine When used in marine
applications, mounting applications, mounting applications, mounting applications, mounting
on the 35 mm DIN rail is on the 35 mm DIN rail is on the 35 mm DIN rail is on the 35 mm DIN rail is
not permissible not permissible not permissible not permissible
components, general
Product functions
Product function
CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes
CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
BOOTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes
GMRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
VLAN - port-based Yes Yes Yes Yes
VLAN - dynamic Yes Yes Yes Yes
Maximum number of VLANs 255 255 255 255
Maximum number of dynamic 255 255 255 255
VLANs
GVRP protocol is supported Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
DHCP option 82 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Standby redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
RSTP Big Network Support Yes Yes Yes Yes
LACP Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

2 Product function
ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes Yes Yes Yes
IEEE 802.1x (Radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Yes Yes Yes Yes
Limiter
Broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes
SICLOCK support
NTP No No No No
approvals
Standard
D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP. D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP.
IIC, T4 IIC, T4 IIC, T4 IIC, T4
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN60079-15: 2005, (hazardous location), (hazardous location), (hazardous location),
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 CSA C22.2 CSA C22.2 CSA C22.2
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, Division 2 / Group A, B, Division 2 / Group A, B,
C, D / T4, Class 1 / C, D / T4, Class 1 / C, D / T4, Class 1 /
Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
For Ex zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(hazardous location), (hazardous location), (hazardous location), (hazardous location),
CSA C22.2 No. 213- CSA C22.2 No. 213- CSA C22.2 No. 213- CSA C22.2 No. 213-
M1987, Class 1 / Division M1987, Class 1 / Division M1987, Class 1 / Division M1987, Class 1 / Division
2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group
IIC / T4 IIC / T4 IIC / T4 IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 310-0BA00- 6GK5 310-0FA00- 6GK5 320-1BD00-2AA3 6GK5 320-3BF00-2AA3
2AA3 2AA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X310FE SCALANCE X310 SCALANCE X320-1FE N SCALANCE X320-3LD FE N
2
Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
or terminal equipment (3 x 1GE, 7 x FE)
At 100 Mbit/s 1 3
(multi-mode up to 3 km) (1x multi-mode up to 3 km,
2x single-mode up to 26 km)
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -15 -8 dB
of the receiver input, maximum -3 dB
Minimum optical sensitivity referred -34 dB
Minimum required attenuation 0 dB 0 dB
Inputs/outputs

Siemens AG 2010

2AA3 2AA3
2 Product component:
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Type of fusing of power supply F 3 A / 32 V F 3 A / 32 V F 3 A / 32 V F 3 A / 32 V

input
At 24 V with DC 9.6 W 9.6 W 9.6 W 12 W
Ambient temperature
Width 120 mm 120 mm 180 mm 180 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm 123 mm 123 mm
Type of mounting
19-inch installation No No No No
Type of mounting When used in marine When used in marine When used in marine When used in marine
applications, mounting applications, mounting applications, mounting applications, mounting
on the 35 mm DIN rail is on the 35 mm DIN rail on the 35 mm DIN rail is on the 35 mm DIN rail is
not permissible is not permissible not permissible not permissible
components, general
Cascading with redundant ring at 50 50 50 50
reconfiguration time < 0.3 s
Product functions
Product function
CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 310-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 310-0FA00-2AA3 6GK5 320-1BD00-2AA3 6GK5 320-3BF00-2AA3
FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Product function
VLANs
Product function
Product function

Siemens AG 2010

2AA3 2AA3
2 Product functions Security
Product function
Limiter
SICLOCK support
NTP No No No No
approvals
Standard
Divison 2, Group A, B, Divison 2, Group A, B, Divison 2, Group A, B, C, D / Divison 2, Group A, B, C, D /
C, D / T4, CL.1, C, D / T4, CL.1, T4, Class 1, Zone 2, T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4 Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X ATEX 0145X ATEX 0145X
For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
CSA C22.2 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
For Ex zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 1604 and UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
UL 2279-15 UL 2279-15 (hazard- (hazardous location), (hazardous location),
(hazardous location), ous location), CSA CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
CSA C22.2 C22.2 Class 1 / Division 2 / Class 1 / Division 2 /
No. 213-M1987, No. 213-M1987, Group A, B, C, D / Group A, B, C, D /
Class 1 / Division 2 / Class 1 / Division 2 / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group A, B, C, D / Group A, B, C, D / Group IIC / T4 Group IIC / T4
T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4 Group IIC / T4
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
(Class A) (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
C-Tick No No Yes Yes
American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes No No
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes No No
Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes No No
Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes No No
Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes No No
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes No No

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 308-2GG00-2AA2 Order No. 6GK5 308-2GG00-2AA2
Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2M N Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2M N
Data transmission rate Permissible ambient conditions
Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s Ambient temperature 2
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s During operating phase -40 +70 C
Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s During storage -40 +70 C
Interfaces During transport -40 +70 C
Maximum number of electrical/opti- 8 Ambient temperature - Note As a result of installation of
cal connections for network compo- media modules, the operating
nents or terminal equipment temperature is reduced to
0 C to +70 C, when using SFP
Number of electrical connections plug-in transceivers, the operat-
For network components or termi- 4 ing temperature is reduced to
nal equipment 0 C to +60 C, with a vertical
installation position, the maximum
For signal contact 1 operating temperature is reduced
For media module 2 to +50 C
For power supply 1 Relative humidity at 25 C 95 %

For redundant power supply 1 operating phase, maximum
Design of electrical connection IP degree of protection IP 20
For network components or termi- RJ45 port Design, dimensions and weights
nal equipment
Type of construction Compact
For signal contact 2-pin terminal block
Width 120 mm
For power supply 4-pin terminal block
Height 125 mm
Design of optical connection for
fiber-optic cables Depth 124 mm
At 100 Mbit/s Depends on selected media Net weight 1.4 kg

modules
Type of mounting
At 1000 Mbit/s Depends on selected media
modules 19-inch installation No
Injectable optical power referred 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes
to 1 mW Wall mounting Yes
of the transmitter output -19 -14 dB S7-300 rail mounting Yes
of the receiver input, maximum -3 dB Type of mounting When using SFP plug-in
Minimum optical sensitivity referred -32 dB transceivers, only horizontal
to 1 mW of the receiver input installation is permissible, when
used in marine applications,
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes mounting on the 35 mm DIN rail
Inputs/outputs is not permissible
Nominal value of operating voltage 24 V Product properties, functions,

of signal contacts with DC components, general
Maximum operating current 0.1 A Cascading with redundant ring 50

of signal contacts with DC at reconfiguration time < 0.3 s
Supply voltage, current Cascading with star topology Any (only dependent on signal
consumption, power loss propagation time)
Type of power supply DC

Redundant type of power supply No
Supply voltage, external 24 ... 48 V
Product component: Yes
Type of fusing F 3 A / 32 V
of power supply input
At 24 V with DC 16.6 W

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 308-2GG00-2AA2 Order No. 6GK5 308-2GG00-2AA2
Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2M N Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2M N
Product functions Product functions Redundancy
2 Configuration/management
Product function
Product function
Ring redundancy Yes
CLI Yes
Web-based management Yes
Standby redundancy Yes
MIB support Yes
Redundancy procedure HSR Yes
Traps via e-mail Yes
Redundancy procedure MRP Yes
Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
RMON Yes
Passive listening Yes
SMTP server Yes
Port mirroring Yes
STP/RSTP Yes
CoS Yes
RSTP Big Network Support Yes
PROFINET IO-Diagnostics Yes
LACP Yes
Telnet Yes
Product function
HTTP Yes
ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes
HTTPS Yes
IEEE 802.1x (Radius) Yes
TFTP Yes
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Yes
FTP Yes Limiter
BOOTP Yes Broadcast blocking Yes
SNMP v1 Yes Protocol is supported
SNMP v2 Yes SSH Yes
SNMP v3 Yes Product functions Time
IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Product function
GMRP Yes SICLOCK support Yes
DCP Yes Protocol is supported
LLDP Yes NTP No
Product functions Diagnostics SNTP Yes
Product function Standards, specifications,
approvals
Port diagnostics Yes
Standard
Packet size statistics Yes
For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2,
Packet type statistics Yes Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,
Error statistics Yes Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
SysLog Yes For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
Product functions VLAN II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
Product function ATEX 0145X
VLAN - port-based Yes For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
VLAN - dynamic Yes
For Ex zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
Maximum number of VLANs 255 (hazardous location), CSA C22.2
No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
Maximum number of dynamic 255
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
VLANs
Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
GVRP protocol is supported Yes
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2
Product function
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
DHCP client Yes
CE mark Yes
DHCP option 82 Yes
C-Tick Yes
DHCP option 66 Yes
DHCP option 67 Yes

Siemens AG 2010

SCALANCE X-300 Fast Ethernet switches
Industrial Ethernet switches 6GK5 310-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X310FE;
Industrial Ethernet switches for 10 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
setting up electrical and/or optical electrical
Industrial Ethernet networks;
integrated redundancy manager, SCALANCE X306-1LD FE; 6GK5 306-1BF00-2AA3 N 2
IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, etc.), 1 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical
network management via SNMP (single-mode, glass),
and web server; up to 26 km
incl. operating instructions, 6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
Industrial Ethernet network electrical
manual and configuration soft-
ware on CD-ROM;
SCALANCE X320-1FE;
1 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical
6GK5 320-1BD00-2AA3 N
C-PLUG included in the scope (multi-mode, glass), up to 3 km
of supply 20 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
SCALANCE X310; 6GK5 310-0FA00-2AA3 electrical
3 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports, electrical
SCALANCE X320-3LD FE;
1 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical
6GK5 320-3BF00-2AA3 N
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, (multi-mode, glass), up to 3 km
electrical 2 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical
SCALANCE X308-2; 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3 (single-mode, glass), up to 26 km
2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports, 20 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
optical (multi-mode, glass), electrical
up to 750 m Full Gigabit Ethernet switches
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
electrical SCALANCE X308-2M;
4 x 10/100//1000 Mbit/s
6GK5 308-2GG00-2AA2 N
electrical; RJ45 ports, electrical
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s slots for
SCALANCE X308-2LD; 6GK5 308-2FM00-2AA3 2-port media modules,
2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports, optical electrical or optical
up to 10 km
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
Media modules
N see "Media modules for modular
electrical, Accessories
electrical; IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
SCALANCE X308-2LH; 6GK5 308-2FN00-2AA3 FastConnect RJ45 outlet for
2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports, optical Industrial Ethernet with interface
(single-mode, glass), for replaceable insert;
up to 40 km 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
With insert 2FE;
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
replaceable insert
electrical,
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
electrical With insert 1GE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
replaceable insert
SCALANCE X308-2LH+; 6GK5 308-2FP00-2AA3
for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces
2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports, optical
(single-mode, glass), IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
up to 70 km 2 x 2 (Type A)
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
electrical, 4-core, shielded TP installation
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, cable for connection to IE FC
electrical RJ45 outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-conforming;
SCALANCE X307-3; 6GK5 307-3BL00-2AA3 with UL approval;
3 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports, optical sold by the meter;
(multi-mode, glass), max. quantity 1000 m,
up to 750 m minimum order 20 m
electrical IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1 870-2E
SCALANCE X307-3LD; 6GK5 307-3BM00-2AA3 8-core, shielded TP installation

3 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports, optical cable for connection
(single-mode, glass), to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
up to 10 km for universal application;
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, with UL approval;
electrical sold by the meter;
max quantity 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
TP cable 4 x 2
with two RJ45 plugs
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10

Siemens AG 2010
Ordering data (continued) Order No. More information

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
RJ45 plug-in connector for well as configuration of modular variants, the Switch Selection
Industrial Ethernet with a rugged Tool is available as a free download at:
metal enclosure and integrated
2 insulation displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables;
with 180 cable outlet;
for network components and
interface
1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
with a rugged metal enclosure
and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for con-
necting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables;
180 cable outlet;
interface
Swap medium for simple
replacement of devices in the
event of a fault;
for storing configuration or
application data;
can be used for SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot
Electronic manuals
on DVD;
German/English

Siemens AG 2010
SCALANCE XR-300 managed
Overview Benefits
Unlimited flexibility in the case of network expansions (e.g.

more terminals) or conversion (e.g. from copper to fiber-optic
2
cable) and reduction of stockkeeping costs due to modular
design with port modules
Media modules can be replaced by the user on site
The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches are fully and STP/RSTP are integrated)
modular, high-performance, industry-standard switches for - Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
the construction of optical line, ring and star topologies medium
operating at 10/100/1000 Mbit/s, designed for installation in - Very fast reconfiguration of the network in the event of a fault
19" control cabinets. Lower susceptibility to failure and higher availability of the
As many as 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces plant networking due to latching of the RJ45 FastConnect con-
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s); nectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 port modules
up to12 electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules can be Protection of investment due to integration into existing net-
inserted at any position in the basic unit. work management systems by means of standardized SNMP
High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy access
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (with SCALANCE X-300, Time saving during engineering, commissioning and in the
SCALANCE X-400) and Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300 operating phase of a plant by using the integrated configura-
switches in the ring in combination with SCALANCE X-200 tion and diagnostics in STEP 7, without additional software
switches). The redundant connection of rings by means of
high-speed media redundancy is integrated in the Avoidance of costly failures or maintenance periods due to
SCALANCE XR-300. fanless design
Switches from the SCALANCE XR-300 product line support Space savings in control cabinet due to flexible cable outlet
numerous IT standard functions (VLANs, IGMP snooping on the front or rear of the device
querier, STP/RSTP, link aggregation, quality of service) and
thus permit seamless integration of automation networks into Application
existing corporate networks.
The SCALANCE XR-300 is ideal for use in plant networks and
The support of standardized redundancy procedures for integrating the industrial network into an existing corporate
(Spanning Tree Protocol/Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning network. Both at the field level and the control level, the switch
Tree Protocol/MRP) permits redundant integration into higher- performs the network with the distributed field devices and en-
level enterprise networks. sures high plant availability with extensive diagnostics options
Remote diagnostics is possible by means of PROFINET diag- and high transmission speeds. The modularity permits perfect
nostics, web browser, CLI, or SNMP. adaptation to the respective application through the use of
electrical and also optical media modules
The SCALANCE XR-300 switch is suitable for establishing opti-
cal Industrial Ethernet line, ring, or star topologies with 24 ports
that can be optionally equipped with electrical and/or optical
2-port media modules. It can also be used as a hub in the plant
bus (redundant connection is possible).

Siemens AG 2010
PC PC
2 SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X414-3E
Control cabinet Control cabinet Control cabinet

X308-2 X308-2 XR324-12M
S7-400 S7-400 S7-300 S7-400
S7-400 S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10215
ET 200S ET 200S PC ET 200S

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)
Integration of control cabinets with SCALANCE X-300 in an optical Gigabit ring
The use of media modules in partly and fully modular versions of

the SCALANCE X-300 switches supports:
The extension of networks by subsequent insertion of
additional media modules in unused media module slots
The changing of cabling technology, e.g. conversion from
copper to fiber-optic cables, or from multi-mode to single-
mode FOC

Siemens AG 2010
Design
The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with rug- The RJ45 sockets are designed to be industry-compatible
ged metal enclosure with degree of protection IP30 are opti- with additional sleeves, for connection of the Industrial
mized for installation in the 19" control cabinet. Versions are Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180
available with 24 V DC or 230 V AC connection. The connection All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
of the power supply and the data cable outlet are located option-
ally either at the front or rear of the device.
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1000 Mbit/s 2
The SCALANCE XR-300 switches support Gigabit Ethernet
The switches have: (1000 Mbit/s) at all ports. The 24 ports are divided into three
4-pin terminal block for redundant voltage feed for protection groups of eight ports each (Gigabit Ethernet Blocking).
against voltage failure in 24 V DC version Gigabit Ethernet is supported with full wire speed within each
group, but not between the groups.
3-pin terminal block for voltage feed in 230 V AC version
2-pin terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling Product versions
contact for simple display of faults SCALANCE XR324-12M (12 media module slots)
A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link
status, data traffic, power supply, signaling contact) Versions are available with
SELECT/SET pushbutton for simple adjustment of the fault LEDs, power supply connection and data cable outlet on the
signaling contact on the device front
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the side of the LEDs, power supply connection and data cable outlet at the
device for easy replacement in the event of a fault rear
The SCALANCE XR-300 switches are available with the following All versions have twelve media module slots and
port types: 1 x 24 V DC power supply
12 slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for multi- 1 x 230 V AC power supply
mode or single-mode connections; the optical media modules
are available in various connection technologies
7KHUHDUH/('ILHOGDQG6(/(&76(7EXWWRQV
DVZHOODVFRQQHFWLRQVIRUVLJQDOFRQWDFWDQG
SRZHUVXSSO\DWWKHIURQWIRUYHUVLRQVZLWKD
GDWDFDEOHRXWOHWDWWKHUHDU
G_IK10_XX_10283
&RQQHFWLRQH[DPSOH &RQQHFWLRQH[DPSOH
,()&5-3OXJ)DVW&RQQHFWFRQQHFWRU )&%)2&3OXJ)DVW&RQQHFWFRQQHFWRU
WR00&8&PHGLDPRGXOH WR00PHGLDPRGXOH
ZLWKUHWDLQLQJFROODU PXOWLPRGH
SCALANCE XR-300 with data cable outlet at the rear

Siemens AG 2010
Function
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast Network topology and network configuration
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ring topologies with high-speed
media redundancy. Reliable communication is achieved by The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of
closing an optical or electrical line with SCALANCE X-400, the plant using SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches .
2 X-300 or X-200 switches to form a ring. The redundancy

manager (RM) integrated in the SCALANCE XR-300 switch
The following network structures and combinations of structures
can be implemented:
monitors the function of the network. It recognizes the failure Fast Ethernet with fast media redundancy;
of a transmission link or of SCALANCE X switch in the ring to increase network availability, as many as 50 X-200, X-300,
and activates the substitute path within a maximum of XR-300 or X-400 switches cascaded in line can be connected
0.2 seconds. into a ring with a total length of up to 150 km. On the failure
Rings consisting of SCALANCE X-300, XR-300 and X-400 of a transmission link or of a SCALANCE X switch in the ring,
switches can be operated at 1000 Mbit/s. In rings with the substitute path is reconfigured within a maximum of
SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM it is possible to integrate 0.2 seconds.
SCALANCE XR-300 switches at 100 Mbit/s.
Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby
Redundant interfacing to company networks; function
SCALANCE XR-300 switches support the standardized
redundancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and In addition, SCALANCE XR-300 supports redundant connec-
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnet- tion of the ring structure to the corporate network with a rapid
work to be connected redundantly to a higher level corporate spanning tree.
network with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration Star topology with SCALANCE XR-300 switches:
time (in the order of seconds). Each SCALANCE XR-300 switch represents a neutral point
Support of virtual networks (VLAN); that can connect up to 24 nodes or subnets with each other
for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing electrically.
number of users, a physically existing network can be divided When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
into several virtual networks. following boundary conditions:
Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. video trans- Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
mission) are used; fiber-optic conductors:
through learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP - 3000 m at 100 Mbit/s
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE XR-300 switches can
also filter multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load in Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
the network. Multicast and broadcast traffic can be limited. fiber-optic conductors:
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
Time synchronization;
diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are time- Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
stamped. The local time is standardized throughout the fiber-optic conductors:
network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK time - 26,000 m at 100 Mbit/s
transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment of diagnostic Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
messages to several devices. fiber-optic conductors:
Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of - 10,000 m at 1 Gbit/s
the C-PLUG switching medium Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
Link aggregation (IEEE 802.1q) for bundling data streams SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Quality of Service (IEEE 802.1p) for prioritization of network - Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2 (90 m),
traffic IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord

Siemens AG 2010
Commissioning and diagnosis Network management
Setting options on the device itself: The network management provides the following functions:
Redundancy manager RM; Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
to establish a ring, a SCALANCE XR-300 is switched to RM
mode. The Gigabit ports (electrical or optical) are preferably
authorization) and "User" (read only) 2
Read-out of version and status information
used as ring ports. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used
freely for the connection of data terminals and networks. Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
If the redundancy procedure MRP standardized by PROFINET Fixed parameterization of the ports
is used, the RM is adjusted automatically. (data rates, half/full duplex)
Signal mask; Setting of Spanning/Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE Parameterization of the web management services
XR-300 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask
defines which ports and which power supplies are to be Security
monitored. The signaling contact only reports an error when a - Ports can be connected or disconnected
monitored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of set- - Port-based network access control according to
point/actual status). IEEE 802.1x
- Authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x
IP address; (available soon)
the IP address is assigned via DHCP (Dynamic Host Confi- - Support of Access Control List (ACL) (available soon)
guration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the
network, the IP address can be assigned using an enclosed Output of statistics information
software tool. Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
Diagnostic options on site:
Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site: network by a FTP server
- Port status
- Port mode (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex) Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
- Status of the two power supplies TFTP server
- Signaling contact status If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XR-300 switch
- Signal mask (setpoint status) can independently send error messages (traps) to a network
- RM mode management system or also e-mails to a predefined network
- Standby mode administrator.
The status of the signaling contact is routed externally by
means of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example, Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions:
the module to be monitored via an input module from a The SCALANCE XR-300 switch can collect statistics information
controller. according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include,
for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This infor-
Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network; mation can be read out through web-based management in the
the following possibilities are available: statistics sub-area.
- Remote via standard browser (Web-based management):
Selection of SCALANCE XR-300 switches via the network
from a PC with browser
- Remote via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
Secure integration of SCALANCE XR-300 switches via the
network to higher-level network management station
systems
- Remote via PROFINET IO diagnostics:
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X-300
switches can be displayed using the relevant SIMATIC
engineering tools and they can also be processed in the
controller. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have
been drastically reduced due to the complete integration in
the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.

Siemens AG 2010
Order No. 6GK5 324-0GG00-1AR2 6GK5 324-0GG00-1HR2 6GK5 324-0GG00-3AR2 6GK5 324-0GG00-3HR2
Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-12M SCALANCE XR324-12M SCALANCE XR324-12M SCALANCE XR324-12M
2 Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
Interfaces
For network components
For media module 12 12 12 12
For redundant power supply 1 1
For network components Depends on selected Depends on selected Depends on selected Depends on selected
or terminal equipment media modules media modules media modules media modules
At 100 Mbit/s
At 1000 Mbit/s
At 100 Mbit/s Depends on selected Depends on selected Depends on selected Depends on selected
media modules media modules media modules media modules
At 1000 Mbit/s Depends on selected Depends on selected Depends on selected Depends on selected
media modules media modules media modules media modules
Inputs/outputs
Supply voltage, current con-
sumption, power loss
Type of power supply DC DC AC AC
Minimum 18 V 18 V 100 V 100 V
Maximum 32 V 32 V 240 V 240 V

Siemens AG 2010

Product component: Yes No Yes No
Type of fusing of power supply F 5 A / 125 V F 5 A / 125 V
2
input
At 24 V with DC 45.6 W 45.6 W
At 230 V with AC 60 W 60 W
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature - Note As a result of installation As a result of installation As a result of installation As a result of installation
of media modules, of media modules, of media modules, of media modules,
the operating tempera- the operating tempera- the operating tempera- the operating tempera-
ture is reduced to 0 C to ture is reduced to 0 C to ture is reduced to 0 C to ture is reduced to 0 C to
+70 C, when using SFP +70 C, when using SFP +70 C, when using SFP +70 C, when using SFP
plug-in transceivers, the plug-in transceivers, the plug-in transceivers, the plug-in transceivers, the
operating temperature is operating temperature is operating temperature is operating temperature is
reduced to 0 C to reduced to 0 C to reduced to 0 C to reduced to 0 C to
+60 C, with a vertical +60 C, with a vertical +60 C, with a vertical +60 C, with a vertical
installation position, installation position, installation position, installation position,
the maximum operating the maximum operating the maximum operating the maximum operating
temperature is reduced temperature is reduced temperature is reduced temperature is reduced
to 50 C to 50 C to 50 C to 50 C
Type of construction 19-inch rack 19-inch rack 19-inch rack 19-inch rack
Width 449 mm 449 mm 449 mm 449 mm
Height 43.6 mm 43.6 mm 43.6 mm 43.6 mm
Depth 319.5 mm 319.5 mm 319.5 mm 319.5 mm
Type of mounting
19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes Yes
35 mm DIN rail mounting No No No No
Wall mounting No No No No
Type of mounting For 19-inch rack mount- For 19-inch rack mount- For 19-inch rack mount- For 19-inch rack mount-
ing, 4-point mounting is ing, 4-point mounting is ing, 4-point mounting is ing, 4-point mounting is
required for marine required for marine required for marine required for marine
engineering applications engineering applications engineering applications engineering applications
components, general

Siemens AG 2010

Product functions
2 Configuration/management
Product function
CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes
FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Product function
VLANs
Product function
Product function

Siemens AG 2010

STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Product function
Limiter
SICLOCK support
NTP No No No No
approvals
Standard
For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, FM3611: Class 1,
Divison 2, Group A, B, C, Divison 2, Group A, B, C,
D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G
Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07 Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
ATEX 0145X ATEX 0145X
For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 508, CSA C22.2 UL 508, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 142-M1987 No. 142-M1987
For Ex zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(hazardous location), (hazardous location),
CSA C22.2 No. 213- CSA C22.2 No. 213-
M1987, Class 1 / M1987, Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, Division 2 / Group A, B,
C, D / T4, Class 1 / C, D / T4, Class 1 /
Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4

Siemens AG 2010

SCALANCE XR324-12M To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
Industrial Ethernet switches well as configuration of modular variants, the Switch Selection
Fully modular 19" Industrial Tool is available as a free download:
Ethernet switches for setting up
2 electrical Industrial Ethernet
networks; all ports can optionally
be equipped with optical or

electrical 2-port media modules);
all ports support Gigabit Ethernet
(blocking), integrated redun-
dancy manager, RSTP, RMON,
IGMP-Snooping/Querier,
network management via SNMP,
PROFINET, and web server
12 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s slots for
2-port media modules,
electrical or optical
24 V DC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-0GG00-1AR2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-0GG00-1HR2
110 - 230 V AC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-0GG00-3AR2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-0GG00-3HR2
Media modules see "Media modules for modular
for SCALANCE X-300 SCALANCE X-300 managed

Siemens AG 2010
SCALANCE X-300EEC managed
Overview Benefits
Increased reliability of the network due to hardware and soft-

ware functions specially geared to the particular requirements
2
of power system plants and extreme environmental conditions
- Redundant network components (optional)
MRP and RSTP are integrated)
medium
- Very fast reconfiguration of the network in the event of a fault
plant networking due to latching of the RJ45 FastConnect con-
nectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 ports
The SCALANCE X-300EEC (Enhanced Environmental Protection of investment due to integration into existing net-
Conditions) product line comprises compact Industrial work management systems by means of standardized SNMP
Ethernet switches with IT functions for constructing electrical access
and/or optical line, star and ring topologies operating at Time saving during engineering, commissioning and in the
10/100/1000 Mbit/s operating phase of a plant by using the integrated configura-
Due to the extended temperature range (-40 to +70 C, tion and diagnostics in STEP 7, without additional software
up to +85 C for short periods), special conformal coating of Avoidance of costly failures or maintenance periods by means
circuit boards, support of special protocols (IEEE 1588 V2, of fanless design
hardware-supported) and standards (IEEE 1613 and
IEC 61850-3), as well as wide-range mains adapters
(60 to 250 V AC/DC), they are suitable for use in extremely Application
tough industrial environments and in low and high-voltage SCALANCE X-300EEC products enable the establishment of
substations switched networks both at the field level and at the control level
As many as nine integrated electrical and/or optical Ethernet where high data transfer speeds are required in addition to
interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) support the interconnection of high network availability and extensive diagnostics facilities.
a number of switches, the construction of optical/electrical The switches are designed in degree of protection IP30 for
rings, or the connection of several Industrial Ethernet nodes installation in control cabinets.
High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy The main area of application is found in high-performance plant
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet networks with interfaces to the corporate network. Thanks to
Switches from the SCALANCE X-300EEC product line support the immunity to electromagnetic interference of the SCALANCE
numerous IT standard functions (VLANs, IGMP Snooping/ X-300EEC switches, the devices can also be used in medium/
Querier, STP/RSTP) and thus permit seamless integration of high voltage substations. Their compact, space-saving design
automation networks into existing corporate networks. (19"/2) also makes them ideal for installation in control cabinets.
The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access, In addition, specially selected components permit the use of the
integral web server, and CLI for remote diagnosis and signal- devices over a wide temperature range (-40 C to +70 C,
ing over the network. temporarily up to +85 C). All versions are also available with
specially protected printed-circuit boards (conformal coating)
for use in environments subject to contamination.

Siemens AG 2010
Operator station Operator station
2
Engineering station
SCALANCE X307-2EEC SCALANCE X307-2EEC
Master computer for power switchboards

Industrial SCALANCE
Ethernet X307-2EEC
SCALANCE SCALANCE
XR324-4MEEC XR324-4MEEC
G_IK10_XX_10278
SIPROTEC protection devices SIPROTEC protection devices
Electrical network structure in power switchgear with SCALANCE X-300EEC and XR324-4M EEC
Design
The SCALANCE X-300EEC Industrial Ethernet switches with Product versions
rugged metal enclosure are optimized for mounting on a
standard DIN rail. Thanks to the enclosure dimension 19"/2 SCALANCE X307-2EEC
(internal dimension), two devices can be mounted side by side 5 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical
in a 19" cabinet. 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical
The switches have: 2 x 100 Mbit/s LC Port optical (multi-mode, glass), up to 3 km
a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power SCALANCE X302-7EEC
supply (2 x 24 V DC)
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical
A 2-pin terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact 7 x 100 Mbit/s LC Port optical (multi-mode, glass), up to 3 km
A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link SCALANCE X307-2EEC and X302-7EEC are available in
status, data traffic, power supply, signaling contact) variants for
SELECT/SET key for on-site configuration of the signaling 24 V DC (simple or redundant) and
contact
with wide-range power supply for DC 60 to 250 V/
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the top of the AC 100-240 V (simple or redundant) as well as
device for easy replacement in the event of a fault
with and without PCB coating (Conformal Coating)
Guide rails for strain-relief attachment of the RJ45 and LC
connection to the switch
The SCALANCE X-300EEC switches are available with the
following port types:
As many as seven integrated fiber-optic ports for connecting
the SCALANCE X switches with one another (multi-mode).
The Fast Ethernet fiber optic ports are designed using LC con-
nection technology.
As many as seven integrated twisted pair ports;
with additional retaining mechanisms, for connection of the
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180.

Siemens AG 2010
Function
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing ring topolo- Commissioning and diagnosis
gies with fast media redundancy Rings consisting of
SCALANCE X-300 and X-400 switches can be operated at Setting options on the device itself:
1000 Mbit/s. In rings with SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM it is Redundancy manager RM;
possible to integrate SCALANCE X-300EEC switches at
100 Mbit/s.
to establish a ring, a SCALANCE X-300EEC is switched to RM
mode. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used freely for the 2
Redundant interfacing to corporate networks; connection of data terminals and networks. If the redundancy
SCALANCE X-300EEC switches support the standardized procedure MRP standardized by PROFINET is used, the RM is
redundancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and adjusted automatically.
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnet- Signal mask;
work to be connected redundantly to a higher level corporate the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE
network with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration X-300EEC (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal
time (in the order of seconds). mask defines which ports and which power supplies are to be
Support of virtual networks (VLAN); monitored. The signaling contact only reports an error when
for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing a monitored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of
number of users, a physically existing network can be divided setpoint/actual status).
into several virtual networks. Diagnostic options on site:
Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. Querier, video The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
transmission) are used; - Port status
through learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP - Port mode (10/100 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE X-300EEC switches - Status of the two power supplies
can also filter multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load - Signaling contact status
in the network. - Signal mask (setpoint status)
Time synchronization; - RM mode
diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are time- - Standby mode
stamped. The local time is standardized throughout the net- The status of the signaling contact is routed externally by
work by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK or SNTP means of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example,
time transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment of diag- the module to be monitored via an input module from a
nostic messages to several devices. The switches can also be controller.
used in networks with time synchronization by means of Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network;
IEEE 1588 V2 (hardware-supported, 2-step procedure, the following possibilities are available:
accuracy 1 sec). - Remote via standard browser (Web-based management):
Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of Selection of SCALANCE X-300 switches via the network from
the C-PLUG switching medium a PC with browser
Network topology and network configuration - Remote via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
Secure connection of SCALANCE X-300EEC switches via
The SCALANCE X-300EEC Industrial Ethernet switches with the network to a network management station
degree of protection IP30 can be adapted to the structure of the - Remote via PROFINET IO diagnostics:
plant in star, line and ring topologies. PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X-300EEC
switches can be displayed using the relevant SIMATIC
The following network structures and combinations of structures engineering tools and they can also be processed in the
can be implemented: controller. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have
Fast Ethernet rings with fast media redundancy; been drastically reduced due to the complete integration in
to increase network availability, as many as 50 X-200, X-300, the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
or X-400 switches cascaded in line can be connected into
a ring with a total length of up to 150 km. On the failure of a
transmission link or of a SCALANCE X switch in the ring,
the transmission path is reconfigured within 0.3 seconds
(0.2 seconds for MRP).
Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby
function
Construction of interconnected network structures by means
of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP)
At the same time, SCALANCE X-300EEC supports redundant
connection of the ring structure to the corporate network with
a rapid spanning tree.
Star topology with SCALANCE X-300EEC switches:
The SCALANCE X-300EEC switch represents a neutral point
that can connect up to nine nodes or subnets with each other.
following constraints:
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber-optic conductors:
- 3000 m at 100 Mbit/s
Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
SCALANCE X switches:
- max. 100 m

Siemens AG 2010
Network management If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-300EEC switch
can independently send error messages (traps) to a network
The network management provides the following functions: management system or also e-mails to a predefined network
Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write administrator.
2 authorization) and "User" (read only)
Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions:
The SCALANCE X-300EEC switch can collect statistics infor-
Setting the signal and standby mask and address information mation according to the RMON groups 1 through 4.
Parameterization of the web management services These include, for example, fault statistics that are kept for
each port. This information can be read out through web-based
Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters management in the statistics sub-area.
Fixed parameterization of the ports
(data rates, half/full duplex)
Security
- Ports can be connected or disconnected
- Authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x
(available soon)
- Support of Access Control List (ACL) (available soon)
Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V1, V2c, V3
Output of statistics information
Loading new firmware updates or configuration data via the
network from one TFTP server or directly via HTTP/HTTPs with
an Internet or Web browser.
Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
TFTP server

Siemens AG 2010
Order No. 6GK5 302-7GD00-1EA3 6GK5 302-7GD00-1GA3 6GK5 302-7GD00-2EA3 6GK5 302-7GD00-2GA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X302-7 EEC SCALANCE X302-7 EEC SCALANCE X302-7 EEC SCALANCE X302-7 EEC
Interfaces
At 100 Mbit/s 7 7 7 7
At 100 Mbit/s LC port LC port LC port LC port
(multi-mode up to 3 km) (multi-mode up to 3 km) (multi-mode up to 3 km) (multi-mode up to 3 km)
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -19 -14 dB -19 -14 dB -19 -14 dB -19 -14 dB
Inputs/outputs
Redundant type of power supply No No Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

Type of fusing of power supply T 4 A / 125 V T 4 A / 125 V T 4 A / 125 V T 4 A / 125 V
input
At 24 V with DC 18 W 18 W 18 W 18 W
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature - Note For a duration of For a duration of For a duration of For a duration of
16 hours, a maximum 16 hours, a maximum 16 hours, a maximum 16 hours, a maximum
operating temperature of operating temperature of operating temperature of operating temperature of
+85 C is permissible +85 C is permissible +85 C is permissible +85 C is permissible
Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
condensation during operating
phase, maximum
Ambient condition for operation - Conformal Coating - Conformal Coating
Width 217 mm 217 mm 217 mm 217 mm
Net weight
Type of mounting Wall mounting only Wall mounting only Wall mounting only Wall mounting only
possible with additional possible with additional possible with additional possible with additional
wall support, wall support, wall support, wall support,
19" mounting only with 19" mounting only with 19" mounting only with 19" mounting only with
pairs of X-300EEC pairs of X-300EEC pairs of X-300EEC pairs of X-300EEC
switches and a mounting switches and a mounting switches and a mounting switches and a mounting
plate plate plate plate
components, general

Siemens AG 2010

Product functions
Product function
2
CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Product function
VLANs
Product function
Product function

Siemens AG 2010

2 STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Limiter
Product function
SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
NTP No No No No
Type of time synchronization Precision Time Protocol Precision Time Protocol Precision Time Protocol Precision Time Protocol
(PTP) in accordance with (PTP) in accordance with (PTP) in accordance with (PTP) in accordance with
IEEE1588 V2, hardware IEEE1588 V2, hardware IEEE1588 V2, hardware IEEE1588 V2, hardware
supported according to supported according to supported according to supported according to
2-step procedure, 2-step procedure, 2-step procedure, 2-step procedure,
accuracy < 1 s accuracy < 1 s accuracy < 1 s accuracy < 1 s
approvals
Standard
For EMC IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613
D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4
EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G
Ex nA II T4 Ex nA II T4 Ex nA II T4 Ex nA II T4
No. 60950-1-03 No. 60950-1-03 No. 60950-1-03 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and 2279-15, UL 1604 and 2279-15, UL 1604 and 2279-15, UL 1604 and 2279-15,
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4

Siemens AG 2010

Interfaces
At 100 Mbit/s 7 7 7 7
At 1000 Mbit/s
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -19 dB ... -14 dB -19 dB ... -14 dB -19 dB ... -14 dB -19 dB ... -14 dB
Inputs/outputs
Type of power supply AC AC AC AC
Supply voltage with AC 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V
Rated value 100 240 V 100 240 V 100 240 V 100 240 V

Siemens AG 2010

Type of power supply 2 DC DC DC DC
2 Supply voltage with DC 220 V 220 V 220 V 220 V
Rated value 60 250 V 60 250 V 60 250 V 60 250 V
Type of fusing of power supply T 2A / 250V T 2A / 250V T 2A / 250V T 2A / 250V
input
At 230 V with AC 18 W 18 W 18 W 18 W
Ambient temperature
Ambient condition for operation Conformal Coating Conformal Coating
Width 217 mm 217 mm 217 mm 217 mm
Net weight
Type of mounting
Type of mounting Wall mounting only possi- Wall mounting only possi- Wall mounting only possi- Wall mounting only possi-
ble with additional wall ble with additional wall ble with additional wall ble with additional wall
support, 19" mounting support, 19" mounting support, 19" mounting support, 19" mounting
only with pairs of X- only with pairs of X- only with pairs of X- only with pairs of X-
300EEC switches and a 300EEC switches and a 300EEC switches and a 300EEC switches and a
mounting plate mounting plate mounting plate mounting plate
components, general
Cascading with redundant ring
With reconfiguration time < 0.3 s 50 50 50 50

Siemens AG 2010

Product functions
Product function
2
CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Product function
VLANs
GVRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Product function

Siemens AG 2010

Product function
Limiter
SICLOCK support
NTP No No No No
approvals
Standard
For EMC from FM
For Ex zone
For CSA and UL safety UL 508, CSA C22.2 UL 508, CSA C22.2 UL 508, CSA C22.2 UL 508, CSA C22.2
No. 142-M1987 No. 142-M1987 No. 142-M1987 No. 142-M1987
For Ex zone of CSA and UL
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 307-2FD00-1EA3 6GK5 307-2FD00-1GA3 6GK5 307-2FD00-2EA3 6GK5 307-2FD00-2GA3
Interfaces
For power supply 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block 2 x 4-pin terminal block 2 x 4-pin terminal block
At 100 Mbit/s 2 2 2 2
to 1 mW
Inputs/outputs
Type of fusing of power supply T 4 A / 125 V T 4 A / 125 V T 4 A / 125 V T 4 A / 125 V
input
At 24 V with DC 18 W 18 W 18 W 18 W

Siemens AG 2010

Width 217 mm 217 mm 217 mm 217 mm
Net weight
Type of mounting
components, general
Product functions
Product function
CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Product function
VLANs
Product function
Product function

Siemens AG 2010

2 Product function
Limiter
SICLOCK support
NTP No No No No
approvals
Standard
D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 II 3 G Ex nA II T4
No. 60950-1-03 No. 60950-1-03 No. 60950-1-03 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and 2279-15, UL 1604 and 2279-15, UL 1604 and 2279-15, UL 1604 and 2279-15,
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4

Siemens AG 2010

Interfaces
At 100 Mbit/s 2 2 2 2
to 1 mW
Inputs/outputs
Type of power supply AC AC AC AC
Supply voltage with AC 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V
Rated value 100 240 V 100 240 V 100 240 V 100 240 V
Type of power supply 2 DC DC DC DC
Supply voltage with DC 220 V 220 V 220 V 220 V
Rated value 60 250 V 60 250 V 60 250 V 60 250 V

Siemens AG 2010

Type of fusing of power supply T 2A / 250V T 2A / 250V T 2A / 250V T 2A / 250V
input
At 230 V with AC 18 W 18 W 18 W 18 W
Ambient temperature
Width 217 mm 217 mm 217 mm 217 mm
Net weight
Type of mounting
components, general

Siemens AG 2010

Product functions
Product function
2
CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
Product function
VLANs
Product function
Product functions, Redundancy
Product function

Siemens AG 2010

Product function
Limiter
SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
NTP No No No No
approvals
Standard
For EMC from FM
For Ex zone
For CSA and UL safety UL 508, CSA C22.2 UL 508, CSA C22.2 UL 508, CSA C22.2 UL 508, CSA C22.2
No. 142-M1987 No. 142-M1987 No. 142-M1987 No. 142-M1987
For Ex zone of CSA and UL
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4

Siemens AG 2010

SCALANCE X-300EEC Accessories
Industrial Ethernet switches
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
Compact Industrial Ethernet
switches for setting up electrical FastConnect RJ45 outlet for
and/or optical Industrial Ethernet
networks; RSTP, RMON, IGMP
Industrial Ethernet with interface
for replaceable insert 2
Snooping/Querier, management with insert 2FE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
functionality via SNMP, replaceable insert
PROFINET and web server, for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
24 V power supply
with insert 1GE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
SCALANCE X302-7EEC; replaceable insert
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces
RJ45 ports, electrical;
7 x 100 Mbit/s LC ports, optical IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2
(multi-mode, glass) up to 3 km 8-core, shielded TP installation
24 V DC power supply cable for connection to IE
FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for
1 power supply 6GK5 302-7GD00-1EA3 universal use; with UL approval;
2 power supplies 6GK5 302-7GD00-2EA3 sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1000 m,
1 power supply 6GK5 302-7GD00-1GA3 minimum order 20 m
with conformal coating
AWG 22, for connection to 6XV1 870-2E
2 power supplies 6GK5 302-7GD00-2GA3 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
AWG 24, for connection to 6XV1 878-2A
100-240 V AC/60-250 V DC IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
power supply
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 4 x 2
1 power supply 6GK5 302-7GD00-3EA3
2 power supplies 6GK5 302-7GD00-4EA3
cable for occasional movement ;
1 power supply 6GK5 302-7GD00-3GA3 with UL approval;
with conformal coating sold by the meter;
2 power supplies 6GK5 302-7GD00-4GA3 max. quantity 1000 m,
with conformal coating minimum order 20 m
SCALANCE X307-2EEC; AWG 24, for connection to 6XV1 878-2B

5 x 10/100 Mbit/s IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
RJ45 ports, electrical; IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
2 x 10/100/1000
Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical TP cable 4 x 2
2 x 100 Mbit/s LC ports, optical with two RJ45 plugs
(multi-mode, glass) up to 3 km 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
24 V DC power supply 1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
1 power supply 6GK5 307-2FD00-1EA3 2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
2 power supplies 6GK5 307-2FD00-2EA3 6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
1 power supply 6GK5 307-2FD00-1GA3
with conformal coating 10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
2 power supplies 6GK5 307-2FD00-2GA3
100-240 V AC/60-250 V DC
power supply
1 power supply 6GK5 307-2FD00-3EA3
2 power supplies 6GK5 307-2FD00-4EA3
1 power supply 6GK5 307-2FD00-3GA3
2 power supplies 6GK5 307-2FD00-4GA3

Siemens AG 2010

Accessories (continued) C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 Swap medium for simple
replacement of devices in the
RJ45 plug-in connector for event of a fault;
2 Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
for storing configuration or
application data; can be used
insulation displacement contacts for SIMATIC NET products
for connecting Industrial Ethernet with C-PLUG slot
with 180 cable outlet; SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet Electronic manuals
interface for communication systems,
1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 and communication products;
on DVD;
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0 German/English
IE FC TP standard cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
2 x 2 (Type A)
cable for connection to IE
FC RJ45 outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet
180 cable outlet;
interface

Siemens AG 2010
SCALANCE XR-300EEC managed
Overview Benefits
Increased availability of the network due to hardware and

software functions specially geared to the particular require-
2
ments of energy technology plants and extreme environ-
mental conditions
cable) and reduction of stockkeeping costs due to modular
design with port modules
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC (Enhanced Environmental - Redundant power supply
Conditions) industrial Ethernet switches are partly modular, - Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or
high-performance, industry-standard switches for the con- twisted pair cables (redundancy manager, standby function,
struction of electrical and/or optical line, ring and star topolo- and STP/RSTP are integrated)
gies operating at 10/100/1000 Mbit/s, designed for installation - Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
in 19" control cabinets medium
As many as 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces - Very fast reconfiguration of the network in the event of a fault
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s), of which 16 are integral RJ45 ports; Lower susceptibility to failure and higher availability of the
up to four electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules can plant networking due to latching of the RJ45 FastConnect
also be inserted in the media module slots of the basic device connectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 port modules
Due to the extended temperature range (-40 to +70 C, Protection of investment due to integration into existing net-
up to +85 C for short periods), support of special protocols work management systems by means of standardized SNMP
(IEEE 1588 V2, hardware-supported) and standards access
(IEEE 1613 and IEC 61850-3), as well as wide-range power Time saving during engineering, commissioning and in the
supplies (60 to 250 V AC/DC), they are suitable for use in operating phase of a plant by using the integrated configura-
extremely harsh industrial environments and in low and high- tion and diagnostics in STEP 7, without additional software
voltage substations
Avoidance of costly failures or maintenance periods by means
High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy of fanless design
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet
Switches from the SCALANCE XR-300EEC product line sup-
port numerous IT standards (VLANs, IGMP Snooping/Querier,
Application
STP/RSTP, Link Aggregation, Quality of Service) and thus The SCALANCE XR-300EEC is ideal for use in plant networks
permit seamless integration of automation networks into and for integrating the industrial network into an existing corpo-
existing corporate networks. rate network. Both at the field level and the control level, the
Remote diagnostics is possible by means of PROFINET diag- switch performs the network with the distributed field devices
nostics, web browser, CLI, or SNMP. and ensures high plant availability with extensive diagnostics
options and high transmission speeds. The modularity permits
perfect adaptation to the respective application through the use
of electrical and/or optical media modules.
The main area of application is found in high-performance plant
networks with interfaces to the corporate network. Thanks to
the immunity to electromagnetic interference of the SCALANCE
XR-300EEC switches, the devices can also be used in medium/
high voltage substations.
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC switch is suitable for establishing
optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies with 24
ports, 16 of which are integrated RJ45 ports. Up to four electrical
and/or optical 2-port media modules can also be inserted in
the media module slots of the basic device.
The switch can also be used as a hub in the plant bus
(redundant connection is possible).

Siemens AG 2010
Application
S7-400
Operator station
2 PC
SCALANCE XR324-4MEEC
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X307-2EEC X307-2EEC
SIPLUS SIPLUS SIPLUS SIPLUS

S7-400 S7-300 S7-400 S7-300
SIPLUS SIPLUS
ET 200S ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10279
Environment with extreme Location with adverse
temperatures environmental conditions
(e.g. gaseous atmosphere)
Star structure in energy switching plant under extreme environmental conditions with SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC and X-300EEC
The use of media modules in partly and fully modular versions Four slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for
of the SCALANCE X-300 switches supports: multi-mode or single-mode connections; the optical media
Extension of networks by subsequent insertion of additional modules are available in various connection technologies
media modules in unused media module slots All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
Changing of cabling technology, such as conversion from all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1000 Mbit/s
copper to fiber-optic cables, or from multi-mode to single- The SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches support Gigabit
mode FOC Ethernet (1000 Mbit/s) at all ports.
The 24 ports are divided into three groups of eight ports each
Design (Gigabit Ethernet Blocking). Gigabit Ethernet is supported
with full wire speed within each group, but not between the
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC Industrial Ethernet switches with groups.
rugged metal enclosure with degree of protection IP20 are
Product versions
optimized for installation in the 19" cabinet.
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC (4 media module slots)
The switches have:
4-pin terminal block for redundant voltage feed for protection Versions are available with
against voltage failure in 24 V DC version LEDs, power supply connection and data cable outlet on the
3-pin terminal block for voltage feed in 230 V AC version front
2-pin terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling LEDs, power supply connection on the front, data cable outlet
contact for simple display of faults at the rear
A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link All versions have four media module slots and
status, data traffic, power supply, signaling contact) 1 x 24 V DC power supply
SELECT/SET pushbutton for simple adjustment of the fault 2 x 24 V DC power supplies
signaling contact on the device
1 x 230 V AC power supply
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the side of the
device for easy replacement in the event of a fault 2 x 230 V AC power supplies
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches are available with the

following port types:
16 integrated RJ45 ports;
with additional sleeves, for connection of the Industrial
Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180

Siemens AG 2010
Function
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ring topologies with high-speed following boundary conditions:
media redundancy. Reliable communication is achieved by Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
closing an optical or electrical line with SCALANCE X-400, fiber-optic conductors:
X-300 or X-200 switches to form a ring. The redundancy
manager (RM) integrated in the SCALANCE XR-300 switch
- 3000 m at 100 Mbit/s
- 750 m at 1000 Mbit/s
2
monitors the function of the network. It recognizes the failure
of a transmission link or of SCALANCE X switch in the ring Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
and activates the substitute path within a maximum of fiber-optic conductors:
0.2 seconds. - 26000 m at 100 Mbit/s
Rings consisting of SCALANCE X-300, XR-300 and X-400 - 10000 m at 1000 Mbit/s
switches can be operated at 1000 Mbit/s. In rings with Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM it is possible to integrate SCALANCE X switches:
SCALANCE XR-300 switches at 100 Mbit/s. - Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Redundant interfacing to corporate networks; - Max. 100 m at 1000 Mbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches support the standardized (90 m), IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
redundancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and - Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnet- Commissioning and diagnosis
work to be connected redundantly to a higher level corporate
network with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration Setting options on the device itself:
time (in the order of seconds). Redundancy manager RM;
Support of virtual networks (VLAN); to establish a ring, a SCALANCE XR-300EEC is switched to
for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing RM mode. The Gigabit ports (electrical or optical) are prefer-
number of users, a physically existing network can be divided ably used as ring ports. The non-ring ports of the RM can be
into several virtual networks. used freely for the connection of data terminals and networks.
If the redundancy procedure MRP standardized by PROFINET
Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. video trans- is used, the RM is adjusted automatically.
mission) are used;
through learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP Signal mask;
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE
can also filter multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load XR-300EEC (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal
in the network. Multicast and broadcast traffic can be limited. mask defines which ports and which power supplies are to
be monitored. The signaling contact only reports an error
Time synchronization; when a monitored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of
diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are time- setpoint/actual status).
stamped. The local time is standardized throughout the
network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK time IP address;
transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment of diagnostic the IP address is assigned via DHCP (Dynamic Host Configu-
messages to several devices. ration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the
network, the IP address can be assigned using an enclosed
Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of software tool.
the C-PLUG switching medium
Link aggregation (IEEE 802.1q) for bundling data streams Diagnostic options on site:
Quality of Service (IEEE 802.1p) for prioritization of network The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
traffic - Port status
- Port mode (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
Network topology and network configuration - Status of the two power supplies
The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of - Signaling contact status
the plant using SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches . - Signal mask (setpoint status)
- RM mode
The following network structures and combinations of structures - Standby mode
can be implemented: The status of the signaling contact is routed externally by
Fast Ethernet rings with fast media redundancy; means of floating relay contacts. This enables the module to
To increase network availability, as many as 50 X-200, X-300, be monitored via an input module from a controller.
or X-400 switches cascaded in line can be connected into a Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network;
ring. On the failure of a transmission link or of a SCALANCE X the following possibilities are available:
switch in the ring, the transmission path is reconfigured within - Remote via standard browser (Web-based management):
0.2 seconds. Selection of SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches via the net-
Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby work from a PC with browser
function - Remote via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
At the same time, SCALANCE XR-300EEC supports redun- Secure integration of SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches via
dant connection of the ring structure to the corporate network the network to higher-level network management systems
with a rapid spanning tree. - Remote via PROFINET IO diagnostics:
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE XR-300EEC
Star topology with SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches: switches can be displayed using the relevant SIMATIC engi-
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC switch represents a neutral point neering tools and they can also be processed in the control-
that can interconnect up to 24 nodes or subnets electrically. ler. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have been
drastically reduced due to the complete integration in the
SIMATIC concept for system error messages.

Siemens AG 2010
Function (continued) Technical specifications

Network management Order No. 6GK5 324-4GG00-1ER2
6GK5 324-4GG00-1JR2
The network management provides the following functions:
Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
2 authorization) and "User" (read only)
Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s
Setting the signal and standby mask and address information Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s
Parameterization of the web management services Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s
Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters Interfaces
Fixed parameterization of the ports Maximum number 24
(data rates, half/full duplex) of electrical/optical connections
Security or terminal equipment
- Ports can be connected or disconnected
- Port-based network access control according to Number of electrical connections
IEEE 802.1x (available soon) For network components 16
- Support of Access Control List (ACL) (available soon) or terminal equipment
Output of statistics information For signal contact 1
Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror For media module 4
For power supply 1
Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
network by a TFTP server For redundant power supply 1
Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a Design of electrical connection
TFTP server For network components RJ45 port
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XR-300EEC switch
can independently send error messages (traps) to a network For signal contact 2-pin terminal block
management system or also e-mails to a predefined network For power supply 4-pin terminal block
administrator.
Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions: for fiber-optic cables
The SCALANCE X-300EEC switch can collect statistics infor-
At 100 Mbit/s
mation according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These in-
clude, for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. At 1000 Mbit/s
This information can be read out through web-based manage- Design of optical connection
ment in the statistics sub-area. for fiber-optic cables
modules
modules
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes
Inputs/outputs
Nominal value of operating voltage 24 V
Maximum operating current 0.1 A
Type of voltage
of the supply voltage DC
Type of power supply
Redundant power supply No
Supply voltage, external 24 V
At 24 V with DC 50 W

Siemens AG 2010

Order No. 6GK5 324-4GG00-1ER2 Order No. 6GK5 324-4GG00-1ER2
6GK5 324-4GG00-1JR2 6GK5 324-4GG00-1JR2
Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
Ambient temperature
Telnet Yes
2
During operating phase -40 +70 C HTTP Yes
During storage -40 +70 C HTTPS Yes
During transport -40 +70 C TFTP Yes
Ambient temperature - Note As a result of installation of media FTP Yes
modules, the operating tempera-
ture is reduced to 0 C to +70 C, BOOTP Yes
when using SFP plug-in transceiv- SNMP v1 Yes
ers, the operating temperature is
reduced to 0 C to +60 C, SNMP v2 Yes
with a vertical installation position, SNMP v3 Yes
the maximum operating tempera-
ture is reduced to +50 C IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes
Relative humidity at 25 C 95 % GMRP Yes
DCP Yes
LLDP Yes
Product function
Type of construction 19-inch rack
Width 449 mm
Packet size statistics Yes
Height 43.6 mm
Packet type statistics Yes
Depth 319.5 mm
Error statistics Yes
Net weight 5.6 kg
SysLog Yes
Type of mounting
19-inch installation Yes
Product function
35 mm DIN rail mounting No
VLAN - port-based Yes
Wall mounting No
VLAN - dynamic Yes
S7-300 rail mounting No
Maximum number of VLANs 255
Type of mounting For 19-inch rack mounting,
4-point mounting is required for Maximum number of dynamic 255
marine engineering applications VLANs
Product properties, functions, Protocol is supported
components, general
GVRP Yes
Cascading with redundant ring 50
at reconfiguration time < 0.3 s Product functions DHCP
Cascading with star topology Any (only dependent on signal Product function
propagation time) DHCP client Yes
Product functions DHCP option 82 Yes
DHCP option 66 Yes
Product function
DHCP option 67 Yes
CLI Yes
Web-based management Yes
Product function
MIB support Yes
Ring redundancy Yes
Traps via e-mail Yes
Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
Standby redundancy Yes
RMON Yes
Redundancy procedure HSR Yes
SMTP server Yes
Port mirroring Yes
Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
CoS Yes
Passive listening Yes
PROFINET IO-Diagnostics Yes
STP/RSTP Yes
RSTP Big Network Support Yes
LACP Yes

Siemens AG 2010

6GK5 324-4GG00-1JR2 6GK5 324-4GG00-2JR2
2 Product functions Security

Product function
ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes or terminal equipment
IEEE 802.1x (Radius) Yes For signal contact 2-pin terminal block
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Yes For power supply 4-pin terminal block
Limiter Number of optical connections
Broadcast blocking Yes for fiber-optic cables
Protocol is supported At 100 Mbit/s
SSH Yes At 1000 Mbit/s
Product functions Time Design of optical connection
Product function
SICLOCK support Yes At 100 Mbit/s Depends on selected media
modules
NTP No modules
SNTP Yes Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes
Standards, specifications, Inputs/outputs
approvals
Standard of signal contacts with DC
For EMC IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 Maximum operating current 0.1 A
For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, of signal contacts with DC
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Supply voltage, current
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 consumption, power loss
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: Type of voltage
2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
ATEX 0145X of the supply voltage DC
For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Type of power supply
No. 60950-1
Redundant power supply Yes
For Ex zone of CSA and UL ANSI / ISA 12.12.0, CSA C22.2
No. 213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / Supply voltage, external 24 V
GP. A, B, C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / Current consumption, maximum 2.2 A
GP. IIC, T4
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 At 24 V with DC 50 W
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 Permissible ambient conditions

CE mark Yes Ambient temperature
C-Tick Yes During operating phase -40 +70 C
Order No. 6GK5 324-4GG00-2ER2 During transport -40 +70 C
6GK5 324-4GG00-2JR2 Ambient temperature - Note As a result of installation of media
Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC modules, the operating tempera-
ture is reduced to 0 C to +70 C,
Data transmission rate when using SFP plug-in transceiv-
Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s ers, the operating temperature is
reduced to 0 C to +60 C,
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s with a vertical installation position,
the maximum operating tempera-
Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s ture is reduced to +50 C
Interfaces Relative humidity at 25 C 95 %
Maximum number 24 without condensation during
of electrical/optical connections operating phase, maximum
for network components IP degree of protection IP 20
For network components 16
For signal contact 1
For media module 4
For power supply 1
For redundant power supply 1

Siemens AG 2010

6GK5 324-4GG00-2JR2 6GK5 324-4GG00-2JR2
Product function
2
Width 449 mm Port diagnostics Yes
Height 43.6 mm Packet size statistics Yes
Depth 319.5 mm Packet type statistics Yes
Net weight 5.6 kg Error statistics Yes
Type of mounting SysLog Yes
19-inch installation Yes Product functions VLAN
35 mm DIN rail mounting No Product function
Wall mounting No VLAN - port-based Yes
S7-300 rail mounting No VLAN - dynamic Yes
Type of mounting For 19-inch rack mounting, Maximum number of VLANs 255
4-point mounting is required for
marine engineering applications Maximum number of dynamic 255
VLANs
components, general Protocol is supported
Cascading with redundant ring 50 GVRP Yes

at reconfiguration time < 0.3 s Product functions DHCP
Cascading with star topology Any (only dependent on signal Product function
propagation time)
DHCP client Yes
Product functions
Configuration/management DHCP option 82 Yes
Product function DHCP option 66 Yes
CLI Yes DHCP option 67 Yes

Web-based management Yes Product functions Redundancy
MIB support Yes Product function

Traps via e-mail Yes Ring redundancy Yes
Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Redundancy manager Yes
RMON Yes Standby redundancy Yes

SMTP server Yes Redundancy procedure HSR Yes
Port mirroring Yes Redundancy procedure MRP Yes
CoS Yes Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
PROFINET IO-Diagnostics Yes Passive listening Yes
Protocol is supported Protocol is supported
Telnet Yes STP/RSTP Yes

HTTP Yes RSTP Big Network Support Yes
HTTPS Yes LACP Yes
TFTP Yes Product functions Security
FTP Yes Product function
BOOTP Yes ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes
SNMP v1 Yes IEEE 802.1x (Radius) Yes
SNMP v2 Yes Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Yes
Limiter
SNMP v3 Yes Broadcast blocking Yes
IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes
GMRP Yes SSH Yes
DCP Yes
LLDP Yes
Product function
SICLOCK support Yes
NTP No
SNTP Yes

Siemens AG 2010

6GK5 324-4GG00-2JR2 6GK5 324-4GG00-3JR2
2 Standards, specifications,
approvals
Inputs/outputs
Standard of signal contacts with DC
For EMC IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 Maximum operating current 0.1 A
For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, of signal contacts with DC
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Supply voltage, current
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 consumption, power loss
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15:
Type of voltage AC
2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
of the supply voltage
ATEX 0145X
For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. Type of power supply
60950-1 Redundant power supply No
For Ex zone of CSA and UL ANSI / ISA 12.12.0, CSA C22.2 Supply voltage at AC 230 V
No. 213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 /
GP. A, B, C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / Rated value 100 ... 240 V
GP. IIC, T4
Type of voltage 2 DC
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 of the supply voltage
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 Supply voltage at DC 220 V
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 Rated value 60 ... 250 V
CE mark Yes Current consumption, maximum 0.85 A
C-Tick Yes Effective power loss
At 230 V with AC 50 W
Order No. 6GK5 324-4GG00-3ER2 Permissible ambient conditions
6GK5 324-4GG00-3JR2
Ambient temperature
Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
During operating phase -40 +70 C
Ambient temperature - Note As a result of installation of media
Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s modules, the operating tempera-
Interfaces ture is reduced to 0 C to +70 C,
when using SFP plug-in transceiv-
Maximum number 24 ers, the operating temperature is
of electrical/optical connections reduced to 0 C to +60 C,
for network components with a vertical installation position,
or terminal equipment the maximum operating tempera-
Number of electrical connections ture is reduced to +50 C
For network components 16 Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 %

or terminal equipment condensation during operating
phase, maximum
For media module 4
For power supply 1
For redundant power supply
Width 449 mm
Height 43.6 mm
or terminal equipment Depth 319.5 mm
For signal contact 2-pin terminal block Net weight 5.6 kg
For power supply 2-pin terminal block Type of mounting
Number of optical connections 19-inch installation Yes

for fiber-optic cables 35 mm DIN rail mounting No
At 100 Mbit/s Wall mounting No
At 1000 Mbit/s S7-300 rail mounting No
Design of optical connection Type of mounting For 19-inch rack mounting,
for fiber-optic cables 4-point mounting is required for
At 100 Mbit/s Depends on selected media marine engineering
modules applications

modules
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes

Siemens AG 2010

6GK5 324-4GG00-3JR2 6GK5 324-4GG00-3JR2
components, general
Product function
2
at reconfiguration time < 0.3 s Ring redundancy Yes
Cascading with star topology Any (only dependent on signal Redundancy manager Yes
propagation time) Standby redundancy Yes
Product functions Redundancy procedure HSR Yes
Product function
CLI Yes Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
Web-based management Yes Passive listening Yes
MIB support Yes Protocol is supported
Traps via e-mail Yes STP/RSTP Yes
Configuration with STEP 7 Yes RSTP Big Network Support Yes
RMON Yes
LACP Yes
SMTP server Yes
Port mirroring Yes
Product function
CoS Yes
PROFINET IO-Diagnostics Yes ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes
Protocol is supported IEEE 802.1x (Radius) Yes

Telnet Yes Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Yes
Limiter
HTTP Yes
HTTPS Yes Broadcast blocking Yes
TFTP Yes Protocol is supported
FTP Yes SSH Yes
BOOTP Yes Product functions Time
SNMP v1 Yes Product function
SNMP v2 Yes
SICLOCK support Yes
SNMP v3 Yes
IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes
GMRP Yes NTP No
DCP Yes SNTP Yes
LLDP Yes Standards, specifications,
approvals
Standard
Product function
For EMC IEC 61850, IEEE 1613
Packet size statistics Yes For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4
Packet type statistics Yes For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2
Error statistics Yes Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
SysLog Yes CE mark Yes
Product functions VLAN C-Tick Yes
Product function
VLAN - dynamic Yes
VLANs
GVRP Yes
Product function
DHCP client Yes
DHCP option 82 Yes
DHCP option 66 Yes
DHCP option 67 Yes

Siemens AG 2010

6GK5 324-4GG00-4JR2 6GK5 324-4GG00-4JR2
2 Data transmission rate

Ambient temperature
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s During operating phase -40 +70 C
Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s During storage -40 +70 C
Interfaces During transport -40 +70 C
Maximum number 24 Ambient temperature - Note As a result of installation of media
of electrical/optical connections modules, the operating tempera-
for network components ture is reduced to 0 C to +70 C,
or terminal equipment when using SFP plug-in transceiv-
ers, the operating temperature is
Number of electrical connections reduced to 0 C to +60 C,
For network components 16 with a vertical installation position,
or terminal equipment the maximum operating tempera-
ture is reduced to +50 C
For media module 4 without condensation during
For power supply 1 operating phase, maximum
For redundant power supply 1 IP degree of protection IP 20
Design of electrical connection Design, dimensions and weights
For network components RJ45 port Type of construction 19-inch rack

or terminal equipment Width 449 mm
For signal contact 2-pin terminal block Height 43.6 mm
For power supply 2-pin terminal block Depth 319.5 mm
Number of optical connections Net weight 5.6 kg
Type of mounting
At 100 Mbit/s
19-inch installation Yes
At 1000 Mbit/s
35 mm DIN rail mounting No
for fiber-optic cables Wall mounting No
At 100 Mbit/s Depends on selected media S7-300 rail mounting No
modules Type of mounting For 19-inch rack mounting,
At 1000 Mbit/s Depends on selected media 4-point mounting is required for
modules marine engineering applications
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes Product properties, functions,
components, general
Inputs/outputs
Nominal value of operating voltage 24 V at reconfiguration time < 0.3 s
Cascading with star topology Any (only dependent on signal
Maximum operating current 0.1 A propagation time)
Product functions
Supply voltage, current Configuration/management
Product function
Type of voltage AC
of the supply voltage CLI Yes
Type of power supply Web-based management Yes
Redundant power supply Yes MIB support Yes
Supply voltage at AC 230 V Traps via e-mail Yes
Rated value 100 ... 240 V Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
Type of voltage 2 DC RMON Yes
of the supply voltage SMTP server Yes
Supply voltage at DC 220 V Port mirroring Yes
Rated value 60 ... 250 V CoS Yes
Current consumption, maximum 0.85 A PROFINET IO-Diagnostics Yes
At 230 V with AC 50 W

Siemens AG 2010

6GK5 324-4GG00-4JR2 6GK5 324-4GG00-4JR2
Telnet Yes
Product function
2
HTTP Yes Ring redundancy Yes
HTTPS Yes Redundancy manager Yes
TFTP Yes Standby redundancy Yes
FTP Yes Redundancy procedure HSR Yes
BOOTP Yes Redundancy procedure MRP Yes
SNMP v1 Yes Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
SNMP v2 Yes Passive listening Yes
SNMP v3 Yes Protocol is supported
IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes STP/RSTP Yes
GMRP Yes RSTP Big Network Support Yes
DCP Yes LACP Yes
LLDP Yes Product functions Security
Product functions Diagnostics Product function
Product function ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes
Port diagnostics Yes IEEE 802.1x (Radius) Yes
Packet size statistics Yes Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Yes
Limiter
Packet type statistics Yes
Broadcast blocking Yes
Error statistics Yes
SysLog Yes
SSH Yes
Product function
Product function
SICLOCK support Yes
VLAN - dynamic Yes
NTP No
VLANs SNTP Yes
Protocol is supported Standards, specifications,
approvals
GVRP Yes
Standard
For EMC IEC 61850, IEEE 1613
Product function
DHCP client Yes
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2
DHCP option 82 Yes
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
DHCP option 66 Yes
CE mark Yes
DHCP option 67 Yes
C-Tick Yes

Siemens AG 2010

SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
Industrial Ethernet switches well as configuration of modular variants, the Switch Selection
Partially modular 19" Industrial Tool is available as a free download:
Ethernet switches for establishing
2 electrical and optical Industrial
Ethernet networks;
all ports can be optionally

equipped with optical or
electrical 2-port media modules;
All ports support Gigabit Ethernet
(blocking), integrated redundancy
manager, RSTP, RMON, IGMP
snooping querier, network
management via SNMP,
PROFINET and Web server
16 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports, electrical
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s slots
for 2-port media modules,
electrical or optical
1 x 24 V DC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-4GG00-1ER2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-4GG00-1JR2
1 x 100-240 V AC/60-250 V DC
power supply
2 x 24 V DC power supply
2 x 100-240 V AC/60-250 V DC
power supply
Media modules see "Media modules for modular
for SCALANCE X-300 SCALANCE X-300 managed

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for
modular SCALANCE X-300 managed
Overview Benefits

2
cables) due to modular design with media modules
Reduction of storage costs and maintenance overhead by
focusing on a few basic device versions
Application
The use of media modules in partly and fully modular versions of
the SCALANCE X-300 switches supports:
Extension of networks by subsequent insertion of additional
media modules in unused media module slots
Change of cabling technology (e.g. conversion from copper to
fiber-optic cables, or from multi-mode to single-mode FOC)
2-port media modules for flexible, 2-port-granular

equipping of partly and fully modular versions of the
SCALANCE X-300 switches (e.g. SCALANCE X308-2M,
SCALANCE XR324-12M)
Electrical versions with RJ45 ports are available as well as
optical versions with BFOC, SC and LC ports for the use of
multi-mode and single-mode fiber-optic cables
A 2-port SFP media module permits the the optional use of
fiber-optic SFP plug-in transceivers (Small Form-Factor
Pluggable) with LC connection technology
Design
2SWLFDO
SRUWPHGLDPRGXOHV
DUHLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH
GHYLFH
6)3PHGLDPRGXOHV
WZR6)3VORWVDUH
LQVHUWHGLQWRWKHGHYLFH
G_IK10_XX_10282
(OHFWULFDO 2SWLFDO
SRUWPHGLDPRGXOHV 6)3SOXJJDEOHWUDQVFHLYHUV
DUHLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH RQHSRUWDUHLQVHUWHGLQWR
GHYLFH WKH6)3PHGLDPRGXOH
Insertion of a 2-port media module in the media module slot

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for
Design (continued)
Product versions of media modules Product versions of SFP pluggable transceivers
Electrical media modules with 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports The SFP plug-in transceivers (Small Form-factor Pluggable)
MM992-2CUC with retaining sleeve can only be used together with the SFP media module
2 MM992-2CU without retaining sleeve
MM992-2SFP.
Optical SFP pluggable transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbit/s LC port
Optical media modules with 2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports
SFP991-1
MM991-2 multi-mode, glass, up to 3 km
multi-mode, glass, up to 3 km
SFP991-1LD
MM991-2LD single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
SFP991-1LH+
Optical media modules with 2 x 100 Mbit/s SC ports single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
MM991-2 Optical SFP pluggable transceivers with 1 x 1000 Mbit/s LC port
SFP992-1
MM991-2LD multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m
SFP992-1LD
MM991-2LH+ single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
SFP992-1LH
Optical media modules with 2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports single-mode, glass, up to 40 km
MM992-2 SFP992-1LH+
multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
MM992-2LD SFP992-1ELH
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km single-mode, glass, up to 120 km
MM992-2LH
MM992-2LH+
MM992-2ELH
Optical media modules with 2 x 100/1000 Mbit/s
for SFP pluggable transceiver
MM992-2SFP
for SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbit/s or
1 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode or single-mode, glass

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for
Order No. 6GK5 992-2SA00-8AA0 6GK5 992-2GA00-8AA0
Product type designation MM992-2CU MM992-2CUC
Transmission rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 2
Transmission rate 2 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Transmission rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Maximum number 2 2
For network components 2 2
For network components RJ45 port RJ45 port
Ambient temperature
During operating phase 0 70 C 0 70 C
During storage 0 70 C 0 70 C
During transport 0 70 C 0 70 C
Relative humidity at 25 C 95 % 95 %
IP degree of protection IP 20 IP 20
Type of construction Media module Media module with retaining collar
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Height 22 mm 22 mm
Depth 100 mm 100 mm
Net weight 0.08 kg 0.08 kg
Type of mounting for installation Yes Yes
at media module slot
approvals
Standard
For EMC from FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4,
Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II
T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
For CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
For Ex zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (hazardous location), CSA UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (hazardous location), CSA
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A,
B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
CE mark Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for

Order No. 6GK5 991-2AB00-8AA0 6GK5 991-2AC00-8AA0
Product type designation MM991-2 MM991-2LD
2 Transmission rate 1 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Maximum number 2 2
At 100 Mbit/s 2 2
At 100 Mbit/s ST port (multi-mode up to 3 km) ST port (single-mode up to 26 km)
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -19 dB ... -14 dB -15 dB ... -8 dB
of the receiver input, maximum -3 dB -3 dB
Minimum optical sensitivity referred -32 dB -34 dB
Ambient temperature
During operating phase 0 70 C 0 70 C
During storage 0 70 C 0 70 C
During transport 0 70 C 0 70 C
Type of construction Media module Media module
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Height 22 mm 22 mm
Depth 100 mm 100 mm
approvals
Standard
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II
For Ex zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (hazardous location), CSA UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (hazardous location), CSA
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A,
B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
CE mark Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for

Order No. 6GK5 991-2AD00-8AA0 6GK5 991-2AF00-8AA0 6GK5 991-2AE00-8AA0
Product type designation MM991-2 MM991-2LD MM991-2LH+
Interfaces
At 100 Mbit/s 2 2 2
At 100 Mbit/s SC port (multi-mode up to 3 km) SC port (single-mode up to 26 km) SC port (single-mode up to 70 km)
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -19 -14 dB -15 -8 dB -5 +0 dB
Ambient temperature
During operating phase 0 70 C 0 70 C 0 70 C
During storage 0 70 C 0 70 C 0 70 C
During transport 0 70 C 0 70 C 0 70 C
Type of construction Media module Media module Media module
Type of mounting for installation Yes Yes Yes
approvals
Standard
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
CE mark Yes Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for

Order No. 6GK5 992-2AL00-8AA0 6GK5 992-2AM00-8AA0 6GK5 992-2AN00-8AA0
Product type designation MM992-2 MM992-2LD MM992-2LH
2 Transmission rate 1
Interfaces
1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
At 1000 Mbit/s 2 2 2
At 1000 Mbit/s SC port SC port SC port
(multi-mode up to 0.75 km) (single-mode up to 10 km) (single-mode up to 40 km)
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output -9.5 dB ... -4 dB -9.5 dB ... -3 dB -6 dB ... 0 dB
Ambient temperature
Type of construction Media module Media module Media module
approvals
Standard
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
CE mark Yes Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for

Order No. 6GK5 992-2AP00-8AA0 6GK5 992-2AQ00-8AA0 6GK5 992-2AS00-8AA0
Product type designation MM992-2LH+ MM992-2ELH MM992-2SFP
Transmission rate 1
Interfaces
1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
2
At 1000 Mbit/s 2 2 2
At 1000 Mbit/s SC port (single-mode up to 70 km) SC port (single-mode up to 120 km) SFP slot
to 1 mW
of the transmitter output 0 dB ... 5 dB 0 dB ... 5 dB
of the receiver input, maximum -3 dB -3 dB
Minimum optical sensitivity referred -23 dB -30 dB
Ambient temperature
Type of construction Media module Media module SFP - slot
approvals
Standard
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 2, Group IIC, T4 Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
CE mark Yes Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for

Order No. 6GK5 991-1AD00-8AA0 6GK5 991-1AF00-8AA0 6GK5 991-1AE00-8AA0
Product type designation SFP991-1 SFP991-1LH+ SFP991-1LD
2 Transmission rate 1 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Number of optical connections for
fiber-optic cables
At 100 Mbit/s 1 1 1
fiber-optic cables
At 100 Mbit/s LC port (multi-mode up to 3 km) LC port (single-mode up to 70 km) LC port (single-mode up to 26 km)
Ambient temperature
Type of construction SFP - module SFP - module SFP - module
approvals
Standard
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
CE mark Yes Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for

Order No. 6GK5 992-1AL00-8AA0 6GK5 992-1AM00-8AA0 6GK5 992-1AN00-8AA0
Product type designation SFP992-1 SFP992-1LD SFP992-1LH
Transmission rate 1 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 2
Interfaces
network components
fiber-optic cables
At 1000 Mbit/s 1 1 1
fiber-optic cables
At 1000 Mbit/s LC port (multi-mode up to 0.75 km) LC port (single-mode up to 10 km) LC port (single-mode up to 40 km)
Ambient temperature
Type of construction SFP - module SFP - module SFP - module
approvals
Standard
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
CE mark Yes Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for

Order No. 6GK5 992-1AP00-8AA0 6GK5 992-1AQ00-8AA0
Product type designation SFP992-1LH+ SFP992-1ELH
2 Transmission rate 1 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Maximum number 1 1
network components
fiber-optic cables
At 1000 Mbit/s 1 1
fiber-optic cables
At 1000 Mbit/s LC port (single-mode up to 70 km) LC port (single-mode up to 120 km)
Ambient temperature
Type of construction SFP - module SFP - module
Width 13 mm 13 mm
Height 12 mm 12 mm
Depth 57 mm 57 mm
approvals
Standard
For Ex zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II
CE mark Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for

Electrical media modules SFP pluggable transceiver,
optical
with 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports, electrical with 1 x 100 Mbit/s LC port,
optical
MM992-2CUC
with retaining sleeve
6GK5 992-2GA00-8AA0
SFP991-1 6GK5 991-1AD00-8AA0 2
MM992-2CU 6GK5 992-2SA00-8AA0
without retaining sleeve SFP991-1LD 6GK5 991-1AF00-8AA0
Fiber optic modules
SFP991-1LH+ 6GK5 991-1AE00-8AA0
with 2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports, single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
optical
with 1 x 1000 Mbit/s LC port,
MM991-2 6GK5 991-2AB00-8AA0 optical
SFP992-1 6GK5 992-1AL00-8AA0
MM991-2LD 6GK5 991-2AC00-8AA0 multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m
SFP992-1LD 6GK5 992-1AM00-8AA0
with 2 x 100 Mbit/s SC ports, single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
optical
SFP992-1LH 6GK5 992-1AN00-8AA0
MM991-2 6GK5 991-2AD00-8AA0 single-mode, glass, up to 40 km
SFP992-1LH+ 6GK5 992-1AP00-8AA0
MM991-2LD 6GK5 991-2AF00-8AA0 single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
SFP992-1ELH 6GK5 992-1AQ00-8AA0
MM991-2LH+ 6GK5 991-2AE00-8AA0 single-mode, glass, up to 120 km
with 2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports,
optical
MM992-2 6GK5 992-2AL00-8AA0
multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m
MM992-2LD 6GK5 992-2AM00-8AA0
MM992-2LH 6GK5 992-2AN00-8AA0
MM992-2LH+ 6GK5 992-2AP00-8AA0
MM992-2ELH 6GK5 992-2AQ00-8AA0
with 2 x 100/1000 Mbit/s for SFP
pluggable transceiver, optical
MM992-2SFP 6GK5 992-2AS00-8AA0
for SFP pluggable transceivers
with 1 x 100 or 1 x 1000 Mbit/s
multi-mode or single-mode,
glass

Siemens AG 2010
Media modules for
Ordering data (continued) Order No. Order No.

Accessories IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet RJ45 plug-in connector for
Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
FastConnect RJ45 outlet metal enclosure and integrated
2 for Industrial Ethernet with
interface for replaceable insert;
insulation displacement contacts
with insert 2FE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1 FC installation cables;
replaceable insert with 180 cable outlet;
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces for network components and
with insert 1GE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2 interface
replaceable insert
for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
IE FC TP standard cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
2 x 2 (Type A) 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
4-core, shielded TP installation IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
FC RJ45 outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug; RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
PROFINET-compliant; Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
with UL approval; with a rugged metal enclosure
sold by the meter; and integrated insulation
max. quantity 1000 m, displacement contacts for
minimum order 20 m connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables;
IE FC TP standard cable GP 6XV1 870-2E 180 cable outlet;
4x2 for network components and
8-core, shielded TP installation CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
cable for connection to interface
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
for universal application;
with UL approval; 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
sold by the meter;
max quantity 1000 m, 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
minimum order 20 m SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 Electronic manuals
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50 for communication systems,
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10 and communication products;
on DVD;
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20 German/English
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
More information
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
well as configuration of modular variants, the Switch Selection
Tool is available as a free download:

Siemens AG 2010
Industrial Security
SOFTNET Security Client
Overview
The SOFTNET Security Client is a component of the industrial Data transmission is protected against maloperation,
security concept for protecting automation devices and for eavesdropping/espionage and manipulation;
security during data exchange between automation systems. communication can only take place between authenticated
VPN Client for programming devices, PCs and Notebooks in and authorized devices.
industrial environments;
supports secure VPN client access to automation systems
Uses the IPSec mechanisms already tried and tested in the
office sector for setting up and operating VPNs.
2
protected by SCALANCE S via LAN or even WAN (e.g. for
remote maintenance via the Internet)
PC/IPC with IPC SCALANCE PC/PG/Notebook

SOFTNET W788-1PRO with SOFTNET
Security Client access point Security Client software
software
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Security Module Security Module

SCALANCE S SCALANCE S
SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300

with with
CP 443-1 Advanced CP 343-1 Advanced
Secure access (VPN tunnel)
PROFINET PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_10254
ET 200S S7-300 with ET 200S ET 200M
CP 343-1 Lean
Automation cell 1 Automation cell 2
Secure access to automation cells protected by SCALANCE S612/S613 with SOFTNET Security Client
Benefits Application
Security modules of the SCALANCE S family are provided
specially for use in automation, yet connect seamlessly with the
security structures of the office and IT world. They offer security
and meet the specific requirements of automation systems,
Avoidance of system failures through exclusive access using such as easy upgrades of existing systems, simple installation
approved programming devices or notebooks to automation and minimal downtimes in the event of a fault.
devices or complete automation cells
Depending on the respective security needs, various different
High flexibility when used on mobile PCs and use of the security measures can be combined with one another. The
SOFTNET Security Client, as no hardware is required for safe- SOFTNET Security Client allows programming devices, PCs and
guarding the communication notebook computers access to network nodes or automation
Standardized configuration and integrated security concept systems protected by SCALANCE S.
for the automation system using SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Note:
Security Client without the need for specialized IT knowledge You can obtain support regarding the special features of WAN
Protection of data transmission against spying and spoofing connections and company firewalls/security infrastructures from
by means of certified standards. your local contact.
Considerable savings when used as remote control solution Technical advice on this subject is available from:
together with SCALANCE S compared to expensive service Industry Solutions Security Service
calls Customer Care Desk
Tel.: +49 (0)9131-7-28811
E-mail: [email protected]

Siemens AG 2010
Industrial Security
SOFTNET Security Client
Function Ordering data (continued) Order No.

Authentication SCALANCE S
Industrial Security Modules
Each incoming item of data traffic is monitored and checked.
As IP addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the For protection of programmable
controllers and automation
2 IP address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition,
Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason the
networks, and for safeguarding of
industrial communication;
authentication is performed by means of tried and tested VPN configuring tool and electronic
mechanisms. manual on CD-ROM
German, English, French, Italian,
Data encryption Spanish
To protect the data traffic against espionage and manipulation SCALANCE S612 6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3
secure encryption is necessary. This means that the data traffic
remains incomprehensible to any eavesdropper in the network. Uses Stateful Inspection Firewall
to protect network segments
To this end, SOFTNET Security Client sets up VPN tunnels based against unauthorized access;
on IPSec to other SCALANCE S security modules. protects up to 32 devices, up to
64 VPN tunnels simultaneously
Performance data
System requirements: SCALANCE S613 6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3
Windows 2000 Professional (32 bit) + SP3, 4 Uses Stateful Inspection Firewall
Windows XP Professional (32 bit) + SP1, 2 to protect network segments
against unauthorized access;
Configuring protects up to 64 devices,
up to 128 VPN tunnels simulta-
Using the associated configuration tool it is possible to handle neously expanded temperature
setup and administration of security rules even without special range from -20 C +70 C
IT knowledge. In the simplest case, only the SCALANCE S
modules or SOFTNET security clients that are to communicate Accessories
with one another are set up and configured. As soon as IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
SOFTNET Security Client knows which automation device is to
RJ45 plug-in connector for
be accessed, a communication can be set up. Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
metal housing and integrated
Ordering data Order No. insulation displacement contacts
SOFTNET Security Client 6GK1 704-1VW02-0AA0 FC installation cables;
Edition 2008 with 180 cable outlet;
Software for designing secure CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
IP-based VPN connections from interface
a programming device/PC to
network segments which are 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
secured by SCALANCE S;
single license for 1 installation,
runtime software (German/English), 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
configuring tool (German/English)
and electronic manual EGPRS router MD741-1 6NH9 741-1AA00
on CD-ROM (German/English/ For wireless IP communication
French/Italian/Spanish) from Ethernet-based programma-
for 32-bit Windows, ble controllers via GSM mobile
XP Professional + SP1, SP2, SP3, radio networks; integrated
Windows Vista Ultimate/ firewall and VPN router (IPsec);
Business + SP1 quad band GSM;
SOFTNET Security Client 6GK1 704-1VW01-0AA0 EGPRS Multislot Class 12
Edition 2006 ANT794-4MR antenna 6NH9 860-1AA00
Software for designing secure Quad band antenna
IP-based VPN connections from for MD720-3 and MD741-1,
programming device/PC to omnidirectional with 5 m cable
network segments which are
secured by SCALANCE S;
runtime software (German/English),
and electronic manual
on CD-ROM (German/English/
French/Italian/Spanish)
for 32-bit Windows,
XP Professional + SP1, 2
Windows 2000 Professional
+ SP3, 4

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC S7-1200 modular controllers
CPU 1211C
Overview Design
The compact CPU 1211C has:
3 device versions with different power supply and control
voltages.
Integrated power supply either as wide-range AC or DC
power supply (85 to 264 V AC or 24 V DC) 2
Integrated 24 V encoder/load current supply:
For direct connection of sensors and encoders.
With 300 mA output current also for use as load power supply.
6 integrated digital inputs 24 V DC (current sinking/current
sourcing (IEC type 1 current sinking)).
4 integrated digital outputs, either 24 V DC or relay.
2 integrated analog inputs 0 to 10 V.
2 pulse outputs (PTO) with a frequency of up to 100 kHz.
Pulse-width modulated outputs (PWM) with a frequency of
up to 100 kHz.
Integrated Ethernet interface (TCP/IP native, ISO-on-TCP)
3 fast counters (100 kHz), with parameterizable enable and
The clever compact solution reset inputs, can be used simultaneously as up and down
With 10 integral input/outputs counters with separate inputs or for connecting incremental
Expandable by: encoders.
- 1 signal board (SB) Expansion by additional communication interfaces, e.g.
- max. 3 communication modules (CM) RS485 or RS232
Expansion by analog or digital signals directly on the CPU via
signal board (with retention of CPU mounting dimensions)
Optional memory expansion (SIMATIC Memory Card)
PID controller with auto-tuning functionality
Integral real-time clock
Interrupt inputs:
For extremely fast response to rising or falling edges of
process signals.
Removable terminals on all modules
Simulator (optional):
For simulating the integrated inputs and for testing the user
program.
Device versions
Version Supply voltage Input voltage DI Output voltage DO Output current
DC/DC/DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0.5 A, transistor
DC/DC/relay 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 30 V DC / 2 A;
5 250 V AC 30 W DC /
200 W AC
AC/DC/relay 85 264 V AC 24 V DC 5 30 V DC / 2 A;
5 250 V AC 30 W DC /
200 W AC

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1211C
Order No. 6ES7 211-1BD30-0XB0 6ES7 211-1HD30-0XB0 6ES7 211-1AD30-0XB0
Product type designation CPU 1211C AC/DC/Relay CPU 1211C DC/DC/Relay CPU 1211C DC/DC/DC
Product status
2 associated programming package STEP 7 Basic V 10.5 STEP 7 Basic V 10.5 STEP 7 Basic V 10.5
Supply voltages
Rated value
24 V DC Yes Yes
Permissible range, 20.4 V 20.4 V
lower limit (DC)
upper limit (DC)
120 V AC Yes
230 V AC Yes
Permissible range, l 85 V
ower limit (AC)
Permissible range, 264 V
upper limit (AC)
Permissible frequency range, 47 Hz
lower limit
upper limit
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
permissible range, 20.4 V 20.4 V
lower limit (DC)
permissible range, 28.8 V 28.8 V
upper limit (DC)
Current consumption
Current consumption (rated value) 60 mA at 120 V AC 300 mA; Typical 300 mA; Typical
30 mA at 240 V AC
Current consumption, max. 180 mA at 120 V AC 0.9 A; 24 V DC 0.9 A; 24 V DC
90 mA at 240 V AC
Inrush current, max. 20 A; at 264 V 12 A; 28.8 V DC 12 A; 28.8 V DC
Current output to backplane bus 750 mA; 750 mA; 750 mA;
(DC 5 V), max. max. 5 V DC for SM and CM max. 5 V DC for SM and CM max. 5 V DC for SM and CM
Current consumption/power loss
Power loss, typ. 10 W 8W 8W
Usable for user data/Options 25 kbyte 25 kbyte 25 kbyte
RAM
integrated 25 kbyte 25 kbyte 25 kbyte
expandable No No No
Backup
present Yes; entire project maintenance- Yes; entire project maintenance- Yes; entire project maintenance-
free in the integral EEPROM free in the integral EEPROM free in the integral EEPROM
without battery Yes Yes Yes
CPU/blocks
OB
Number, max. Limited only by RAM for code Limited only by RAM for code Limited only by RAM for code

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1211C

CPU/processing times
for bit operations, min. 0.1 s; / instruction 0.1 s; / instruction 0.1 s; / instruction 2
for word operations, min. 12 s; / instruction 12 s; / instruction 12 s; / instruction
for floating point arithmetic, min. 18 s; / instruction 18 s; / instruction 18 s; / instruction
Data areas and their remanence
Retentive data area in total 2 048 byte 2 048 byte 2 048 byte
(incl. times, counters, flags), max.
Flag
Number, max. 4 kbyte; Size of bit memory 4 kbyte; Size of bit memory 4 kbyte; Size of bit memory
address area address area address area
Address area
I/O address area
I/O address area, overall 1024 bytes for inputs / 1024 bytes for inputs / 1024 bytes for inputs /
1024 bytes for outputs 1024 bytes for outputs 1024 bytes for outputs
overall 1 024 byte 1 024 byte 1 024 byte
Outputs 1 024 byte 1 024 byte 1 024 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable 1 kbyte 1 kbyte 1 kbyte
Outputs, adjustable 1 kbyte 1 kbyte 1 kbyte
Digital channels
Integrated channels (DI) 6 6 6
Integrated channels (DO) 4 4 4
Analog channels
Integrated channels (AI) 2 2 2
Integrated channels (AO) 0 0 0
Hardware config.
Number of modules per system, 3 communication modules, 3 communication modules, 3 communication modules,
max. 1 signal board 1 signal board 1 signal board
Time
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes Yes Yes
Backup time 240 h; Typical 240 h; Typical 240 h; Typical
Deviation per day, max. 60 s/month at 25 C 60 s/month at 25 C 60 s/month at 25 C
Test commissioning functions
Status/control
Status/control variable Yes Yes Yes
Variables Inputs/outputs, memory bits, DB, Inputs/outputs, memory bits, DB, Inputs/outputs, memory bits, DB,
distributed I/Os, timers, counters distributed I/Os, timers, counters distributed I/Os, timers, counters
Forcing
Forcing Yes Yes Yes
Communication functions
S7 communication
supported Yes Yes Yes
as server Yes Yes Yes
Open IE communication
TCP/IP Yes Yes Yes
ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes Yes Yes
Number of connections
overall 15; dynamically 15; dynamically 15; dynamically

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1211C

1st interface
2 Type of interface PROFINET PROFINET PROFINET
Physics Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet
isolated Yes Yes Yes
automatic detection of Yes Yes Yes
transmission speed
Autonegotiation Yes Yes Yes
Autocrossover Yes Yes Yes
CPU/programming
Configuration software
STEP 7 STEP 7 Basic V 10.5 STEP 7 Basic V 10.5 STEP 7 Basic V 10.5
Programming language
LAD Yes Yes Yes
CSF Yes Yes Yes
Cycle time monitoring
adjustable Yes Yes Yes
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 6; Integrated 6; Integrated 6; Integrated
of which, inputs usable 3; HSC (High Speed Counting) 3; HSC (High Speed Counting) 3; HSC (High Speed Counting)
for technological functions
m/p-reading Yes Yes Yes
Number of simultanneously
controllable inputs
all mounting positions
- Number of simultaneously con- 6 6 6
trollable inputs, up to 40 C
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V 24 V
for signal "0" 5 V DC at 1 mA 5 V DC at 1 mA 5 V DC at 1 mA
for signal "1" 15 V DC at 2.5 mA 15 V DC at 2.5 mA 15 V DC at 2.5 mA
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
Input delay
(for rated value of input voltage)
for standard inputs
- programmable 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and
12.8 ms, selectable in groups of 12.8 ms, selectable in groups of 12.8 ms, selectable in groups of
four four four
- at " to "1", min. 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 12.8 ms 12.8 ms 12.8 ms
for interrupt inputs
- programmable Yes Yes Yes
for counter/technological functions
- programmable Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz, Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz, Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz,
differential: 3 at 80 kHz differential: 3 at 80 kHz differential: 3 at 80 kHz
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 500 m; 500 m; 500 m;
50 m for technological functions 50 m for technological functions 50 m for technological functions
Cable length unshielded, max. 300 m; 300 m; 300 m;
For technological functions: No For technological functions: No For technological functions: No

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1211C

Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 4; Relay 4; Relay 4 2
of which, high-speed outputs 2; 100 kHz Pulse Train Output
Short-circuit protection No; to be provided externally No; to be provided externally No; to be provided externally
Limitation of inductive shutdown L+ (-48 V)
voltage to
Switching capacity of the outputs
with resistive load, max. 2A 2A 0.5 A
on lamp load, max. 30 W DC; 200 W AC 30 W DC; 200 W AC 5W
Output voltage
for signal "0" (DC), max. 0.1 V; with 10k ohms load
for signal "1", min. 20 V
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.1 mA
Output delay with resistive load
0 to "1", max. 10 ms; max. 10 ms; max. 1 s; max.
1 to "0", max. 10 ms; max. 10 ms; max. 5 s; max.
Parallel switching of 2 outputs
for increased power No No
Switching frequency
of the pulse outputs, 1 Hz 1 Hz 100 kHz
with resistive load, max.
Cable length
Cable length, shielded, max. 500 m 500 m 500 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 150 m 150 m 150 m
Relay outputs
Number of relay outputs 4 4
Number of operating cycles mechanically 10 million, mechanically 10 million,
at rated load voltage 100,000 at rated load voltage 100,000
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 2 2 2
Number of analog inputs 2 2
for voltage/current measurement
cable length, shielded, max. 100 m; twisted and shielded 100 m; twisted and shielded 100 m; twisted and shielded
Voltage Yes Yes Yes
Input ranges (rated values),
voltages
0 to +10 V Yes Yes Yes
Input resistance (0 to 10 V) 100k ohms 100k ohms 100k ohms
Analog value creation
Integration and conversion
time/resolution per channel
Resolution with overload area 10 bit 10 bit 10 bit
(bit including sign), max.
Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes Yes
Conversion time (per channel) 625 s 625 s 625 s

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1211C

Encoder supply
2 24 V encoder supply
24 V permissible range: 20.4 to 28.8 V permissible range: 20.4 to 28.8 V permissible range: 20.4 to 28.8 V
Encoder
Connectable encoders
2-wire BEROS Yes Yes Yes
Integrated functions
Number of counters 3 3 3
Counter frequency (counter) max. 100 kHz 100 kHz 100 kHz
Frequency meter Yes Yes Yes
controlled positioning Yes Yes Yes
PID controller Yes Yes Yes
Number of alarm inputs 4 4 4
Number of pulse outputs 2
Limit frequency (pulse) 100 kHz
Isolation
Galvanic isolation, digital inputs
galvanic isolation, digital inputs 500 V AC for 1 minute 500 V AC for 1 minute 500 V AC for 1 minute
between the channels, in groups of 1 1 1
Isolation, digital outputs
Galvanic isolation, digital outputs Yes; Relays Relays Yes
between the channels No No No
between the channels, in groups of 1 1 1
Permissible potential difference
between different circuits 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC
between 24 V DC and 5 V DC between 24 V DC and 5 V DC between 24 V DC and 5 V DC
EMC
Interference immunity against
discharge of static electricity
Interference immunity against Yes Yes Yes
to IEC 61000-4-2
Interference immunity
to cable-borne interference
on the supply lines Yes Yes Yes
to IEC 61000-4-4
Interference immunity Yes Yes Yes
on signal lines to IEC 61000-4-4
to IEC 61000-4-5
high frequency radiation
to IEC 61000-4-6
Emission of radio interferences Yes; Group 1 Yes; Group 1 Yes; Group 1
to EN 55 011 (limit class A)
Emission of radio interference to Yes Yes Yes
EN 55 011 (limit class B)

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1211C

Environmental requirements
Operating termperature 2
min. 0 C 0 C 0 C
max. 55 C 55 C 55 C
vertical installation, min. 0 C 0 C 0 C
vertical installation, max. 45 C 45 C 45 C
horizontal installation, min. 0 C 0 C 0 C
horizontal installation, max. 55 C 55 C 55 C
Storage/transport temperature
min. -40 C -40 C -40 C
max. 70 C 70 C 70 C
Air pressure
Operation, min. 795 hPa 795 hPa 795 hPa
Operation, max. 1 080 hPa 1 080 hPa 1 080 hPa
Storage/transport, min. 660 hPa 660 hPa 660 hPa
Storage/transport, max. 1 080 hPa 1 080 hPa 1 080 hPa
Relative humidity
Operation, max. 95 %; no condensation 95 %; no condensation 95 %; no condensation
Vibrations
Vibrations 2G wall mounting, 1G DIN rail 2G wall mounting, 1G DIN rail 2G wall mounting, 1G DIN rail
Operation checked according Yes Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock test
checked according Yes; IEC 68, Part 2-27 half-sine: Yes; IEC 68, Part 2-27 half-sine: Yes; IEC 68, Part 2-27 half-sine:
to IEC 60068-2-27 Strength of the shock 15 g Strength of the shock 15 g Strength of the shock 15 g
(peak value), duration 11 ms (peak value), duration 11 ms (peak value), duration 11 ms
Degree of protection
IP 20 Yes Yes Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE symbol Yes Yes Yes
C-TICK Yes Yes Yes
cULus Yes Yes Yes
FM approval Yes Yes Yes
Dimensions and weight
Weight
Weight, approx. 420 g 380 g 370 g

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1211C

CPU 1211C SCALANCE XB004-1 6GK5 004-1BD00-1AB2
Compact CPU, AC/DC/relay; 6ES7 211-1BD30-0XB0 4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
integrated program/data memory RJ45 ports electrical
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; 1x 100 Mbit/s SC port optical
2 wide-range power supply
85 ... 264 V AC;
(multi-mode, glass), up to 3 km
Boolean execution times FO Standard Cable GP 50/125

0.1 s per operation; Glass fiber-optic cable,
6 digital inputs, pre-assembled
4 digital outputs (relays), with 4 SC connectors
2 analog inputs;
expandable by up to 80 m 6XV1 873-6AN80
3 communication modules and 100 m 6XV1 873-6AT10
1 signal board;
digital inputs can be used as HSC 150 m 6XV1 873-6AT15
at 100 kHz
200 m 6XV1 873-6AT20
Compact CPU, DC/DC/DC; 6ES7 211-1AD30-0XB0
300 m 6XV1 873-6AT30
integrated program/data memory
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; SB 1223 signal board 6ES7 223-0BD30-0XB0
power supply 24 V DC;
Boolean execution times 2 inputs, 24 V DC,
0.1 s per operation; IEC type 1 current sinking;
6 digital inputs, 2 24 V DC transistor outputs,
4 digital outputs, 0.5 A, 5 W;
2 analog inputs; can be used as HSC at
expandable by up to up to 30 kHz
3 communication modules and SB 1232 signal board 6ES7 232-4HA30-0XB0
1 signal board;
digital inputs can be used as HSC 1 analog output, 10 V
at 100 kHz, with 12 bits or 0 to 20 mA
24 V DC digital outputs can be with 11 bits
used as pulse outputs (PTO) Simulator (optional)
or pulse-width modulated out-
puts (PWM) at 100 kHz 8 input switches, 6ES7 274-1XF30-0XA0
for CPU 1211C / CPU 1212C
Compact CPU, DC/DC/relay; 6ES7 211-1HD30-0XB0
integrated program/data memory SIMATIC Memory Card
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; (optional)
Boolean execution times 2 MB 6ES7 954 -8LB00-0AA0
0.1 s per operation; 24 MB 6ES7 954 -8LF00-0AA0
6 digital inputs,
4 digital outputs (relays), S7-1200 automation system,
2 analog inputs; System Manual
expandable by up to For SIMATIC S7-1200 and
3 communication modules and STEP 7 Basic
1 signal board;
digital inputs can be used as HSC German 6ES7 298-8FA30-8AH0
at 100 kHz English 6ES7 298-8FA30-8BH0
CSM 1277 6GK7 277-1AA00-0AA0 STEP 7 Basic
compact switch module engineering software
Unmanaged switch for connect-
ing a SIMATIC S7-1200 and up to Target system:
three further nodes to Industrial SIMATIC S7-1200 controllers and
Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s; the associated I/O. The WinCC
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC Basic which is included permits
power supply, diagnostics on configuration of the SIMATIC
LEDs, S7-1200 module including Basic Panels
electronic manual on CD-ROM Requirement:
MS Windows XP SP3 /
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 MS Windows Vista SP1
TP cable 4 x 2 Type of delivery:
with two RJ45 plugs German, English, with online
documentation
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
Single license 6ES7 822-0AA00-0YA0
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
STEP 7 Basic Software Update 6ES7 822-0AA00-0YL0
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
Service, 1 year
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
More information
Brochures
Information material for downloading can be found
in the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1212C
Overview Design
voltages
For direct connection of sensors and encoders.
With 300 mA output current also for use as load power supply
sourcing (IEC type 1 current sinking))
6 integrated digital outputs, either 24 V DC or relay
2 integrated analog inputs 0 to 10 V
2 pulse outputs (PTO) with a frequency of up to 100 kHz
Pulse-width modulated outputs (PWM) with a frequency of
up to 100 kHz
4 fast counters (3 with max. 100 kHz; 1 with max. 30 kHz),
The superior compact solution with parameterizable enable and reset inputs, can be used
With 14 integral input/outputs simultaneously as up and down counters with 2 separate
Expandable by: inputs or for connecting incremental encoders
- 2 signal modules (SM) RS485 or RS232
- Max. 3 communication modules (CM) Expansion by analog or digital signals directly on the CPU via
Expansion by a wide range of analog and digital input and
output signals via signal modules
Interrupt inputs:
process signals
program.
Device versions
5 250 V AC 30 W DC /
200 W AC
5 250 V AC 30 W DC /
200 W AC

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1212C
Order No. 6ES7 212-1BD30-0XB0 6ES7 212-1AD30-0XB0 6ES7 212-1HD30-0XB0
Product type designation CPU 1212C AC/DC/Relay CPU 1212C DC/DC/DC CPU 1212C AC/DC/Relay
Product status
Supply voltages
Rated value
24 V DC Yes Yes
lower limit (DC)
upper limit (DC)
120 V AC Yes
230 V AC Yes
lower limit (AC)
upper limit (AC)
lower limit
upper limit
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V
permissible range, 5V 20.4 V 5V
lower limit (DC)
permissible range, 250 V 28.8 V 250 V
upper limit (DC)
Current consumption
Current consumption (rated value) 80 mA at 120 V AC 175 mA; Typical
40 mA at 240 V AC
120 mA at 240 V AC
Inrush current, max. 20 A; At 264 V 12 A; 28.8 V DC 12 A; At 28.8 V
Current output to backplane bus 1 000 mA; 1 000 mA; 1 000 mA;
(DC 5 V), max. max. 5 V DC for SM and CM max. 5 V DC for SM and CM max. 5 V DC for SM and CM
Power loss, typ. 11 W 9W 9W
Usable for user data/Options 25 kbyte 25 kbyte 25 kbyte
RAM
expandable No No No
Backup
present Yes; entire project maintenance- Yes; entire project maintenance- Yes; entire project maintenance-
free in the integral EEPROM free in the integral EEPROM free in the integral EEPROM
CPU/blocks
OB
for bit operations, min. 0.1 s; / instruction 0.1 s; / instruction 0.1 s; / instruction

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1212C

Retentive data area in total
2 048 byte 2 048 byte 2 048 byte 2
Flag
Number, max. 4 kbyte; 4 kbyte; 4 kbyte;
Size of bit memory address area Size of bit memory address area Size of bit memory address area
Address area
I/O address area
I/O address area, overall 1024 bytes for inputs / 1024 bytes for inputs / 1024 bytes for inputs /
1024 bytes for outputs 1024 bytes for outputs 1024 bytes for outputs
Process image
Digital channels
Analog channels
Hardware config.
Number of modules per system, 3 comm. modules, 1 signal board, 3 comm. modules, 1 signal board, 3 comm. modules, 1 signal board,
max. 2 signal modules 2 signal modules 2 signal modules
Time
Clock
Deviation per day, max. 60s/month at 25 C 60s/month at 25 C 60s/month at 25 C
Status/control
Forcing
Forcing Yes Yes Yes
S7 communication
TCP/IP Yes Yes Yes
1st interface
Type of interface PROFINET PROFINET PROFINET
automatic detection of transmission Yes Yes Yes
speed

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1212C

CPU/programming
2 Configuration software
STEP 7 STEP 7 Basic V10.5 STEP 7 Basic V10.5 STEP 7 Basic V10.5
LAD Yes Yes Yes
CSF Yes Yes Yes
Digital inputs
controllable inputs
- Number of simultaneously 8 8 8
controllable inputs, up to 40 C
Input voltage
Input current
Input delay
for standard inputs
four four four
- at " to "1", min. 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 12.8 ms 12.8 ms 12.8 ms
for counter/t
echnological functions
- programmable Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz & Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz & Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz &
1 at 30 kHz 1 at 30 kHz 1 at 30 kHz
differential: 3 at 80 kHz differential: 3 at 80 kHz differential: 3 at 80 kHz
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 500 m; 500 m; 500 m; 5
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 6; Relay 6 6; Relay
voltage to
with resistive load, max. 2A 0.5 A 2A
on lamp load, max. 30 W DC; 200 W AC 5W 30 W DC; 200 W AC
Output voltage
for signal "0" (DC), max. 0.1 V; with 10k ohms load
Output current

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1212C

0 to "1", max. 10 ms; max. 1 s 10 ms; max. 2
1 to "0", max. 10 ms; max. 5 s 10 ms; max.
Switching frequency
of the pulse outputs, with resistive 1 Hz 100 kHz 1 Hz
load, max.
Cable length
Relay outputs
Analog inputs
cable length, shielded, max. 100 m; twisted and shielded 100 m; twisted and shielded 100 m; twisted and shielded
Voltage Yes Yes Yes
voltages
Input resistance (0 to 10 V) 100k ohms 100k ohms 100k ohms
Encoder supply
24 V encoder supply
Encoder
Integrated Functions
Counter frequency (counter) max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
Isolation
between the channels, 1 1 1
in groups of
Galvanic isolation, digital outputs Yes; Relay Yes Relay
in groups of

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1212C

2 between different circuits 500 V DC
between 24 V DC and 5 V DC
500 V DC
500 V DC
EMC
to IEC 61000-4-2
to IEC 61000-4-4
Interference immunity on signal Yes Yes Yes
lines to IEC 61000-4-4
to IEC 61000-4-5
to IEC 61000-4-6
Emission of radio interference Yes Yes Yes
to EN 55 011 (limit class B)
Operating termperature
min. 0 C 0 C 0 C
max. 55 C 55 C 55 C
min. -40 C -40 C -40 C
max. 70 C 70 C 70 C
Air pressure
Relative humidity
Vibrations
Vibrations 2G panel mount, 1G DIN rail mount 2G panel mount, 1G DIN rail mount 2G panel mount, 1G DIN rail mount
to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock test
checked according Yes; 15 G, 11 ms pulse, 6 shocks Yes; 15 G, 11 ms pulse, 6 shocks Yes; 15 G, 11 ms pulse, 6 shocks
to IEC 60068-2-27 in each of 3 axes in each of 3 axes in each of 3 axes

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1212C

IP 20 Yes Yes Yes 2
Standards, approvals,
certificates
C-TICK Yes Yes Yes
cULus Yes Yes Yes
Weight

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1212C

Compact CPU, AC/DC/relay; 6ES7 212-1BD30-0XB0 4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
integral program/data memory RJ45 ports electrical
85 ... 264 V AC;
FO Standard Cable GP 50/125
Boolean execution times
0.1 s per operation; Glass fiber-optic cable, pre-
8 digital inputs, assembled with 4 SC connectors
6 digital outputs (relays), 80 m 6XV1 873-6AN80
2 analog inputs; 100 m 6XV1 873-6AT10
expandable by up to
3 communication modules, 150 m 6XV1 873-6AT15
2 signal modules and 200 m 6XV1 873-6AT20
1 signal board;
digital inputs can be used as HSC 300 m 6XV1 873-6AT30
at 100 kHz SB 1223 signal board 6ES7 223-0BD30-0XB0
Compact CPU, DC/DC/DC; 6ES7 212-1AD30-0XB0 2 inputs, 24 V DC,
integrated program/data memory IEC type 1 current sinking;
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; 2 24 V DC transistor outputs,
power supply 24 V DC; 0.5 A, 5 W;
Boolean execution times can be used as HSC at
0.1 s per operation; up to 30 kHz
8 digital inputs, 6 digital outputs,
SB 1232 signal board 6ES7 232-4HA30-0XB0
2 analog inputs;
expandable by up to 1 analog output, 10 V with
3 communication modules, 12 bits or 0 to 20 mA with 11 bits
2 signal modules, and Simulator (optional) 6ES7 274-1XF30-0XA0
1 signal board;
digital inputs can be used as 8 input switches,
HSC at 100 kHz, 24 V DC digital for CPU 1211C / CPU 1212C
outputs can be used as pulse out- SIMATIC Memory Card
puts (PTO) or pulse-width modu- (optional)
lated outputs (PWM) at 100 kHz
2 MB 6ES7 954 -8LB00-0AA0
Compact CPU, DC/DC/relay; 6ES7 212-1HD30-0XB0
24 MB 6ES7 954 -8LF00-0AA0
integrated program/data memory
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; Starter box CPU 1212C 6ES7 212-1BD30-4YB0
power supply 24 V DC; AC/DC/relay
Boolean execution times Complete offer SIMATIC S7-1200,
0.1 s per operation; starter box, comprising:
8 digital inputs, CPU 1212C AC/DC/relay,
6 digital outputs (relays), simulator, STEP 7 BASIC CD,
2 analog inputs; manual CD, info material,
expandable by up to in Systainer
3 communication modules,
2 signal modules, and S7-1200 automation system,
1 signal board; System Manual
digital inputs can be used as HSC For SIMATIC S7-1200
at 100 kHz and STEP 7 Basic
CSM 1277 6GK7 277-1AA00-0AA0 German 6ES7 298-8FA30-8AH0
compact switch module English 6ES7 298-8FA30-8BH0
Unmanaged switch for connect-
ing a SIMATIC S7-1200 and up to STEP 7 Basic
three further nodes to Industrial engineering software
Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s; Target system:
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC SIMATIC S7-1200 controllers and
power supply, diagnostics on the associated I/O. The WinCC
LEDs, S7-1200 module including Basic which is included permits
electronic manual on CD-ROM configuration of the SIMATIC
Basic Panels
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 Requirement:
TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45 plugs MS Windows XP SP3 /
MS Windows Vista SP1
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50 Type of delivery:
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10 German, English,
with online documentation
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
STEP 7 Basic Software Update 6ES7 822-0AA00-0YL0
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10 Service, 1 year
More information
Brochures
in the Internet:

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1214C
Overview Design
voltages
For direct connection of sensors and encoders. With 400 mA,
the output current can also be used as load power supply
sourcing (IEC type 1 current sinking))
10 integrated digital outputs, either 24 V DC or relay
2 integrated analog inputs 0 to 10 V
2 pulse outputs (PTO) with a frequency of up to 100 kHz
Pulse-width modulated outputs (PWM) with a frequency of up
to 100 kHz
6 fast counters (3 with max. 100 kHz; 3 with max. 30 kHz),
The compact high-performance CPU with parameterizable enable and reset inputs, can be used
With 24 integral input/outputs simultaneously as up and down counters with 2 separate
Expandable by: inputs or for connecting incremental encoders
- 8 signal modules (SM) RS485 or RS232
- max. 3 communication modules (CM) Expansion by analog or digital signals directly on the CPU via
Expansion by a wide range of analog and digital input and
output signals via signal modules
Interrupt inputs:
process signals
program.
Device versions
5 250 V AC 30 W DC /
200 W AC
5 250 V AC 30 W DC /
200 W AC

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1214C
Order No. 6ES7 214-1BE30-0XB0 6ES7 214-1AE30-0XB0 6ES7 214-1HE30-0XB0
Product type designation CPU 1214C AC/DC/Relay CPU 1214C DC/DC/DC CPU 1214C DC/DC/Relay
Product status
Supply voltage
Rated value
24 V DC Yes Yes
lower limit (DC)
upper limit (DC)
120 V AC Yes
230 V AC Yes
lower limit (AC)
upper limit (AC)
lower limit
upper limit
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V
permissible range, 5V 20.4 V 5V
lower limit (DC)
permissible range, 250 V 28.8 V 250 V
upper limit (DC)
Current consumption
Current consumption (rated value) 100 mA at 120 V AC 500 mA; Typical
50 mA at 240 V AC
150 mA at 240 V AC
Inrush current, max. 20 A; At 264 V 12 A; At 28.8 V 12 A; At 28.8 V
Current output to backplane bus 1 600 mA; 1 600 mA; 1 600 mA;
(DC 5 V), max. 5 V DC max. for SM and CM 5 V DC max. for SM and CM 5 V DC max. for SM and CM
Power loss, typ. 14 W 12 W 12 W
Usable for user data/Options 50 kbyte 50 kbyte 50 Kibyte
RAM
expandable No No No
Backup
present entire project maintenancefree entire project maintenancefree entire project maintenancefree
in the integral EEPROM in the integral EEPROM in the integral EEPROM
CPU/blocks
OB
for bit operations, min. 0.1 s; / instruction 0.1 s; / instruction 0.1 s; / instruction

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1214C

Retentive data area in total (incl.
times, counters, flags), max.
2 048 byte 2 048 byte 2 048 byte 2
Flag
Number, max. 8 kbyte; 8 kbyte; 8 kbyte;
Size of bit memory address area Size of bit memory address area Size of bit memory address area
Address area
I/O address area
I/O address area, overall 1024 byte for inputs / 1024 byte for inputs / 1024 byte for inputs /
1024 byte for outputs 1024 byte for outputs 1024 byte for outputs
Process image
Digital channels
Analog channels
Hardware config.
Number of modules per system, 3 comm. modules, 1 signal board, 3 comm. modules, 1 signal board, 3 comm. modules, 1 signal board,
max. 8 signal modules 8 signal modules 8 signal modules
Time
Clock
Deviation per day, max. 60s/month at 25 C 60s/month at 25 C 60s/month at 25 C
Status/control
Forcing
Forcing Yes Yes Yes
S7 communication
TCP/IP Yes Yes Yes
1st interface
Type of interface PROFINET PROFINET PROFINET
automatic detection Yes Yes Yes
of transmission speed

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1214C

CPU/programming
2 Configuration software
STEP 7 STEP 7 Basic V 10.5 STEP 7 Basic V 10.5 STEP 7 Basic V 10.5
LAD Yes Yes Yes
CSF Yes Yes Yes
Digital inputs
controllable inputs
- Number of simultaneously 14 14 14
Input voltage
Input current
Input delay
for standard inputs
four four four
- at " to "1", min. 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 12.8 ms 12.8 ms 12.8 ms
for counter/
technological functions
- programmable Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz & Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz & Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz &
differential: 3 at 80 kHz & differential: 3 at 80 kHz & differential: 3 at 80 kHz &
Cable length
Cable length, shielded, max. 500 m; 500 m; 500 m;
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 10; Relay 10 10; Relay
voltage to
with resistive load, max. 2A 0.5 A 2A
on lamp load, max. 30 W DC; 200 W AC 5W 30 W DC; 200 W AC
Output voltage
Output current

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1214C

0 to "1", max. 10 ms; max. 1 s 10 ms; max. 2
1 to "0", max. 10 ms; max. 5 s 10 ms; max.
Switching frequency
of the pulse outputs, 1 Hz 100 kHz 1 Hz
with resistive load, max.
Cable length
Relay outputs
Analog inputs
Cable length, shielded, max. 100 m; twisted and shielded 100 m; twisted and shielded 100 m; twisted and shielded
Voltage Yes Yes Yes
Input ranges (rated values), volt-
ages
Input resistance (0 to 10 V) 100 KOhm 100 KOhm 100 KOhm
Encoder supply
24 V encoder supply
Encoder
Integrated Functions
Counter frequency (counter) max. 100 kHz 100 kHz 100 kHz
Isolation
in groups of
Galvanic isolation, digital outputs Relay Yes Relay
in groups of

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1214C

2 between different circuits 500 V DC

500 V DC
500 VDC
EMC
to IEC 61000-4-2
to IEC 61000-4-4
Interference immunity on Yes Yes Yes
signal lines to IEC 61000-4-4
to IEC 61000-4-5
to IEC 61000-4-6
Emission of radio interference Yes Yes Yes
to EN 55 011 (limit class B)
min. 0 C 0 C 0 C
max. 55 C 55 C 55 C
min. -40 C -40 C -40 C
max. 70 C 70 C 70 C
Air pressure
Relative humidity
Vibrations
Vibrations 2G panel mount, 1G DIN rail mount 2G panel mount, 1G DIN rail mount 2G panel mount, 1G DIN rail mount
to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock test
checked according Yes; 15 G, 11 ms pulse, Yes; 15 G, 11 ms pulse, Yes; 15 G, 11 ms pulse,
to IEC 60068-2-27 6 shocks in each of 3 axes 6 shocks in each of 3 axes 6 shocks in each of 3 axes

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1214C

IP 20 Yes Yes Yes 2
certificates
C-TICK Yes Yes Yes
cULus Yes Yes Yes
Weight

Siemens AG 2010
CPU 1214C

Compact CPU, AC/DC/relay; 6ES7 214-1BE30-0XB0 4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
integral program/data memory RJ45 ports electrical
85 ... 264 V AC;
FO Standard Cable GP 50/125
0.1 s per operation; Glass fiber-optic cable, pre-
14 digital inputs, assembled with 4 SC connectors
10 digital outputs (relays), 80 m 6XV1 873-6AN80
2 analog inputs;
expandable by up to 100 m 6XV1 873-6AT10
3 communication modules, 150 m 6XV1 873-6AT15
8 signal modules
and 1 signal board; 200 m 6XV1 873-6AT20
digital inputs can be used as HSC 300 m
at 100 kHz 6XV1 873-6AT30
Compact CPU, DC/DC/DC; 6ES7 214-1AE30-0XB0 SB 1223 signal board 6ES7 223-0BD30-0XB0
integrated program/data memory 2 inputs, 24 V DC,
50 KB, load memory 2 MB; IEC type 1 current sinking;
power supply 24 V DC; 2 24 V DC transistor outputs,
Boolean execution times 0.5 A, 5 W;
0.1 s per operation; can be used as HSC at
14 digital inputs, up to 30 kHz
10 digital outputs, 2 analog inputs;
SB 1232 signal board 6ES7 232-4HA30-0XB0
expandable by up to
3 communication modules, 1 analog output, 10 V with
8 signal modules, 12 bits or 0 to 20 mA with 11 bits
and 1 signal board; Simulator (optional) 6ES7 274-1XH30-0XA0
digital inputs can be used as HSC
at 100 kHz, 8 input switches,
24 V DC digital outputs can be for CPU 1211C / CPU 1212C
used as pulse outputs (PTO) or SIMATIC Memory Card
pulse-width modulated outputs (optional)
(PWM) at 100 kHz
2 Mbyte 6ES7 954 -8LB00-0AA0
Compact CPU, DC/DC/relay; 6ES7 214-1HE30-0XB0
integrated program/data memory 24 Mbyte 6ES7 954 -8LF00-0AA0
50 KB, load memory 2 MB; S7-1200 automation system,
power supply 24 V DC; System Manual
0.1 s per operation; For SIMATIC S7-1200 and
14 digital inputs, STEP 7 Basic
10 digital outputs (relays),
2 analog inputs; German 6ES7 298-8FA30-8AH0
expandable by up to English 6ES7 298-8FA30-8BH0
3 communication modules,
8 signal modules, STEP 7 Basic
and 1 signal board; engineering software
digital inputs can be used as HSC Target system:
at 100 kHz SIMATIC S7-1200 controllers and
CSM 1277 6GK7 277-1AA00-0AA0 the associated I/O.
compact switch module The WinCC Basic which is
included permits configuration
Unmanaged switch for connect- of the SIMATIC Basic Panels
ing a SIMATIC S7-1200 and up to Requirement:
three further nodes to Industrial MS Windows XP SP3 /
Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s; MS Windows Vista SP1
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC Type of delivery:
power supply, diagnostics on German, English,
LEDs, S7-1200 module including with online documentation
electronic manual on CD-ROM
TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45 plugs STEP 7 Basic 6ES7 822-0AA00-0YL0
Software Update Service,
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50 1 year
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
More information
Brochures
in the Internet:

Siemens AG 2010
SIPLUS S7-1200 modular controllers
SIPLUS CPU 1211C, CPU 1212C, CPU 1214C
Overview SIPLUS CPU 1211C

The clever compact solution
With 10 integral input/outputs
Expandable by:
- 1 signal board (SB)
- max. 3 communication modules (CM) 2
SIPLUS CPU 1211C

Order No. 6AG1 211-1BD30-2XB0 6AG1 211-1AD30-2XB0 6AG1 211-1HD30-2XB0
6AG1 211-1BD30-5XB0 6AG1 211-1AD30-5XB0 6AG1 211-1HD30-5XB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 211-1BD30-0XB0 6ES7 211-1AD30-0XB0 6ES7 211-1HD30-0XB0
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +55 C/+70 C; condensation permitted
Environmental conditions With conformal coating.
Suited for exceptional medial exposure (e.g. by chlorine sulfur atmosphere)
Technical specifications The technical data are identical with those of the based-on modules.
For further technical documentation on SIPLUS, see: http://www.siemens.com/siplus-techdoku

The superior compact solution
Expandable by:
- 1 signal board (SB)
- 2 signal modules (SM)
- max. 3 communication modules (CM)
SIPLUS CPU 1212C

Order No. 6AG1 212-1BD30-2XB0 6AG1 212-1AD30-2XB0 6AG1 212-1HD30-2XB0
6AG1 212-1BD30-5XB0 6AG1 212-1AD30-5XB0 6AG1 212-1HD30-5XB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 212-1BD30-0XB0 6ES7 212-1AD30-0XB0 6ES7 212-1HD30-0XB0

Siemens AG 2010

The compact high-performance CPU
Expandable by:
2 - 1 signal board (SB)
- 8 signal modules (SM)
- max. 3 communication modules (CM)
SIPLUS CPU 1214C

Order No. 6AG1 214-1BE30-2XB0 6AG1 214-1AE30-2XB0 6AG1 214-1HE30-2XB0
6AG1 214-1BE30-5XB0 6AG1 214-1AE30-5XB0 6AG1 214-1HE30-5XB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 214-1BE30-0XB0 6ES7 214-1AE30-0XB0 6ES7 214-1HE30-0XB0

SIPLUS CPU 1211C (extended temperature range and medium exposure) SIPLUS CPU 1211C (extended temperature range and medium exposure)
Compact CPU, AC/DC/relay; Compact CPU, DC/DC/DC;
Integral program/data memory integral program/data memory
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; 25 KB, load memory 1 MB;
wide-range power supply power supply 24 V DC;
85 ... 264 V AC; Boolean execution times 0.1 ms
Boolean execution times 0.1 ms per operation; 6 DI, 4 DO, 2 AI;
per operation; expandable by up to 3 communi-
6 DI 4 DO (relays), 2 AI; cation modules and 1 signal board;
expandable by up to digital inputs can be used as HSC
3 communication modules and at 100 kHz, 24 V DC digital outputs
1 signal board; can be used as pulse outputs (PTO)
digital inputs can be used as HSC or pulse-width modulated outputs
at 100 kHz (PWM) with 100 kHz
-25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 211-1BD30-2XB0 -25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 211-1AD30-2XB0
Number of inputs and outputs Number of inputs and outputs
that can be addressed at the that can be addressed at the
same time is max. 50%; same time is max. 50%;
SB module cannot be used SB module cannot be used
-25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 211-1BD30-5XB0 -25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 211-1AD30-5XB0
without limitations; without limitations;
SB module can be used SB module can be used
Compact CPU, DC/DC/relay;
integral program/data memory
25 KB, load memory 1 MB;
Boolean execution times 0.1 ms
per operation; 6 DI, 4 DO (relays),
2 AI; expandable by up to
3 communication modules and
1 signal board; digital inputs can
be used as HSC at 100 kHz
-25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 211-1HD30-2XB0
Number of inputs and outputs
that can be addressed at the
same time is max. 50%;
SB module cannot be used
-25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 211-1HD30-5XB0
without limitations;
SB module can be used

Siemens AG 2010

SIPLUS CPU 1212C (extended temperature range and medium exposure) SIPLUS CPU 1214C (extended temperature range and medium exposure)
Compact CPU, AC/DC/relay; Compact CPU, AC/DC/relay;
integral program/data memory integral program/data memory
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; 50 KB, load memory 2 MB;
wide-range power supply
85 ... 264 V AC;
wide-range power supply
85 ... 264 V AC;
2
Boolean execution times 0.1 ms Boolean execution times 0.1 ms
per operation; 8 DI, 6 DO (relays), per operation;
2 AI; expandable by up to 14 DI 10 DO (relays), 2 AI;
3 communication modules, expandable by up to
2 signal modules and 3 communication modules,
1 signal board; 8 signal modules and
digital inputs can be used as HSC 1 signal board;
at 100 kHz digital inputs can be used as HSC
-25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 212-1BD30-2XB0 at 100 kHz
Number of inputs and outputs -25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 214-1BE30-2XB0
that can be addressed at the Number of inputs and outputs
same time is max. 50%; that can be addressed at the
SB module cannot be used same time is max. 50%;
-25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 212-1BD30-5XB0 SB module cannot be used
without limitations; -25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 214-1BE30-5XB0
SB module can be used without limitations;
Compact CPU, DC/DC/DC;
integral program/data memory Compact CPU, DC/DC/DC;
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; integral program/data memory
power supply 24 V DC; 50 KB, load memory 2 MB;
Boolean execution times 0.1 ms power supply 24 V DC;
per operation; Boolean execution times 0.1 ms
8 DI, 6 DO, 2 AI; per operation;
expandable by up to 14 DI, 10 DO, 2 AI;
at 100 kHz, 24 V DC digital digital inputs can be used as HSC
outputs can be used as pulse at 100 kHz, 24 V DC digital
outputs (PTO) or pulse-width outputs can be used as pulse
modulated outputs (PWM) with outputs (PTO) or pulse-width
100 kHz modulated outputs (PWM) with
-25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 212-1AD30-2XB0 100 kHz
Number of inputs and outputs -25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 214-1AE30-2XB0
-25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 212-1AD30-5XB0 SB module cannot be used
without limitations; -25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 214-1AE30-5XB0
Compact CPU, DC/DC/relay;
integral program/data memory Compact CPU, DC/DC/relay;
25 KB, load memory 1 MB; integral program/data memory
power supply 24 V DC; 50 KB, load memory 2 MB;
Boolean execution times 0.1 ms power supply 24 V DC;
per operation; Boolean execution times 0.1 ms
8 DI, 6 DO (relays), 2 AI; per operation;
expandable by up to 14 DI, 10 DO (relays), 2 AI;
at 100 kHz digital inputs can be used as HSC
-25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 212-1HD30-2XB0 at 100 kHz
Number of inputs and outputs -25 ... +70 C; 6AG1 214-1HE30-2XB0
-25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 212-1HD30-5XB0 SB module cannot be used
without limitations; -25 ... +55 C; 6AG1 214-1HE30-5XB0
Accessories see S7-1200 CPUs,
pages 2/132, 2/140, 2/148

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC S7-modular Embedded Controller
Overview
Quick start in automation solutions with embedded PC
platforms.
- SIMATIC WinAC RTX or WinAC RTX F preinstalled on EC31
ready for switch-on
2 - Prepared for use in a SIMATIC environment with PROFINET
and Industrial Ethernet
- Commissioning, as for S7-300, by automation specialists
- Configuring and programming with SIMATIC STEP 7 over
Industrial Ethernet
- Optional visualization
Modular expansion capability:
Central expansion with
- S7-300 I/O (SM modules of S7-300)
- Expansion modules for additional PC interfaces, e.g. DVI-I,
USB, Gigabit Ethernet networks and memory card slots,
as well as PCI-104
Rugged operation
- Operation without a hard disk, based on flash disk and
Windows XP embedded
- Operation without a fan
Flexibility of a PC-based automation environment
- Free memory space on flash disk can be used for other PC
applications
- Use of WinAC ODK with SIMATIC WinAC RTX and WinAC
RTX F (read-only in safety-related program part)
- Connection option for USB devices
- Memory capacity expandable using multimedia card
Data retentivity for WinAC RTX and RTX F without uninterrupt-
ible power supply (UPS)
6ES7 677-1DD00- 6ES7 677-1DD00- 6ES7 677-1DD00- 6ES7 677-1DD00- 6ES7 677-1DD00-
0BA0 0BB0 0BF0 0BG0 0BH0
Product type designation SIMATIC S7-mEC, S7-mEC, EC31- S7-mEC, EC31- S7-mEC, EC31- S7-mEC, EC31-
EC31 RTX HMI/RTX 128PT HMI/RTX 512PT HMI/RTX 2048PT
Product status
HW product status 04 04 04 04 04
Firmware version V1.3 V1.3 V1.3 V1.3 V1.3
PC configuration
Computer platform SIMATIC S7- SIMATIC S7- SIMATIC S7- SIMATIC S7- SIMATIC S7-
modular Embedded modular Embedded modular Embedded modular Embedded modular Embedded
Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller
Processor selection Intel Core Duo Intel Core Duo Intel Core Duo Intel Core Duo Intel Core Duo
1.2 GHz 1.2 GHz 1.2 GHz 1.2 GHz 1.2 GHz
Main memory 1 GB RAM 1 GB RAM 1 GB RAM 1 GB RAM 1 GB RAM
Operating systems Windows XP Windows XP Windows XP Windows XP Windows XP
embedded SP2 embedded SP2 embedded SP2 embedded SP2 embedded SP2
FP2007 FP2007 FP2007 FP2007 FP2007
Power supply
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V 20.4 V 20.4 V 20.4 V 20.4 V
(DC)
permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V
(DC)
Input current
Rated value at DC 24 V 800 mA; without 800 mA; without 800 mA; without 800 mA; without 800 mA; without
backplane bus and backplane bus and backplane bus and backplane bus and backplane bus and
USB power supply USB power supply USB power supply USB power supply USB power supply

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

Supply voltages 2
Power supply and
voltage jumpering
Mains/voltage failure jumpering 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms
Power loss, typ. 34 W 34 W 34 W 34 W 34 W
Memory
Memory type 256 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile
memory for reten- memory for reten- memory for reten- memory for reten- memory for reten-
tive data tive data tive data tive data tive data
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max. Max. code size and Max. code size and Max. code size and Max. code size and
max. data size: max. data size: max. data size: max. data size:
4 MB each 4 MB each 4 MB each 4 MB each
Size, max. 64 Kibyte 64 Kibyte 64 Kibyte 64 Kibyte
FB
FC
OB
Number of free cycle OBs 1; OB 1 1; OB 1 1; OB 1 1; OB 1
Number of time alarm OBs 1; OB 10 1; OB 10 1; OB 10 1; OB 10
Number of delay alarm OBs 1; OB 20 1; OB 20 1; OB 20 1; OB 20
Number of watchdog interrupts 9; OB 30 -38 9; OB 30 -38 9; OB 30 -38 9; OB 30 -38
Number of process alarm OBs 1; OB 40 1; OB 40 1; OB 40 1; OB 40
Number of startup OBs 2; OB 100, 102 2; OB 100, 102 2; OB 100, 102 2; OB 100, 102
Number of asynchronous 7; OB 80, 82-85, 86, 7; OB 80, 82-85, 86, 7; OB 80, 82-85, 86, 7; OB 80, 82-85, 86,
error OBs 88 88 88 88
Number of synchronous error OBs 2; OB 121, 122 2; OB 121, 122 2; OB 121, 122 2; OB 121, 122
Nesting depth
per priority class 24 24 24 24
additional within an error OB 24 24 24 24
for bit operations, min. 0.004 s; typ. 0.004 s; typ. 0.004 s; typ. 0.004 s; typ.
for fixed point arithmetic, min. 0.003 s; typ. 0.003 s; typ. 0.003 s; typ. 0.003 s; typ.
for floating point arithmetic, min. 0.004 s; typ. 0.004 s; typ. 0.004 s; typ. 0.004 s; typ.

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

2 Times/counters
and their remanence
S7 counter
Number 2 048 2 048 2 048 2 048
Remanence
- adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes
- lower limit 0 0 0 0
- upper limit 2 047 2 047 2 047 2 047
- preset 8 8 8 8
Counting range
- upper limit 999 999 999 999
IEC counter
present Yes Yes Yes Yes
Type SFB SFB SFB SFB
S7 times
Number 2 048 2 048 2 048 2 048
Remanence
- upper limit 2 047 2 047 2 047 2 047
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
- upper limit 9 990 s 9 990 s 9 990 s 9 990 s
IEC timer
Type SFB SFB SFB SFB
remanent data area, total 512 KByte 512 KByte 512 KByte 512 KByte
Flag
Number, max. 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte
of which remanent without battery MB 0 to MB 16383 MB 0 to MB 16383 MB 0 to MB 16383 MB 0 to MB 16383
Remanence preset MB 0 to MB 15 MB 0 to MB 15 MB 0 to MB 15 MB 0 to MB 15
Number of clock memories 8 8 8 8
Data blocks
Address area
I/O address area
overall 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte
Outputs 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte
of which, distributed
- Inputs 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte
- Outputs 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable 16 Kibyte 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte
Outputs, adjustable 16 Kibyte 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte 8 Kibyte
Inputs, preset 512 byte 512 byte 512 byte 512 byte
Outputs, preset 512 byte 512 byte 512 byte 512 byte

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

Subprocess images 2
Number of subprocess images, 15 15 15 15
max.
Digital channels
Inputs 128 000 128 000 128 000 128 000
Outputs 128 000 128 000 128 000 128 000
Analog channels
Inputs 8 000 8 000 8 000 8 000
Outputs 8 000 8 000 8 000 8 000
Time
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes; Resolution: 1 s Yes; Resolution: 1 s Yes; Resolution: 1 s Yes; Resolution: 1 s
Clock synchronization
supports Yes Yes Yes Yes
on Ethernet via NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
S7 message functions
Number of login stations for mes- 62; 62; 62; 62;
sage functions, max. The alarm func- The alarm func- The alarm func- The alarm func-
tions cannot tions cannot tions cannot tions cannot
currently be used currently be used currently be used currently be used
for central bus for central bus for central bus for central bus
modules modules modules modules
Process diagnostic messages Yes; Alarm_S Yes; Alarm_S Yes; Alarm_S Yes; Alarm_S
Status/control
Status/control variable Yes Yes Yes Yes
Forcing
Forcing No No No No
Diagnostic buffer
Monitoring functions
Status LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes
PG/OP communication Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global data communication
supported No No No No
S7 basic communication
supported No No No No
S7 communication
supported Yes Yes Yes Yes
as server Yes Yes Yes Yes
as client Yes Yes Yes Yes
TCP/IP Yes; via integrated Yes; via integrated Yes; via integrated Yes; via integrated
PROFINET interface PROFINET interface PROFINET interface PROFINET interface
(X1) and loadable (X1) and loadable (X1) and loadable (X1) and loadable
function blocks function blocks function blocks function blocks
- Number of connections, max. 32 32 32 32
- Data length, max. 8 192 byte 8 192 byte 8 192 byte 8 192 byte
ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) No No No No
UDP Yes; via integrated Yes; via integrated Yes; via integrated Yes; via integrated
PROFINET interface PROFINET interface PROFINET interface PROFINET interface
(X1) and loadable (X1) and loadable (X1) and loadable (X1) and loadable
function blocks function blocks function blocks function blocks
- Number of connections, max. 32 32 32 32
- Data length, max. 1 472 byte 1 472 byte 1 472 byte 1 472 byte

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

2 Number of connections
overall 64 64 64 64
usable for PG communication
- reserved for PG communication 1 1 1 1
usable for OP communication
- reserved for OP communication 1 1 1 1
1st interface
Type of interface PROFINET PROFINET PROFINET PROFINET
Physics 2x RJ45 2x RJ45 2x RJ45 2x RJ45
automatic detection of transmission Yes Yes Yes Yes
speed
Autonegotiation Yes Yes Yes Yes
Autocrossover Yes Yes Yes Yes
Number of connection resources 32 32 32 32
Functionality
MPI No No No No
DP master No No No No
DP slave No No No No
PROFINET IO device No No No No
PROFINET IO controller Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET CBA Yes Yes Yes Yes
Open IE communication Yes Yes Yes Yes
Point-to-point coupling No No No No
PROFINET IO-Controller
Services
- PROFINET PG/OP Yes Yes Yes Yes
communication
- S7-Routing Yes Yes Yes Yes
- S7 communication Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Isochronous?mode No No No No
Total number of connectable IO 256 256 256 256
Devices, max.
Number of I/O devices with IRT 64 64 64 64
and the option "high flexibility",
max.
IRT, supported Yes Yes Yes Yes
prioritized poer up Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Number of connectable 32 32 32 32
IO devices, max.
Activation/deactivation Yes Yes Yes Yes
of IO devices
- Number of IO devices that can 8 8 8 8
be activated/deactivated, max.
IO devices changing during oper- Yes Yes Yes Yes
ation (partner ports), supported
- Maximum number of IO devices 8 8 8 8
per tool
1st interface
- Inputs, max. 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte
- Outputs, max. 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte 16 Kibyte
Useful data per address area, 2 Kibyte 2 Kibyte 2 Kibyte 2 Kibyte
max.
- Useful data consistency, max. 256 byte 256 byte 256 byte 256 byte

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

PROFINET CBA 2
non-cyclical transmission Yes Yes Yes Yes
cyclical transmission Yes Yes Yes Yes
open IE communication Yes Yes Yes Yes
Number of connections, max. 32 32 32 32
at interface 1 0, 20, 21, 23, 25, 0, 20, 21, 23, 25, 0, 20, 21, 23, 25, 0, 20, 21, 23, 25,
80, 102, 135, 161, 80, 102, 135, 161, 80, 102, 135, 161, 80, 102, 135, 161,
8080, 34962, 8080, 34962, 8080, 34962, 8080, 34962,
34963, 34964, 34963, 34964, 34963, 34964, 34963, 34964,
65532, 65533, 65532, 65533, 65532, 65533, 65532, 65533,
65534, 65535 65534, 65535 65534, 65535 65534, 65535
2nd interface
automatic detection of Yes Yes Yes Yes
transmission speed
Autonegation Yes Yes Yes Yes
Autocrossing No No No No
Functionality
PROFINET IO controller No No No No
PROFINET IO device No No No No
PROFINET CBA No No No No
PROFINET CBA-SRT No No No No
CPU/programming
Configuration software
STEP 7 Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes;
V5.4 SP4 or higher V5.4 SP4 or higher V5.4 SP4 or higher V5.4 SP4 or higher
+ HW update/iMap + HW update/iMap + HW update/iMap + HW update/iMap
V3.0 SP1 V3.0 SP1 V3.0 SP1 V3.0 SP1
STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
LAD Yes Yes Yes Yes
CSF Yes Yes Yes Yes
STL Yes Yes Yes Yes
SCL Yes Yes Yes Yes
CFC Yes Yes Yes Yes
GRAPH Yes Yes Yes Yes
HiGraph Yes Yes Yes Yes
Installed software
Visualization WinCC flexible RT WinCC flexible RT WinCC flexible RT
2008 2008 2008
Control SIMATIC WinAC SIMATIC WinAC SIMATIC WinAC SIMATIC WinAC
RTX 2009 RTX 2009 RTX 2009 RTX 2009
Communication Yes Yes Yes Yes
min. 0 C 0 C 0 C 0 C 0 C
max. 50 C 50 C 50 C 50 C 50 C
min. -40 C -40 C -40 C -40 C -40 C
max. 70 C 70 C 70 C 70 C 70 C

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

2 Vibrations
Operation checked according Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-6
Transport tested checked Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock test
checked according Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-27
checked according Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-29
Shock testing
tested according Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-29
Operation checked according Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation
to IEC 60068-2-29 checked according checked according checked according checked according checked according
to IEC 60068-2-27 to IEC 60068-2-27 to IEC 60068-2-27 to IEC 60068-2-27 to IEC 60068-2-27
Storage/transport, Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
checked to IEC 60068-2-29
IP 20 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
certificates
CE symbol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
CSA approval Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes;
included in cULus included in cULus included in cULus included in cULus included in cULus
C-TICK Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
cULus Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
FM approval Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Width 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm
Height 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
Depth 115 mm 115 mm 115 mm 115 mm 115 mm
Weight
Weight 1.5 kg; Approx. 1.5 kg; Approx. 1.5 kg; Approx. 1.5 kg; Approx. 1.5 kg; Approx.

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

6ES7 677-1DD40-1AA0 6ES7 677-1DD50-2AA0
Product type designation EM PCI-104 EM PC
Product status
Hardware product status 01 01 2
Power supply
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V Yes; Optional: external infeed
permissible range, 20.4 V
lower limit (DC)
permissible range, 28.8 V
upper limit (DC)
Power loss, max. 14 W
Power loss, typ. 2.4 W; Without inserted PCI-104 cards 9W
Interrupts/diagnostics/
status information
Diagnoses
Diagnostics functions Yes; POWER LED, status LED Yes; POWER LED,
CARD LED for indicating access to SD/MMC
min. 0 C 0 C
max. 50 C 50 C
min. -40 C -40 C
max. 70 C 70 C
Vibrations
Operation checked according Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-6
Transport tested checked Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock test
checked according Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-27
checked according Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-29
Shock testing
tested according Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-29
Operation, ckecked Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-29
Storage/transport, checked Yes Yes
to IEC 60068-2-29
IP 20 Yes Yes
certificates
CE symbol Yes Yes
CSA approval Yes Yes
C-TICK Yes Yes
cULus Yes Yes
FM approval Yes Yes
Width 120 mm; Without bus connector Extension-Bus 80 mm; Without bus connector Extension-Bus
Height 125 mm; Without external voltage connecting terminal 125 mm
Depth 115 mm 115 mm
Weight
Weight 0.5 kg 0.4 kg

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

SIMATIC S7-modular EM PCI-104 extension module 6ES7 677-1DD40-1AA0
Embedded Controller For fitting up to 3 additional
EC31 6ES7 677-1DD00-0BA0 PCI-104 cards
2 Intel CoreDuo 1.2 GHz processor

Memory configuration:
1 GB RAM, 2 GB Flash Disk;
EM PC extension module
Additional connection options:
6ES7 677-1DD50-2AA0
2 USB interfaces,
interfaces: 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface,
1 Industrial Ethernet port, 1 serial interface,
2 PROFINET ports, 2 USB ports, 1 slot for CF card,
1 slot for multimedia card; 1 slot for SD card/Micro Memory
Software: Card
Windows XP embedded pre-
installed, Software Development CP 5603 mEC Package 6GK1 560-3AE00
Kit (SDK) for creating C/C++ consisting of CP 5603 and
applications with accesses to insert plate for CP 5603
central I/O modules
Development Kit DK-5613 See
EC31-RTX 6ES7 677-1DD00-0BB0 http://www.siemens.com/
Software development kit for
Intel CoreDuo 1.2 GHz processor CP 5603 / CP 5613 / CP 5614 / simatic-net/dk5613
Memory configuration: CP 5613 A2 / CP 5623 /
1 GB RAM, 2 GB Flash Disk; CP 5614 A2 / CP 5624 /
interfaces: CP 5613 FO
1 Industrial Ethernet port, for integration into other operating
2 PROFINET ports, 2 USB ports, system environments on systems
1 slot for multimedia card; with an PCI slot
Software:
Windows XP embedded and Compact Switch Module 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0
WinAC RTX 2009 preinstalled CSM 377
EC31-RTX F 6ES7 677-1FD00-0FB0 Unmanaged switch for the
connection of a SIMATIC S7-300,
Intel CoreDuo 1.2 GHz processor ET 200M and as many as
Memory configuration: three other nodes to an
1 GB RAM, 2 GB Flash Disk; Industrial Ethernet operating
interfaces: at 10/100 Mbit/s;
1 Industrial Ethernet port, 4 x RJ45 Ports;
2 PROFINET ports, 2 USB ports, external 24 V DC power supply,
1 slot for multimedia card; LED diagnostics, S7-300 module
Software: incl. electronic equipment manual
Windows XP embedded and on CD-ROM
WinAC RTX F 2009 preinstalled
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
EC31-HMI/RTX 2 x 2 (Type A)
Intel CoreDuo 1.2 GHz processor 4-core, shielded TP installation
Memory configuration: cable for connection to IE
1 GB RAM, 2 GB Flash Disk; FC RJ45 outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
interfaces: PROFINET-compliant;
1 Industrial Ethernet port, 2 with UL approval;
PROFINET ports, 2 USB ports, 1 sold by the meter;
slot for multimedia card; max. quantity 1000 m,
Software: minimum order 20 m
Windows XP embedded, WinAC
RTX 2009, SIMATIC SOFTNET- PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC10
S7/V7.0 Lean preinstalled bus connector
RS485 Plug 180
With WinCC flexible 2008 RT 6ES7 677-1DD00-0BF0
128 PT with 180 cable outlet
With WinCC flexible 2008 RT 6ES7 677-1DD00-0BG0 IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

512 PT RJ45 plug-in connector for
With WinCC flexible 2008 RT 6ES7 677-1DD00-0BH0 metal enclosure and integrated
2048 PT insulation displacement contacts
interface

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC IPC427C bundles
The SIMATIC IPC427C bundles combine the advantages of the
PC-based controller solutions with those of the classical PLC
world: They offer the flexibility for integrating the different tasks
of an automation solution on one hardware platform. The disk-
less and fanless design of the IPC427C enable the solution to be
used directly at the machine in a harsh environment. Using the
2
PROFINET and PROFIBUS interfaces, the system can be inte-
grated with minimal outlay in existing automation landscapes
(SIMATIC world, Siemens drive systems).
The SIMATIC IPC427C bundles are the preferred platform when
the following criteria must be fulfilled for the automation solution:
Ultra-compact and operation without an operator
("headless operation")
For use with remote screen
Integration of different tasks such as control, visualization,
technology functions, or data processing in one hardware unit
Use of application-specific hardware and software
Use at machine level
Quick start in automation solutions with embedded PC
Safety functions up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508/62061 or
platforms.
according to EN ISO 13849-1 up to PL e with WinAC RTX F
- SIMATIC WinAC RTX or SIMATIC WinAC RTX F preinstalled
on SIMATIC IPC427C ready for switch-on
- PROFINET, PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet prepared for Function
use in a SIMATIC environment
- Optional WinCC flexible for visualization tasks in parallel with Controlling:
SIMATIC WinAC RTX. For the optimum control of processes with WinAC RTX, several
- Configuration and programming with SIMATIC STEP 7 via processing levels are available:
Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET, or PROFIBUS - Cyclic program processing
Safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508/62061 - Interrupt processing
or according to EN ISO 13849-1 up to PL e can be imple- - Time and date-controlled processing
mented with WinAC RTX F. The controller can save up to 128 KB of retentive data on an
Rugged operation integrated, non-volatile memory, without the need for a UPS.
- Operation without a hard disk, based on Compact Flash The complete retentivity of all process values of SIMATIC
Card (CF Card) or Solid State Disk and Windows Embedded WinAC RTX can be achieved with a generally available UPS.
Standard Functional safety with WinAC RTX F:
- Operation without a fan The functional safety is implemented by means of targeted
- 128 KB retentive data for WinAC RTX, also without uninter- safety functions in the software. Safety functions are imple-
ruptible power supply (UPS) mented with the S7 Distributed Safety system, to place the
Flexibility of a PC-based automation environment plant in a safe state or to hold it in a safe state. The safety func-
- Free memory space on CF Card can be used for other PC tions are mainly contained within the following components:
applications - In the safety-related user program (safety program)
- Use of WinAC ODK with SIMATIC WinAC RTX or SIMATIC in WinLC RTX F
WinAC RTX F (read-only for fail-safe program part) - In the fail-safe inputs and outputs (F I/O).
- Connection option for USB devices, flat panel monitor or The F I/O ensures safety-related processing of the field
screen information (emergency stop pushbutton, light barriers, motor
- PCI 104 cards can be plugged in pre-control) It features all the hardware and software compo-
High-performance service concept nents required for reliable processing, according to the
- Replacement parts for preferred types available in required safety class. The user only programs the user safety
exchange, ex stock functions. The safety functions for the process can be imple-
mented with a user safety function or a system-internal fault
New reaction function. If the F system is unable to perform the
New hardware basis SIMATIC IPC427C actual user safety function in the event of a fault, it performs
Cost-effective variants with PROFINET, based on the standard instead the fault response function, e.g. the associated
Ethernet interface outputs are switched off and the F CPU enters the STOP state.
Current product versions of the pre-installed software:
- SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2009 or SIMATIC WinAC RTX F
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 (WinAC RTX 2009 only)
- SIMATIC NET Edition 2008

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
Function (continued) Ordering data Order No.

Visualization: SIMATIC IPC427C bundles
SIMATIC WinCC flexible can also be ordered as an option pre- Preferred version with SIMATIC
installed and ready to switch on. WinCC flexible offers power- WinAC RTX F 2009
ful functions for visualizing the processes at the machine.
2 Open access to process values:
(Replacement hardware unit
available in exchange)
SIMATIC NET OPC server supplied with the SIMATIC IPC427C SIMATIC IPC427C bundle with 6ES7 675-1DK30-0EP0
bundles (variants with WinAC RTX) provides open access to WinAC RTX F 2009
all process values. Any visualization systems or data process- Processor Core2Duo, 1.2 GHz,
ing systems can be linked to SIMATIC WinAC RTX via this 2x PROFINET (IE),
interface. 1x PROFIBUS, 2 GB RAM,
8 GB CompactFlash
Communication:
Preferred versions with
Programming of WinAC RTX with SIMATIC STEP 7 and transfer SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2009 and
of the WinCC flexible project is performed via the integral WinCC flexible 2008
Industrial Ethernet interface. The communication package (Replacement hardware unit
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET S7 Lean is installed for this purpose. available in exchange)
The S7 program can alternatively be downloaded to WinAC
RTX via the PROFIBUS DP interface. SIMATIC IPC427C bundles 6ES7 675-1D 7 7 0- 7 7 7 0
Processor
Use of other software:
Celeron M, 1.2 GHz, A
The customer can install supporting software products. 2x PROFINET (IE)
Windows XP Embedded is designed so that typical add-on
packages can be installed. Celeron M, 1.2 GHz, B
2x PROFINET (IE), 1x PROFIBUS
Core2Solo, 1.2 GHz, E
2x PROFINET (IE)
Core2Solo, 1.2 GHz, F
Core2Duo, 1.2 GHz, J
2x PROFINET (IE)
Core2Duo, 1.2 GHz, K
Main memory
2 GB RAM 3
Internal mass storage
Without 0
Externally accessible
mass storage
4 GB CompactFlash, D
Windows Embedded 2009 and
preinstalled software
8 GB CompactFlash, E
Software configurations
WinAC RTX B
WinCC flexible RT C
128 PT
WinCC flexible RT D
512 PT
WinCC flexible RT E
2048 PT
WinCC flexible RT F
4096 PT
WinAC RTX, WinCC flexible RT K
128 PT
WinAC RTX, WinCC flexible RT L
512 PT
WinAC RTX, WinCC flexible RT M
2048 PT
WinAC RTX, WinCC flexible RT N
4096 PT

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

All versions with SIMATIC Delivery versions (ex stock)
WinAC RTX 2009 and WinCC
flexible 2008 (Replacement hardware units
available in exchange)
(Hardware: repair only is possible)
SIMATIC IPC427C bundles 6ES7 675-1D 7 7 0- 7 7 7 0
SIMATIC IPC427C bundle
with WinAC RTX 2009 2
Processor Processor Core2Solo, 1.2 GHz, 6ES7 675-1DF30-0DB0
Celeron M, 1.2 GHz, A 2x PROFINET (IE),
2x PROFINET (IE) 1x PROFIBUS, 2 GB RAM,
Celeron M, 1.2 GHz, B 4 GB CompactFlash
2x PROFINET (IE), 1x PROFIBUS Processor Core2Duo, 1.2 GHz, 6ES7 675-1DK30-0DB0
Core2Solo, 1.2 GHz, E 2x PROFINET (IE),
4 GB CompactFlash
Core2Solo, 1.2 GHz, F
2x PROFINET (IE), 1x PROFIBUS Processor Core2Duo, 1.2 GHz, 6ES7 675-1DK30-0EP0
Core2Duo, 1.2 GHz, J 2x PROFINET (IE),
8 GB CompactFlash
Core2Duo, 1.2 GHz, K
2x PROFINET (IE), 1x PROFIBUS SIMATIC IPC427C bundle
with WinAC RTX 2009 and
Main memory WinCC flexible 2008 512 PT
1 GB RAM 2 Processor Core2Duo, 1.2 GHz, 6ES7 675-1DK30-0DL0
2 GB RAM 3 2x PROFINET (IE),
1x PROFIBUS, 2 GB RAM,
4 GB RAM 4 4 GB CompactFlash
Internal mass storage
None 0
(can only be ordered with exter-
nally accessible mass storage)
80 GB HDD SATA, also with 1
externally accessible CF
32 GB Solid State Disk SATA, 2
4 GB internal CompactFlash, 6
8 GB internal CompactFlash, 7
Externally accessible
mass storage
None (can only be ordered with A
internal mass storage)
4 GB CompactFlash, D
8 GB CompactFlash, E
Software configurations
WinAC RTX B
WinCC flexible RT C
128 PT
WinCC flexible RT D
512 PT
WinCC flexible RT E
2048 PT
WinCC flexible RT F
4096 PT
WinAC RTX, WinCC flexible RT K
128 PT
WinAC RTX, WinCC flexible RT L
512 PT
WinAC RTX, WinCC flexible RT M
2048 PT
WinAC RTX, WinCC flexible RT N
4096 PT

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

Accessories Delivery
CP 5603 Microbox Package 6GK1 560-3AU00 Production and delivery of the devices will typically be
Package for using the PROFIBUS completed within 13 working days after receipt of order.
2 CP 5603 in Microbox PCs;
comprising a CP 5603 module
The hardware and mass memory with the complete, pre-in-
stalled software ready-to-use are supplied fully assembled.
and a Microbox expansion rack
CP 1604 Microbox Package 6GK1 160-4AU00
Commissioning
Package for using the PROFINET Before the control or visualization application is complete,
CP 1604 in Microbox PCs; simply perform the following steps:
comprising CP 1604, connection Optional: Install and setup additional hardware on the device
board, power supply and expan- (e.g. an additional SIMATIC CP 5603 PROFIBUS interface)
sion rack for Microbox PC;
implemented with Optional: Install and setup other software on the device
Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO; Transfer the engineering projects from STEP 7 or WinCC
NCM PC
flexible
Expansion kit PC/104 6AG4 070-0BA00-0XA0 Transfer the supplied license keys for SIMATIC software
Expansion rack incl. mounting Back up the installed software and protect the flash based
hardware; 6 items
mass memory by switching on the enhanced write filter
CompactFlash Cards
Spare parts
4 GB 6ES7 648-2BF02-0XG0
For a selection of preferred variants, replacement parts are
8 GB 6ES7 648-2BF02-0XH0
available in exchange immediately, ex stock Preferred variants
SIMATIC PC keyboard offer the following options:
German/international, 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0 All processor variants with PROFINET or PROFIBUS option
USB connection 2 GB RAM
German/International, 6ES7 648-0CD00-0YA0 Replaceable CompactFlash memory only
USB connection,
with 4-way USB HUB All software configurations
SIMATIC PC USB mouse 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
Optical, 3 buttons, with PS/2
adapter
SIMATIC PC USB flash drive 6ES7 648-0DC40-0AA0
2 GB, USB 2.0,
incl. SIMATIC PC BIOS manager,
bootable, metal enclosure
Book mounting kit 6ES7 648-1AA20-0YB0
Interfaces at the front
TP cable 4 x 2
with two RJ45 plugs
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC HMI IPC477C embedded
Embedded PC platform with extremely high industrial compati- SIMATIC HMI IPC477C embedded is designed for use direct at
bility for demanding tasks in the field of PC-based automation the machine, where the focus is on a combination of ruggedness
Maintenance-free (no rotating components such as fan and and maximum reliability (the reliability of an embedded plat-
hard disk) form), and the openness of a PC is also required (e.g. module
Rugged construction: The PC is resistant to the harshest
expansion and the connection of I/O devices such as printers,
keyboards, etc.).
2
mechanical stress and is extremely reliable in operation
Compact design (only 61-69 mm mounting depth for 12"-19") Due to the minimal mounting depth, it can also be used in
confined spaces.
High degree of investment protection
The PC can be used in production automation as well as in
Fast integration capability process automation and can be mounted in control cabinets,
Front panel versions: control desks, 19" cabinets/racks and as PRO version direct on
- 12" and 15" TFT Touch swivel arms (gantries).
- 12" and 15" TFT Key
- 19" Touch A SIMATIC Panel PC is the ideal platform for PC-based auto-
mation:
Benefits PC-based visualization, on-site at the machine with SIMATIC
WinCC flexible
Maximum industrial compatibility due to rugged construction,
PC-based control with SIMATIC WinAC RTX
even when subjected to extreme vibration and shocks
SIMATIC WinCC Web Client for web-based solutions with
High degree of investment protection thanks to assured
WinCC/Web Navigator
availability of spare parts (for a period of 5 years following the
end of active marketing) SIMATIC WinCC Standard Client as single-user station
High continuity of components for long-term machine Siemens offers a complete modular system of automation com-
concepts without renewed engineering outlay ponents that complement one another perfectly.
Savings in time and costs thanks to service-friendly device
design: Design
- USB 2.0 interfaces on the front and rear for quick and easy
connection of additional hardware components The HMI IPC477C embedded is a compact unit comprising an
operator control unit with an integrated computing unit.
High degree of industrial functionality thanks to integrated
PROFIBUS DP/MPI and PROFINET (IE, RT/IRT) interfaces Standard components of the computer unit:
Maintenance-free due to lack of rotating components Rugged metal enclosure, resistant to vibrations and shocks,
(fan and hard disk) with high electromagnetic compatibility.
Minimized downtimes thanks to high system availability Processors:
- Efficient self-diagnostics (DiagBase and SIMATIC PC - Intel Celeron M 1.2 GHz, Intel Core2Solo 1.2 GHz or
DiagMonitor) Intel Core2Duo 1.2 GHz
- High reliability and security of an embedded platform Main memory basic configuration:
Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): - 1.2 or 4 GB (DDR3)
- Enhanced productivity, reduction of engineering overhead, - Battery-backed retentive memory 2 MB
reduction of lifecycle costs Compact Flash Drive (internal) with preinstalled Windows XP
Complete turnkey solutions are supplied (the software is embedded operating system (Image) and optional software
already installed and preconfigured) for visualization and or Solid State Disk (SSD) with Windows XP embedded or
automation in combination with WinCC flexible and Windows XP Professional (MUI)
WinAC RTX. Graphics onboard (VGA analog, 1280 x 1024)
Interfaces:
- 2 x PROFINET (IE) onboard (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- Optionally PROFIBUS DP/MPI onboard, CP 5611-compati-
ble, isolated
- Optionally PROFINET (iRT) onboard, CP 1616-compatible,
3 ports
- 5 x USB 2.0 port, 500 mA (1 x on front)
- 1 x COM1 (RS232)
- 1 x DVI-I (for connecting a second display unit)
Free slots for expansions:
- 1 x CompactFlash slot (accessible from outside)
- 3 x PC/104 (over expansion frame)
Power supply: 24 V DC

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
3.5" USB disk drive
Design (continued)
The USB disk drive is provided for fast exchange of user data,
Components of the operator control unit: e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a cyclic
The operator control units are available in the following versions: archiving drive. The front-panel installation and degree of pro-
tection IP54 permit data exchange from the front without open-
12" Key ing the control cabinet door.
2 12" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) The device is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and The power is also supplied over the USB interface. A USB cable
36 additional function keys, as well as integrated mouse of 1 m length is included in the scope of supply. The disk drive
USB interface complies with the USB 1.1 standard. 3.5" high density disks can
be used (1.44 MB).
12" Touch
Operation of the USB disk drive with SIMATIC Panel PCs:
12" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
Windows XP: possible without separate driver
Resistive analog touch screen
The driver is included in the scope of supply of the operating
USB interface system
15" Key SIMATIC IPC USB FlashDrive
15" TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) Mobile memory medium for SIMATIC PC/PG
Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and Fast data transfer (USB 2.0) and high memory capacity
36 additional function keys, as well as integrated mouse
Ultra-compact and rugged
USB interface
Industrial USB Hub 4
15" Touch
Industry-standard USB 2.0 hub, front IP65
15" TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
Installation in control cabinet door or on DIN rail
Inspection window and LEDs for each of the four interfaces
USB interface
Note:
19" Touch
For further information, see "Expansion components"
19" TFT color display, 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
Resistive analog touch screen Function
USB interface DiagBase: Integrated, parameterizable monitoring functions
PRO 15" Touch (program execution/watchdog, internal enclosure tempera-
All-round-protected device with degree of protection IP65 for ture, DIAG bit for CF cards similar to S.M.A.R.T for hard disks)
mounting on a support arm/supporting foot Expanded diagnostics/messages via Ethernet, e-mail, SMS
15" TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) and for direct transfer to SIMATIC software via OPC (optionally
via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor)
PRO 19" Touch Integration
All-round-protected device with degree of protection IP65 for Integrated interfaces:
mounting on a support arm/supporting foot
Ethernet
19" TFT color display, 1280 x 1024 pixels (SXGA)
The integrated PROFINET interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
Resistive analog touch screen can be used for IT communication and for exchanging data with
The built-in devices are equipped with an USB 2.0 interface at programmable controllers such as SIMATIC S7 (with the
the front for connecting external I/O devices such as a mouse or "SOFTNET S7" software packages). Available options:
keyboard and fulfill the requirements of degrees of protection PROFINET (iRT) with 3 ports instead of an PROFINET (IE).
IP65 and NEMA 4. PROFIBUS onboard (option)
Expansion components (accessories) The floating PROFIBUS interface (12 Mbit/s) can be used
for connecting distributed field devices or for coupling to
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor SIMATIC S7 (with software packages "SOFTNET for PROFIBUS").
PC diagnostics/alarm software for the early detection and Other interfaces
diagnosis of PC problems
For connecting additional I/O devices, 5 USB (Universal Serial
Comprehensive monitoring of temperature, watchdog Bus) interfaces and one serial interface are available.
Runtime meter for preventive maintenance
Integrated log functions, comprehensive text messages,
online help (English/German)
Network-wide monitoring via SNMP and OPC interface
possible
SIMATIC IPC Image and Partition Creator
Software tool for preventive back-up of the content of mass
storage media (CF cards, hard disks)
High-speed and accurate (to a bit) restoring of system and
data partitions;User software and specific insallations are also
backed up
Software tool for the adaption of mass storage partitioning

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
6AV7 884.. 6AV7 883..PRO
General features
Processors Intel Celeron M 1.2 GHz, Intel Core2Solo 1.2 GHz or Intel Celeron M 1.2 GHz, Intel Core2Solo 1.2 GHz or
Memory type
Core2Duo 1.2 GHz
DDR3-RAM
Core2Duo 1.2 GHz
DDR3-RAM
2
Main memory 1 GB, 2 GB or 4 GB 1 GB, 2 GB or 4 GB
Free slots 1 x CF card slot (externally accessible) 1 x CF card slot (externally accessible)
Operating system Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (EN/DE) or Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (EN/DE) or
Windows XP Professional Multi-Language Windows XP Professional Multi-Language
Additional OS information Language: EN/DE Language: EN/DE
SIMATIC Software Optional with preinstalled bundle software Optional with preinstalled bundle software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 and/or SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 and/or
WinAC RTX 2009 WinAC RTX 2009
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F SIMATIC WinAC RTX F
SIMATIC WinCC as web client or single-user station
Drives
Floppy drive Optional via external USB floppy drive Optional via external USB floppy drive
Optical drives Possible as external drive via USB Possible as external drive via USB
Hard disk/mass storage Compact Flash drive with 2, 4, or 8 GB Compact Flash drive with 2, 4, or 8 GB
and/or SSD (Solid State Disk) with 32 GB and/or SSD (Solid State Disk) with 32 GB
Interfaces
Graphics interface DVI-I for additional display unit: Color depth 32 bits DVI-I for additional display unit: Color depth 32 bits
Connection for keyboard/mouse USB / USB USB / USB
Serial interface COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232) COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232)
PROFIBUS/MPI Optionally onboard, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, Optionally onboard, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s,
no plug-in card required, CP 5611-compatible, no plug-in card required, CP 5611-compatible,
not upgradable not upgradable
PROFINET (RT/IRT) Optional: 3 x RJ45, CP1616-compatible; Optional: 3 x RJ45, CP1616-compatible;
not upgradable not upgradable
USB 1 x on front, 4 x on rear, USB 2.0 (500 mA) 1 x on front, 4 x on rear, USB 2.0 (500 mA)
PROFINET (IE), Ethernet onboard, onboard,
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit (RJ45 with/without PROFIBUS), 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit (RJ45 with/without PROFIBUS),
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit (RJ45 with PROFINET), 1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit (RJ45 with PROFINET),
no plug-in card required no plug-in card required
Multimedia No No
Supply voltage
Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Monitoring functions
Temperature Yes Yes
Watchdog Yes Yes
DiagBit (similar to S.M.A.R.T.) Yes (for CF cards and SSD) Yes (for CF cards and SSD)
Status LEDs Yes (on rear) Yes
Front side according to EN 60529 IP65 (on the front) IP65 all around
according to EN 60529 and NEMA4 according to EN 60529 and NEMA4
Ambient conditions
Vibration load during operation Tested according to DIN IEC 60068-2-6: 10 58 Hz: Tested according to DIN IEC 60068-2-6: 10 58 Hz:
0.075 mm, 58 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s (1 g) 0.075 mm, 58 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s (1 g)
Shock loading during operation Tested according to DIN IEC 60068-2-7: 50 m/s (5 g), Tested according to DIN IEC 60068-2-7: 50 m/s (5 g),
30 ms, 100 shocks 30 ms, 100 shocks
Relative humidity Tested according to DIN IEC 60068-78, Tested according to DIN IEC 60068-78,
DIN IEC 60068-2-30: 5% to 80% at 25 C DIN IEC 60068-2-30: 5% to 80% at 25 C
(no condensation) (no condensation)
Maximum permissible installation 30 over vertical 45 over vertical
angle +/-
Ambient temperature during 0 C +50 C in maximum configuration; no fan 15: 0 C +45C in maximum configuration; no fan
operation 19: 0 C +40C in maximum configuration; no fan
Certifications & standards
Approvals CE, cULus(508), marine engineering CE, cULus(508)
EMC CE, 55022A, EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2 CE, 55022A, EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

6AV7 884-0 6AV7 884-1 6AV7 884-2 6AV7 884-3 6AV7 884-5 6AV7 883-6 6AV7 883-7
(PRO) (PRO)
Front panel 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT Key 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT Key 19" TFT Touch 15" TFT Touch 19" TFT Touch
2 Display
Resolution (W x H in pixels) 800 x 600 800 x 600 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024
MTBF backlit display 50000 h 50000 h 50000 h 50000 h 50000 h 50000 h 50000 h
(at 25 C) at 24 h contin- at 24 h contin- at 24 h contin- at 24 h contin- at 24 h contin- at 24 h contin- at 24 h contin-
uous opera- uous opera- uous opera- uous opera- uous opera- uous opera- uous opera-
tion, tion, tion, tion, tion, tion, tion,
temperature- temperature- temperature- temperature- temperature- temperature- temperature-
dependent dependent dependent dependent dependent dependent dependent
Type of operation
Function keys No 36 No 36 No No No
Alphanumeric keyboard No Yes No Yes No No No
Touch screen Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes
(analog/resistive)
Mouse on the front No Yes No Yes No No No
Design
Centralized configuration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Distributed configuration No No No No No No No
Dimensions
Mounting dimensions in 368 x 290 x 61 450 x 290 x 61 450 x 290 x 65 450 x 321 x 60 450 x 380 x 71 400 x 310 x 98 483 x 400 x 115
centralized configuration
(W x H x D, without optical
drive) in mm
Operator control unit 400 x 310 483 x 310 483 x 310 483 x 355 483 x 400 483 x 400 483 x 400
(W x H) in mm (7 HE) (19", 7 HE) (19", 7 HE) (19", 8 HE) (19", 9 HE) (19", 9 HE) (19", 9 HE)
Weights 6.1 kg 6.6 kg 7.0 kg 6.6 kg 7.2 kg 7.4 kg 10.9 kg
General features
Accessories Touch Insertable Touch Insertable Touch Touch Touch
protective strips for protective strips for protective protective protective
membranes keyboard membranes keyboard membranes membranes membranes
Power loss in maximum 24 V DC: 24 V DC: 24 V DC: 24 V DC: 24 V DC: 24 V DC: 24 V DC:
configuration max. 45 W max. 45 W max. 55 W max. 55 W max. 60 W max. 55 W max. 55 W

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

Preferred versions SIMATIC HMI IPC477C embedded 6AV7 884- 7 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 0
("Built to order" max. delivery time operated without fan;
15 working days and replacement 5 x USB 2.0 (500 mA),
hardware units in exchange) 1 of which on the front
SIMATIC HMI IPC477C embedded 6AV7 884- 7 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 0
1 x COM (RS232)
24 V DC power supply with 2
operated without fan; on/off-switch
5 x USB 2.0 (500 mA),
1 of which on the front, Operating system
1 x COM (RS232) Windows Embedded 2009, B
24 V DC power supply with pre-installed
on/off-switch
Windows XP Professional DA
Front panels Multi Language, only with SSD;
12" TFT Touch 0 without SIMATIC Software
15" TFT Touch 2 Software packages,
only with CF 4 GByte or higher
19" TFT Touch 5
Without SIMATIC software BA
Processors and fieldbus
with operating system and RTX 1) BB
Celeron M 1.2 GHz, A WinAC RTX 2009
2 x PROFINET (IE) pre-installed and configured
Celeron M 1.2 GHz, B with operating system and HMI 1)
2 x PROFINET (IE) , WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 RT
1 x PROFIBUS DP 12 (incl. archives/recipes)
Core2Solo 1.2 GHz, D pre-installed and configured
2 x PROFINET (IE) - Number of tags 128 PT BC
Core2Solo 1.2 GHz, E - Number of tags 512 PT BD
2 x PROFINET (IE),
1 x PROFIBUS DP 12 - Number of tags 2048 PT BE
Core2Duo 1.2 GHz, G - Number of tags 4096 PT B F
2 x PROFINET (IE) with operating system and HMI 1)
Core2Duo 1.2 GHz, H WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 RT
2 x PROFINET (IE), (incl. archives/recipes)
1 x PROFIBUS DP 12 pre-installed and configured
Main memory (DDR3 RAM), - Number of tags 128 PT BK
1 database - Number of tags 512 PT B L
2 GB 2 - Number of tags 2048 PT BM
Second mass storage - Number of tags 4096 PT BN
(formatted, without software)
without 0
CompactFlash 2 GB 2
CompactFlash 4 GB 3
CompactFlash 8 GB 4
SSD (Solid State Disk), 6
min. 32 GB
First mass storage (pre-installed
with SIMATIC software)
CompactFlash 2 GB 2
CompactFlash 4 GB 3
CompactFlash 8 GB 4
min. 32 GB
1) not with Celeron M 1.2 GHz processor

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

More bundles Single Station 6AV7 884- 7 AH30 - 7 B 7 0
with SIMATIC HMI IPC477C
and WinCC V7.0 SP1 Core2Duo 1.2 GHz processor,
PROFIBUS DP,
SIMATIC HMI IPC477C 4 GByte DDR3 RAM-
2 operated without fan;
4 x USB 2.0 on the rear, 15" TFT Touch 2
1 x USB 2.0 on the front, 19" TFT Touch 5
2 x 10/100/1000 MBit/s Ethernet
(RJ45); 8 GByte CF Card 4
Software pre-installed on CF/SSD 32 GByte SSD 6
Windows Embedded Standard
SIMATIC WinCC V7.0 SP1 RT-License X
128 PT on USB stick
Client 6AV7 884- 7 AA10 - 4 B X 0
RT-License W
Celeron M 1.2 GHz processor, 2048 PT on USB stick
1 GByte DDR3 RAM,
CF Card 8 GByte, SIMATIC HMI IPC477C 6AV7 884- 7 AH20 - 4 B P0
RT-License 128 PT on USB stick with WinAC RTX F
15" TFT Touch 2 Core2Duo 1.2 GHz processor,
2 x PROFINET (IE),
19" TFT Touch 5 1 x PROFIBUS DP,
Client and Single Station 6AV7 884- 7 AE20 - 4 B X 0 2 GByte DDR3 RAM
CompctFlashCard inserted
Core2Solo processor (internal); 8 GByte.
1.2 GHz, PROFIBUS DP, Software pre-installed on CF card
2 GByte DDR3 RAM-, RTX F: WinAC RTX F 2009
CF Card 8 GByte,
RT-License 128 PT 12" TFT Touch 0
15" TFT Touch 2 12" TFT Key 1
19" TFT Touch 5 15" TFT Touch 2

15" TFT Key 3
19" TFT Touch 5

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

Further HMI IPC477C SIMATIC HMI IPC477C 6AV7 884- 7 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 0
and IPC477C PRO as embedded and operated without
"built to order"-versions fan, 5 x USB 2.0 (500 mA),
(max. delivery time 15 working one of which on the front,
days and repair of the unit)
SIMATIC HMI IPC477C 6AV7 884- 7 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 0
1 x COM (RS232)
24 V DC power supply with 2
on/off-switch
embedded and operated without
fan, 5 x USB 2.0 (500 mA), SIMATIC HMI IPC477C PRO 6AV7 883- 7 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 0
one of which on the front, embedded and operated without
1 x COM (RS232) fan in a all-round protected IP65
24 V DC power supply with housing, 5 x USB 2.0 (500 mA),
on/off-switch one of which on the front
1 x COM (RS232)
SIMATIC HMI IPC477C PRO 6AV7 883- 7 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 0 24 V DC power supply with
embedded and operated without on/off-switch
fan in a all-round protected IP65
Mass storage
housing, 5 x (500 mA), one of which
(built-in, Windows XP embedded
on the front, 24 V DC power supply
(DE/EN) pre-installed and
with on/off-switch
optional with SIMATIC software)
Front panels
CompactFlash 2 GB 2
12" TFT Touch 0
(not for PRO versions) CompactFlash 4 GB 3
12" TFT Key 1 CompactFlash 8 GB 4
(not for PRO versions)
15" TFT Touch 2
min. 32 GB
15" TFT Key 3 Operating system
(not for PRO versions) Windows Embedded 2009, BA
19" TFT Touch 5 pre-installed
Windows XP Professional DA
15" TFT Touch 6 Multi Language, only with SSD;
(IP65 housing; PRO) without SIMATIC software
15" TFT Key 7
Software packages for CF
(IP65 housing; PRO)
4 GByte or higher
Processors and fieldbus
with operating system and RTX 1) BB
Celeron M 1.2 GHz, A Windows XP embedded
2 x PROFINET (IE) pre-installed,
Celeron M 1.2 GHz, B WinAC RTX 2009 pre-installed
2 x PROFINET (IE), and configured for PROFIBUS
1 x PROFIBUS DP 12
with operating system and HMI
Core2Solo 1.2 GHz, D Windows XP embedded
2 x PROFINET (IE) pre-installed,
Core2Solo 1.2 GHz, E WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 RT
2 x PROFINET (IE), (incl. archives/recipes)
1 x PROFIBUS pre-installed and configured
Core2Solo 1.2 GHz, F - Number of tags 128 PT BC
1 x PROFINET (IE),
1 x PROFINET (3 ports) - Number of tags 512 PT BD
Core2Duo 1.2 GHz, G - Number of tags 2048 PT BE
2 x PROFINET (IE)
- Number of tags 4096 PT B F
Core2Duo 1.2 GHz, H
2 x PROFINET (IE), with operating system and
1 x PROFIBUS HMI/RTX 1)
Windows XP embedded
Core2Duo 1.2 GHz, J pre-installed,
1 x PROFINET (IE), WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 RT
1 x PROFINET (3 ports) (incl. archives/recipes)
Main memory (DDR3 RAM), and WinAC RTX 2009
1 database pre-installed and configured
1 GB 1 - Number of tags 128 PT BK
2 GB 2 - Number of tags 512 PT B L
4 GB 3 - Number of tags 2048 PT BM
Second mass storage - Number of tags 4096 PT BN
(formatted, without software)
without 0
CompactFlash 2 GB 2
CompactFlash 4 GB 3
CompactFlash 8 GB 4
min. 32 GB
1)
not with Celeron M 1.2 GHz processor

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation

Accessories Expansion components
Protective membrane for Panel SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor V4.1 6ES7 648-6CA04-1YX0
PCs 477/577/677/877
Software tool for monitoring
2 For protecting the touch screen
against dirt/scratches
SIMATIC PCs,
incl. manual, on CD-ROM
(German/English)
for 12" Touch 6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0
SIMATIC IPC 6ES7 648-6AA03-0YA0
for 15" Touch 6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0 Image & Partition Creator V3.0
for 19" Touch 6AV7 672-1CE00-0AA0 Software tool for preventive data
Labeling membranes for Panel 6AV7 672-0DA00-0AA0 backup and hard disk partitioning
PCs 477/577/677/877 for SIMATIC PCs,
incl. manual on CD-ROM
For labeling soft keys (German, English)
and function keys, blank,
supplied in sets of 10 SIMATIC IPC USB FlashDrive 6ES7 648-0DC40-0AA0
Touch pen 6AV7 672-1JB00-0AA0 2 GB, USB 2.0, metal enclosure,
bootable
Undetachable pen for operation
of the touch devices, mounting of 3.5" USB disk drive 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
the support on the control cabinet With 1 m connecting cable
Industrial USB Hub 4 6AV6 671-3AH00-0AX0
4 x USB 2.0, IP65 for control
cabinet door or DIN rail
SIMATIC IPC
Compact Flash Card
2 GB 6ES7 648-2BF02-0XF0
4 GB 6ES7 648-2BF02-0XG0
8 GB 6ES7 648-2BF02-0XH0
TP cable 4 x 2
with two RJ45 plugs
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
Please note:
The scope of supply of the HMI IPC477C mainly comprises a
Panel PC and license package. The CompactFlash card with
preinstalled and configured software is already inserted in the
Panel PC.
The required license keys are on the USB flash drive in the
license package.

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC WinAC MP
Overview Design
The WinAC MP is functionally very closely based on a hardware
CPU and is a real alternative for price-sensitive applications that
require the stability and ruggedness of a hardware solution.
The functions of the WinAC MP are integrated directly in
WinCC flexible and STEP 7 during the installation on the con- 2
figuration computer. This ensures that every user can freely
configure and if necessary block access to, for example, the
start/stop button or the LEDs in the SIMATIC HMI project.
Of course a prefabricated user interface will be delivered as an
example.
Retentivity of the timers, counters, flags and data blocks is
ensured by the Multi Panel hardware as with a hardware CPU.
A UPS is not required.
The time distribution on the Multi Panel between WinAC MP and
HMI Runtime is predefined and can be adapted to the relevant
application.
For time-critical applications, an OB35 time block (min. clock-
pulse rate 1 ms) is available for processing the time-critical
WinAC MP, the software PLC based on Windows CE signals. Direct responses can be integrated into the process
An optimized version is available for all current MP platforms with OB40 (I/O alarms) as well. For service and optimization pur-
poses, there are diverse functions available such as a histogram
The economical solution for all applications in combination
for cycle times that can be embedded in the users SIMATIC HMI
with a rugged hardware platform
project.
Ideal for tasks on the machine level, saves space and costs
Versions
Best service concept, backup/restore of all data on a standard
SD card, standard Multi Media Card or standard USB stick Different WinAC MP versions are available. The versions define
new CPU performance classes.
The versions are optimized for the Multi Panel platforms.
These versions, namely WinAC MP 177, 277 to 377 are based
roughly on the hardware CPUs 314, 315 and 317. They have
similar quantity frameworks but are not a 1:1 copies.
All limit values, e.g. number of bit memories, DBs, FCs, I/Os,
etc., are preset as with a hardware CPU and cannot be
changed by the user. Detailed technical data is provided in
chapter "Technical Data".

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC WinAC MP
6ES7 671-4EE00-0YA0 6ES7 671-5EF00-0YA0 6ES7 671-7EG00-0YA0
Product type designation WinAC MP 177 WinAC MP 277 WinAC MP 377
Memory
2 RAM
integrated 128 Kibyte 256 Kibyte 512 Kibyte
expandable No No No
Load memory
integrated RAM, max. 8 Mbyte 1.2 Mbyte 1.2 Mbyte
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max. 512; FBs+FCs+DBs=512 1 024; FBs+FCs+DBs=1024 2 048; FBs+FCs+DBs=2048
Size, max. 64 Kibyte 64 Kibyte 64 Kibyte
FB
Number, max. 512; FBs+FCs+DBs=512 1 024; FBs+FCs+DBs=1024 2 048; FBs+FCs+DBs=2048
FC
Number, max. 512; FBs+FCs+DBs=512 1 024; FBs+FCs+DBs=1024 2 048; * max. 2048 in Summe
OB
Number, max. 18 18 18
Nesting depth
per priority class 8 8 16
additional within an error OB 2 2 2
Times/counters
and their remanence
S7 counter
Number 128 256 512
of which remanent without battery
- adjustable Yes Yes Yes
- lower limit 0 0 0
- upper limit 127 256 512
Remanence
- preset 8 8 8
Counting range
- lower limit 0 0 0
IEC counter
present Yes; SFB0, SFB1, SFB2 Yes; SFB0, SFB1, SFB2 Yes; SFB0, SFB1, SFB2
S7 times
Number 128 256 512
of which remanent without battery
- lower limit 0 0 0
Remanence
- preset 0 0 0
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
- upper limit 9 990 s 9 990 s 9 990 s
IEC timer
present Yes; SFB3, SFB4, SFB5 Yes; SFB3, SFB4, SFB5 Yes; SFB3, SFB4, SFB5

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC WinAC MP

Retentive data area in total
64 Kibyte 128 Kibyte 256 Kibyte 2
Flag
Number, max. 2 Kibyte 2 Kibyte 4 Kibyte
Remanence available Yes Yes Yes
Data blocks
Number, max. 512 1 024 2 048
Local data
per priority class, max. 16 384 byte; 16 384 byte; 16 384 byte;
for all priority classes Max. for all priority classes Max. for all priority classes
Address area
I/O address area
overall 2 Kibyte 4 Kibyte 8 Kibyte
Outputs 2 Kibyte 4 Kibyte 8 Kibyte
Process image
Inputs 1 Kibyte 2 Kibyte 2 Kibyte
Outputs 1 Kibyte 2 Kibyte 2 Kibyte
Inputs, adjustable 1 Kibyte 2 Kibyte 2 Kibyte
Outputs, adjustable 1 Kibyte 2 Kibyte 2 Kibyte
Inputs, preset 512 byte 512 byte 512 byte
Outputs, preset 512 byte 512 byte 512 byte
consistent data, max. 32 byte 32 byte 32 byte
Hardware config.
Number of DP masters
integrated 1 1 1
Time
Operating hours counter
Number 8 8 8
Number/Number range 0 to 7 0 to 7 0 to 7
S7 message functions
Process diagnostic messages Yes Yes Yes
Status/control
Status/control variable Yes; Status blocks, single step, Yes; Status blocks, single step, Yes; Status blocks, single step,
breakpoint breakpoint breakpoint
Forcing
Forcing No No No
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes Yes Yes
Number of entries, max. 1 000; preset 120 1 000; preset 120 1 000; preset 120

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC WinAC MP

2 Number of logical connections
(also in network), max.
8 16 32
PG/OP communication Yes Yes Yes

Routing Yes Yes Yes
Global data communication
supported No No No
S7 basic communication
supported No No No
S7 communication
supported Yes; PUT/GET, BSEND/BRCV, Yes; PUT/GET, Yes
USEND/URCV without BSEND/BRCV
as client Yes Yes Yes
Useful data per job, max. 480 byte 0.48 Kibyte 0.48 Kibyte
overall 8; (max. 8 DP, rest PROFINET) 16; (DP max.8, rest PN) 32; (DP max.8, rest PN)
- of which static 14; DP max.6, rest PN 30; DP max.6, rest PN
usable for PG communication
- reserved for PG communication 1 1 1
usable for OP communication
- reserved for OP communication 1 1 1
usable for routing 6 6 16
1st interface
DP master
Number of connections, max. 4 8 8
Services
- PG/OP communication Yes Yes Yes
- Routing Yes Yes Yes
- Global data communication No No No
- S7 basic communication No No No
- S7 communication Yes Yes Yes
- Equidistance support No No No
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes Yes Yes
- Activation/deactivation of DP Yes Yes Yes
slaves
- DPV1 Yes Yes Yes
Transmission rates, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 000 kbit/s 12 000 kbit/s
Number of DP slaves, max. 32 32 32
Address area
- Inputs, max. 2 Kibyte 2,048 Kibyte 8,192 Kibyte
- Outputs, max. 2 Kibyte 2,048 Kibyte 8,192 Kibyte

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC WinAC MP

CPU/programming
Configuration software 2
STEP 7 Yes; STEP7 V5.4 SP4 or higher Yes Yes
WinCC flexible Compact Yes; WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 No No
WinCC flexible Standard Yes; WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 Yes Yes
WinCC flexible Advanced Yes; WinCC flexible 2008 SP1 Yes Yes
LAD Yes Yes Yes
CSF Yes Yes Yes
STL Yes Yes Yes
SCL Yes
CFC Yes
Software libraries
Process diagnostics Yes; System error messages
preset 6 000 ms 6 000 ms 6 000 ms
Operating systems
Operating system
Win CE Yes; Version 5.0 or higher Yes Yes
Online languages
Number 1; English 1; English 1; English

WinAC MP, 6ES7 671-4EE00-0YA0 Complete pre-assembled packages
version WinAC MP 177 2)
Package MP 177 6" Touch 6AV6 652-2JC01-2AA0
incl. a Single License
for MP 177 on USB stick1) MP 177 6" Touch
and electronic documentation WinAC MP Version 177
WinAC MP, 6ES7 671-5EF01-0YA0 Electronic documentation
version WinAC MP 277 2) Single License for MP 177
incl. a Single License on USB flash drive1)
for MP 277 on USB stick1) Standard SD card 256 MB (empty)
and electronic documentation
Package MP 277 8" Touch 6AV6 652-3MC01-1AA0
WinAC MP, 6ES7 671-7EG01-0YA0
MP 277 8" Touch
version WinAC MP 377 2)
WinAC MP Version 277
incl. a Single License
for MP 377 on USB stick1) Electronic documentation
and electronic documentation Single License for MP 277
on USB stick1)
Standard SD card 256 MB (empty)
Package MP 277 8" Key 6AV6 652-3LC01-1AA0
MP 277 8" Key
WinAC MP Version 277
Electronic documentation
Single License for MP 277
on USB stick1)
1)
Can only be used for license handling
2)
UCL version on request

Siemens AG 2010
Embedded Automation
SIMATIC WinAC MP

Complete pre-assembled packages (continued) Starter packages (continued)
Package MP 277 10" Touch 6AV6 652-3PC01-1AA0 Starter package 635T WinAC MP 6AV6 652-2JD01-2AA1
MP 277 10" Touch SIMATIC MP 177 6" Touch
2 WinAC MP Version 277
with installation accessories,
mounting seal,
power supply connector
Single License for MP 277 SIMATIC WinAC MP
on USB stick1) incl. Single License on
Standard SD card 256 MB (empty) USB flash drive and electronic
documentation
Package MP 277 10" Key 6AV6 652-3NC01-1AA0
SD card 256 KB (empty)
MP 277 10" Key ET 200M incl.
WinAC MP Version 277 32 DI, 16 DO, 8 AI, 2 AO
Electronic documentation FM 350-2 8-channel counter
Single License for MP 277 Front connector, bus connector,
on USB stick1) and mounting rail
Starter package 635K WinAC MP 6AV6 652-3LD01-1AA1
Package MP 377 12" Touch 6AV6 652-4FC01-2AA0
SIMATIC MP 277 8" Key
MP 377 12" Touch with installation accessories,
WinAC MP Version 377 mounting seal,
power supply connector
SIMATIC WinAC MP
Single License for MP 377 incl. Single License on
on USB stick1) USB flash drive and electronic
Standard SD card 256 MB (empty) documentation
Package MP 377 12" Key 6AV6 652-4EC01-2AA0 SD card 256 KB (empty)
MP 377 12" Key ET 200M incl.
WinAC MP Version 377 32 DI, 16 DO, 8 AI, 2 AO
Electronic documentation FM 350-2 8-channel counter
Single License for MP 377 Front connector, bus connector,
on USB stick1) and mounting rail
Standard SD card 256 MB (empty) Starter package 636K WinAC MP 6AV6 652-3LD01-1AA0
Package MP 377 15" Touch 6AV6 652-4GC01-2AA0 SIMATIC MP 277 8" Key
with installation accessories,
MP 377 15" Touch mounting seal,
WinAC MP Version 377 power supply connector
Electronic documentation SIMATIC WinAC MP
incl. Single License on
Single License for MP 377 USB flash drive and electronic
on USB stick1) documentation
Standard SD card 256 MB (empty) SD card 256 KB (empty)
Package MP 377 19" Touch 6AV6 652-4HC01-2AA0 ET 200M incl.
MP 377 19" Touch 32 DI, 16 DO, 8 AI, 2 AO
WinAC MP Version 377 Front connector, bus connector,
Electronic documentation and mounting rail
Single License for MP 377 Starter package 636T WinAC MP 6AV6 652-3PD01-1AA0
on USB stick1) SIMATIC MP 277 10" Touch
Standard SD card 256 MB (empty) with installation accessories,
mounting seal,
Starter packages power supply connector
Starter package 613 WinAC MP 6AV6 652-2JD01-2AA0 SIMATIC WinAC MP
SIMATIC MP 177 6" Touch incl. Single License on
with installation accessories, USB flash drive and electronic
mounting seal, documentation
power supply connector SD card 256 KB (empty)
SIMATIC WinAC MP ET 200M incl.
incl. Single License on 32 DI, 16 DO, 8 AI, 2 AO
USB flash drive and electronic
documentation Front connector, bus connector,
and mounting rail
SD card 256 KB (empty)
ET 200M incl.
16 DI, 16 DO, 8 AI, 2 AO
FM 350-2 8-channel counter
Front connector, bus connector,
and mounting rail
1)
Can only be used for license handling
2) UCL version on request

Siemens AG 2010
System interfacing
Overview
Data communication
Standard communication IP routing (IP-R)
This comprises standardized protocols for data communication. The connection for the SIMATIC S7 to Industrial Ethernet
(CP 343-1 Advanced and CP 443-1 Advanced), with two
ISO, TCP/IP, UDP transport protocols
ISO, TCP/IP and UDP are available as transport protocols.
separate interfaces (integrated network separation) and
SCALANCE S and SCALANCE X414-3E, supports the for- 2
warding of IP messages between Gigabit and PROFINET
PROFINET interfaces.
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration)
communication of field devices (IO Devices) with controllers
(IO Controllers) as well the solution of isochronous drive controls OPC is a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent
for motion control applications. interface and allows OPC-capable Windows applications to
interface to S7 communication (SEND/ RECEIVE). Internet com-
PROFINET also supports distributed automation with the help of munication can be implemented over the OPC XML DA inter-
component engineering (Component Based Automation). face.
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) PG/OP communication
Procedure specified in the IEC 61158 Type 10 standard for Integral communication functions that are used by the SIMATIC
increasing the network availability in a ring topology. automation systems to perform data communication with HMI
Information technology (IT) devices (e.g. TP/OP) and SIMATIC PGs.
IT integrates SIMATIC into the information technology via S7 communication
Industrial Ethernet. These communication media and paths are S7 communication is the integral communications function (SFB)
also available to SIMATIC as a result of the TCP/IP protocol. that has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7/C7. It enables
Depending on the product and stage of expansion, communica- PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of
tions processors support technologies from the IT environment user data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple,
such as: powerful communication services and provides a network
E-mail; independent software interface for all networks.
Via the integral e-mail client, network components, communi-
cations processors and network transitions can send emails to Open communication
provide information about plant states, e.g. plant standstill or The open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) allows the
imminent overload, or to automatically request a service call. SIMATIC S7 controller to communicate with other SIMATIC S7
Freely definable HTML pages; and SIMATIC S5 controllers, PCs and third-party systems.
Communications processors can perform web diagnostics In addition, for the simple connection of HMI stations, FETCH
using static HTML pages and a user-specific display is and WRITE are offered.
supported with by means of freely definable HTML pages. BACnet communication
FTP;
the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) permits simple, universal cou- BACnet (Building Automation and Control Networks) is a com-
pling, e.g. the PLC can be connected to different computers munication protocol for data networks in building automation
or embedded systems and control developed by ASHRAE (American Society of
Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers Inc.).
It is equally suitable for both the management and automation
level and is recognized as an ANSI, CEN and ISO standard.
MES/ERP communication
Communication with ERP- or MES systems via databases such
as ORACLE, MySQL, MS-SQL, DB2, with a firmware extension to
be ordered separately.
System connections
For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs)
are available that already have the communications functions
implemented as firmware and which therefore relieve the data
terminal of communication tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking,
etc.).
Time synchronization
By means of SIMATIC procedures or NTP (Network Time
Protocol), plant-wide time synchronization is achieved.
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 23& 3* 6

8'3 23 6
*B,.B;;B

Siemens AG 2010
System interfacing for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
Overview
Communications processors for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK

CPs with standard functions
S7-400 CP 243-1 for SIMATIC S7-200, CP 343-1 Lean and CP 343-1
for SIMATIC S7-300, CP 443-1 for SIMATIC S7-400
2 Designed for use in harsh industrial environments

Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units
S7-300
Additional integrated 2-port switch for setting up small local
S7-200 networks with CP 343-1 Lean, CP 343-1 and CP 443-1
Can be used via RJ45 interface for the industrial-standard
SIMATIC NET FastConnect cabling system
High-speed data transfer even with large volumes of data
(10/100 Mbit/s)
SIMATIC S7-200/S7-300/S7-400
CPs with function expansions
CP 243-1 IT for SIMATIC S7-200
- With IT functionality
CP 343-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-300
STEP 7 STEP 7 - Can be used as a PROFINET IO Controller and IO Device
Micro/Win with real-time characteristics
- PROFINET CBA
- With Gigabit connection, incl. routing functionality
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- Network separation with IP-routing functionality
CP 243-1 CP 343-1 Lean CP 443-1 - Additional integrated 2-port switch for setting up small local
CP 243-1 IT CP 343-1 CP 443-1
networks
CP 343-1 Advanced Advanced
CP 343-1 BACnet
- Access protection via IP access list
CP 343-1 ERPC - Comprehensive diagnostics capabilities
CP 443-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-400
- Can be used as a PROFINET IO Controller with real-time
characteristics
- With Gigabit connection, incl. routing functionality
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- Network separation with IP-routing functionality
For the protocols (support depending on type of CP) - Additional integrated 4-port switch for setting up small local
networks
PG/OP communication - Access protection via IP access list
S7 communication - Comprehensive diagnostics capabilities
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) - Operation in SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communi-
PROFINET cation
Web diagnostics
- Operation in fail-safe applications (PROFIsafe) together with
IP: HTTP (proprietary Web pages), emails, FTP
SIMATIC S7-400 CPU 416F
BACnet protocol (CP 343-1 BACnet only)
Platform for protocols to data bases etc. by means of CPs for special areas of operation "Value Added CP"
partner software (CP 343-1 ERPC only)
Additional services for time synchronization, SNMP, Special "Value Added" CPs are available for special communi-
media redundancy etc. cation tasks and to support the SIMATIC CPU.
The product range of the S7-300 system has been expanded by
two new CP versions:
G_IK10_XX_50182
Multiprotocol:
all protocols of a CP simultaneously operable The CP 343-1 ERPC has been optimized with additional
several CPs operable in one S7-200, S7-300 or S7-400 partner software for connection to MES or ERP systems.
CP 343-1 BACnet (Building Automation and Control Networks)
for building automation.
System connections for SIMATIC

Siemens AG 2010
Overview
Communication overview for SIMATIC and Telecontrol
Communication overview for SIMATIC and Telecontrol SINAUT

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 ERPC
Overview Benefits
2 Protection of investment for existing systems through the

integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of open commu-
nication services
Optimum support of maintenance through
- Web-based diagnostics
- Remote programming via LAN/WAN (e.g. Internet)
- Monitoring by network management tools (SNMP)
- Module exchange without programming device using the
C-PLUG swap medium
Protection against unauthorized access without changing
passwords, through device-specific IP address lists
Reliable network connection through industry-standard de-
vice connection with IE FC RJ45 plug 145/180 and additional
strain relief by latching the connector onto housing
Flexible use thanks to absence of slot rules
ISO TCP/ PN MRP IT IP-R PG/OP S7/S5
UDP
Application
G_IK10_XX_10280
The CP 343-1 ERPC (Enterprise Connect) is the communication

module for supporting the database interface of the SIMATIC
The CP 343-1 ERPC (Enterprise Connect) is a communica- S7-300 to various ERP or MES systems for vertical integration by
tions processor for connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 to an means of a firmware extension to be ordered separately .
Industrial Ethernet
With its own processor, the module relieves the CPU of commu-
Support of a connection of the SIMATIC S7-300 to various nications tasks and facilitates additional connections.
database systems for the vertical integration by means of a
firmware expansion from ILS-Technology to be ordered The CP 343-1 ERPC permits communication of the S7-300 with:
separately PG/PC
RJ45 interface for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s full/half duplex with HMI devices
autosensing/autonegotiation/autocrossover and sleeve SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems
Communication services ERP or MES systems by means of database interface, e.g.
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) ORACLE, MySQL, MS-SQL, DB2 by means of a firmware
- PG/OP communication extension to be ordered separately
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing) incl. routing
Access protection by means of a configurable IP access list
Remote programming and first commissioning via Industrial
Ethernet
Configuring with STEP 7
Time synchronization by means of NTP or SIMATIC procedure
(SNAP)
Support of module replacement without programming device;
all configuration data is stored on the C-PLUG. When using
the database function, the CP 343-1 ERPC must be prepared
for the exchange, i.e. the firmware extension from ILS-
Technology must already be installed on the replacement
module.
Extensive diagnostics functions via STEP 7 or web browser
Integration into network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1 MIB-II

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 ERPC
Design Function
The CP 343-1 ERPC offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC The CP 343-1 ERPC independently handles data traffic over
S7-300 design: Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor and can
Compact design; be put into service directly using the unique preset Ethernet
the rugged plastic enclosure features the following on the front address (MAC) via the network.
panel: Due to the support of the dynamic host configuration protocol 2
- RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet; (DHCP), the IP address can be assigned from a central DHCP
Automatic detection of data transfer rate by means of auto- server.
sensing function;
The RJ45 socket is designed to be industry-compatible with For connection monitoring (keep alive), an adjustable time can
an additional sleeve for connection of the be configured for all TCP transport connections.
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145/180; The CP 343-1 Advanced works in multi-protocol mode for the
Integral autocrossover function permits use of uncrossed following communication services:
connecting cables
- 2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC PG/OP communication
external supply voltage Access by HMI systems to the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of
- Diagnostics LEDs for indicating the operational and commu- OP communication;
nication status With the aid of PG/OP communication all S7-stations con-
nected to the network can be remotely programmed.
Easy installation; - S7 routing;
the CP 343-1 ERPC is mounted on the rail of the S7-300 and With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming
connected to the adjacent modules by means of the bus device communication across networks.
connectors. No slot rules apply.
S7-communication for the connection of the S7-300 (server
Fanless operation; and client) to S7-200/300/400, HMI devices and PCs
no backup battery required. (SOFTNET-S7 or CP 1613 A2 / CP 1623 with S7-1613).
The CP 343-1 ERPC can also be used in the expansion rack Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE);
(ER) in conjunction with the IM 360/361 - A large number of stations can be accessed thanks to the
The C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in the scope of multicast function
delivery as replacement medium (operation without C-PLUG - Use of the socket interface in the partner system possible
is not possible) without RFC 1006
Enterprise Connect (ERPC)
Based on TCP/IP, a universal database interface is made
available with a firmware extension to be ordered separately.
This supports the coupling with ERP/MES systems via data-
bases such as ORACLE, MySQL, MS-SQL, DB2 and massage
queue functions of IBM Websphere.
For further information on firmware expansion, refer to "device-
WISE Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7".
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostics options are available via STEP 7 or web
browser, including:
Operating status of the CP
General diagnostics and statistics functions
Connection diagnostics
LAN controller statistics
Diagnostic buffer
Additional diagnostics options:
Scanning the status of connections by means of a function
block
support of SNMP V1 MIB-2 objects;
this allows the current status of the Ethernet interface to be
called up, e.g. for network management.
Security
The CP 343-1 ERPC offers the possibility of restricting access to
the local S7 station on the partner with quite specific IP ad-
dresses. Unauthorized partners have no access to data of the
S7 station via this CP.
Configuration
STEP 7 V5.4 SP5 or higher and the associated hardware support
package are required for configuring the CP 343-1 ERP.
For the configuration of the database objects, see "deviceWISE
Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7".

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 ERPC
Integration
SCALANCE S613 Database e.g.

SQL for optimizing
2 production processes
Internet
DSL router DSL router DSL router

Data access using database functions
SCALANCE S612 SCALANCE S612 SCALANCE S612
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300 with S7-300 with S7-300 with

CP 343-1 ERPC CP 343-1 ERPC CP 343-1 ERPC
G_IK10_XX_10284
Machine Machine Machine
Configuration example for optimizing production processes with CP 343-1 ERPC
Database e.g. SQL

for safeguarding
quality data
Production PC for
manufacturing control
PC with
CP 1623
SCALANCE
Industrial Ethernet
X308-2M
Data access using database functions
Data access using S7 communication
S7-300 with S7-300 with

CP 343-1 ERPC CP 343-1 ERPC
G_IK10_XX_10285
Machine Machine
Configuration example for the safeguarding of quality data with CP 343-1 ERPC

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 ERPC
Order No. 6GK7 343-1FX00-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 343-1FX00-0XE0
Product type designation CP 343-1 ERPC Product type designation CP 343-1 ERPC
Data transmission rate Performance data
Transmission rate at interface 1 10 1 000 Mbit/s Performance data
Open communication
2
Interfaces
Number of possible connections 8
Number of electrical connections for open communication by means
at interface 1 in accordance 1 of SEND/RECEIVE blocks,
with Industrial Ethernet maximum
For power supply 1 Data volume
Design of electrical connection As user data per ISO connection 8 Kibyte
for open communication by
at interface 1 in accordance RJ45 port means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks,
with Industrial Ethernet maximum
For power supply 2-pin pluggable terminal strip As user data per ISO on TCP 8 Kibyte
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes connection for open communica-
tion by means of SEND/RECEIVE
Supply voltage, current blocks, maximum
As user data per TCP connection 8 Kibyte
Type of power supply DC for open communication by
means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks,
Power supply
maximum
1 from backplane bus 5V
As user data per UDP connection 2 Kibyte
External 24 V for open IE communication by
means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks,
Relative positive tolerance 20 % maximum
at 24 V DC
Number of multicast stations 8
Relative negative tolerance 15 %
at 24 V DC Performance data
S7 communication
Current consumed
Number of possible connections
Typical from backplane bus 0.3 A for S7 communication
at 5 V DC
Maximum 8
Maximum from external power 0.6 A
supply for 24 V DC For PG/OP connections, maximum 8
Effective power loss 14.7 W Number of possible connections
for S7 communication - Note
Performance data
Ambient temperature Multiprotocol operation
During operating phase 0 60 C Number of active connections 32
During storage -40 +70 C for multiprotocol operation
During transport -40 +70 C Performance data
IT functions
Ambient temperature - Note
Relative humidity at 25 C 95 % as server with HTTP, maximum
operating phase, maximum Number of possible write cycles 100 000
of the flash memory cells
Performance data ERPC functions
Number of configurable ERPC
Module format Compact module S7-300 symbols for database access
double width
Per CPU, maximum 2 000
Width 80 mm
Per logical trigger, maximum 255
Height 125 mm
Data quantity as user data and 8 Kibyte
Depth 120 mm header information per logical
Net weight 0.8 kg trigger

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 ERPC

Order No. 6GK7 343-1FX00-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 343-1FX00-0XE0
Product type designation CP 343-1 ERPC Product type designation CP 343-1 ERPC
Product functions Management, Product functions Security
2 configuration, programming
Product function: MIB support Yes
Product function
ACL - IP-based Yes
Protocol is supported Switching-off of nonrequired Yes
services
SNMP v1 Yes
Blocking of communication Yes
DCP Yes via physical ports
LLDP Yes Product functions Time
Configuration software required NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet Product function
(is delivered with STEP 7 V5.x) SICLOCK support No
Product functions Diagnostics Passing-on of Yes
time synchronization
Product function: Yes
Web-based diagnostics NTP protocol is supported Yes

CP 343-1 communications 6GK7 343-1FX00-0XE0 SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2008
processor ERPC for Industrial Ethernet
(Enterprise Connect) up to 8 connections
For the connection of SIMATIC Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW71-3AA0
S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet and
for the support of the database Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0
connection of the SIMATIC S7-300 for 1 year,
to various databases; TCP/UDP, with automatic extension;
S7 communication, open com- requirement:
munication (SEND/RECEIVE), current software version
with and without RFC 1006, Upgrade from Edition 2006 and 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0
multicast, web server, setting of higher to Edition 2008
CPUs clock using SIMATIC
procedures and NTP, access pro- Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1
tection via IP access list, SNMP, or V6.3 to Edition 2008
DHCP, initialization over LAN S7-1613 Edition 2008
10/100/1000 Mbit/s;
Software for S7 and open com-
with electronic manual on DVD,
munication, incl. PG/OP communi-
C-PLUG included in scope
cation, OPC server and NCM PC;
of delivery
up to 120 connections, runtime
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00 software, software and electronic
Swap medium for simple replace- manual on CD-ROM, license key
ment of devices in the event of a on USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit
fault; for recording configuration or Windows XP Professional SP2/3;
engineering and application data; Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
can be used for SIMATIC NET Windows Vista Business/Ultimate
products with C-PLUG slot SP1; Windows 2008 Server;
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
SOFTNET Edition 2008 for German/English
Industrial Ethernet Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB71-3AA0
Software for S7 and open commu-
nication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP Software Update Service 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AL0
communication and NCM PC, for 1 year,
runtime software, software and with automatic extension;
electronic manual on CD-ROM, requirement:
license key on USB flash drive, current software version
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP Upgrade S7-1613, Edition 2006 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
Professional SP2/3; Windows or higher, to S7-1613 Edition
2003 Server R2, SP2; 2008
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
SP1; Windows 2008 Server; V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to S7-1613
German/English Edition 2008
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
for Industrial Ethernet
up to 64 connections Ethernet with a rugged metal
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1CW71-3AA0 enclosure and integrated insula-
tion displacement contacts for
Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0 connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
for 1 year, installation cables;
with automatic extension; with 180 cable outlet; for network
requirement: components and CPs/CPUs
current software version with Industrial Ethernet interface
Upgrade from Edition 2006 and 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE0 1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
higher to Edition 2008
1 pack = 10 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE1
or V6.3 to Edition 2008 1 pack = 50 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 ERPC

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10 IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 4 x 2
2 x 2 (Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation cable for occasional movement;
cable for connection to IE with UL approval;
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
Sold by the meter
max. length 1,000 m;
2
with UL approval; minimum order 20 m
Sold by the meter
max. length 1,000 m; AWG 24, for connection to IE FC 6XV1 878-2B
minimum order 20 m RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
SCALANCE X308-2 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3 STEP 7 Version 5.4

Industrial Ethernet Switch Target system:
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode fiber- SIMATIC S7-300/-400, SIMATIC
optic cable ports (SC sockets), C7, SIMATIC WinAC
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, Requirement:
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports; Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
for glass fiber-optic cable (multi- Type of delivery:
mode) up to 750 m long German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian;
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 including 3.5" authorization
diskette, without documentation
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) Floating License on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
and integrated insulation dis- Rental License for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA6
placement contacts for connect- Software Update Service on CD 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
ing Industrial Ethernet FC (requires current software
installation cables; 180 cable version)
outlet; for network components
and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Upgrade Floating License 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5
Ethernet interface 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0 Trial License STEP 7 V5.4; 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA7
on CD, runs for 14 days
deviceWISE Embedded Edition See deviceWISE Embedded
1 pack = 50 items 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0 for SIMATIC S7 Edition for SIMATIC S7
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 ILS Technology LLC;
8-core, shielded TP installation 5300 Broken Sound Blvd.
cable for universal applications; Suite 150
with UL approval; Boca Raton, FL, USA, 33487
Sold by the meter Tel.: +1-561-982-9898 x124
max. length 1,000 m; Fax: +1-561-982-8638
minimum order 20 m E-mail:
[email protected]
AWG 22, for connection to IE FC 6XV1 870-2E
RJ45 Modular Outlet
AWG 24, for connection to IE FC 6XV1 878-2A
RJ45 Plug 4 x 2

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 BACnet
The CP 343-1 BACnet is the communication module for the
connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet and is used
for the integration of the SIMATIC S7 into BACnet systems.
Via BACnet communications, the CP can also communicate with
2 a third-party system such as heating or ventilation controllers.
With its own processor, the module relieves the CPU of commu-
nications tasks and facilitates additional connections.
The CP 343-1 BACnet permits the S7-300 to communicate with:
PG/PC
HMI devices
SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems
Possible fields of application:
Industrial building automation
HVAC (heating, ventilation and air conditioning) solutions
using PLCs at the automation level
Infrastructure markets
BACnet TCP/ PN MRP IT IP-R PG/OP S7/S5 Airports
UDP
Tunnels
G_IK10_XX_10275
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA)

Totally Integrated Power (TIP)
BACnet (Building Automation and Control Networks) is a com-
munication protocol for data networks in building automation Design
and control developed by ASHRAE (American Society of
Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers Inc.). The CP 343-1 BACnet offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC
It is equally suitable for both the management and automation S7-300 design:
level and is recognized as an ANSI, CEN and ISO standard. Compact design;
The CP 343-1 BACnet is a communications processor for the the rugged plastic enclosure features the following on the front
connection of the SIMATIC S7-300 to the Industrial Ethernet panel:
and via the BACnet protocol it also permits the integration in - Two RJ45 sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet/
systems that support the BACnet protocol BACnet;
the RJ45 sockets are industrially compatible and designed
2 x RJ45 interfaces for 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connec- with additional holding collars, for connecting the IE FC RJ45
tion with autosensing/autonegotiation/autocrossover function- Plug 145/180;
ality automatic sensing of the data transmission rate by means of
Integrated 2-port switch the Autosensing function;
Communication services - 2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) external supply voltage
- PG/OP communication (TCP/IP) - Diagnostics LEDs for each port for indicating the operational
- S7 communication (server) and communication status
- BACnet communication based on TCP/IP, BACnet server Easy installation;
according to EN 16484, Part 5 the CP 343-1 BACnet is installed on the mounting rail of the
Extensive diagnostics functions via STEP 7 S7-300 and is connected to adjacent modules via the bus
connector. No slot rules apply.
support of SNMP V1 MIB-II The CP 343-1 BACnet can be operated without a fan;
no back-up battery is required.
Benefits The CP 343-1 BACnet can also be used in the expansion rack
(ER) in conjunction with the IM 360/361
The module can be replaced without using a programming
device
Direct integration of SIMATIC S7-300 into industrial plants or

building systems by means of Industrial Ethernet/BACnet at
up to 100 Mbit/s
Protection of investment for existing systems through the
integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of open commu-
nication
Flexible use thanks to absence of slot rules
Optimum support of maintenance through
- Remote programming via LAN/WAN (e.g. Internet)
- Monitoring by network management tools (SNMP)
Easy module replacement
Reliable network connection through industry-standard de-
vice connection with IE FC RJ45 plug 145/180 and additional
strain relief by latching the connector onto housing

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 BACnet
Function
The CP 343-1 BACnet independently handles data traffic via
Industrial Ethernet and BACnet protocol. The module has its own DESIGO INSIGHT
processor and can be put into service directly using the unique
preset Ethernet address (MAC) via the network.
Due to the support of the dynamic host configuration protocol 2
(DHCP), the IP address can be assigned from a central DHCP
server. BACnet Industrial Ethernet
The CP 343-1 BACnet works in multi-protocol mode for the

following communication services:
PG/OP communication
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the
network to be remotely programmed. DESIGO S7-300 with 3rd-party PLCs
- S7 routing; PX CP 343-1
with the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use PG communi- BACnet
cation across networks.
G_IK10_XX_10276
S7 communication S7-300/400
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
A large number of stations can be accessed thanks to the
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
multicast function
Use of the socket interface in the partner system possible
without RFC 1006 Linear structure with CP 343-1 BACnet with integral switch
Integral autocrossover function permits use of uncrossed
connecting cables BACnet consists of:
BACnet communication based on TCP/IP, BACnet server Standardized services that are processed autonomously by
according to EN 16484, Part 5 the CP
Standardized objects that present a user view of the auto-
Siemens completes its building control system DESIGO with the mation
SIMATIC S7. DESIGO S7 introduces two new performance pack-
ages to building automation: The actual configuration of the BACnet objects and their
Building Solution mapping to S7 data is performed by a BACnet mapping tool
Building Integration The configuration data of the BACnet objects generated by the
mapping tool can be downloaded to the SIMATIC S7 using the
These enable projects to be implemented for "Industrial Building general download function or using Delta download. The map-
Automation" where programmable logic controllers (PLCs) are ping tool can be obtained free of charge from your local Siemens
required at the automation level. I BT office.
The DESIGO S7 Building Solution performance package The standardized transport protocol UDP is used for BACnet,
permits the use of SIMATIC S7 within a DESIGO system (control as it already has sufficient transport checking mechanisms
system for building automation) with an S7-HVAC library available. Like TCP, UDP is a transport protocol, but unlike TCP
(Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning), that is based on the it operates on a connectionless basis. BACnet devices may only
library of DESIGO PX. Communication with the DESIGO system work with the UDP port number permanently assigned to them.
is by means of BACnet. This permits efficient engineering of The UDP port number 47808 = 0xBAC0 is registered for BACnet.
HVAC applications.
The Ethernet IP addressing consists of the IP address, the
With DESIGO S7 Building Integration, existing SIMATIC S7 (soft- subnet mask and the default gateway. BACnet devices within
ware without HVAC library) components are efficiently integrated one subnet have the same subnet address. In the case of
into a DESIGO system by means of BACnet communication. devices with integral BBMD functionality (BACnet Broadcast
BACnet communication Management Device), e.g. DESIGO automation stations,
DHCP the automatic assignment of IP addresses in networks
Based on TCP/IP, a BACnet server compliant with EN 16484, is generally not permitted.
Part 5 is made available. The CP processes the protocol auton-
omously as far as possible so that the CPU is not burdened with BACnet uses broadcast messages for the communication, i.e.
the BACnet protocol. The CP 343-1 BACnet optionally supports: all devices are addressed directly. As a rule, Ethernet IP routers
BACnet communication for any SIMATIC software by mapping block these broadcast messages so that a direct connection of
SIMATIC data onto BACnet Ethernet subnets is not possible. By using BBMD, broadcast
HVAC functions with BACnet communication by using corre- messages can still be distributed.
sponding function blocks;
these HVAC function blocks are a component of the block
library and are to be incorporated in the S7 user program.

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 BACnet
Function (continued) Technical specifications

Diagnostics Order No. 6FL4 343-1CX10-0XE0
Product type designation CP 343-1 BACnet
Extensive diagnostics options are available via NCM, including:
Operating status of the CP Data transmission rate
2 General diagnostics and statistics functions Transmission rate at interface 1 10 100 Mbit/s
Connection diagnostics Interfaces
LAN controller statistics Number of electrical connections
Diagnostic buffer at interface 1 in accordance 2
with Industrial Ethernet
Diagnostic options during operation 1
For power supply
support of SNMP V1 MIB-2 objects; Design of electrical connection
this allows the current status of the Ethernet interface to be at interface 1 in accordance RJ45 port
called up, e.g. for network management. with Industrial Ethernet
Configuration For power supply 2-pin pluggable terminal strip
STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 or higher and NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet Supply voltage, current
(supplied with STEP 7 V5.x) plus a hardware support package onsumption, power loss
(HSP) are required for configuring the CP 343-1 BACnet. The Type of power supply DC
configuration data of the CP is stored on the CPU. This means a Power supply
module can be replaced without a PG.
An additional "Building Integration" runtime license (reference 1 from backplane bus 5V
number S55372-C107) is required in order to use the BACnet External 24 V
protocol on the module. Please contact your regional Siemens
representative for ordering the license. Relative positive tolerance 20 %
at 24 V DC
Relative negative tolerance 15 %
at 24 V DC
Current consumed
Typical from backplane bus 0.2 A
at 5 V DC
Maximum from external power 0.2 A
supply for 24 V DC
Effective power loss 5.8 W
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature - Note
Module format Compact module S7-300,
single-width
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Net weight 0.22 kg
components, general
Maximum number of modules per 1
CPU
Number of modules - Note Max. 8 per station

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 BACnet

Order No. 6FL4 343-1CX10-0XE0 Order No. 6FL4 343-1CX10-0XE0
Product type designation CP 343-1 BACnet Product type designation CP 343-1 BACnet
Performance data Product functions Management,
Performance data
Open communication
configuration, programming
2
Number of possible connections 8 Protocol is supported
for open communication by means Yes
of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, SNMP v1
maximum DCP Yes
Data volume LLDP Yes
As user data per TCP connection 8 Kibyte Configuration software required NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet
for open communication by (is delivered with STEP 7 V5.x).
means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, An additional runtime license
maximum "Building Integration" (reference
As user data per UDP connection 2 Kibyte number S55372-C107) is required
for open IE communication by to use the BACnet protocol
means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, on the module.
maximum To order the license, please
contact your regional Siemens
Number of multicast stations 8 partner.
Performance data Product functions Switch
S7 communication
Product function: Switch Yes
for S7 communication Product function
Maximum 4 Switch-managed No
For PG connections, maximum 2 Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
For PG/OP connections, maximum 2 Product functions Time
Number of possible connections Product function

for S7 communication - Note SICLOCK support Yes
Performance data Passing-on of time synchroniza- Yes
Multiprotocol operation tion
Number of active connections 12 NTP protocol is supported Yes
for multiprotocol operation
Performance data
BACnet
BACnet/IP protocol is supported Yes
Product function
BACnet device type AAC
(Advanced Application Controller)
Peer-to-peer between BACnet Yes
automation stations
BBMD (BACnet Broadcast Yes
Management Device)
Maximum number 800
of BACnet I/O objects
Maximum number of BACnet 1 500
objects, total
Influence on the cycle time No effect
of the automation system
Required storage capacity 4 Kibyte
of S7 CPUs main memory
Standard for BACnet Communication based on TCP/IP,
BACnet server in accordance
with EN 16484, Part 5

Siemens AG 2010
CP 343-1 BACnet

CP 343-1 BACnet 6FL4 343-1CX10-0XE0 If you have any technical questions on the CP 343-1 BACnet,
communications processor please contact:
for the connection of SIMATIC Common Support Entry:
2 for the integration of the
SIMATIC S7 into BACnet systems;
Siemens AG
SBT HQ
BACnet protocol, Phone: +41 (0) 41 724 5500
S7 communication, open commu- Fax: +41 (0) 41 724 5501
nication (SEND/RECEIVE), E-mail: [email protected]
with/without RFC 1006;
UDP, PG/OP communication To order the performance packages, please contact your local
Siemens I BT office.
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
2 x 2 (Type A)
FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 840-2AH10
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
RJ45 plug connector 2 x 2 for
with 145 cable outlet
SCALANCE X204-2
Industrial Ethernet switch
Industrial Ethernet switches 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3
with integrated SNMP access,
online diagnostics, copper cable
diagnostics and PROFINET
diagnostics for configuring line,
star and ring topologies;
with integrated redundancy
manager; incl. operating instruc-
tions, Industrial Ethernet network
manual and configuration
software on CD-ROM;
four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and
two fiber-optic cable ports
STEP 7 Version 5.4
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC
Requirement:
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
Type of delivery:
German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian;
incl. 3.5" authorization diskette,
without documentation
Floating License on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
Rental License for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA6
Software Update Service on CD 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
(requires current software
version)
Upgrade Floating License 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5
3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
Trial License STEP 7 V5.4; 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA7
on CD, runs for 14 days

Siemens AG 2010
System interfacing for PG/PC
Introduction
Communications processors for PG/PC

CPs with an internal microprocessor
Protocol software executes on the CP
Free PC resources for applications
Suitable for comprehensive applications 2
Recommended for applications with HMI systems which have
high performance requirements, e.g. WinCC
Recommended for large systems
(eight stations or more, e.g. SIMATIC)
Constant communication throughput
Can be used for redundant communication
Use for PROFINET IO real-time applications
Software Hardware
(RT, IRT with CP 1616/CP 1604)
Time synchronization
CPs with an internal CPs without an internal microprocessor

microprocessor Protocol software executes on the PG/PC
CP 1613 A2 (PCI) PC resources are divided between communications and
You will find software products on applications
the SIMATIC NET/Windows CD.
Suitable for less comprehensive applications
Development Kits are available for
use in various operating system Recommended for smaller applications (up to eight stations,
environments e.g. SIMATIC)
(e.g. for CP 1616 or CP 1604). Communications performance depends on PC resources and
As a rule, the necessary CP 1623 (PCIe) PC loading
configuration tools are included in
the software packages.
Manuals in PDF format and
extensive supplementary
information on SIMATIC NET
products and communication can be
found in the SIMATIC NET Manual CP 1616 (PCI)
Collection which is enclosed with
the software products.
CP 1604
(PC/104-Plus)
CP without an internal
microprocessor
CP 1612 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
G_IK10_XX_50183
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
System connections for PG/PC

Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Communication overview for SIMATIC PCs

The operating systems listed in the table refer exclusively to the tion of the relevant IPC for the operating system that is available
communication products specified! Please refer to the descrip- and has been released for that IPC.
Embedded Systems
2 Communi- Communication Operating system environ- SIMATIC Industrial PC/ Op. SIMATIC
cation software ment of the communication Field PG sys. Industrial PCs 2)
hardware software
Vista Business / Ultimate + SP1

Windows Server 2003 R2 / SP2
Windows XPembedded +
Windows XP Pro + SP2/3
other operating systems
Panel PC 477B / 477C

Microbox 427B / 427C

Rack PC 547B / 547C,
Windows Server 2008
SP1/SP2/FP 2007
Rack PC 847B
Box PC 627B
Box PC 627B
Box PC 827B
Field PG M
CPs and software for Industrial Ethernet
CP 1613 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
S7-1613 - - - - - - 6)
S7-REDCONNECT 3)
- - 3)
3)
5)6)
- - - - - 4)6)
5)6)
CP 1623
(PCIe x1)
S7-1613 - - 6) 6) 6) - - - - 6) 6)
S7-REDCONNECT 3)
- - 3)6) 3) 5)6) 6) - - - - 5)6) 5)6)
CP 1612 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
SOFTNET-S7 - - - - - 6)
SOFTNET-S7 Lean - - - - - 6)
SOFTNET-S7 - - - - - 6)
SIMATIC PG/PC
with integral
Ethernet
SOFTNET-S7 -
interface SOFTNET-S7 Lean -
SOFTNET-PG -
CPs and software for PROFINET
CP 1616 1)
(PCI 32 Bit) DK-16xx PN IO 1) V2.1 - - - -
CP 1604 1)
(PCI-104) DK-16xx PN IO 1) V2.1 - - - - - 2) 2) 2) - -
SIMATIC PG/PC
with integral
Ethernet
SOFTNET PN IO 7)
2)
2) 2)

interface PN CBA OPC-Server - 2) - - - - -
1) Use of these CPs requires porting of the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO to the rele-
vant operating system environment. You can order the DK-16xx PN IO at www.siemens.
Notes
- Please always note the supplementary conditions for the suitable
com/simatic-net/dk16xx on the Internet. It contains sample software for Linux Suse 10 and
Windows XP Professional. For IRT operation an exclusive interrupt is necessary; this is not
specified SIMATIC NET products that you can view on the
Internet pages shown below.
- not suitable
available in all slots. The additional use of CP 1616/CP 1604 is not approved for SIMATIC
Industrial PC versions and integrated PROFINET interface.
- for further details on XP embedded, see http://support.auto-
mation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/21661049
suitable under
certain conditions
2) possible with restrictions, if necessary, depending on memory expansion and processor capacity. - further details on system requirements and operating
3) requires at least 2 PCI or 2 PCIe slots (4-way redundancy requires 4 free PCI or 4 PCIe environments can be found in the Readme file of the com- on SIMATIC NET CD
slots!); hybrid configurations with CP 1613 A2 (PCI) and CP 1623 (PCIe) are possible, munication products on the SIMATIC NET PC Software CD, 2008 SP2 Edition
depending on PC expansion 2008 SP2 Edition or at http://support.automation.siemens.
4) not possible for 677B/677C in version with 1x PCI or 1x PCIe slot com/WW/view/de/26610954
5) without 4-way redundancy as there are only 2 slots - Updates and supplements to the catalog entries, as well as
6) depending on the slots of the selected PC version the above tables can be viewed at
7) with SOFTNET PN IO Linux http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Options for connecting Industrial Ethernet CPs to PG/PC

Siemens AG 2010
CP 1612 A2
The CP 1612 A2 supports the connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s) for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with a PCI
slot. It is designed for use in an industrial environment and can
be operated with all SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet and
SOFTNET PN IO packages. 2
Design
The CP 1612 A2 module (PCI card 32-bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz;
3.3 V/5 V Universal Key) is inserted directly into a SIMATIC
PG/PC or in a PC and requires a PCI slot.
1 x RJ45 connection with 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (half/full duplex)
Installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Function
The CP 1612 A2 offers the following accesses:
Level 2:
interface for PC networks in the industrial environment
,62 7&3 31 053 23& 3*23 66 ,7
8'3 Level 4 and Level 7:
economical access to Industrial Ethernet, e.g. to SIMATIC
*B,.B;;B
S5/S7 in connection with SOFTNET packages for Industrial

Ethernet.
PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V Universal Key) In addition, the protocols for Industrial Ethernet provided by the
for the connection of PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet operating system are supported.
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical The IT functionality emerges in connection with the PCs
Windows software.
Automatic data transmission rate detection
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s), with autosensing and autocrossover User interfaces
function
OPC interface
Communication services via
- PROFINET The OPC server included in the respective software package
- ISO or TCP/IP transport protocol can be used as the standard programming interface for the
- PG/OP communication protocols S7 communication and open communication, in order
- S7 communication to connect automation technology applications to OPC-compat-
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) ible Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.)
Designed for use in industrial environments Diagnostics
The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are Integration into network management systems through the
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica- support of SNMP
tion software.
Configuration
Benefits The S7 communication and open communication protocols
are configured in STEP 7 V5.1 SP3 or higher or NCM PC V5.1
SP2 or higher.
The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
delivery of the CP 1612 A2 software packages.
NCM PC is an integral component of Advanced PC Configu-
Low commissioning overhead due to plug & play and auto- ration.
sensing/autocrossover/autonegotiation (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
Particularly suitable for industrial use in PCs that require a
smaller quantity structure and no integrated switching func-
tionality
Ideally suited to SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet and
SOFTNET PN IO
Simple access to automation data via OPC as standard
interface
Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with
NCM PC and STEP 7

Siemens AG 2010
CP 1612 A2
Order No. 6GK1 161-2AA01 Order No. 6GK1 161-2AA01
Product type designation CP 1612 A2 Product type designation CP 1612 A2
S7 communication
2 Transmission rate at interface 1 10 1 000 Mbit/s
Software required Yes, SOFTNET-S7 (64 connec-
Interfaces for S7 communication tions) / SOFTNET-S7 Lean
Number of electrical connections 1 (8 connections)
at interface 1 in accordance with Number of possible connections for 64
Industrial Ethernet S7/PG communication, maximum
Design of electrical connection Performance data
Multiprotocol operation
at interface 1 in accordance RJ45 port
Number of active connections for 64
multiprotocol operation
of the backplane bus PCI (32 bits, 3.3 V / 5 V universal Number of configurable connec- 207
key 33/66 MHz) tions per PC station
Supply voltage, current Performance data
consumption, power loss PROFINET communication
Type of power supply DC as PN IO-Controller
Software required for PROFINET IO Yes, SOFTNET PN IO
Power supply communication
1 from backplane bus 5V Total number of PN IO-Devices that 64
can be operated on the PROFINET
2 from backplane bus 12 V IO-Controller
Relative symmetrical tolerance Number of PN IO IRT-Devices that 0
At 5 V with DC 5% can be operated on the PROFINET
IO-Controller
At 12 V with DC 5% Data volume
Current consumed As user data for input variables as 4 096 byte
PROFINET IO-Controller, max.
Maximum 1 from backplane bus 0.45 A
with DC As user data for output variables 4 096 byte
as PROFINET IO-Controller, max.
Maximum 2 from backplane bus 0.5 A
As user data for input variables per 1 472 byte
with DC
PN IO-Device as PROFINET IO-
Effective power loss 3.65 W Controller, maximum
Permissible ambient conditions As user data for output variables 1 472 byte
per PN IO-Device as PROFINET
Ambient temperature IO-Controller, maximum
During operating phase 0 55 C Performance data PROFINET CBA
During storage -10 +70 C Software required for Yes, PN CBA OPC-Server
PROFINET CBA communication
During transport -10 +70 C Number of remote interconnecting 228
Relative humidity at 25 C 90 % partners for PROFINET CBA
without condensation during Number of interconnections for 10 000
operating phase, maximum PROFINET CBA, total
IP degree of protection IP00 Product functions Management,
Module format PCI
Width 18 mm SNMP v1 Yes
Height 59 mm DCP No
Depth 140 mm LLDP No
Net weight 60 g Configuration software
Product properties, functions, Required NCM PC included in scope of
components, general delivery
Required for PROFINET CBA Yes, SIMATIC iMAP
Number of plug-in cards of same 2
design which can be inserted Product functions Time
per PC station Product function: SICLOCK support No
Number of modules - Note Standards, specifications,
approvals
Performance data
Standard
Performance data For EMC 2004/108/EC
Open communication
For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
Software required for open Yes, UL 1950
communication by means of SOFTNET-S7 (64 connections) /
SOFTNET-S7 Lean (8 connec- For emitted interference EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
SEND/RECEIVE
tions) For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
Number of possible connections 64 Certificate of suitability
for open communication by means CE mark Yes
of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum
C-Tick Yes

Siemens AG 2010
CP 1612 A2

CP 1612 A2 6GK1 161-2AA01 SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008
communications processor for Industrial Ethernet
PCI card (32 bit, 33 MHz/66 MHz; up to 64 connections
3.3 V/5 V universal keyed) for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with RJ45
Single license for 1 installation
Software Update Service
6GK1 704-1CW71-3AA0
6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0
2
interface, incl. driver for 32-bit for 1 year,
Windows XP Professional SP2/3, with automatic extension;
2003 R2 Server SP2, requirement:
Vista Business/Ultimate SP1, current software version
Windows 2008 Server;
German/English Upgrade from Edition 2006 and 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE0
higher to Edition 2008
SOFTNET Security Client 6GK1 704-1VW02-0AA0
Edition 2008 Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE1
or V6.3 to Edition 2008
Software for designing secure
IP-based VPN connections from a SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2008
programming device/PC to for Industrial Ethernet
network segments which are up to 8 connections
secured by SCALANCE S
in bridge mode; Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW71-3AA0
Single License for 1 installation,
Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0
runtime software (German/English),
for 1 year,
with automatic extension;
and electronic manual
requirement:
on CD-ROM (German/English/
current software version
French/Italian/Spanish)
for 32-bit Windows, Upgrade from Edition 2006 and 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0
XP Professional + SP1, SP2, SP3, higher to Edition 2008
Windows Vista Ultimate/
Business + SP1 Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1
or V6.3 to Edition 2007
SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2008
SOFTNET-PG Edition 2008
Software for PROFINET IO for Industrial Ethernet
Controller with OPC server and
NCM PC; runtime software, Software for PG/OP communica-
software and electronic manual tion, runtime software,
on CD-ROM, license key on USB software and electronic manual
flash drive, Class A, for 32-bit on CD-ROM, license key on USB
Windows XP Professional SP2/3; flash drive, Class A, for 32-bit
Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2; Windows XP Professional SP 2/3;
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
SP1; Windows 2008 Server; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate
German/English SP1; Windows 2008 Server;
German/English
Single License 6GK1 704-1HW71-3AA0
for one installation Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1PW71-3AA0
Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1HW00-3AL0 Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1PW00-3AL0
for 1 year, for 1 year,
with automatic extension; with automatic extension;
requirement: requirement:
current software version current software version
Upgrade SOFTNET PN IO 6GK1 704-1HW00-3AE0 Upgrade from Edition 2006 and 6GK1 704-1PW00-3AE0
Edition 2006 or higher to higher to Edition 2008
SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2008 Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1PW00-3AE1
Upgrade SOFTNET PN IO from 6GK1 704-1HW00-3AE1 or V6.3 to Edition 2008
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2008
TP cable 4 x 2
SOFTNET Edition 2008 with two RJ45 plugs
for Industrial Ethernet
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
Software for S7 and open commu-
nication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP 1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
communication and NCM PC, 2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
runtime software, software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM, 6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
license key on USB flash drive, 10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional SP2/3;
Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate
SP1; Windows 2008 Server;
German/English

Siemens AG 2010
CP 1612 A2

PN CBA OPC Server SNMP OPC Server Edition 2008
Edition 2008
Including MIB compiler;
PROFINET OPC server for CBA; single license for 1 installation of
runtime software, software and the runtime software,
2 electronic manual on CD-ROM,
license key on USB stick,
software and electronic manual
on CD-ROM; license key on USB
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP flash drive, Class A, for 32-bit
Professional SP 2/3; Windows XP Professional SP 2/3;
Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2; Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate Windows Vista Business/Ultimate
SP1; Windows 2008 Server; SP1; Windows 2008 Server;
German/English German/English
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 706-0HB71-3AA0 Basic 2008 6GK1 706-1NW71-3AA0
Administration of
Software Update Service 6GK1 706-0HB00-3AL0 up to 20 IP addresses;
for 1 year, Single license for 1 installation
requirement: - Software Update Service 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AL0
current software version for 1 year,
Upgrade from Edition 2006 6GK1 706-0HB00-3AE0 requirement:
and higher to Edition 2008, current software version
single license
- Upgrade from Edition 2006 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AE0
Upgrade from V6.0 to Edition 6GK1 706-0HB00-3AE1 and higher to Edition 2008,
2008, single license single license
- Upgrade from V6.0 to Edition 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AE1
2008, single license
Extended 2008 6GK1 706-1NX71-3AA0
Administration of
up to 200 IP addresses
- Software Update Service 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AL0
for 1 year,
requirement:
- Upgrade from Edition 2006 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AE0
and higher to Edition 2008,
single license
- Upgrade from V6.0 to 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AE1
Edition 2008, single license
Power Pack 2008; 6GK1 706-1NW71-3AC0
upgrade from SNMP OPC
Server Basic to SNMP OPC
Server Extended Edition 2008

Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
SICLOCK time synchronization
Small plants;
Overview for small to medium-sized plants, the PCS 7 Operator Station
or the WinCC Station are used as the time master, connecting
the corresponding DCF or GPS radio clock directly to the
COM interface of the PC.
An alternative to the PC solution is the option of synchronizing
the plant over the NTP via the SICLOCK central plant clocks.
The SICLOCK TC 100 is recommended for use with these
2
small plants.
Stand-alone systems;
for SIMATIC S7 controllers or small systems, e.g. for laboratory
automation, SICLOCK DCFS7 is a low-cost alternative to
DCF77 synchronization directly over an S7 digital input.
Design
SICLOCK TC 400/TC 100 and SICLOCK TS are designed for
mounting on a SIMATIC rail. Sets of materials for installation in
19-inch racks are also available.
Function
Central plant clocks
The SICLOCK TC 400/TC 100 and SICLOCK TS central plant
clocks support the synchronization of CPs and PCs with the
SIMATIC procedure as well as the NTP procedure over Industrial
Ethernet.
SICLOCK TC 400/TC 100 or SICLOCK TS central plant clock SICLOCK TC 400
as the central component for time synchronization of a plant SICLOCK TC 400 is used as a central plant clock for highly ac-
over Ethernet curate timekeeping and distributes the time to all synchronized
SICLOCK TC 400; systems over Industrial Ethernet, as well as over three additional
- Four independent Ethernet interfaces for supporting several point-to-point connections with TTY/24 V and RS422/5 V.
Ethernet subnets The devices are equipped with four independent Ethernet inter-
- Significantly extended redundancy functions faces. This enables separate or redundant automation networks
- Designed for PROFINET and I&C networks to be synchronized in parallel with just one
SICLOCK TC 100;
- An Ethernet interface
N device. Apart from the well-proven standard networks such as
SIMATIC NET or NTP, TC 400 is also prepared for use in
- Designed for mini and small plants PROFINET and PTCP.
Designed for PROFINET Interfaces, signal types, redundancy, etc. are parameterized
GPS or DCF77 radio clocks for direct connection to PCs, over the Internet/HMI. The display of statuses on the device pro-
SIMATIC S7 controllers and to the SICLOCK TC 400/TC 100 vides fast access to the operating status and any faults.
and SICLOCK TS central plant clocks SICLOCK TC 400 has interrupt capability and can be integrated
Pulse converter for electrical and optical distribution and into the I&C.
interface conversion
Complete packages for common applications
SICLOCK TC 100 N
SICLOCK TC 100 is the "little brother" of the TC 400 and is used
as a central plant clock for highly accurate time synchronization.
Application It distributes the time to all systems to be synchronized over
(Industrial) Ethernet.
Time synchronization of all components plays an important part Like the TC 400, the interfaces, signal types, redundancy, etc.
in the automation of production plants. The SICLOCK system are parameterized over the Internet/HMI. The display of statuses
is a parameterizable, modular system with perfectly matched on the device provides fast access to the operating status and
components for the time synchronization of plants. GPS (world- any faults.
wide) as well as DCF77 (Germany) can be used for external
radio synchronization SICLOCK TC 100 has interrupt capability and can be integrated
into the I&C.
The modular SICLOCK system supports the time synchroniza-
tion of an individual PLC through to the large plant with multiple SICLOCK TS
redundancy. SICLOCK TS is used as a central plant clock for highly accurate
timekeeping and distributes the time to all synchronized systems
Time synchronization concepts over Industrial Ethernet, as well as over three individually param-
The automation systems and operator stations of a SIMATIC eterizable outputs for point-to-point connections and IRIG
PCS 7 plant or WinCC stations can be synchronized as follows A and B.
with DCF77 or GPS time signals: If the antenna of a radio clock fails, all SICLOCK central plant
Large plants; clocks continue to provide reliable timekeeping thanks to auto-
for larger plants with many network stations and stringent matic changeover to highly accurate quartz operation. When the
requirements for timekeeping, the time synchronization is radio clock is returned to service, they accept the time signal
performed using a SICLOCK TC 400 or SICLOCK TS central without a time step.
plant clock on the plant bus.

Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
SICLOCK TC 400 central plant clock DCF radio clocks

SICLOCK TC 400 preferred 2XV9 450-2AR10 SICLOCK DCFRS, radio clock, 2XV9 450-1AR21
package industrial version
2 Package comprises
SICLOCK TC 400
DCF radio clock for time synchro-
nization of individual PCs or
servers in industrial environments
SICLOCK GPS1000 system with high levels of interference;
with antenna frame distances of up to 1000 m are
Lightning protection for GPS possible between the DCF radio
clock and the PC,
Complete solution, package comprises
e.g. for use in PCS 7
Active DCF77 antenna with
SICLOCK TC 400 DCF77 2XV9 450-2AR20 TTY output (20 mA line current)
and antenna frame
SICLOCK TC 400 central plant
clock with Ethernet interface + TTY/RS232 converter
DCFRS radio clock, industrial Plug-in power supply
version; Two junction boxes
package comprises
1 m connecting cable mounted,
SICLOCK TC 400 extendable to 1000 m
Active DCF77 antenna with DCF77 receiving service
TTY output (20 mA line current) for Windows
and antenna frame
Junction box SICLOCK DCFRS, 2XV9 450-1AR14
radio clock for Windows
1 m connecting cable mounted,
extendable to 1000 m DCF radio clock for the time
synchronization of individual PCs
SICLOCK TC 400 single device 2XV9 450-2AR01 over short distances,
package comprises
SICLOCK TC 100 single device 2XV9 450-2AR22 N Active DCF77 antennas
SICLOCK TS central plant clock with RS232 interface
Mounting bracket
SICLOCK TS GPS1000 20 m connecting cable mounted
SICLOCK TS central plant clock DCF77 receiving service
with Ethernet interface and IRIG A for Windows
and B + GPS1000 radio clock,
package comprises SICLOCK DCFEMP, 2XV9 450-1AR61
SICLOCK TS in stainless steel receiver with TTY interface
housing for rail mounting DCF receiver for connection to
GPS1000 radio clock existing HF cable system in the
with antenna frame plant for DCF77 time signals for
time synchronization of individual
Junction box PCs or servers at distances
- with SICLOCK TS 2XV9 450-1AR54 of up to 1000 m,
24 110 V DC package comprises
- with SICLOCK TS 2XV9 450-1AR55 Active DCF77 receiver
90 230 V AC/DC with mounting bracket and TTY
interface
SICLOCK TS single device
1 m connecting cable mounted
SICLOCK TS central plant clock
with Ethernet interface and IRIG A SICLOCK DCFS7 2XV9 450-1AR36
and B in stainless steel housing Low-cost solution for time
for rail mounting synchronization of SIMATIC
S7-300/400 over DCF77 over one
SICLOCK TS 24 110 V DC 2XV9 450-1AR52 digital input,
SICLOCK TS 90 230 V AC/DC 2XV9 450-1AR53 package comprises
SICLOCK DCFRS, radio clock
with RS232 output,
20 m connecting cable and
mounting bracket
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface
SICLOCK DCFS7 receiving
ervice (STEP 7 function block for
integration in S7 software)
Accessories for SICLOCK DCFS7
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface + 2XV9 450-1AR30
receiving service
(STEP 7 function block
for integration in S7 software)
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface 2XV9 450-1AR35
SICLOCK DCFS7 2XV9 450-1AR32
receiving service
(STEP 7 function block
for integration in S7 software)

Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
GPS radio clocks Accessories

SICLOCK WINGPS, 2XV9 450-1AR13 Set of materials
radio clock for Windows for SICLOCK TM/TS
GPS radio clock for the time
synchronization of individual PCs
for desktop housing
for 19 mounting frame (4 HU)
2XV9 450-1AR80
2XV9 450-1AR81
2
in industrial environments with
high levels of interference, Lightning protection for
package comprises antenna cable
GPS antenna Lightning protection 2XV9 450-1AR11
with antenna frame for coaxial antenna cable
WINGPS decoder (SICLOCK GPSDEC/WINGPS)
with power supply Lightning protection 2XV9 450-1AR83
22 m coax antenna cable for TTY connecting cable
(max. length 70 m, (SICLOCK GPS1000/DCFRS
see accessories) industrial version)
20 m PC connection cable Lightning protection 2XV9 450-1AR15
WINGPS for RS232 antenna cable
(SICLOCK DCFS7/DCFRS
DCF77 receiving service with RS232 interface)
for Windows
Coaxial antenna cable
SICLOCK GPSDEC, 2XV9 450-1AR00 SICLOCK GPSDEC/WINGPS
radio clock for Windows
30 m 2XV9 450-1AR12
GPS radio clock for the time syn-
chronization of the SICLOCK TS 70 m 2XV9 450-1AR07
central plant clocks or program-
mable controllers in industrial Software
environments with high levels of
SICLOCK DCF77 2XV9 450-1AR28
interference,
receiving service for Windows
package comprises
GPS antenna SICLOCK Ethernet 2XV9 450-1AR44
with antenna frame receiving service for Windows NT
GPSDEC decoder Pulse converter
with power supply
22 m coax antenna cable SICLOCK EOPC
(max. length 70 m, Electrical/optical pulse converter
see accessories) for industrial applications
5 m RS232 connecting cable with 32 fiber-optic cable outlets
for transparent operation and
Parameterization program pulse mode
GPS1000 + power supply, 2XV9 450-1AR82 SICLOCK EOPC 2XV9 450-1AR72
radio clock for Windows 24 110 V DC
GPS radio clock for time synchro- SICLOCK EOPC 2XV9 450-1AR73
nization of PCs, programmable 90 230 V AC/DC
controllers as well as
SICLOCK TC 400/TC 100 and SICLOCK PCON
SICLOCK TS central plant clocks Single-channel electrical/optical
in industrial environments with pulse converter for industrial
high levels of interference with applications
distances up to 1000 m between
the antenna and device, SICLOCK PCON 2XV9 450-1AR63-1SA3
package comprises 24 230 V AC/DC,
with multi-mode fiberglass
GPS1000 antenna head connection, 820 nm
with antenna frame
SICLOCK PCON 2XV9 450-1AR63-1MA3
GPS1000 power supply 24 230 V AC/DC,
Junction box long distance, with multi-mode
5 m RS232 connecting cable fiberglass connection, 1310 nm
DCF77 receiving service SICLOCK DCFHF 2XV9 450-1AR64
for Windows HF modulator for DCF77 signals
for industrial applications
More information
SIEMENS AG
I IS MS EDM V ERL
Frauenauracher Str. 98
91020 Erlangen, Germany
SICLOCK hotline
Phone: +49 9131 7-28866
Fax: +49 9131 18-80604
Email: [email protected]
You can find more information in the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/siclock

Siemens AG 2010
Distributed I/O ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN
Overview
Compact module in two types of enclosures:
- 30 mm x 200 mm x 37 mm (W x H x D, long and narrow
enclosure), with 4 x M12 for digital signals
- 60 mm x 175 mm x 37 mm (W x H x D, short and wide
2 enclosure), with 8 x M12 for digital signals and IO-Link
enclosure) with 4 x M12 or 8 x M12 for analog signals
PROFINET connection: 2 x M12 and automatic PROFINET
address assignment
Data transmission rate 100 Mbit/s
LLDP proximity detection without PG and Fast Startup
(boot up within approx 0.5 seconds)
Supply and load voltage connection: 2 x M12
Module variance:
- 8 DI
- 16 DI
- 8 DO (2 A)
- 8 DO (1.3 A)
Compact block I/O for processing digital, analog and IO-Link - 8 DO (0.5 A)
signals for connecting to the PROFINET bus system - 16 DO (1.3 A)
- 8 DI/DO (1.3 A),
Cabinet-free design with degree of protection IP65/66/67 - 8 AI (U, I, TC, RTD)
with M12 connections - 4 AO (U, I)
Very rugged and resistant metal enclosure and encapsulated - 4 IO-Link + 8 DI + 4 DO (1.3 A)
Channel-specific diagnostics
6ES7 141-6BF00-0AB0 6ES7 141-6BG00-0AB0 6ES7 141-6BH00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes Yes Yes
permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V 20.4 V 20.4 V
(DC)
permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V
(DC)
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
Current consumption, typ. 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA
Power loss, typ. 5.5 W 4.5 W 6.5 W
interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2 2 2
speed
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Protocols
PROFINET IO Yes Yes Yes
Protocols (Ethernet)
SNMP Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes
LLDP Yes Yes Yes
ping Yes Yes Yes
arp Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8 8 16
controllable inputs
2
Number of simultaneously 8 8 16
Input voltage
for signal "0" -3 to +5 V -3 to +5 V -3 to +5 V
for signal "1" 11 to 30 V 11 to 30 V 11 to 30 V
Input current
for signal "0", max. 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
(permissible quiescent current)
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max. Typ. 3 ms Typ. 3 ms Typ. 3 ms
Cable length
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 4 8 8
Output current, rated value 100 mA; Per output 100 mA; Per output 100 mA; Per output
24 V encoder supply
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes Yes
status information
Status indicator Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes
Monitoring the voltage supply to Yes; Green "ON" LED Yes; Green "ON" LED Yes; Green "ON" LED
the electronics
Wire break in signal encoder Yes Yes Yes
cable
Short circuit encoder supply Yes; Per channel group Yes; Per channel group Yes; Per channel group
Group error Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED
Isolation
tested with
24 V DC circuits 500 V 500 V 500 V

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

Isolation
between the load voltages Yes Yes Yes
2 between load voltage and all other
switching components
No No No
between Ethernet and electronics Yes Yes Yes

between different circuits 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC
IP 65 Yes Yes Yes
IP 66 Yes Yes Yes
IP 67 Yes Yes Yes
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH 002AH 002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0306H 0306H 0306H
Weight
Weight 550 g 910 g 910 g
6ES7 142-6BF50- 6ES7 142-6BF00- 6ES7 142-6BG00- 6ES7 142-6BR00- 6ES7 142-6BH00-
0AB0 0AB0 0AB0 0AB0 0AB0
Supply voltages
Load voltage 1L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Load voltage 2L+
Current consumption
from load voltage 1L+ 100 mA 4A 4A 4A 4A
(unswitched voltage)
Power loss, typ. 3W 5.5 W 5.5 W 5W 5.5 W

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces
automatic detection of transmission
2
Yes
2
Yes
2
Yes
2
Yes
2
Yes
2
speed
Autocrossing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Connection point
M12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protocols
PROFINET IO Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
SNMP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ping Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
arp Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 8 8 8 8 16
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic
of the output
Response threshold, typ. 0.7 A 1.8 A 1.8 A 2.8A 1.8 A
Limitation of inductive shutdown Typ. (L1+, L2+) - Typ. (L1+, L2+) - Typ. (L1+, L2+) - Typ. (L1+, L2+) - Typ. (L1+, L2+)
voltage to 47 V 47 V 47 V 47 V -47 V
on lamp load, max. 5W 5W 5W 10 W 5W
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 1.3 A; maximum 1.3 A; maximum 2A 1.3 A; maximum
for signal "0" residual current, 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
max.
for increased power No No No No No
for redundant control of a load Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
on lamp load, max. 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz
Aggregate current of the outputs
(per group)
up to 55 C, max. 3.9 A
up to 60 C, max. 4A 2.6 A 3.9 A 3.9 A 3.9 A
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m 30 m 30 m 30 m 30 m

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

status information
2 Status indicator Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Monitoring the voltage supply to Yes; Green "ON" Yes; Green "ON" Yes; Green "ON" Yes; Green "ON" Yes; Green "ON"
the electronics LED LED LED LED LED
Wire break in acutator cable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Short circuit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Group error Yes; Red/yellow Yes; Red/yellow Yes; Red/yellow Yes; Red/yellow Yes; Red/yellow
"SF/MT" LED "SF/MT" LED "SF/MT" LED "SF/MT" LED "SF/MT" LED
Isolation
tested with
24 V DC circuits 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V
Isolation
between the load voltages Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
between load voltage and all other No No No No No
between Ethernet and electronics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
between the channels No No No No No
between different circuits 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH 002AH 002AH 002AH 002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0306H 0306H 0306H 0306H 0306H
Weight
Weight 550 g 550 g 910 g 910 g 910 g

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 147-6BG00-0AB0 6ES7 147-6BG00-0AB0
Supply voltages Number of simultanneously
controllable inputs
Rated value
24 V DC Yes
- Number of simultaneously 8
2
Permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V controllable inputs, up to 60 C
(DC)
Input characteristic according to Yes
Permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V IEC 1131, type 3
(DC)
Input voltage
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Rated value, DC 24 V
Load voltage 2L+
for signal "0" -3 to +5 V
Rated value (DC) 24 V
for signal "1" 11 to 30 V
Permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
(DC) Input current
Permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V for signal "0", max. 1.5 mA
(DC) (permissible quiescent current)
Reverse polarity protection Yes for signal "1", typ. 7 mA
Current consumption Cable length
from load voltage 1L+ 4A Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m
(unswitched voltage) Digital outputs
from load voltage 2L+, max. 4A Number of digital outputs 8
Current consumption/power loss in groups of 4
Power loss, typ. 6.5 W Short-circuit protection Yes
interfaces Switching capacity of the outputs
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2 on lamp load, max. 5W
automatic detection of transmission Yes Controlling a digital input Yes
speed
Output current
Autocrossing Yes
for signal "1" rated value 1.3 A; maximum
Integrated switch Yes
for signal "0" residual current, 1.5 mA
Transmission rate, max. 100 Mbit/s max.
Connection point Parallel switching of 2 outputs
M12 Yes for increased power No
Protocols for redundant control of a load Yes
PROFINET IO Yes Switching frequency
Protocols (Ethernet) with resistive load, max. 100 Hz
SNMP Yes with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz
DCP Yes on lamp load, max. 1 Hz
LLDP Yes Aggregate current of the outputs
ping Yes (per group)
arp Yes up to 60 C, max. 3.9 A
PROFINET IO-Device Cable length
with option "high flexibility", Yes Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m
supported Encoder supply
Prioritized power up, supported Yes Number of outputs 8
Digital inputs Output current, rated value 100 mA; per output
Number of digital inputs 8 24 V encoder supply
in groups of 4 Short-circuit protection Yes

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 147-6BG00-0AB0 6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0
Interrupts/diagnostics/ Supply voltages
status information
Rated value
2 Status indicator
Alarms
Yes; green LED
DC 24 V Yes
permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
Diagnostic alarm Yes (DC)
Diagnoses permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V
(DC)
Diagnostics functions Yes
Diagnostics information readable Yes
Current consumption
Monitoring the voltage supply Yes; green LED "ON"
of the electronics Current consumption, typ. 110 mA
Wire break in acutator cable Yes Current consumption/
power loss
Wire break in signal encoder Yes
cable Power loss, typ. 2.8 W
Short circuit Yes interfaces
Short circuit encoder supply Yes Number of PROFINET interfaces 2
Group error Yes; red/yellow LED "SF/MT" automatic detection of transmission Yes
speed
Isolation
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s
tested with
Connection point
24 V DC circuits 500 V
M12 Yes
Interface 1 500 V;
according to IEEE 802.3 Protocols
Isolation PROFINET IO Yes
between the load voltages Yes Protocols (Ethernet)
between load voltage and all other No SNMP Yes
DCP Yes
between Ethernet and electronics Yes
LLDP Yes
ping Yes
between the channels No
arp Yes
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 8
Number of analog inputs for 4
IP 65 Yes voltage/current measurement
IP 66 Yes Number of analog inputs for resis- 4
tance/temperature measurement
IP 67 Yes
cable length, shielded, max. 30 m
Dimensions and weight voltages
Width 60 mm 0 to +10 V Yes
Height 175 mm 1 to 5 V Yes
Depth 49 mm -10 V to +10 V Yes
Weight -80 mV to +80 mV Yes
Weight 910 g

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0 6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0
Input ranges (rated values), Encoder supply
currents
Number of outputs 4
0 to 20 mA
-20 to +20 mA
Yes
Yes
24 V encoder supply 2
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic at 1.4 A
4 to 20 mA Yes
Output current, max. 1A
thermoelements Encoder
Type E Yes Number of connectable encoders, 8
max.
Type J Yes
Connection of signal encoders
Type K Yes
for voltage measurement Yes
Type N Yes
for current measurement as 2-wire Yes
Input ranges (rated values), transducer
resistance thermometers
for current measurement as 4-wire Yes
Ni 100 Yes
transducer
Ni 1000 Yes
for resistance measurement with Yes
Ni 120 Yes 2-conductor connection
Ni 200 Yes for resistance measurement with Yes
Pt 100 Yes for resistance measurement with Yes
4-conductor connection
Pt 1000 Yes
Pt 200 Yes Errors/accuracies
Pt 500 Yes linearity error +/- 0,01 %
(based on input rage)
resistors Temperature error U: 0,0035%/C; I:0,006%/C;
(relative to input areas) RTD: 0,0005%/C;
0 to 150 Ohm Yes TC: 0,0035%/C
0 to 300 Ohm Yes Crosstalk between the inputs, min. 85 dB
0 to 600 Ohm Yes
Interference voltage suppression
0 to 3000 Ohm Yes for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %), fl = interfer-
ence frequency
Voltage input
Series mode interference (peak 46 dB
permissible input frequency for 28.8 V permanent,
value of interference < rated value
voltage input (destruction limit), 35 V for max. 500 ms
of input range), min.
max.
common mode voltage, min. 70 dB
Temperature compensation
programmable Yes
status information
internal temperature compensa- Yes
Alarms
tion
Diagnostic alarm Yes
external temperature compensa- Yes
tion with compensations socket Diagnoses
Analog value creation Diagnostic functions Yes
Analog value display SIMATIC S7 format Diagnostic information readable Yes
Measurement principle Integrating Monitoring the voltage supply to Yes; Green "ON" LED
the electronics
time/resolution per channel Short circuit encoder supply Yes; Per module
Resolution (incl. overload area) 15 bits + sign Group error Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED
Integration time, parameterizable Yes Overflow/underflow Yes
Integration time, ms 2 / 16.67 / 20 / 100 ms Isolation
Interference voltage suppression 500 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz tested with
for interference frequency f1 in Hz
Conversion time (per channel) 4 / 19 / 22 / 102 ms
Interface 1 500 V; according to IEEE 802.3
Smoothing of measured values
parameterizable Yes
Level: none Yes; 1 x cycle time
Level: weak Yes; 4 x cycle time
Level: middle Yes; 16 x cycle time
Level: strong Yes; 64 x cycle time

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0 6ES7 145-6HD00-0AB0
Isolation Protocols
between the load voltages Yes PROFINET IO Yes
2 between load voltage and all other
No Protocols (Ethernet)
SNMP Yes
between Ethernet and electronics Yes DCP Yes
Isolation, analog inputs LLDP Yes
between the channels No ping Yes
Permissible potential difference arp Yes
between inputs and MANA (UCM) 10 Vpp AC Analog outputs
Degree of protection Number of analg outputs 4
IP 65 Yes cable length, shielded, max. 30 m
IP 66 Yes Voltage output, Short-circuit protec- Yes
tion
IP 67 Yes
Voltage output, short-circuit cur- 30 mA
General information rent, max..
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH Current output, no-load voltage, 20 V
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0306H max.
Dimensions and weight Output ranges, voltage
Dimensions and weight 0 to 10 V Yes
Width 60 mm 1 to 5 V Yes
-10 to +10 V Yes
Height 175 mm
Output ranges, current
Depth 49 mm
0 to 20 mA Yes
Weight
-20 to +20 mA Yes
Weight 930 g
4 to 20 mA Yes
Connection of actuators
6ES7 145-6HD00-0AB0 Yes
for voltage output 2-conductor
Supply voltages connection
Rated value for current output 2-conductor Yes
Yes connection
DC 24 V
20,.4 V Load impedance (in rated range of
permissible range, lower limit output)
(DC)
28.8 V with voltage outputs, min. 1 k
permissible range, upper limit
(DC) with voltage outputs, capacitive 1 F
Yes load, max.
Reverse polarity protection
with current outputs, max. 600
Current consumption
with current outputs, inductive 1 mH
Current consumption, typ. 280 mA load, max.
Current consumption/power loss Destruction limits against externally
Power loss, typ. 5.5 W applied voltages and currents
interfaces Voltages at the outputs towards 28.8 V permanent,
MANA 35 V for max. 500 ms
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2
automatic detection of transmission Yes
speed Analog value display SIMATIC S7 format
Autocrossing Yes Measurement principle Resistor network
integrated switch Yes Integration and conversion
Resolution (incl. overload area) 15 bits + sign
Connection point
Conversion time (per channel) 1 ms
M12 Yes
Settling time
for resistive load 2 ms
for capacitive load 1.8 ms
for inductive load 2 ms

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 145-6HD00-0AB0 6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0
Encoder supply Supply voltages
Number of outputs 4 Rated value
24 V encoder supply 24 V DC Yes 2
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic at 1.4 A Permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
(DC)
Permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V
Errors/accuracies (DC)
Output ripple (based on output U: 0.6 mVrms; I: 0.4 nArms Reverse polarity protection Yes
range, bandwidth 0 to 50 kHz)
Load voltage 2L+
Temperature error U: 0.001%/C; I: 0.0025%/C
(relative to output area) Rated value (DC) 24 V
Crosstalk between the outputs, 70 dB Permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
min. (DC)
Interrupts/diagnostics/ Permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V
status information (DC)
Status indicator Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes
Substitute values connectable Yes Current consumption
Alarms from load voltage 1L+ 4A
from load voltage 2L+, max. 4A
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes
Power loss, typ. 8W
Diagnostic information readable Yes
interfaces
Monitoring the voltage supply to Yes; Green "ON" LED
the electronics Number of PROFINET interfaces 2
Wire break Yes; Channel-by-channel with automatic detection of transmission Yes
current output speed
Short circuit Yes; Channel-by-channel with Autocrossing Yes
voltage output
integrated switch Yes
Group error Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED
Transmission rate, max. 100 Mbit/s
Isolation
Connection point
between the load voltages Yes
M12 Yes
between load voltage and all other No
switching components Protocols
between Ethernet and electronics Yes PROFINET IO Yes
Isolation, analog outputs Protocols (Ethernet)

SNMP Yes
DCP Yes
LLDP Yes
between M internally 10 Vpp AC
and the outputs ping Yes
Degree of protection arp Yes
IP 65 Yes PROFINET IO-Device
IP 66 Yes IRT with option "high flexibility", Yes

supported
IP 67 Yes
Digital inputs
General information
Number of digital inputs 8
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0306H controllable inputs
Dimensions and weight all mounting positions
Dimensions and weight controllable inputs, up to 60 C
Width 60 mm Input characteristic according Yes
Height 175 mm to IEC 1131, type 3
Depth 49 mm Input voltage
Weight Rated value, DC 24 V
Weight 930 g for signal "0" -3 to +5 V

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0 6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0
Input current Interrupts/diagnostics/
status information
for signal "0", max. (permissible 1.5 mA
2 quiescent current)
for signal "1", typ. 7 mA
Status indicator
Alarms
Yes; green LED
Cable length Diagnostic alarm Yes

Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m Diagnoses
Digital outputs Diagnostics functions Yes
Number of digital outputs 4 Diagnostics information readable Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Monitoring the voltage supply of Yes; green LED "ON"
the electronics
Wire break in acutator cable Yes
on lamp load, max. 5W
Wire break in signal encoder ca- Yes
Controlling a digital input Yes ble
Output current Short circuit Yes
for signal "1" rated value 1.3 A; maximum Short circuit encoder supply Yes
for signal "0" residual current, 1.5 mA Group error Yes; red/yellowLED "SF/MT"
max.
Isolation
tested with
for increased power No
for redundant control of a load Yes
interface 1 500 V;
Switching frequency according to IEEE 802.3
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz Isolation
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz between the load voltages Yes
on lamp load, max. 1 Hz between load voltage and all other No
Aggregate current of the outputs switching components
(per group) between Ethernet and electronics Yes
up to 60 C, max. 3.9 A Galvanic isolation, digital inputs
Cable length between the channels No
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m Isolation, digital outputs
Encoder supply between the channels No
Number of outputs 6 Degree of protection
Output current, rated value 200 mA; IP 65 Yes
100 mA per output on X5-X6
IP 66 Yes
24 V encoder supply
IP 67 Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes
Width 60 mm
Height 175 mm
Depth 49 mm
Weight
Weight 910 g

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN digital input Accessories (continued)
module
8 DI 24 V DC; 6ES7 141-6BF00-0AB0 2 x 2 (Type A)
4 x M12, dual assignment,
degree of protection IP67
cable for connection to IE FC
Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
2
8 DI 24 V DC; 6ES7 141-6BG00-0AB0
8 x M12, PROFINET-compatible;
degree of protection IP67 with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
16 DI 24 V DC; 6ES7 141-6BH00-0AB0 max. length 1000 m,
8 x M12, dual assignment, minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 6XV1 870-2D
ET 200eco PN digital output 2 x 2 (Type C)
module
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A; 6ES7 142-6BF50-0AB0 cable for connection to IE FC
4 x M12, dual assignment, Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for
1 load voltage supply DO; use in trailing cables;
degree of protection IP67 PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
8 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 6ES7 142-6BF00-0AB0 Sold by the meter;
4 x M12, dual assignment, max. length 1000 m,
degree of protection IP67 minimum order 20 m
8 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 6ES7 142-6BG00-0AB0 PROFINET M12 connector,
8 x M12, can be assembled
IE FC M12 connector PRO,
8 DO 24 V DC/2 A; 8 x M12, 6ES7 142-6BR00-0AB0 can be assembled
1 unit 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA0
16 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 6ES7 142-6BH00-0AB0
8 x M12, dual assignment, 8 units 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA8
degree of protection IP67 PROFINET M12 connecting
ET 200eco PN digital cables
input/output modules Pre-assembled connecting cable
8 DI/DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 6ES7 147-6BG00-0AB0 with two M12 connectors
8 x M12, (D-coded) in various lengths:
degree of protection IP67 0.3 m 6XV1 870-8AE30
ET 200eco PN analog 0.5 m 6XV1 870-8AE50
input modules
1.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH10
8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC; 8 x M12, 6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0
degree of protection IP67 1.5 m 6XV1 870-8AH15
ET 200eco PN analog 2.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH20

output modules 3.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH30
4 AO U/I; 4 x M12, 6ES7 145-6HD00-0AB0 5.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH50
10.0 m 6XV1 870-8AN10
ET 200eco PN IO-Link
master module 15.0 m 6XV1 870-8AN15
4 IO-L + 8 DI + 6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0 M12 connector for load supply
4 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 8 x M12, 24 V DC
degree of protection IP67 Connection socket for infeed 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Accessories of 24 V DC;
4-pin, A-coded, 3 units
PD voltage distributor, 24 V DC; 6ES7 148-6CB00-0AA0
1 X 7/8, 4 X M12 Connector for passing on the 6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA3
24 V DC;
Terminal block for ET 200eco 6ES7 194-6CA00-0AA0 4-pin, A-coded, 3 units
PN, 10 A insulation piercing
connecting devices M12 power connection cables
Pre-assembled power connection
Spare fuses for terminal block, 6ES7 194-6HB00-0AA0 cables on both sides with
10 units M12 socket and connector
Mounting rail 0.5 m 6ES7 194-6GA00-0AA0 4 x 0.75 mm2, in various lengths:
Profile screw for mounting rail, 6ES7 194-6MA00-0AA0 0.3 m 6XV1 801-5DE30
50 units 0.5 m 6XV1 801-5DE50
Cap M12 for modules IP67, 3RK1 901-1KA00 1.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH10
10 units
1.5 m 6XV1 801-5DH15
Labels 10 7 mm, 3RT1 900-1SB10
pastel turquoise, 2.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH20
816 units
3.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH30
5.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH50
10.0 m 6XV1 801-5DN10
15.0 m 6XV1 801-5DN15

Siemens AG 2010
ET 200eco PN

M12 coupling plug M12 connecting cables
(PUR jacket)
Can be assembled
Pre-assembled connecting
for connecting actuators or 3RX8 000-0CD40 cables for connecting digital
2 sensors, 4-pin
for connecting actuators or 3RX8 000-0CD55
sensors and actuators
on both sides with M12 socket
sensors, 5-pin and connector 3 x 0.34 mm2,
M12 angular circular connector in various lengths:
Can be assembled; for 3RX8 000-0CE55 0.6 m 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AA6
connecting actuators or sensors, 1.0 m 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB0
5-pin
1.5 m 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
Y cable M12
for double connection of I/O by 6ES7 194-6KA00-0XA0 and connector 4 x 0.34 mm2,
means of single cable to ET 200, in various lengths:
5-pin
0.6 m 3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6
1.0 m 3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0
1.5 m 3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5

Siemens AG 2010
SIMOTION Motion Control System SIMOTION C Controller-based
Summary
Overview Design
SIMOTION C is the controller variant of the SIMOTION family
with the proven design of the SIMATIC S7-300. Flexible modular
expansion of SIMOTION C is possible thanks to use of the
SIMATIC S7 module spectrum. The SIMOTION C240 and
C240 PN designs represent two powerful motion controllers for
advanced control and motion control tasks.
Factory
network
2
SIMATIC HMI
Depending on the SIMOTION C platform, HMI devices can Industrial Ethernet
be operated directly on the onboard PROFIBUS, Ethernet or
PROFINET interfaces for operator control and monitoring.
Functions such as remote maintenance, diagnostics and tele-
service can also be used via these interfaces.
SIMOTION C
Benefits
Mounting flexibility thanks to the SIMATIC S7 module spec-
trum and thus optimal adaptation to automation task PROFIBUS *)
For universal use with digital and analog coupling to servo/

vector, stepper and hydraulic drives (depending on the
variant)
User-friendly mounting and simple design with no moving
parts
ET 200 ET 200
Flexible networking through onboard PROFIBUS DP, Industrial
Ethernet and PROFINET IO interfaces
Powerful thanks to a range of integrated functions
G_PM10_EN_00002b
Easy engineering of logic and motion control applications in
the same program
SINAMICS S120
Application *) for SIMOTION C240 PN also PROFINET IO
SIMOTION C can be used wherever
Motion Control, technology and PLC functionalities are to be SIMOTION C with central and distributed I/O
programmed, configured and executed in a single unit,
The SIMOTION C motion control system is designed with
a modularly expandable device is to be placed near or in the modular principles in mind. It consists of a comprehensive and
machine, individually combinable hardware spectrum that uses compo-
communication with other programmable controllers is nents of the SIMATIC S7-300 series and Siemens drive
necessary. technology.
SIMOTION C is universally applicable and meets the highest Components and interfaces of the SIMOTION C motion
standards with respect to suitability for industrial use, thanks to controller:
high EMC compatibility and resistance against shock and
Analog drive interfaces (C240 only)
vibration loads.
- For setpoint outputs to servo/vector drives
Important applications include: - For setpoint outputs to the actuating valves of hydraulic
drives
Packaging machines
- As freely assignable analog outputs
Plastic and rubber processing machines
Pulse outputs for controlling stepper drives (C240 only)
Presses, wire-drawing machines
Interfaces for incremental/absolute encoders for cyclic acqui-
Textile machines sition of an actual position value or as freely assignable
Printing machines up/down counter (C240 only)
Wood, glass, ceramics and stone working machines Onboard I/O for high-speed I/O signals
Retrofit SIMOTION Micro Memory Card (MMC) for storing:
- SIMOTION Kernel
Due to the increasing use of servo drives, these machines - User programs
require a high degree of integration of PLC, Motion Control and - User variables
technology functions.
Integrated communications interfaces for linking:
- Distributed I/Os
- HMI systems
- PG/PC
- Other motion control and automation systems
- Drives with digital setpoint interface
Various status/error displays and mode selectors

Siemens AG 2010
Summary
Design (continued)
The following components make up a SIMOTION C system: Expansion with central I/O modules
Motion Controller and Micro Memory Card (MMC) Up to 8 slots can be used to the right of the motion controller for
As well as other system components (depending on require- SIMATIC S7-300 I/O modules.
2 ments) such as:
- Load power supplies (PS) for connecting SIMOTION C to a
The IM 365 can be used to connect an expansion rack (two-tier
design) to increase the number of slots available for I/O modules
power supply of 120 V/230 V AC from 8 to 16. Multitier configuration with IM 360/IM 361 is not
- Central (not onboard) and distributed I/O components supported by SIMOTION C.
- Servo/vector drives with analog or digital setpoint interface
or stepper drives
Mounting and connection technology
The simple design makes SIMOTION C flexible and easy to
maintain:
Rail mounting
Simply attach the module to the standard mounting rail, swing SIMATIC S7-300
PS1) Motion Controller I/O Modules
it in and screw it tight.
G_PM10_en_00001
SIMOTION C
Integrated backplane bus
The backplane bus is integrated in the Motion Controller.
The motion controller is connected to the I/O modules via bus 1) Power supply
connectors which are plugged into the rear of the housing.
The front connector coding prevents front connectors from
being plugged into the wrong module type. SIMOTION C can be mounted horizontally or vertically.
Screw-type terminals, spring-loaded terminals or FastConnect If additional I/O modules are required, the distributed SIMATIC
system for I/O modules ET 200 I/O can be connected to a SIMOTION C via PROFIBUS
TOP connect DP or PROFINET IO (for C240 PN).
This connection method provides preassembled wiring with The number of pluggable I/O modules is also limited by the
1 to 3-wire connection systems with screw-type or spring- power required from the backplane bus. The power consump-
loaded terminal as an alternative to wiring directly on the I/O tion of all modules which are connected to the same backplane
module. bus must not exceed 1.2 A.
This system uses a defined mounting depth since all con-
nections and connectors are recessed in the module and are Expansion using distributed I/Os
protected and covered by doors on the front. Distributed I/Os can be assembled with intelligent I/O system
No slot rules. components:
SIMATIC ET 200S
SIMATIC ET 200M
SIMATIC ET 200pro
SIMATIC ET 200eco

Siemens AG 2010
Summary
Function More information

SIMOTION C provides the following basic functionality for the Further information
various automation requirements: on power supplies and I/O modules can be found under
SIMOTION runtime system "SIMOTION I/O components".
- User-programmable with several languages conforming to
IEC 61131
on TOP connect can be found in Catalog KT 10.2 and in
the A&D Mall under "Automation Systems/System cabling 2
- Various methods of program execution (cyclic, sequential, control cabinets/SIMATIC TOP connect system cabling".
event-driven)
- PLC and arithmetic functionality on the functionality of SIMOTION platforms can be found
- Communication and management functions under "Overview of functions".
- Motion control functions (Motion Control Basic) on runtime software and engineering software can be found
Testing and diagnostic tools under "SIMOTION Software".
on the communication functions of the motion controllers can
This basic functionality can be expanded with loadable be found under "SIMOTION Runtime Software".
technology packages, if required.
on HMI can be found under "SIMOTION Human Machine
Technology packages (TP) Interface (HMI)".
A special feature of SIMOTION is that the operating system on SIMATIC NET Communication Software can be found
functionality can be expanded by loading technology packages, under "SIMOTION Runtime Software.
such as:
Motion control with the functions:
- POS Positioning
- GEAR Synchronous operation/electronic gear
- CAM Cam
- PATH - Path interpolation
TControl Temperature controller
Since the technology functions have modular licenses, you only
pay for what you use.
Configuring/parameterizing/programming
SIMOTION SCOUT is a powerful and user-friendly engineering
tool. It is an integrated system for all engineering steps, from
configuring and parameterization, through programming, to
testing and diagnostics. Graphical operator prompting, using
dialog boxes and wizards, as well as text-based and graphical
languages for programming, considerably reduce the familiar-
ization and training periods.
Operator control and monitoring (HMI)
Communication utilities which support user-friendly data ex-
change with HMI devices are integrated in the basic functionality
of the SIMOTION C Controller. Operator control and monitoring
can be implemented using SIMATIC HMI devices, such as TPs
(Touch Panels), OPs (Operator Panels) or MPs (Multi Panels).
These devices can be connected to a SIMOTION C via Industrial
Ethernet, PROFIBUS or PROFINET (for C240 PN) and they are
configured using ProTool/Pro or WinCC flexible.
With the SIMATIC NET communication software, the open, stan-
dardized OPC interface is available for accessing SIMOTION
from other Windows-based HMI systems.
SIMOTION IT provides SIMOTION C with an integrated Web
server on which, for example, user-specific Web pages can be
stored. Read and write access can be made to the motion
controller variables. Java scripts or applets also allow the imple-
mentation of active operation and display functions in the Web
pages that can be executed on a client PC with an Internet
browser.
Process and data communication
Thanks to its integrated interfaces, SIMOTION C supports both
process and data communication. The SCOUT engineering
system is provided for user-friendly communication configura-
tion and diagnostics.

Siemens AG 2010
SIMOTION C240/C240 PN
Overview Design
Interfaces
Operation, display and diagnostics
1 mode selector
2 1 LED strip for fault and status indicators
Integrated I/Os
18 digital inputs
(C240: of which two for local measuring inputs and four for
global measuring inputs / zero marks C240 PN: of which four
for global measuring inputs)
8 digital outputs
Drive interfaces (C240 only)
1 setpoint output interface for up to 4 axes (alternatively
analog, stepper or hydraulic drives; also as freely assignable
analog outputs)
4 encoder inputs for incremental or absolute encoders
(can also be used as freely assignable up/down counter)
SIMOTION C is a motion controller in S7-300 design. In addition Communication
to the already integrated interfaces, the controller can be
expanded using I/O modules from the SIMATIC S7-300 range. 1 interface for Industrial Ethernet
2 interfaces for PROFIBUS DP
The motion controller is available in two versions: (of which one interface is for MPI)
SIMOTION C240 and SIMOTION C240 PN. Although the two
C240 and C240 PN versions have the same PLC and motion 3 x ports for PROFINET IO (C240 PN)
control performance, they differ in their interfaces. Data backup
1 slot for SIMOTION Micro Memory Card (MMC)
Additional interfaces
Power supply terminals
Data storage/data backup
The SIMOTION C Motion Controller has an integrated non-
volatile data memory for storing process variables.
The data is backed up on a SIMOTION Micro Memory Card
(MMC).
Expansion with central I/O modules
The central I/O is directly plugged into the SIMOTION C Motion
Controller. The I/O configuration for centralized I/O can comprise
of two tiers (second tier using IM 365 interface) with up to 8 I/O
modules each and a total of 4 analog modules. I/O modules from
the SIMATIC S7-300 spectrum can be used here.
Expansion using distributed I/Os
The following can be used as distributed I/O components:
PROFIBUS DP:
All certified PROFIBUS standard slaves
(DP-V0, DP-V1, DP-V2)
SIMATIC ET 200S/M/eco/pro distributed I/O systems
Servo converters of the MASTERDRIVES, SIMODRIVE and
SINAMICS series over PROFIBUS DP interface with
PROFIdrive
MICROMASTER and COMBIMASTER frequency inverters
Stepper drives over PROFIBUS DP interface with PROFIdrive
PROFINET IO: (C240 PN)
SIMATIC ET 200S/M/pro distributed I/O systems
SINAMICS S120 servo converters over PROFINET IO with IRT
(PROFIdrive)

Siemens AG 2010
Function Integration
The control and motion control functionality runs centrally on the
SIMOTION C controller. SIMOTION C Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
The functionality ranges from simple positioning up to complex Digital inputs/
motion control tasks over cams.
Position-controlled motion control
I/O
X1 outputs
SIMODRIVE 611
2
6FX2002-3AD01-1..0 universal HR
Setpoint output/actual value acquisition Analog 35 m (115 ft) 4 setpoints
Open wire ends
Position control with analog setpoint output setpoints or
X2 Power drive for 4
The SIMOTION C240 motion controller has one analog output 6FX2002-3AE00-1..0 stepper motors
for the speed setpoint and one encoder input for cyclic detec- (C240) FM STEPDRIVE
50 m (164 ft)
tion of the actual position value for each axis. In the case of During mixed operation
hydraulic drives, the setpoint for the positioning valve is spec- with analog axes: Incremental
35 m (115 ft) encoder (TTL) with
ified via the analog output. 6FX.002-2CD01-...0 RS 422 (5 V)
Position control with pulse direction output for stepper drives 35 m (115 ft) 6FX2001-2...
The SIMOTION C240 motion controller has one pulse output at 5 V DC Incremental
Encoders X3
for the position setpoint for each axis. Stepper drives can 6FX.002-2CD24-...0 encoder (TTL) with
(C240) to X6
either be operated without an encoder or be position-con- 100 m (328 ft) RS 422 (24 V)
trolled with an encoder. 6FX2001-2...
at 24 V DC
Position control with digital setpoint output SIMODRIVE 611
6FX.002-2CJ10-1..0 universal HR with
The PROFIBUS DP interface with PROFIdrive or the PROFINET shaft-angle
interface for the C240 PN is available for this purpose. 50 m (164 ft) encoder interface
The actual position value is fetched over PROFIBUS DP or
Absolute value
PROFINET and the speed setpoint is output. 6FX.002-2CC11-...0 encoder SSI with
Position control with mixed setpoint output 50 m (164 ft) at 500 Kbit/s 6FX2001-5...
300 m (984 ft) at 125 Kbit/s
The analog, stepper and PROFIBUS drives can be used in a
6FX.002-2CD01-1..0 Linear scale
mixed configuration for the SIMOTION C240 motion controller.
25 m (82 ft) with EXE
The channels of the 4 onboard interfaces can be used for
analog, stepper or hydraulic drives. PROFIBUS and Ethernet bus cable Ethernet
Ethernet X7 bus station
PROFINET drives can be operated as mixed configuration
for the C240 PN. 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0 Programming
PROFIBUS DP device (PG)
Incremental position sensing (C240) 3 m (10 ft)
Incremental encoders supply counter pulses for the traversed X8
and X9 PROFIBUS DP
distance in accordance with their resolution. PROFIBUS cables station, e. g.
It is usually necessary to search for homing references. SINAMICS S120
The following can be used:
- Rotary encoders
- Translatory encoders (length dimensions) PROFINET IO PROFINET cables PROFINET IO
X11 station, e. g.
Absolute position detection (C240) Ports P1 to P3 SINAMICS S120
Absolute encoders with serial interfaces can be used
(C240 PN)
(SSI absolute encoders). G_PM10_EN_00003c
It is not necessary to search for homing references.
Position control/position sensing over ADI 4 or IM 174
Overview of connections for SIMOTION C
The ADI 4 (Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes) or IM 174
(Interface Module for 4 axes) module can be used to connect
drives with analog setpoint interfaces. The maximum permissible cable lengths should be taken into
The IM 174 also supports the connection of stepper drives account when planning the cable layout.
with a pulse direction interface. Functional faults can occur when using longer cables.
Both modules are connected over PROFIBUS DP.
The following can be connected to an ADI 4 or IM 174 module: The permissible length of PROFIBUS DP cables depends on the
- 4 drives configuration.
- 4 encoders
- Digital inputs and outputs
Isochronous PROFIBUS encoder

Siemens AG 2010
PLC and motion control performance Analog outputs (only C240) 4
Maximum number of axes 32 As drive interface, alternatively for
analog or hydraulic drives.
Minimum PROFIBUS cycle 1 ms Can be used with C240 as drive
2 Minimum PROFINET send cycle
(C240 PN only)
0.5 ms interface or standard analog
outputs
Minimum servo/interpolator 0.5 ms Voltage range 10.5 V
cycle clock Resolution 16-bit, including sign
Memory Galvanic isolation No
RAM (Random Access Memory) 35 MB Load impedance >3 kW
RAM disk (load memory) 20 MB Max. cable length 35 m (114 ft)
Retentive memory 100 Kibyte Pulse outputs for stepper drives
Persistent memory 58 MB Output voltage for "1" signal, IO = - 3.7 V
(user data on MMC) 20 mA
Communication Output voltage for "0" signal, IO = 20 1V
Ethernet interfaces 1 mA, max.
PROFIBUS interfaces 2 Load resistance, min. 55
PROFINET interfaces (C240 PN 1 interface with 3 ports Max. cable length 50 m (164 ft)
only) Supports PROFINET IO Max. pulse frequency 750 kHz
with IRT and RT
Can be configured as Integrated digital inputs 18
PROFINET IO controller and/or of which with special functions for:
device
Measuring inputs (only C240) 2
General technical specifications
BERO connection 4
Supply voltage (can also be used as measuring
Rated value 24 V DC input for C240,
can only be used as measuring
Permissible range 20.4 ... 28.8 V input for C240 PN)
Current consumption, typ. 1.2 A (all inputs can be used as standard
inputs)
Starting current, typ. 8.0 A
Input voltage
Power loss 15 W
Rated value 24 V DC
Permissible ambient temperature
For "1" signal 11 ... 30 V
Storage and transport -40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
For "0" signal -3 ... +5 V
Operation 0 ... +55 C (32 ... 131 F)
Galvanic isolation
Permissible relative humidity (with- 5 ... 95 %
out condensation) Inputs in groups of 18
Atmospheric pressure 700 ... 1060 hPa Input current
Degree of protection acc. to IP20 For signal "1", min. / typ. 6 mA/8 mA
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Input delay
Dimensions (W x H x D) 200 mm x 125 mm x 118 mm (at rated value of input voltage)
(7.87 in x 4.92 in x 4.65 in)
0 1, typ./max. 6 s/15 s
Weight
1 0, typ./max. 40 s/150 s
SIMOTION C2xx 1150 g (2.54 lb)
Connection of 2-wire BERO Yes
Memory card 16 g (0.56 oz)
Permitted quiescent current 2 mA
Relay outputs 5 (C240)
1 (C240 PN) Integrated digital outputs 8
of which for of which for fast cam output, max. 8
Controller enable (C240) 4 Rated load voltage 24 V DC
READY 1 Permissible range 20.4 ... 28.8 V
Electrical data Output voltage
Max. operational voltage 50 V DC For signal "1", max. L+
Max. switching current 1A Galvanic isolation in groups of 8
Max. switching capacity 30 W Output current
Operating cycles For signal "1", minimum current 5 mA

per channel
6
at 24 V, 1 A 3 x 10
For signal "0", max. 0.5 mA
Residual current, max. 2 mA

Siemens AG 2010
Technical specifications (continued) Ordering data Order No.

Derated loading SIMOTION C240 6AU1240-1AA00-0AA0
Motion Controller
at 40 C (104 F) 4A (SIMOTION V4.0 HF2 is required)
at 55 C (131 F) 2A SIMOTION Multiaxes Bundle 6AU1240-1AA00-0CA0
Switching frequency of the outputs C240
Consists of 1 item each
2
With resistive load 100 Hz SIMOTION C240
With inductive load 2 Hz SIMOTION Micro Memory Card
(MMC) 64 MB
Lamp load 5W with MultiAxes Package license
Purge energy/channel 400 mJ (not simultaneous) for SIMOTION C
Typ. output delay 150 s SIMOTION C240 PN 6AU1240-1AB00-0AA0
Motion Controller
Short-circuit protection Yes (SIMOTION V4.1 SP2 HF 3/4
Encoder inputs, max. (C240 only) 4 is required)
Alternatively for incremental or ab- SIMOTION Multiaxes Bundle 6AU1240-1AB00-0CA0
solute encoder C240 PN
can be used alternatively as Consists of 1 item each
up/down counter SIMOTION C240 PN
Incremental encoder inputs SIMOTION Micro Memory Card
(MMC) 64 MB
Interface type (RS 422) 5V with MultiAxes Package license
for SIMOTION C
Encoder supply 5 V/0.3 A
SIMOTION Micro Memory Card 6AU1720-1KA00-0AA0
Galvanic isolation No (MMC) 64 MB
Encoder frequency, max. 1 MHz For SIMOTION C240 / C240 PN
Pre-installed license
Max. cable length using Z options 1)
at 1 MHz 10 m (32.81 ft) SIMOTION Micro Memory Card 6AU1720-1KA00-0AA0 -Z
at 500 kHz and 300 mA 25 m (82.03 ft) (MMC) 64 MB M24
for SIMOTION C240 / C240 PN
at 500 kHz and 210 mA 35 m (114 ft) with MultiAxes Package license
Inputs, SSI absolute encoder for SIMOTION C
Interface type (RS 422) 5 V synchronous serial, single or Front connector, 40-pin
multiturn With screw contacts 6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
With spring-loaded contacts
Encoder supply 24 V/0.3 A 6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
with Fast Connect
fast connection method 6ES7392-1CM00-0AA0
Galvanic isolation No
Transfer rate 187.5/375/750/1500 kbit/s Connecting comb PS C2xx 6ES7390-7BA00-0AA0
for PS307 power supply
Message length, max. 25 bit
IM 365 Interface Module
Max. cable length for expanding the motion controller
at 187.5 kbit/s 250 m (820 ft) with max. 1 EU, 2 modules
with permanent connecting cable
at 1500 kbit/s 10 m (32.81 ft) (1 m - 3.28 ft)
Monitoring Standard temperature range 6ES7365-0BA01-0AA0
Short-circuit of the sensor supply Yes Mounting rail, SIMATIC S7-300
Wire break Yes L = 160 mm (6.30 in) 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
Additional technical specifications L = 480 mm (18.90 in) 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
Real-time clock buffering L = 530 mm (20.87 in) 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Buffer time, typ. 4 weeks L = 830 mm (32.68 in) 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
Charging time, typ. 1h L = 2000 mm (78.74 in) 6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
Approvals cULus (File No. E164110)
1)
Notes regarding runtime software
Licenses for runtime software can be ordered either pre-installed on a
SIMOTION Micro Memory Card (MMC) or separately.
For further information, refer to the "Runtime software licensing" section.

Siemens AG 2010
Accessories More information

The following PROFINET connectors and cables are recom- Further information
mended: on I/O modules can be found under "SIMOTION I/O compo-
Description Order No. nents".
2 RJ45 FastConnect connector

on PROFIBUS DP/MPI cables and MOTION-CONNECT can
be found under "Connection system MOTION CONNECT".
for Industrial Ethernet / on I/O modules from the SIMATIC S7-300 range can be found
PROFINET
under "SIMOTION I/O components".
145 cable outlet on PROFIBUS DP, Industrial Ethernet and PROFINET can be
- 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0 found in Catalog IK PI or in the A&D Mall under "Communica-
- 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
tion/Networks/SIMATIC NET communication systems.
FastConnect cables SIZER configuration tool
for Industrial Ethernet /
PROFINET 1) With the SIZER configuration tool, you can easily configure the
SINAMICS S120 drive family including SIMOTION. It provides
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1840-2AH10 you with support for selecting and dimensioning the compo-
IE FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2B nents required for a motion control task. You can also determine
the possible number of axes and the resulting load with SIZER in
IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2D accordance with your performance requirements.
IE FC Trailing Cable 2x2 6XV1840-3AH10
For further information about SIZER, refer to the section
IE FC Marine Cable 2x2 6XV1840-4AH10 "System description Dimensioning: SIZER configuration tool".
Stripping tool for
Industrial Ethernet / PROFINET
FastConnect cables
IE FC stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
1)
Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m (3281 ft);
minimum order 20 m (65.62 ft).

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC Panels Operator control and monitoring devices
SIMATIC Multi Panels (MP)
Overview
SIMATIC MP 177
PLC functionality can be integrated directly into the MP 177
platform as an option
The multi panel can be expanded with the options
Sm@rtService and Sm@rtAccess 2
Pixel-graphics 5.7" TFT display, color (64k colors)
All interfaces, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB, PROFINET
(Ethernet TCP/IP), are on-board
The MP 177 6" Touch can also be delivered as a package,
complete with a WinAC MP 177. WinCC flexible 2008 SP1
Compact, Standard or Advanced is required for configuring
the MP 177.
SIMATIC MP 277
Multi Panel with comprehensive functionality for machine
operation and monitoring on site
Pixel-graphics 7.5" and 10.4" TFT displays with 64k colors
Key or Touch versions available
Multi Panels (MP)
Onboard MPI, USB, PROFIBUS and PROFINET interfaces
Multi Panels on the basis of Windows CE combine the rugged- Content of message buffer is retained even when panel is dis-
ness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs. Due to their connected without batteries
extremely high performance capability, they are suitable for
demanding applications and their functionality can be ex- SD/Multi Media Card slot
panded even more by installing additional Windows CE applica- Windows CE 5.0 operating system
tions. Can be configured using SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 SP1
Standard or Advanced
Also available with stainless steel front (DIN EN 1672-2), thus
meeting the high requirements of, for example, the food, bev-
erages and tobacco industries.
SIMATIC MP 377
PLC functionality can be integrated directly into the MP 377
platform as an option
Pixel-graphics 12.1", 15.1" or 19" TFT display, color
(64k colors)
MP 377 12" Touch, MP 377 15" Touch and MP 377 19" Touch:
touch screen (analog/resistive)
MP 377 12" Key:
38 system keys, 36 user-configurable and freely inscribable
function keys (36 with LEDs)
The MP 377 15" Touch is also available with a stainless steel
front (DIN EN 1672-2). The stainless steel front is appropriate,
for example, for the increased demands of the food and
beverage industry
All interfaces, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB, PROFINET
(Ethernet TCP/IP), are on-board

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC Panels Operator control and monitoring devices
SIMATIC Multi Panels (MP)

SIMATIC MP 177 SIMATIC MP 377
SIMATIC HMI MP 177 6AV6 642-0EA01-3AX0 12" color TFT display, 6AV6 644-0AA01-2AX0
6 Touch Touch
min. WinCC flexible 2008
2 is required 12" color TFT display,
Key
6AV6 644-0BA01-2AX1
SIMATIC MP 277
15" color TFT display, 6AV6 644-0AB01-2AX0
8" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0CB01-1AX1 Touch
Touch
Touch screen, 15" color TFT display, 6AV6 644-0CB01-2AX0
(analog/resistive) Touch, INOX
Touch screen, (analog/resistive),
8" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0DB01-1AX1 with stainless steel front
Key
38 system keys, 19" color TFT display, 6AV6 644-0AC01-2AX1
26 user-configurable and freely Touch
inscribable function keys
(18 with LEDs)
10" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0CD01-1AX1
Touch
Touch screen
(analog/resistive)
10" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0ED01-2AX0
Touch, INOX
Touch screen,
(analog/resistive),
with stainless steel front
10" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0DD01-1AX1
Key
38 system keys,
36 user-configurable and freely
inscribable function keys
(28 with LEDs)
Note:
Multi Panel packages and accessories for Multi Panels
can be found in catalog ST 80, in the CA 01 offline mall and in
the Industry Mall under:
http://www.siemens.com/industrymall

Siemens AG 2010
Industrial Wireless Communication Wireless Devices ET 200pro IWLAN
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN
Overview Technical specifications

IM 154-6 PN IWLAN 6ES7 154-6AB00-0AB0
interface module 6ES7 154-6AB50-0AB0
Supply voltage for electronic
components 1L+
Rated value 24 V DC 2
Valid range, lower limit 20.4 V DC
Valid range, upper limit 28.8 V DC
Short-circuit protection Yes; replaceable fuse
Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction
Max. infeed current 5A
Load voltage 2L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V DC
Lower limit 20.4 V DC
of permissible range (DC)
Upper limit 28.8 V DC
of permissible range (DC)
Interface module for handling communication between Short-circuit protection Yes, for potential group
ET 200pro and host PROFINET IO controllers over Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN) radio networks for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction
with data transfer rates up to 54 Mbit/s. Max. infeed current 8A
Protection against illegal access, espionage, tapping and Current consumption 335 mA
falsification through use of effective encryption mechanisms from supply voltage 1L+, typ.
Fast exchange of devices through use of interchangeable Power loss, typ. 8.5 W
medium MICRO MEMORY CARD
Memory type Micro Memory Card, is required
Address range/address volume
Outputs 256 byte
Inputs 256 byte
Reports
PROFINET IO Yes
Industrial Wireless LAN Yes
PROFINET IO services ARP, PING, SNMP
Industrial Wireless LAN
Standards for wireless IEEE 802.11a
communication IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h (not valid for
6ES7 154-6AB50-0AB0)
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11i
Radio frequency for WLAN 2,4 ... 2.4835 GHz
in 2.4 GHz frequency band
in 5 GHz frequency band
Transmission method Direct Sequence Spread
Spectrum (DSSS)
Complementary Code Keying
(CCK)
Orthogonal Frequency Division
Multiplexing (OFDM)
Supported IWLAN services Current approvals can be found
in the Internet at
http://support.automation.
siemens.com/WW/view/de/
19812553
Connection for external antenna

Siemens AG 2010
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN

IM 154-6 PN IWLAN 6ES7 154-6AB00-0AB0 IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN
interface module 6ES7 154-6AB50-0AB0 interface module
Parameters For communication between
ET 200pro and host controllers
2 Diagnostic interrupt
Maintenance alarm
Yes
Yes
over Industrial Wireless LAN
(IWLAN) radio networks;
support of PROFIsafe
Hardware interrupt Yes
With various national approvals; 6ES7 154-6AB00-0AB0
Swapping interrupt Yes refer to the current list of
Identifier-related diagnostic data Yes approvals
Module status Yes With approval for U.S.A. 6ES7 154-6AB50-0AB0
Channel-specific diagnostics Yes Antennas with omnidirectional

characteristic
Start-up if preset configuration is Yes
not equal to actual configuration Mounting directly on
IM154-6 PN HF IWLAN
Module replacement during Yes
operation ANT IM 154-6 IWLAN; 6ES7 194-4MA00-0AA0
2 units
Diagnostics indication (LED) Yes
For wall or pipe mounting
Group fault (red) Yes
ANT 792-6MN; 6GK5 792-6MN00-0AA6
Bus fault (red) Yes rod antenna N-Connect female
2.4 GHz; 1 unit
Maintenance information (yellow) Yes
ANT793-6MN; 6GK5 793-6MN00-0AA6
Monitoring 24 V power supply ON Yes
rod antenna N-Connect female
(green)
5 GHz; 1 unit
Load voltage monitoring 24 V DC Yes
For use with the RCoax antenna
(green)
system
Connection to an Access Point R1 Yes
ANT 792-4DN; 6GK5 792-4DN00-0AA6
LINK (green)
RCoax N-Connect female
Data exchange R1 RX/TX (yellow) Yes 2.4 GHz; 1 unit
Connection to a PG/PC (green) Yes ANT793-4MN; 6GK 5793-4MN00-0AA6
RCoax N-Connect female
Data exchange with a PG/PC Yes 5 GHz; 1 unit
(yellow)
Antenna cables IWLAN RCoax;
Insulation tested at 500 V DC N-Connect / R-SMA
Isolation 1 m long 6XV1 875-5CH10
Between the backplane bus and Yes 2 m long 6XV1 875-5CH20
supply voltage 1L+ and 2L+
5 m long 6XV1 875-5CH50
Between Ethernet and Yes
supply voltage 1L+ and 2L+ 10 m long 6XV1 875-5CN10
Between the supply voltage and Yes IWLAN terminating resistor 6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6
electronic components 50 Ohm for second R-SMA
antenna socket, 3 items
Operating temperature
Minimum -25 C
Maximum 55 C
Minimum -40 C
Maximum 70 C
Degree of protection IP65, IP66, IP67
General information
Manufacturers code (VendorID) 0x002A
Device ID 0x0305
Dimensions
Width 135 mm
Height 130 mm
Depth 60 mm
Weight, approx. 1085 g

Siemens AG 2010
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN

Accessories General accessories
7/8" connecting cable ET 200pro rack
to power supply
Narrow, for interface, electronics
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2,
trailing type, pre-assembled
and power modules
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
2
with two 7/8" connectors
1.5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH15 - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0
2.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH20 - 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
3.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH30 Compact, for interface,

electronics and power modules
5.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH50
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0
10 m long 6XV1 822-5BN10
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0
15 m long 6XV1 822-5BN15
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
Other special lengths with 90 See
or 180 cable outlet http://support.automation. Wide, for interface, electronics,
siemens.com/WW/view/en/ power modules and
26999294 motor starters
Power line 6XV1 830-8AH10 - 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0

2
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm , trailing type, - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0
sold by the meter, - 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1,000 m Wide, for I/O modules and
motor starters
7/8" cable connector 6GK1 905-0FB00
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0
For ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet; - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0
with socket insert, pack of 5 - 2000 mm 6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0
Twisted Pair cables 4x2 Spare fuse 6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
with RJ45 connectors
12.5 A quick-response,
0.5 m long 6XV1 870-3QE50 for interface and power modules,
1 m long 6XV1 870-3QH10 10 items per package unit
2 m long 6XV1 870-3QH20 Labels 3RT1 900-1SB20
6 m long 6XV1 870-3QH60 20 x 7 mm, pale turquoise,
340 items per pack
10 m long 6XV1 870-3QN10
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card
Crossed Twisted Pair cables 4x2
with RJ45 connectors 64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0
0.5 m long 6XV1 870-3RE50 128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
1 m long 6XV1 870-3RH10 512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
2 m long 6XV1 870-3RH20 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
6 m long 6XV1 870-3RH60 Electronic manuals on DVD,
multi-language:
10 m long 6XV1 870-3RN10 S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools,
180 cable outlet; Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP
for line components and (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet (Human Machine Interface),
interface SIMATIC NET (Industrial Commu-
1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 nication)
1 pack = 10 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Update service for 1 year
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
Scope of supply: Current DVD
90 cable outlet; e.g. for ET 200S "S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates
1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
More information
Radio approvals
Current approvals can be found in the Internet.
In Germany Outside Germany:
You can find more information in the Internet at: You can find more information in the Internet at:
http://intranet.automation.siemens.com/net/html_00/ftp/ http://intranet.automation.siemens.com/net/html_00/ftp/
support/lz_laenderliste_wlan_de.pdf support/lz_laenderliste_wlan_en.pdf

Siemens AG 2010
Production sensors RFID systems
SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C
The PROFINET SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C communication
module has been specially designed for a wide range of appli-
cations in industrial automation and logistics. Due to its high
degree of protection IP67, SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C can be
2 installed in the process outside the control cabinet.
Main applications for SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C:
Machine manufacturing, automation systems, conveyor
systems
Ancilliary assembly lines in the automotive industry / suppliers
Small assembly lines
Design
PROFINET IO
Master module
e.g. S7-400 PC
SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C are communication modules for

direct connection of Siemens RFID systems to PROFINET IO/
Ethernet. The readers (SLGs) of the RFID systems MOBY E (only
RF180C), D, U, and SIMATIC RF300/RF600 can be operated on SIMATIC
the SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C. RF180C/RF182C
Due to the high degree of protection and its ruggedness,

SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C is ideally suited to use at the machine
PROFINET
level. The uniform plug-in connection system ensures rapid
commissioning. Industrial Ethernet
24 V for
Benefits RF180C and SLG
Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time operation of the to other PROFINET/Ethernet 2. Reader / 1. Reader /
G_FS10_XX_00228
dynamic read points bus nodes SLG SLG
Reader connection with an 8-pole M12 connector for rapid
assembly of all components
Different connection systems to suit any application
Tags / MDS
- M12, 7/8", the well-proven round connectors
- Push-pull connectors for quick assembly with RJ45 data
connectors
Easy changeover from PROFIBUS applications to PROFINET
with SIMATIC RF180C thanks to software compatibility
The integrated switch allows several PROFINET/Ethernet
modules to be installed in a star or bus topology. Each
application can then be built up quickly and inexpensively
Powerful hardware ensures rapid data communication with
the reader (SLG). So that the data are available to the
application more quickly
Simple firmware downloading in the case of function expan-
sions and error rectification ensures high availability of the
RFID system
Adjustable and parameterizable RFID-specific diagnostics
facilitate commissioning and troubleshooting
A broad selection of pre-assembled connecting cables can
be ordered for connecting PROFINET/Ethernet and readers to
SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C. This saves time and money during
installation and increases the quality

Siemens AG 2010
Function
The SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C comprises a basic module and a SIMATIC RF180C
connection block that must be ordered separately.
The SIMATIC RF180C is designed for use in PROFINET net-
The connection block is available in three versions: works. SIMATIC RF180C is integrated in SIMATIC STEP 7 via the
M12, 7/8" (5-pole):
PROFINET/Ethernet is connected by means of an M12 con-
GSDML file. SIMATIC RF180C can then be configured via the
SW tool HW Config of SIMATIC Manager or another PROFINET 2
nector, the power supply is connected by means of a 5-pole tool.
7/8" connector. There are 2 connections each for PROFINET/ The application accesses the tag via FB45. FB45 accesses the
Ethernet as well as for the power supply. This ensures that the tag via absolute addresses. For large volumes of data and com-
SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C can be connected to additional bus plex tag operations, the FB45 can process chained commands.
nodes without the need for external distributors.
The removable connection block allows a base module to be Data is exchanged between SIMATIC RF180C and the applica-
replaced without interrupting the supply voltage to other bus tion by means of acyclic data records. This ensures that a large
stations. quantity of data can be transferred from/to SIMATIC RF180C
without loading the bus cycle. This is advantageous when large
Push-pull connector (according to IEC 61918): volumes of data are being transferred. SIMATIC RF180C can
PROFINET/Ethernet and the power supply are connected by also process chained tag commands in this mode extremely
means of a push-pull connector. There are 2 connections each quickly.
for PROFINET/Ethernet as well as for the power supply.
This ensures that the SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C can be con-
nected to additional bus nodes without the need for external
SIMATIC RF182C N
distributors. The supply voltage connectors can conduct cur- The SIMATIC RF182C is designed for use in Ethernet networks
rents of up to 12 A (1L+ and 2L+). The removable connection based on TCP/IP. The IP address of the SIMATIC RF182C is
block allows a base module to be replaced without interrupt- set using the "Primary Setup Tool". The RF182C is then ready for
ing the supply voltage to other bus stations. operation. This tool can be downloaded at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/19440762.
M12, 7/8" (4-pole; only RF182C):
Ethernet is connected by means of an M12 connector, the Communication with the SIMATIC RF182C is implemented using
power supply is connected by means of a 4-pole 7/8" connec- XML commands. XML commands have a very simple structure.
tor. There are 2 connections for Ethernet and one connection This makes programming of the RF182C under any operating
is available for the power supply. This connection block can system very easy. The simple command command set of the
be used in applications where the 5-pole 7/8" connector is RF182C can also be programmed easily in any Ethernet-capa-
already being used for other functions and therefore cannot ble controller.
be used for the power supply.
A pre-assembled reader cable is used to connect one or two
readers to the communication module. The standard cable
length is 2 m. If other reader cable lengths are required, an ex-
tension cable from 2 to 50 m in length can be used. The cable
can also be assembled by the customer as required.
The data in the transponder can be accessed in the following
manner: Direct addressing via absolute addresses.
Error messages and operating states (tag in field, transfer, etc.)
are also displayed on LEDs and support commissioning and
service.
SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C has two reader interfaces from which
the readers are also supplied with voltage. There is an electronic
fuse in SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C for the readers power supply.
The maximum current permitted for the readers per SIMATIC
RF180C/RF182C is 1 A. It is not important here whether the cur-
rent is drawn by one or 2 readers.

Siemens AG 2010
Type SIMATIC RF180C SIMATIC RF182C N
Ethernet connection
Protocol PROFINET IO Ethernet TCP/IP
2 Data rate 10/100 Mbit/s
Connection versions M12, 7/8" (5-pole) M12, 7/8" (5-pole)
Push-pull Push-pull
M12, 7/8" (4-pole)
Programming FB 45 XML-structured data
Supply voltage
Nominal value 24 V DC
Permissible range 20 30 V DC
Current consumption
without reader, typ. 100 mA
with two readers, max. 1000 mA
Serial reader interface
(gross transmission rate)
MOBY E 19200 bit/s
MOBY U/D, RF300 19200, 57600, 115200 bit/s
Cable connector for reader 2 x connector plug M12, 8-pin
Cable length to reader
Standard length 2m
Optional preassembled cables 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m
Self-assembled cables Reader/SLG-dependent. Up to 1000 m
Supply voltage to reader 24 V
Max. current per reader
2 readers connected 0.5 A
1 reader connected 1.0 A
Ambient temperature
Operation -0 ... 60 C
Storage -40 ... +70 C, 20 K/h
Shock load during operation 30 g
acc. to IEC 61131-2
Vibratory load during operation 0.75 mm (10 58 Hz)
acc. to IEC 61131-2 10 g (58 150 Hz)
Enclosure
Material Thermoplastic (fiberglass reinforced)
Color IP Basic 714
Degree of protection IP67
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
SIMATIC RF180C 60 x 210 x 30
without connection block
with M12, 7/8" connection block
with push pull connection block
Weight
Base module only 210 g
M12, 7/8" connection block only 230 g
Push pull connection block only 120 g

Siemens AG 2010

SIMATIC RF180C 6GT2 002-0JD00 Accessories for network connection M12, 7/8" (5-pole)
communication module
PROFINET cable with 6XV1 870-8Axxx1)
for PROFINET, M12 connectors, pre-assembled;
for connecting 2 readers; for trailing
without a connection block
Cable for supply voltage 6XV1 822-5Bxxx1) 2
SIMATIC RF182C
communication module
6GT2 002-0JD10 N pre-assembled
with 7/8" connectors
for Ethernet PROFINET M12 plug connector; 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0
for connecting 2 readers, rugged metal housing;
without connection block fast connect system;
D-coded (pack of 1)
PROFINET connection block 6GT2 002-1JD00
for SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C, 7/8" cable connector;
M12 D-coded, 7/8" (5-pole) for voltage (pack of 5)
PROFINET connection block 6GT2 002-2JD00 with pin insert 6GK1 905-0FA00
for SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C, with socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
push pull RJ45
IE M12 cabinet bushing 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
PROFINET connection block 6GT2 002-4JD00 for conversion from M12
for SIMATIC RF182C, (D-coded) to RJ45; (pack of 5)
M12 D-coded, 7/8" (4-pole)
PROFINET cable from M12 6GF3440-8BB1
Accessories for MOBY (D-coded) to RJ45;
SLG cable for MOBY E/U; 2 m 6GT2 091-0FH20 especially for commissioning and
testing; 2 m
SLG cable for MOBY E/U; 5 m 6GT2 091-0FH50
IE FC RJ45 PLUG 180 RJ45 plug 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
SLG cable for MOBY D; 2 m 6GT2 691-0FH20 connector with rugged metal hous-
Reader cable RF300/RF600 6GT2 891-0FH20 ing and FC connection system;
Extension cable MOBY E/U/D, straight cable outlet (pack of 1)
RF300/RF600; 2 m Sealing caps 7/8" 6ES7 194-3JA00-0AA0
Reader cable RF300/RF600 6GT2 891-0FH50 (10 units)
Extension cable MOBY E/U/D, Accessories for push pull RJ45 network connection
RF300/RF600; 5 m
Push-pull cable connector 6GK1 907-0AB10-6AA0
Reader cable RF300/RF600 6GT2 891-0FN10 for 1L+/ 2L+, not pre-assembled
Extension cable MOBY E/U/D,
RF300/RF600; 10 m Push-pull cable connector 6GK1 901-1BB10-6AA0
for RJ45, not pre-assembled
Reader cable RF300/RF600 6GT2 891-0FN20
Extension cable MOBY E/U/D, Cover caps for push pull sockets 6ES7 194-4JA50-0AA0
SIMATIC RF300/RF600; 20 m (1L+/ 2L+), 5 units per pack
Reader cable RF300/RF600 6GT2 891-0FN50 Cover caps for push pull sockets 6ES7 194-4JD50-0AA0
Extension cable MOBY RJ45, 5 units per pack
E/U/D, RF300/RF600; 50 m Accessories for network connection M12, 7/8" (4-pole)
Reader cable RF300 6GT2 891-0JH20 Network wiring with M12 Similar accessories, as M12, 7/8''
Prefabricated, between ASM 456, (5-pole)
RF170C, RF180C, RF182C and Power supply with 7/8" (4-pole)
reader, angled connector; 2 m
Accessories for network connection cable
M12 sealing caps 3RX9 802-0AA00
PROFINET standard cable 2x2, 6XV1 840-2AH10
for unused reader connections
Type A, not pre-assembled;
(10 units)
minimum order quantity 20 m
Energy cable 5 x 1.5; 6XV1 830-8AH10
not pre-assembled, stranded wire,
trailing capability;
minimum order quantity 20 m
CD "RFID Systems Software & 6GT2 080-2AA10
Documentation"
FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver
for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP,
C-libraries, PC presentation
program, RFID documentation
1)
This cable is available in different lengths
(see key length in the appendix or Catalog IK PI 2009)

Siemens AG 2010
Dimensions
CAD data
Dimension drawing available as CAD graphic (DXF format). 60 28
SIMATIC RF180C
2 You can find more information in the Internet at:
http://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb/
index.asp?objKey=G_FS10_XX_90115
210
SIMATIC RF180C
FS10_90115
24

Siemens AG 2010
Production sensors Code reading systems
SIMATIC MV440
Further important product characteristics are:
Overview No expert knowledge is required for the reliable parameteriza-
tion of the reading properties. "Setup" is performed automati-
cally by presenting a readable code pattern. Programming
and parameterization are not required.
Can be used in principle for the following applications:
- Readout of coded information 2
- Comparison of coded information with a defined character
string
- Quality assessment of the marking process
Web-based operator interface which runs on various plat-
forms with the following requirements: browser (IE6.0 or
higher), JAVA-VM (MS, SUN).
Password-protected user interface with integrated access
rights administration.
A web-based user interface can be integrated in an HMI
device. In this case, the requirements mentioned above also
apply with regard to the browser and JAVA VM
Remote maintenance concept
Connection of PLC and host via PROFIBUS, PROFINET IO,
The SIMATIC MV440 is an optical code reading system specially and open interfaces.
designed for recognizing and evaluating a variety of machine- 6 language versions are available (operator interface, manual
readable codes in industrial production. The list of readable and online help are available in German, English, French,
codes includes all standard matrix codes and bar codes which Spanish, Italian, and Chinese).
are reliably detected - mostly independent of the printing
technology applied and carrier medium used. One of the main
functions of the device is Data Matrix Code (DMC) reading. The Application
SIMATIC MV440 device family stands out due to its ruggedness, The main functions of SIMATIC MV440 are
reliability, and user-friendliness. This applies both to its mechan-
ical properties and its ability to reliably detect codes on many code reading
different carrier materials. In addition, MV440 code readers can measurement of code quality
verify the quality of codes in accordance with the prevalent stan- comparison of the read result with a default value
dards. The device determines the quality of the applied code
and thus the quality of the marking process can be checked. formatting of the read result for forwarding
1D codes (barcodes): The application range of the SIMATIC MV440 product family
- Int. 2/5 (without checksum) covers nearly all areas of industrial production. Applications
- Int. 2/5+CS (with checksum) range from the identification of unmoved parts to parts that are
- Code 128 transported very quickly on a conveyor system. A very compact
- Code 39 (without checksum) installation is possible due to the built-in powerful lighting.
- Code 39+CS (with checksum) All components, including the exchangeable C-mount lenses,
- EAN 13 are protected against environmental influences (IP67 degree
- EAN 8 of protection). MV440 code readers are therefore suitable for
- UPC-A all industrial applications where direct part marking (DPM),
- UPC-E tracking, and serialization of production parts are implemented.
- UPC Suppl. This applies both to the production process and the logistics
- GS1 Databar 14 process.
- GS1 Databar Stacked MV440 code readers feature all standard communications
- GS1 Databar Limited interfaces such as Ethernet or PROFINET and can therefore be
- GS1 Databar Expanded connected to many different systems. All RFID communication
2D codes: modules, e.g. for connecting to PROFIBUS, can be used via an
- DMC integrated RS422 interface. A code reader and RFID read-write
- PDF417 device can also be combined on a communication module.
- QR Despite numerous possible applications, it is very easy to
- Vericode operate and commission the read devices. Parameters are set
SIMATIC MV440 reads codes on many different components automatically for most applications. If nevertheless a readjust-
and surfaces, e.g.: ment is necessary, parameterization can be implemented easily
- Paper or plastic labels by means of the integrated web server via an Internet browser.
- Plastic parts No software needs to be installed for this purpose.
- Printed circuit boards
- Metallic objects
SIMATIC MV440 reads codes applied in many different ways,
e.g.:
- Printed
- Dot-peened
- Lasered
- Drilled

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC MV440
The characteristics of the readable codes are listed below: PDF417
Barcodes The SIMATIC MV440 can decode PDF417 with the following
characteristics:
SIMATIC MV440 reads barcodes in different sizes
2 (see "Overview"). The following code types are not supported: Truncated
PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417.
The codes can be in any position within the image.
The codes can be in any position within the image.
The codes can be dark-colored codes with a bright back-
ground or light-colored codes with a dark background. The codes can be dark-colored codes with a bright back-
ground or light-colored codes with a dark background.
Codes with a height of 25 pixels and a height/length ratio
of 0.15 can be read. Codes with a bar width of 3 pixels and individual symbol sets
with a height of 9 pixels can be read.
The sensors angle of view relative to the surface can be
between 80 and 90. The sensors angle of view relative to the surface can be
between 70 and 90.
The codes must not be printed on a convex surface.
The code must not touch any other objects in the image
There must be no interferences in the code area. ensure that the code trailing and leading edges are 2 columns
The code trailing and leading edges must be uninterrupted. wide.
The code and background must have a uniform brightness The image background must have a uniform brightness
gradient. gradient (e.g. no texture such as grooves).
The width of a bar must not exceed 2 pixels. Error correction codes must not be hidden
For the maximum bar width, the following limit values must not (i.e. the lower part of the bar code).
be exceeded: The following maximum number of codes can be read with the
- Code 39: 8 pixels following image resolutions:
- Code 128: 12 pixels - MV440 SR read device: up to 40 code lines and up to 6 code
- Int. 2/5: 5 pixels columns.
- EAN 13/UPC-A/UPC-E/EAN 8: 12 pixels - MV440 HR read device: up to 60 code lines and up to
- Code 93: 14 pixels 12 code columns.
- Codabar: 9 pixels QR
Data matrix code The SIMATIC MV440 can decode QR with the following
The SIMATIC MV440 can decode data matrix codes with the characteristics:
following characteristics: A size of 5 to 35 pixels per dot.
Any rotational position of the code in the image. Codes with a maximum code dimension of 89x89 can be read.
The codes can be dark-colored codes with a bright back- The following code types are not supported: Micro QR code,
ground or light-colored codes with a dark background. Macro QR code.
Reading of mirror-inverted codes. The codes can be in any position within the image.
The lower limit of the angle of view relative to the printed The codes can be dark-colored codes with a bright back-
surface is approx. 40 degrees. ground or light-colored codes with a dark background.
Dot sizes from 5 to 35 pixels. The readers angle of view relative to the surface can be
The reader can be used flexibly for many types of product between 70 and 90.
markings and is resistant to many types of disturbances. The list The diameters of the dots must be equal in the entire code
of default characteristics is therefore especially short. field.
The contrast between dots and the background must not differ
considerably in the entire code field.
The image background must have a uniform brightness
gradient, e.g. no texture (grooves).
The list of characteristics for determining the field of application
per code type can only be used for a preliminary decision.
For further important information, refer to the supplied manual.

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC MV440
Design Function
The SIMATIC MV440 is a compact system. However, the device The main functions of SIMATIC MV440 are
can be configured using single components and thus adapted
to the specific application conditions. The following component Reading codes (see "Overview" and "Application")
types and components are are available for configuration: Measuring of the code quality the following quality standards
Base unit (camera) are supported: 2
- Standard resolution SIMATIC MV440-SR and SIMATIC MV440-HR support:
- High resolution - Verification according to ISO/IEC 16022 (previously AIM
Lens specification)
- Pentax mini lens (6 different focal lengths 12 mm to 75 mm, SIMATIC MV440-SR V and MV440-HR V support:
without barrel) - Data matrix verification according to ISO/IEC 15415
Lamp - Data matrix verification according to AS9132 Rev. A
- Built-in ring lamp (previously IAQG) for dot-peened codes
- External ring lamp (5 types) - Siemens DPM
- Data matrix verification according to AIM DPM-1-2006
Protective barrel for lens - Barcode verification according to ISO/IEC 15416
- IP67 protective barrel for lens D = 65 mm (previously ANSI X3.182-1990)
- IP65 protective barrel for lens D = 50 mm
Connecting cables Formatting of the read result for forwarding and/or comparing
- Power-DIO-RS232 cable Comparison of the read result with a default value
- ASM cable (different lengths)
- Ethernet cable (different lengths) Default setting of the comparison string via one of the serial
interfaces (PROFINET (ASM and onboard), PROFIBUS (ASM),
CD with assembly/operating instructions RS232).
Two basic types of configuration exist: Comparison of the formatted read result with a default string.
Near field The functions can be used individually and combined.
Distant field Mode of operation
For near field configuration, a protective lens barrel with a The following steps are required for using the SIMATIC MV440:
diameter of 65 mm is used. In the barrel there is space for the
built-in ring lamp and lens. This configuration is therefore the Mounting of the SIMATIC MV440 and connecting the plug-in
smallest configurable version and suitable for close-up ranges cables (and additional external lighting, if applicable).
up to approx. 80 cm. The built-in ring lamp can be replaced by Alignment of the camera, lighting check:
an external lamp with a greater range whenever required.
Without a lamp, the protective lens barrel can also accommo- This is handled using the web server integrated in the unit and
date lens types that are not specified as standard accessories. the web-based operator interface contained within. The operator
interface displays the camera image and the decoding result.
The distant field configuration is based on the IP65 protective The sensor head is aligned based on the live image. The user
lens barrel with a diameter of 50 mm. The protective barrel offers interface executes on any PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer
space for the max. focal length f = 75 mm from the range of V6.0 or higher and JVM.
accessories and can therefore be used for large distances. If the code is completely visible in the camera image and
That indicated max. distance of 300 cm is derived from the avail- rich in contrast, the MV400 automatically continues with the
able ring lamps. The ring lamp version with the highest perfor- following:
mance for lenses with medium reflection permits code reading - Optimization of lighting control.
over this distance. Deviations are also possible in this configura- - Adapting the image processing parameters by presenting a
tion. A built-in ring lamp cannot be used with the protective lens sample code.
barrel.
Storage of the image processing parameters
(max. 15 memory spaces).
The following can be used for communication service: Parameterization of the automation integration
PROFINET IO (FB79) Onboard MV440-PROFINET (e.g. trigger source, target).
interface Start of the automated evaluation mode (RUN mode)
PROFINET IO (FB45, PIB) Via the MV440 ASM interface by activating the automation environment.
using the RF180C ASM module Programming
PROFIBUS DP V0/1 (FB45, PIB) Via the MV440 ASM interface
using the ASM456 module The SIMATIC MV440 is not programmed or parameterized like
standard image processing systems see "Mode of operation".
TCP/IP native Onboard MV440-PROFINET
interface
For further information, refer to the supplied manual.

Kap_02_en.fm Seite 236 Freitag, 29. Januar 2010 8:59 08
Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC MV440
Integration
Management level Ethernet
2 Manufacturing Execution Enterprise Resource

Systems (MES) Planning (ERP)
Industrial Ethernet
Control level HMI SIMATIC connection Connection to PC and third-party controllers

PLC
Industrial
PROFINET1) Ethernet PROFINET2)
Field level
RF180C MV440 Industrial Ethernet:
Data, Startup,
RF340R
trigger, image transfer
power supply
G_FS10_XX_00365
RS232:
1)
Programming with standard function block FB45 e.g. for external trigger
2)
Programming with PIB standard block according to IEC 61131 per proximity switch
Integration of SIMATIC MV440 with the SIMATIC RF180C communications module
Manufacturing Execution Enterprise Resource

Industrial Ethernet
Control level HMI SIMATIC connection Connection to PC and third-party controllers

PLC
Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS2)
PROFIBUS1)
Field level
ASM 456 MV440 Industrial Ethernet:
RS422: Startup,
Data, trigger, image transfer
power supply
G_FS10_XX_00366
RS232:
1)
Programming with standard function block FB45 e.g. for external trigger
2)
Programming with PIB standard block according to IEC61131 per proximity switch
Integration of SIMATIC MV440 with ASM 456 communications module

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC MV440
Integration (continued)
Manufacturing Execution Enterprise Resource 2

Industrial Ethernet
Control level Connection to PC and third-party controllers
RS232/RS422/TTY
Startup, Data,
image transfer trigger
Industrial Ethernet
Field level
Data, MV440
trigger
Power supply
G_FS10_XX_00367
RS232:
e.g. for external trigger
per proximity switch
Integration of SIMATIC MV440 with a third-party controller
Manufacturing Execution Enterprise Resource

Industrial Ethernet
Control level SIMATIC connection Connection to PC and third-party controllers

HMI
PLC
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET1)
Field level PROFINET:

Data,
MV440
trigger
RS232: Industrial Ethernet:
Power supply using Startup,
Power IO RS232 cable image transfer
G_FS10_XX_00368
RS232:
e.g. for external trigger
1)
Programming with standard function block FB79 per proximity switch
Integration of SIMATIC MV440 with a direct connection to PROFINET or Ethernet

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC MV440
Type SIMATIC MV440 Type SIMATIC MV440
Basic unit Input signals
(all output signal values refer to the
Image capture CCD chip 1/3", OUTPUT_COMMON signal)
2 640 x 480 square pixels
CCD chip 1/3", INPUT1
1024 x 768 square pixels - Input resistance at 24 V DC 16 k
Full frame shutter with automatic - Input voltage for "1" signal 15 ... 30 V
exposure time
- Input current for "1" signal 2 ... 5 mA
Image-data transfer Triggered-frame transfer
- Input voltage for "0" signal 0 ... 5 V
Available versions - Input current for "0" signal 0 1.4 mA
Variable lens coverage Freely selectable lens coverage, INPUT2 ... INPUT5
scanning distance, and sensor
resolution, depending on: - Input resistance at 24 V DC 16 k
Selected lens - Input voltage for "1" signal 15 ... 30 V
Selected sensor head - Input current for "1" signal 0.6 ... 2 mA
resolution: 640 x 480 pixels or - Input voltage for "0" signal 0 ... 5 V
1024 x 768 pixels
- Input current for "0" signal 0 0.3 mA
See "Application"
Strobe signal
Input voltage range 24 V DC, + 20% - 15% (all strobe signal values refer to the
Max. current input (at 24 V DC) 250 mA (without I/O signals) ground of the power supply)
Max. starting current Max. 4 A; < 1 ms Rapid strobe output 25 mA

(max. load current at 24 V DC)
Mains buffering time (at 24 V DC) 10 ms
Interfaces
Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 C
Digital, isolated inputs/outputs 6 parameterizable
Mechanical strength inputs/outputs;
Vibration according one as rapid input
to IEC 60068-2-6 for triggering the image capture,
1 image-synchronous output
10 Hz <= f < 58 Hz Const. 0.0075 mm amplitude for controlling an external light
58 Hz <= f < 500Hz Const. 1 g acceleration ASM interface M12 (8-pin)
for connecting to an ASM module
10 Hz <= f < 58 Hz Const. 1 mm amplitude
(PROFIBUS/PROFINET)
Shock according Type of shock: half-sine
Ethernet/PROFINET I/O interface M12 (4-pin) for operator software,
to IEC 60068-2-29 Severity of shock for reader: real-time transfer of test results
10 g peak value and process interfacing
16 ms duration Lighting control 10-pin female multipoint connec-
Direction of shock: tor (socket) for power supply and
100 shocks in each of the 3 axes triggering the built-in ring lamp
arranged vertically to each other
Supply voltage
Digital output signals
(all output signal values refer to the Rated value 24 V DC
OUTPUT_COMMON signal) Permitted range 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC
OUTPUT1 OUTPUT5 (safety extra-low voltage, SELV)
- Isolated and short-circuit proof Yes Fusing Max. 10 A
- Max. load current 50 mA Enclosure
- Max. short-circuit current 240 mA Material/color Cast aluminum, petrol
- Delay times 0 2 ms
when switching on and off Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 65 x 122 x 55
Degree of protection IP67 according to DIN EN 60529
Weight, approx. 0.45 kg
(without protective lens barrel)
0.55 kg
(with protective lens barrel)

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC MV440

SIMATIC MV440 SR 6GF3440-0CD10 Protective barrel for lens
For one and two-dimensional Protective barrel for lens 6GF3440-8AC11
codes, variable image field and D = 65, for built-in ring lamps,
distance front plate: glass,
Resolution: 640 x 480 pixels,
IP67 (with 6GF34408AC11),
internal diameter: 57 mm,
max. lens length: 57 mm, IP67
2
IP40 (without 6GF34408AC11), VS100 protective barrel for lens 6GF9002-7AA
incl. documentation package D = 55, for built-in lamps,
SIMATIC MV440 HR 6GF3440-0GE10 front plate: glass,
internal diameter: 41 mm,
Resolution: 1024 x 768 pixels, length from mount: 65 mm, IP65
IP40 (without 6GF34408AC11), VS100 protective barrel for lens 6GF9002-7AA01
incl. documentation package D = 55, for built-in lamps,
front plate: PMMA,
SIMATIC MV440 SR-V 6GF3440-0CD11 internal diameter: 41 mm,
length from mount: 65 mm, IP65
Resolution: 640 x 480 pixels,
includes verification package, incl. Lighting
calibration plate (6GF3440-8CE),
IP67 (with 6GF34408AC11), Built-in ring lamp, white, 6GF3440-8DA2
IP40 (without 6GF34408AC11), illuminant: Red LED
incl. documentation package (440 nm 650 nm),
flash duration 20 s to 10 ms,
SIMATIC MV440 HR-V 6GF3440-0GE11 range of illumination 800 mm,
mounting materials included,
Resolution: 1024 x 768 pixels, lens protection required:
includes verification package, incl. IP67 (with 6GF34408AC11),
calibration plate (6GF3440-8CE), IP20 (without 6GF34408AC11)
IP40 (without 6GF34408AC11), LED ring lamp, metal, IR, diffused, 6GF9004-7AA01
incl. documentation package illuminant: 850 nm,
range of illumination:
Accessories 750 mm 250 mm,
Lenses for VS100 lens protection D=55,
dimensions (W x H x D):
with fixed focal length, 116 x 116 x 42 mm,
adjustable aperture and focus degree of protection IP67
Mini lens 8.5 mm, 6GF9001-1BE01 LED ring lamp, metal, IR, clear, 6GF9004-7BA01
1:1.5 PENTAX C815B (TH) illuminant: 850 nm,
D = 42 mm, L = 47 mm range of illumination:
Mini lens 16 mm, 6GF9001-1BF01 500 mm 3000 mm,
1:1.4 PENTAX C1614-M (KP) for VS100 lens protection D=55,
D = 29.5 mm, L = 37.2 mm dimensions (W x H x D):
116 x 116 x 42 mm,
Mini lens 25 mm, 6GF9001-1BG01 degree of protection IP67D
1:1.4 PENTAX C2514-M (KP)
D = 29.5 mm, L = 38.9 mm LED ring lamp, metal, red, 6GF9004-8BA01
diffused, range of illumination:
Mini lens 35 mm, 6GF9001-1BH01 75 mm 250 mm,
1:1.6 PENTAX C3516-M (KP) for VS100 lens protection D=55,
D = 29.5 mm, L = 41.4 mm dimensions (W x H x D):
Mini lens 50 mm, 6GF9001-1BJ01 116 x 116 x 42 mm, d
1:2.8 PENTAX C5028-M (KP) egree of protection IP67
D = 29.5 mm, L = 38 mm LED ring lamp, metal, red, clear, 6GF9004-8CA01
Telephoto lens 75 mm, 6GF9001-1BK01 range of illumination:
1:2.8 PENTAX C7528-M (KP) 150 mm to 2000 mm,
D = 34 mm, L = 63.6 mm for VS100 lens protection D=55,
Mini lens 12 mm, 6GF9001-1BL01 116 x 116 x 42 mm,
1:1.4 PENTAX H1214-M (KP) degree of protection IP67
D = 29.5 mm, L = 35.7 mm
LED ring lamp, metal, red, clear, 6GF9004-8DA01
range of illumination:
500 mm 3000 mm,
for VS100 lens protection D=55,
116 x 116 x 42 mm,

Siemens AG 2010
SIMATIC MV440
Ordering data Order No. Dimensions

Additional accessories
Mounting plate for reader, 6GF3440-8CA
W x H x D (mm): 80 x 80 x 60,
plate thickness: 4 mm 68 55 9 50
2
20
Rail-mounted power supply 6GF9002-8PS
for external ring lamps,
order numbers:
6GF9004-7AA01,-7BA01,
65
...-8BA01, ...-8CA01, ...-8DA01,
104
60
input voltage: 110 230 V AC, 4
output voltage: 16.5 V DC
Power IORS232 cable 6GF3440-8BA2
FS10_00358
for installation and commissioning,
M16 pre-assembled at one end,
open end, length: 10 m
21,5 20,5
Cables for external ring lamps, 3RX8000-0CC42-1AL0
order numbers:
6GF9004-7AA01,-7BA01,
...-8BA01, ...-8CA01, ...-8DA01,
M12, 4-pin, length: 10 m
Stationary SIMATIC MV440 code reading system
Cable
Power IORS232 cable 6GF3440-8BA2
for installation and commissioning,
M16 pre-assembled at one end,
open end, length: 10 m 65
65
Ethernet cable for commissioning 6GF3440-8BB1

and service, M12 connector, 8-pin,
RJ45 connector, length: 2 m
Ethernet cable (M12/M12-180)
for installation,
pre-assembled IE FC P trailing
cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
with two 4-pin M12 connectors
)6B
(D-coded),
degree of protection IP65/67,
RJ45 assembly possible with
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
Length 0.3 m 6XV1870-8AE30
Length 0.5 m 6XV1870-8AE50
Length 1 m 6XV1870-8AH10 Protective barrel for lens for SIMATIC MV440
Length 1.5 m 6XV1870-8AH15
Length 2 m 6XV1870-8AH20
Length 10 m 6XV1870-8AN10
Length 15 m 6XV1870-8AN15
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
ASM cable for installation, 6GT2891-0FH20
plug-in cable pre-assembled for
ASM 456, RF170C, RF180C and
SIMATIC MV440
Length 2 m 6GT2891-0FH20
Length 5 m 6GT2891-0FH50
Length 10 m 6GT2891-0FN10

Siemens AG 2010
Partner solutions
deviceWISE Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 offers the database interface
of the SIMATIC S7 with CP343-1 ERPC to various ERP or MES
systems for the vertical integration. Database communication
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 establishes direct connections
from the PLC to the leading database systems. The user can 2
perform a host of operations on the linked databases, such as:
Documentation of production data in the database
Updating of existing entries, e.g. recording and saving new
data as the production of a component progresses
Retrieval of data from the database, e.g. recipes or configura-
tion data for the current production
Message-queue communication
The software enables the user to communicate directly with the
Enterprise Service Bus (ESB) and transfer data from the control-
ler to applications in the enterprise IT system. Messages can be
sent and received in ASCII or XML. User-specific data formats
can also be defined.
Device communication
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 is a software package that
can be loaded into the CP 343-1 ERPC communications pro- deviceWISE Embedded for S7 is used predominantly for com-
cessor as a firmware extension munication with enterprise applications. In addition, the software
can establish connections to other automation devices and
It facilitates intelligent and direct communication from the transfer data from other PLC systems, RFID readers, or cameras
S7-300 to IT applications at the management level (e.g. data- into the data area of the S7-CPU. This is done via the backplane
bases) bus and enables flexible mapping of data from the widest variety
No programming is required in SIMATIC of devices into the data blocks of the PLC.
Benefits
High-speed integration of machine controllers into IT
applications, e.g. reading or writing to databases by means
of parameterization without any programming effort in the
S7-300
Reliable delivery of critical process data by means of store &
forward functionality as well as in-built local database.
Complex preprocessing of data in the PLC with numerous
trigger options
Supports standard protocols such as OPC UA or XML-DA
directly from the PLC

Siemens AG 2010
Partner solutions
deviceWISE Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7
Function Ordering data Order No.

The deviceWISE Embedded for S7 software includes a user- deviceWISE Embedded Edition 3011-1-002-21
friendly tool the workbench for the configuration and for SIMATIC S7
management of data. IBM DB2 Transport 3011-4-201-0
2 This enables one or more deviceWISE modules to be addressed

without any programming overhead.
IBM DB2/400 Transport
Oracle Manufacturing
3011-4-202-0
3011-4-203-0
The workbench offers a wide range of drag & drop mechanisms Operations Center
and enables trigger conditions to be defined. This significantly Oracle Transport 3011-4-204-0
reduces the possibilities of errors when entering addresses or
field names. In addition, it is possible in the workbench to MySQL Transport 3011-4-205-0
process raw data into useful information and transport it from Microsoft MSSQL Transport 3011-4-206-0
programmable controllers to databases or message queues in IBM WebsphereMQ 3011-4-402-0
the IT environment of an enterprise. Transport/Listener
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 offers the following functions: IBM SIB Transport/Listener 3011-4-403-3
Direct connection to the following SQL databases: Other drivers Request from ILS Technology
IBM DB2 Order from:
IBM DB2/400 (for OS/400 systems) ILS Technology LLC;
5300 Broken Sound Blvd.
Oracle Suite 150
Oracle Manufacturing Operations Center Boca Raton, FL, U.S.A., 33487
Phone: +1-561-982-9898 x124
Microsoft SQL Server Fax: +1-561-982-8638
MySQL E-mail:
[email protected]
Direct connection to the following messaging systems:
CP 343-1 communications 6GK7 343-1FX00-0XE0
IBM Websphere MQ processor ERPC
IBM MQTT (Enterprise Connect)
IBM SIB/JMS For the connection of SIMATIC
TCP for the support of the database
Extensive preprocessing of the data connection of the SIMATIC
S7-300 to various databases;
Using deviceWISE Embedded for S7, extensive preprocessing TCP/UDP, S7 communication,
of data (e.g. mathematical operations, flow diagram process- open communication
ing), the use of a local SQL database, and an in-built FTP (SEND/RECEIVE),
with and without RFC 1006,
server/client functionality are possible. multicast, web server,
Error handling and correction by means of: setting of CPUs clock using
SIMATIC procedures and NTP,
Store and forward for all enterprise transactions access protection via IP access
E-mail notification in the event of faults list, SNMP, DHCP, initialization
over LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit/s;
Fault signaling to the PLC with electronic manual on DVD,
C-PLUG included in scope of
Direct connection to other terminals delivery
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 allows the direct connection of
the CP 343-1 ERPC communications processor to the following
terminals: More information
PLC systems (Siemens, Rockwell, Mitsubishi, Omron) You can find further information in the Internet under:
Camera systems www.ilstechnology.com/erpc
RFID readers
In addition, open-standard protocols such as Modbus TCP,
OPC UA or XML-DA are supported.

Kap_04_Titel_en.fm Seite 1 Freitag, 29. Januar 2010 9:53 09
Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
4/2 System interfacing for PG/PC

4/2 Overview
4/5 CP 5603
4/11 CP 5623
4/17 CP 5624
4/23 CP 5711
4/28 Industrial controls

Motor starters for operation in the field,
high degree of protection
Sec.6 SIRIUS M200D motor starters
General data
4/28 M200D motor starters
4/32 M200D motor starters
Communication modules,
motor starter modules
Sec.6 Accessories
4/33 SIRIUS 3RK3

Modular Safety System
4/33 General data
4/35 Central modules, expansion modules,
interface modules, operating and
monitoring modules
4/36 Accessories
4/37 Software
Modular Safety System ES
4/40 Power Management System

4/40 System overview
4/41 SENTRON multifunction measuring
instruments
General data
4/45 PAC3100 multifunction measuring
instruments
instruments
instruments
4/48 PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
4/49 PAC RS485 expansion modules
4/50 PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules
for PAC4200
4/51 Configuring, Visualizing and

Controlling with SIMATIC
4/51 SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate
4/53 SIMATIC WinCC powerrate
4/55 SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200
4/56 3WL/3VL function block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
4/57 PAC3200 function block library
for SIMATIC WinCC
4/58 Configuring, Visualizing and

Controlling with SENTRON
4/58 Switch ES Power
4/59 SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner

4/59 PROFIsafe laser scanner

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Overview
Communications processors for PG/PC

PC card with an internal microprocessor
Recommended solution for:
PC-based control systems
(Soft Control, PLC, Numeric Control, Robot Control)
Process control systems
Operator control and monitoring systems (HMI)
PROFIBUS DP slave connection (CP 5614 A2)
PROFIBUS plants with large quantity framework
(more than 8 stations)
Multi-protocol operation
Software Hardware
Use of several CPs in one system
Designs with fiber-optic interface (FO)
PC card without an internal microprocessor
4 CPs with an internal
microprocessor
Recommended solution for:
Configuring tools (e.g. STEP 7)
You will find software for the PC CP 5613 A2 PROFIBUS DP diagnostics station
products running under Windows (PCI) (e.g. with COM PROFIBUS or as DP master Class 2)
with the corresponding authorization CP 5623
diskettes on the SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS DP slave connection
(PCIe)
software CD. PROFIBUS plants with up to 8 stations
Development Kits are available for CP 5613 FO Mono protocol mode
use in various operating system (PCI)
environments (e.g. for CP 5613 A2
or CP 5614 A2).
As a rule, the necessary
CP 5614 A2
configuration tools are included in
(PCI)
the software packages.
CP 5624
Manuals in PDF format and (PCIe)
extensive supplementary
information on SIMATIC NET
products and communication can be
found in the SIMATIC NET Manual CPs without an internal
Collection which is enclosed with microprocessor
the software products.
CP 5611 A2 (PCI)
CP 5621 (PCIe)
CP 5603
CP 5512
(PC-Card,
CardBus)
G_IK10_XX_50184
SIMATIC NET CP 5711

Manual Collection (USB V2.0)
System connections for PG/PC

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Overview
Communication overview for PG/PC
4
DP-5613 4)
S7-5613
Communication overwiew for PG/PC

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Overview
Communication overview for SIMATIC PCs

The operating systems listed in the table refer exclusively to the Please refer to the description of the relevant IPC for the operat-
communication products specified! ing system that is available and has been released for that IPC.
Embedded Systems
Communi- Communication Operating system envi- SIMATIC Industrial PC/ Op. SIMATIC
cation hardware ronment of the communi- Field PG sys. Industrial PCs 4)
hardware cation software
SP1/SP2/FP 2007 (with CP 5603)
SIMATIC S7 modular Embedded

Vista Business / Ultimate + SP1
Windows Server 2003 R2 / SP2
Windows XPembedded +
Windows XP Pro + SP2/3
4)
other operating systems


Rack PC 547B / 547C,
Windows Server 2008
Rack PC 647B
(with CP 5603)
(with CP 5603)
(with CP 5603)
Rack PC 847B
Box PC 627B
Box PC 627B
Box PC 827B
Field PG M
Controller
4
CPs and software for Industrial Ethernet
CP 5603
(PCI-104)
CP with DP-Base - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DK-5613 1) (DP-base) - - - - - - - - - - -
DP-5613 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S7-5613 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CP 5613 A2
CP 5613 FO
CP with DP-Base - - - - - - -
CP 5614 A2 DK-5613 1) (DP-base) - - - - -
(PCI 32 Bit)
DP-5613 - - - - - - -
S7-5613 - - - - - - -
FMS-5613 - - - - - - -
CP 5623
CP 5624
CP with DP-Base - - 5) 5) 5)
- - - - 5) 5) -
(PCIe x1) DK-5613 1) (DP-base) - 5) 5) 5)
- - - 5) 5) -
DP-5613 - - 5) 5) 5) - - - - 5) 5) -
S7-5613 - - 5) 5) 5) - - - - 5) 5) -
CP 5611 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
SOFTNET-DP - - - - - - -
SOFTNET-DP Slave - - - - - - -
SOFTNET-S7 - - - - - - -
CP 5621
(PCIe x1)
SOFTNET-DP - 5)
5) 5)
- - - - 5) 5) -
SOFTNET-DP Slave - 5)
5) 5)
- - - - 5) 5) -
SOFTNET-S7 - 5)
5) 5)
- - - - 5) 5) -
CP 5512
(Cardbus 32 Bit)
SOFTNET-DP - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SOFTNET-DP Slave - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SOFTNET-S7 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CP 5711
(USB V2.0)
SOFTNET-DP - -
SOFTNET-DP Slave - -
SOFTNET-S7 - -
SIMATIC PG/PC
with integral
SOFTNET-DP - - - - - 4)
4)
-
PROFIBUS
interface
SOFTNET-DP Slave - - - - - 4)
4)
-
SOFTNET-S7 - - - - - 4)
5)
-
1) Use of these CPs in other operating system environments re-
quires porting of the DK-5613 Development Kit to the relevant
Notes
- Please always note the supplementary conditions for the specified SIMATIC NET products suitable
-
G_IK10_XX_50025
operating system environment. You can order the DK-5613 in the that you can view in the Internet pages shown below. not suitable
Internet under www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk5613. - for further details on XP embedded, see
2) Integrated PROFIBUS interface is optional http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/21661049 suitable under
3) Possible with restrictions, if necessary, depending on memory - further details on system requirements and operating environments can be found in the certain conditions
expansion and processor capacity. Readme file of the communication products on the SIMATIC NET PC Software CD,
4) Not possible for 677B/677C in version with 1x PCI or 2008 SP2 Edition or under on SIMATIC NET CD
1x PCIe slot http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/26610954 2008 SP2 Edition
5) Depending on the slots of the selected PC version - Updates and supplements to the catalog entries, as well as the above tables can be
6) EM-PCI 104 expansion module required viewed under http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Options for connecting PROFIBUS CPs to PG/PC

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5603
Overview Benefits
Fast process data exchange;

access to process data by means of direct access to the dual
port RAM of the hardware
High computing performance in the PG/PC;
reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the commu-
nication on the hardware
Use of different operating system environments;
driver as source code for porting to different operating system
environments
Use also in motion control applications;
real-time capable data exchange through constant bus cycle
time
Application 4
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66 *B,.B;;B
PCI-104 interface card with own microprocessor for connect-

ing embedded systems with PCI-104 interface to PROFIBUS
at up to 12 Mbit/s
The CP 5603 allows the connection of embedded systems with
Function compatible with CP 5613 A2 a PC/104 Plus interface to PROFIBUS.
Communication services: The CP 5603 also provides high-performance support to control
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 and 2 or DP slave according tasks on the embedded system (PC-based Control, Numeric
to IEC 61158/61784 Control, Robot Control).
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7
- S7 communication with S7-5613 software package
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL Function
interface PROFIBUS DP
- PROFIBUS FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with
FMS-5613 software package Access to process data with DP-Base
Extensive diagnostics options for installation, commissioning The CP 5603 is operated as PROFIBUS DP master module that
and operation of the module keeps the process image (input/output and diagnostics data) in
Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the host the dual port RAM (memory area on the CP). The hardware of the
CPU CP 5603 independently executes the high-performance ex-
Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to three change of data with the PROFIBUS slaves. The user accesses
CPs the Dual Port RAM directly.
The process data of the slaves is always consistent, i.e. the user
The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle.
included in the scope of delivery of the respective communi-
cation software The DP-5613 and DP-Base software cannot be operated in par-
allel
Linux-based development kit with driver sources for integra-
tion into "non-Windows" environments Event filter mechanism
The user receives up-to-date data over two access mecha-
Note: nisms:
FMS-5613 supports up to two Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher loading for host CPU)
CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/5614 A2/CP 5623/CP 5624 processors.
Notification by innovative event/filter mode when changing the
input data of a slave (minimum loading for host CPU)
The two alternatives can also be combined. This allows users to
optimize the PC to their applications.
The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for
Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic mes-
sages from slaves
In equidistance mode, signaling by means of interrupt:
- Start DP cycle
- End of cyclic data exchange with the DP slaves

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5603
FastLogic Access to process data with DP-5613
FastLogic means that the CP 5603 can react autonomously to as DP-Master Class 1
many as 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time
and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown The CP 5603 operates as a DP-Master Class 1 according to
of devices. IEC 61158/61784 and processes the data transfer with the dis-
tributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously. The cen-
DP programming interface tral controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g.
ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message cycle.
The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5603 has The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC
the following functionality: programmer with function calls for data exchange. The DP inter-
DP-Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions face also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as
DP-Master Class 2 including acyclic DP expansions activation and deactivation of slaves.
DP slave The DP function expansions relating to Master Class 1 make
it possible to perform acyclic read and write functions
The process data is accessed directly via the dual port RAM. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms
The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as DP master (ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data
or DP slave, but it is also a basis for porting to other operating
4 system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
communication. Data that is to be transferred acyclically (e.g.
parameterization data) is only rarely changed in comparison to
Administrative function calls (initialization and management the cyclic measured values, and is transferred at lower priority in
services, as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data transfer. The alarm
a library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL). acknowledgment at the Master safeguards the transmission of
the alarms from DP slaves.
Development Kit DK-5613
The DP-5613 and DP-Base software cannot be operated in
The Development Kit DK-5613 offers access to the functions of parallel.
DP-Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions.
DP-Master Class 2
The software development kit DK-5613 enables the communi-
cations processor CP 5603 to be integrated into any operating In addition to the DP-Master Class 1 services, the CP 5603
system environments. The kit contains the necessary source (in combination with the DP programming interface) also offers
code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can be DP-Master Class 2 services according to IEC 61158/61784.
downloaded free of charge from the Internet. Devices of this type (programming devices, configuring de-
vices, or operator panels) are used during the commissioning
and for configuring the DP system, or for operating the system
while it is running (diagnostics). The DP programming interface
provides the following services:
Master diagnosis
Slave diagnosis
Reading the input/output of a slave
Reading configuration data
Changing slave address
These extended DP functions include acyclic access to the
parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices
of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during
start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
Microbox with
integrated CP 5611
'33$
and CP 5603
&RXSOHU/LQN
352),%863$
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP
6,3$5736
G_IK10_XX_50033
ET 200M ET 200pro
6,75$163
ET 200S
PROFIBUS DP connection with embedded PC SIMATIC Microbox

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5603
Software for PG/OP communication Software for PROFIBUS FMS (FMS-5613)
This software allows the programming of SIMATIC S5/S7 control- Using the FMS programming interface, PG/PCs can exchange
lers (except for SIMATIC S5-95U) via PROFIBUS in combination data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5 and S7) and field
with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication for the CP 5603 devices from different manufacturers. Open communication is
is already available after installation of the CP 5603 (DP base). assured by using the FMS interface.
No additional software package is necessary.
The FMS interface offers the following services:
Open communication Administrative services
(SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface)
CRL management services
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following FMS connection management services
installation of the CP 5603 (DP-Base) and provides services for
data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional soft- Object directory management services for clients and server
ware package is necessary. Variable services for clients and servers
Software for S7 communication (S7-5613) (Read, Write, Information Report)
Server functionality
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other
using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming inter-
face provides PG/PC user programs with access to SIMATIC S7
VFD (Virtual Field Device) services for clients and servers
Bus access information services (live list)
4
system components. This provides easy, flexible access to the Trace and mini-database
data of the SIMATIC S7.
The S7 communication provides the following services:
Administrative services
Connection management
Mini-database
Trace
Data transfer services
Read/write variables
BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task)
SIMATIC S7-mEC RTX

as IO controller and
DP master with CP 5603
PROFINET PROFINET
PROFIBUS
S7-300 with ET 200pro S7-300 with SCALANCE

CP 342-5 CP 343-1 Lean W786-2RR
as IO device
SCALANCE
X208 ET 200S/M/eco
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
Field PG Mobile Panels

G_IK10_XX_50032
Control and S7-400 with

monitoring CP 443-1
systems Advanced
Connecting the SIMATIC to the S7 modular embedded controller via PROFIBUS

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5603
User interfaces Configuration
OPC interface The S7 communication protocol, open communication proto-
col, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are
The OPC server included in the respective software package configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1 +SP2.
can be used as the standard programming interface for the
PROFIBUS DP, open communication, S7 communication and The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS FMS for linking automation technology applications software packages.
to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, Diagnostics
etc.).
Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
Programming interface via C-Library start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the
The programming interfaces for existing applications are PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick and
implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). The released easy start-up of a PROFIBUS network with a CP 5603.
compilers can be found in the readme file of the SIMATIC NET
CD products at http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner
4 solutions from the company SoftwareOption are offered.
For solutions relating to other operating systems, see
Development Kit DK-5613.
Product type designation CP 5603 Product type designation CP 5603
Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 Kbit/s ...12 Mbit/s Module format PCI-104
in accordance with PROFIBUS
Width 90 mm
Interfaces
Height 21 mm
Number of electrical connections 1
at interface 1 in accordance with Depth 96 mm
PROFIBUS Net weight 80 g
Design of electrical connection Type of mounting Screw mounting
at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub female connector Product properties, functions,
with PROFIBUS (RS485) components, general
of the backplane bus PCI-104 (32 bit) Number of plug-in cards of same 3
Supply voltage, current design which can be inserted per
consumption, power loss PC station
Type of power supply DC Number of modules - Note FMS-5613 supports up to two
CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/
Supply voltage 1 from backplane 5V CP 5614 A2/CP 5623/CP 5624
bus
Performance data
Relative symmetric tolerance 5%
at 5 V DC Performance data
Open communication
Current consumption 1 from back- 0.66 A
plane bus with DC, maximum Software required for open FDL driver included in
communication by means of scope of delivery of CP
Effective power loss 3.3 W SEND/RECEIVE
Permissible ambient conditions Number of possible connections for 80
Ambient temperature open communication by means of
SEND/RECEIVE, maximum
Performance data for PROFIBUS
During storage -40 +70 C DP master
During transport -40 +70 C Software required for DP master No
Relative humidity at 25 C without 85 % function
condensation during operating Service as DP master
phase, maximum
DPV0 Yes
IP degree of protection IP00
DPV1 Yes
DPV2 Yes

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5603

Number of DP slaves operable 124 Performance data
on DP master S7 communication
Data volume Software required Yes, HARDNET-S7 (S7-5613)
for S7 communication
of address area of inputs 30 256 byte
as DP master, total Number of possible connections 50
for S7/PG communication,
of address area of outputs 30 256 byte maximum
as DP master, total
Performance data
of address area of inputs 244 byte Multiprotocol operation
per DP slave
Number of active connections 50
of address area of outputs 244 byte for multiprotocol operation
per DP slave
Number of configurable connec- 207
of address area of diagnostics 244 byte tions per PC station
data per DP slave
Performance data for
Product functions Management, 4
PROFIBUS DP slave
Configuration software required NCM PC included
Software required No in scope of delivery
for DP slave function
Service as DP slave
Product function: Port diagnostics Yes
DPV0 Yes
DPV1 Yes approvals
Data volume Standard
of address area of inputs 244 byte For EMC 2004/108/EC
as DP slave, total
For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
of address area of outputs 244 byte UL 508
as DP slave, total
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
Performance data
FMS functions For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
Software required Yes, HARDNET-FMS (FMS-5613) Certificate of suitability
for FMS communication
CE mark Yes
with FMS connection, maximum C-Tick Yes
Accessories
Accessories Optional: Expansion frame
for SIMATIC Microbox and with-
drawable drawer for SIMATIC S7
modular embedded controller

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5603

CP 5603 6GK1 560-3AA00 S7-5613 Edition 2008
communications processor
Software for S7-communication,
PCI104 card for connection including PG and FDL protocol,
to PROFIBUS incl. DP-Base OPC server and NCM PC;
software with NCM PC; runtime software, software and
DP-RAM interface for electronic manual on USB flash
DP master or DP slave, drive, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
incl. PG and FDL protocol; XP Professional SP2/3;
single license for 1 installation, Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
runtime software, software and Windows Vista Business/
electronic manual on CD-ROM, Ultimate SP1;
Class A, operating system Windows 2008 Server; for CP
sopport see SIMATIC NET 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
software; CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
German/English CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624;
German/English
CP 5603 Microbox Package 6GK1 560-3AU00
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5CB71-3AA0
for use of CP 5603 in
4 Microbox 420/427B;
consisting of CP 5603 module
for 1 year,
6GK1 713-5CB00-3AL0
and Microbox expansion rack with automatic extension;

requirement:
CP 5603 expansion rack 6GK1 560-3AA00-0AU0 Current software version
for use in Microbox 420/427B with Upgrade S7-5613 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE0
mounting material Edition 2006 or 2007 to
CP 5603 mEC Package 6GK1 560-3AE00 S7-5613 Edition 2008
for use of CP 5603 in Upgrade S7-5613 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE1
SIMATIC S7-MEC; V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
consisting of CP 5603 and insert S7-5613 Edition 2008
plate for CP 5603 for use in EM FMS-5613 Edition 2008
PCI-104 expansion module of the
SIMATIC S7-MEC Software for FMS protocol,
including PG/OP communication,
CP 5603 insert plate 6GK1 560-3AA00-0AE0 FDL, FMS-OPC server and
Metal plate with RS485 cutout for NCM PC;
inserting for the S7 modular runtime software, software and
embedded controller electronic manual on USB flash
drive, Class A for 32-bit
Development Kit DK-5613 See http://www.siemens.com/ Windows XP Professional SP2/3,
simatic-net/dk5613 Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2,
Software development kit for
CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2, Windows Vista Business/
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, Ultimate SP1;
CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624 Windows 2008 Server; for
for integration into other operating CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
system environments on systems CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
with an PCI slot CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624;
German/English
DP-5613 Edition 2008
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5FB71-3AA0
Software for DP, including PG
and FDL protocol, OPC server Software Update Service 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AL0
and NCM PC; for 1 year,
runtime software, software and with automatic extension;
electronic manual on CD-ROM, requirement:
license key on USB flash drive, Current software version
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP Upgrade FMS-5613 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE0
Professional SP2/3; Edition 2006 or 2007 to
Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2; FMS-5613 Edition 2008
Windows Vista Business/
Ultimate SP1; Upgrade FMS-5613 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE1
Windows 2008 Server; for V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2, FMS-5613 Edition 2008
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC10
CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624; bus connector
German/English RS485 Plug 180
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5DB71-3AA0 With 180 cable outlet
Software Update Service 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AL0 PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
for 1 year,
Bus terminal for connection
of PROFIBUS stations
requirement:
for up to 12 Mbit/s
Current software version
with plug-in cable
Upgrade DP-5613 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE0
Edition 2006 or 2007 to
Upgrade DP-5613 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE1
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5623
Overview Benefits
Fast access to process data by means of direct access to the

dual port RAM of the hardware
reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the commu-
nication on the hardware
environments
Preventive maintenance measures;
deriving of measures by evaluating system runtime and
ambient temperature
real-time capable data exchange through constant bus cycle 4
time
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66
Application
*B,.B;;B
PCI Express card (PCIe x1) with own microprocessor for

connecting PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up to
12 Mbit/s
Communication services:
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 and 2 or DP slave according
to IEC 61158/61784 The CP 5623 supports the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 PCs with PCI Express slot to PROFIBUS.
- S7 communication with S7-5613 software package
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL The CP 5623 provides high-performance support for control
interface tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
- PROFIBUS FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with Control).
FMS-5613 software package
Extensive diagnostics options for installation, commissioning Design
and operation of the module Short PCI Express card
Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the host Can also be operated in PCI Express x4, x8 or x16 slots
CPU 9-pin Sub-D socket for the interface to PROFIBUS
Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to four Diagnostic LEDs
CPs
Parallel operation of as many as four CPs1)
The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica- The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms
tion software (Plug&Play).
Connection to the electrical PROFIBUS via
bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or
bus terminal (e.g. PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M) and
PROFIBUS bus cable.
Connection to the optical PROFIBUS with OLM via
bus cable with two bus connectors or
PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting cable
Connection to the optical PROFIBUS with OBT
and integral interface via
bus cable with 2 bus connectors or
when using CP 5623 A2 as DP master or in a PG/OP on a
PROFIBUS DP.
1)
FMS-5613 supports up to two
CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/5614 A2/CP 5623/CP 5624 processors.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5623
Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data with DP-Base The process data of the slaves is always consistent, i.e. the user
receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle.
The CP 5623 is operated as PROFIBUS DP master module that
keeps the process image (input/output and diagnostics data) Parallel operation of the DP-5613 and DP-Base software is not
in the dual port RAM (memory area on the CP). The hardware of possible.
the CP 5623 independently executes the high-performance ex-
change of data with the PROFIBUS slaves. The user accesses
the dual-port RAM directly.
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
(DP master) PC with CP 5613 A2/
CP 5623
S7-300 with CP 342-5
and DP Base
(DP master)
(DP master)
4
PROFIBUS DP
G_IK10_XX_50007
Third-party device
ET 200pro
PG with STEP 7/
STEP 5 and S5 with
ET 200S
CP 5711 IM 308-C
Example configuration of PROFIBUS DP for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC
Event filter mechanism DP programming interface

The user receives up-to-date data over two access mecha- The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5623 has
nisms: the following functionality:
Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher loading for host CPU) DP Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
Notification by means of event/filter mode when changing the DP Master Class 2 including acyclic DP expansions
input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU) DP slave
Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port
use of the PC for their applications. RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as
The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for DP master/slave but also a basis for porting to other operating
system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic
messages from slaves Administrative function calls (initialization and management
During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by services, as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through
means of interrupt: a library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL).
- Start DP cycle Development Kit DK-5613
- End of cyclic data exchange with DP slaves
The Development Kit DK-5613 provides access to the functions
FastLogic DP Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
FastLogic means that the CP 5623 can react autonomously to as The software development kit DK-5613 enables the communi-
many as four plant statuses. This results in a short response time cations processor CP 5623 to be integrated into any operating
and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown system environments. The kit contains the necessary source
of devices. code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can be
downloaded free of charge from the Internet.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5623
Access to process data with DP-5613 The following services are available with S7 communication:
DP Master Class 1 Administrative services
The CP 5623 operates as a DP Master Class 1 according to Connection management
IEC 61158/61784 and processes data communication with the Mini-database
distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously.
The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves Trace
(e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message Data transfer services
cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the
PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. Read/write variables
The DP interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task)
as well as activation and deactivation of slaves. Software for PROFIBUS FMS (FMS-5613)
The DP function expansions for Master Class 1 make it possible With the FMS programming interface, PG/PCs can exchange
to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g.
as well as acknowledgement of alarms (ALARM_ACK) at the S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured
same time as processing cyclic data communication. Data that by using the FMS interface.
are to be transferred in non-isochronous mode (e.g. parameter-
ization data) are only rarely changed, in comparison to the cyclic The FMS interface offers the following services: 4
measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel Administrative services
with the cyclic high-speed useful data transfer. Alarm acknowl-
edgement by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms CRL management services
from DP slaves. FMS connection management services
Parallel operation of the DP-Base and DP-5613 software is not Object directory management services for clients and server
possible. Variable services for clients and servers
DP Master Class 2 (Read, Write, Information Report)
Apart from the DP Master Class 1 services, the CP 5623 also Server functionality
offers DP Master Class 2 services to IEC 61158/61784 in con- VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers
junction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this type Bus access information services (live list)
(programming, configuration or operating devices) are used
during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for operating Trace and mini-database
the system during normal operation (diagnostics). User interfaces
The DP programming interface provides the following services: OPC interface
Master diagnostics
The OPC server included in the respective software package
Slave diagnostics can be used as the standard programming interface for the
Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave PROFIBUS DP, open communication, S7 communication and
Reading configuration data PROFIBUS FMS in order to connect automation technology
applications to OPC-compatible Windows applications
Changing slave addresses (Office, HMI systems, etc.)
The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the Programming interface via C-library
of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of The programming interfaces for existing applications are
slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). The released
start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). compilers can be found in the readme file of the SIMATIC NET
Software for PG/OP communication
This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 con- solutions from the company SoftwareOption are offered.
trollers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over PROFIBUS
in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication For solutions for other operating systems, see Development Kit
for the CP 5623 is already available following installation of the DK-5613.
CP 5623 (DP-Base). No additional software packages are re- Configuration
quired.
The S7 communication protocol, open communication
Open communication protocol, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2), and FMS proto-
(SEND/RECEIVE on the basis of the FDL interface) col are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1 +SP2.
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
installation of the CP 5623 (DP-Base) and provides services for delivery of the PROFIBUS software packages.
data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional Diagnostics
software packages are required.
Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
Software for S7 communication (S7-5613) start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick and
using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming inter- easy start-up of a PROFIBUS network with a CP 5623.
face provides programming device/PC user programs with
access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This makes for easy
and flexible access to SIMATIC S7 data.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5623
Transmission rate at interface 1 in 9.6 Kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s Performance data
accordance with PROFIBUS Open communication
Interfaces Software required for open FDL driver included
communication by means of in scope of delivery of CP
Number of electrical connections 1 SEND/RECEIVE
at interface 1 in accordance with
PROFIBUS Number of possible connections 80
for open communication by means
Design of electrical connection of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum
at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub female connector Performance data
with PROFIBUS (RS485) for PROFIBUS DP master
of the backplane bus PCI Express x1 Software required for DP master No
Supply voltage, function
4 current consumption, power loss Service as DP master
Type of power supply DC DPV0 Yes
Power supply DPV1 Yes
1 from backplane bus 3.3 V DPV2 Yes
2 from backplane bus 12 V Number of DP slaves operable 124
Relative symmetrical tolerance on DP master
At 3.3 V with DC 9% Data volume
At 12 V with DC 8% of address area of inputs 30 256 byte
as DP master, total
Current consumed
of address area of outputs 30 256 byte
Maximum 1 from backplane bus 0.72 A as DP master, total
with DC of address area of inputs 244 byte
Maximum 2 from backplane bus 0.25 A per DP slave
with DC of address area of outputs 244 byte
Effective power loss 3W per DP slave
Permissible ambient conditions of address area of diagnostics 244 byte
data per DP slave
Ambient temperature
Performance data
During operating phase +5 ... +60 C for PROFIBUS DP slave
During storage -20 +60 C Software required for DP slave No
function
Service as DP slave
without condensation during DPV0 Yes
operating phase, maximum DPV1 Yes
IP degree of protection IP00 Data volume
Design, dimensions and weights of address area of inputs 244 byte
Module format PCI Express x1 as DP slave, total
Width 18 mm of address area of outputs 244 byte

as DP slave, total
Height 107 mm
Performance data
Depth 168 mm FMS functions
Net weight 102 g Software required Yes, HARDNET-FMS (FMS-5613)
for FMS communication
components, general Number of possible connections 40
with FMS connection, maximum
Number of plug-in cards of same 4
design which can be inserted per Performance data
PC station S7 communication
Number of modules - Note FMS-5613 supports up to two Software required for Yes, HARDNET-S7 (S7-5613)
CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/5614 A2/ S7 communication
CP 5623/CP 5624
Number of possible connections for 50
S7/PG communication, maximum
Performance data
Number of active connections for 50
multiprotocol operation
Number of configurable connec- 207
tions per PC station

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5623

Product functions Management, Standards, specifications,
configuration, programming approvals
Configuration software required NCM PC included in scope of Standard
delivery
For EMC 2004/108/EC
Product functions
Port diagnostics For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
Product functions: Diagnostics Yes For emitted interference EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4

For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
Certificate of suitability
CE mark Yes
C-Tick Yes

4
CP 5623 6GK1 562-3AA00 DP-5613 Edition 2008
Software for DP, incl. PG and
PCI Express x1 card (32 bit) FDL protocol, OPC server and
for connection to PROFIBUS NCM PC; runtime software,
incl. DP-Base software with software and electronic manual
NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for on CD-ROM, license key on USB
DP master or DP slave, incl. PG flash drive, Class A, for 32-bit
and FDL protocol; Windows XP Professional SP2/3;
runtime software, software and Windows Vista Business/Ultimate
electronic manual on CD-ROM, SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for
Class A, operating system CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
sopport see SIMATIC NET CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
software; CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624;
Development Kit DK-5613 See Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5DB71-3AA0
http://www.siemens.com/
Software development kit for simatic-net/dk5613 Software Update Service 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AL0
CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2, for 1 year,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, with automatic extension;
CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624; requirement:
for integration into other operating current software version
system environments on systems
with PCI or PCI Express slot Upgrade from DP-5613 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE0
Upgrade from DP-5613 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE1
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5623

S7-5613 Edition 2008 The CP 5623 module can also be used under LINUX and
Software for S7-communication, UNIX operating systems. Find out more about the available
incl. PG and FDL protocol, LINUX distributors and UNIX operating systems from:
OPC server and NCM PC;
Siemens AG
electronic manual on USB stick, Contact
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP Your IT4Industry Team
Professional SP2/3; Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 60
Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2; 91052 Erlangen, Germany
SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for
Tel.: +49(0)9131/7-4 61 11
CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2, Fax: +49(0)9131/7-4 47 57
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, E-mail: [email protected]
CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624;
German/English
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5CB71-3AA0
Software Update Service 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AL0
4 for 1 year,
requirement:
Upgrade from S7-5613 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE0
S7-5613 Edition 2008
Upgrade from S7-5613 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE1
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
S7-5613 Edition 2008
FMS-5613 Edition 2008
Software for FMS protocol,
incl. PG/OP communication;
FDL, FMS-OPC server and
NCM PC;
electronic manual on USB flash
drive, Class A, for 32-bit
Windows XP Professional SP2/3;
Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for
CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624;
German/English
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5FB71-3AA0
Software Update Service 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AL0
for 1 year,
requirement:
Upgrade from FMS-5613 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE0
Upgrade FMS-5613 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE1
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC10
bus connector
RS485 Plug 180
PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
of PROFIBUS nodes
at up to 12 Mbit/s with
connecting cable

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5624
The CP 5624 supports the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and

PCs with PCI Express slot to PROFIBUS. It can be both
DP master and DP slave.
This enables two different PROFIBUS networks to be connected
in a hierarchical structure to a PC and to exchange data using
one PROFIBUS card.
The CP 5624 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
Control). 4
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66 Design
Short PCI Express card
*B,.B;;B
Can also be operated in PCI Express x4, x8 or x16 slots

2 x 9-pin Sub-D socket for the interface to PROFIBUS
PCI Express card (PCIe x1) with own microprocessor for Diagnostic LEDs
connecting PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up to
12 Mbit/s Parallel operation of as many as four CPs1)
2 x 9-pin Sub-D socket for the parallel operation as DP master The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms
and DP slave (Plug&Play).
Communication services: Connection to the electrical PROFIBUS via
- PROFIBUS DP master and slave interface according to bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or
IEC 61158/61784 on one PCI card
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12M) and PROFIBUS bus
- S7 communication with S7-5613 software package cable
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL Connection to the optical PROFIBUS with OLM via
interface
- PROFIBUS FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with bus cable with two bus connectors or
FMS-5613 software package PROFIBUS 830-1 connecting cable
Extensive diagnostics options for installation, commissioning Connection to the optical PROFIBUS
and operation of the module with OBT and integral interface via
Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the host bus cable with two bus connectors or
CPU
Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to four CPs
when using CP 5624 as a DP master, DP slave, or in a PG/OP on
The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are
a PROFIBUS DP.
included in the scope of supply of the respective communi-
cation software
1)
FMS-5613 supports up to two
Benefits CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/5614 A2/CP 5623/CP 5624 processors.
Fast access to process data by means of direct access to the

dual port RAM of the hardware
reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the
communication on the hardware
environments
Reduction of slots thanks to the parallel operation as
DP master and DP slave
Preventive maintenance measures;
deriving of measures by evaluating system runtime and
ambient temperature
real-time capable data exchange through constant bus cycle
time

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5624
Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e.
the user receives the data of a slave from one and the same
The CP 5624 is operated as PROFIBUS DP master and DP slave DP cycle.
module that keeps the process image (input/output and diag-
nostics data) in the dual port RAM. The hardware of the CP 5624 Parallel operation of the DP-5613 (DP master) and DP-Base
independently executes the high-performance exchange of (DP master, DP slave) software is not possible.
data with the PROFIBUS slaves. The user accesses the dual-
port RAM directly.
SIMATIC S7-400
Programming device Controller
(DP-Master)
External system
4
PROFIBUS DP
PC DP-Master
DP-Slave
CP 5614 A2/CP 5624

e.g. robot controller
PROFIBUS DP
G_IK10_XX_50021
ET 200pro ET 200M
ET 200S ET 200S
Example configuration of CP 5624 as DP master and DP slave
Event filter mechanism FastLogic

The user receives up-to-date data over two access mecha- FastLogic means that the CP 5624 can react autonomously to as
nisms: many as 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time
Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (high loading for host CPU) and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown
of devices.
Notification through a new type of event/filter mode on chang-
ing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU) DP programming interface
Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize The DP programming interface of the CP 5624 has the following
use of the PC for their applications. functionality:
The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for DP slave
Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic DP Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
messages from slaves DP Master Class 2 including acyclic DP expansions
During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port
means of interrupt: RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as
- Start DP cycle DP master/slave but also a basis for porting to other operating
- End cyclic data communication with DP slaves system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5624
Administrative function calls (initialization and management Software for PG/OP communication
services as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through a
DP master and DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL and This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 con-
DPS_BASE.DLL). trollers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over PROFIBUS
in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication
A transfer mechanism (PC application) can be activated in the for the CP 5624 is already available following installation of the
software as a linking component for data transfer between the CP 5624 (DP-Base). No additional software packages are re-
master and slave interface. quired.
Defined I/O data can be transferred in this manner between the Open communication
master interface and the slave interface. (SEND/RECEIVE on the basis of the FDL interface)
The two connected PROFIBUS networks can be operated with SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following
different PROFIBUS bus parameters because they are indepen- installation of the CP 5624 (DP-Base) and provides services for
dent of each other. data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional
software packages are required.
Development Kit DK-5613
Software for S7 communication (S7-5613)
The Development Kit DK-5613 provides access to the functions
DP Master Class 1 and DP slave (incl. acyclic DP expansions) SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other
using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming inter-
4
The software development kit DK-5613 enables the CP 5624 face provides programming device/PC user programs with
communications processor to be integrated into any operating access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This makes for easy
system environments. The kit contains the necessary source and flexible access to SIMATIC S7 data.
code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can be
downloaded free of charge via the Internet. The following services are available with S7 communication:
Access to process data with DP-5613 Administrative services
DP Master Class 1 Connection management
The CP 5624 operates as a DP Master Class 1 according to Mini-database
IEC 61158/61784 and processes data communication with the Trace
distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously.
The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves Data transfer services
(e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message Read/write variables
cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task)
PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The DP
interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well Software for PROFIBUS FMS (FMS-5613)
as activation and deactivation of slaves. With the FMS programming interface, PG/PCs can exchange
The DP function expansions for Master Class 1 make it different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g.
possible to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured
DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms by using the FMS interface.
(ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data The FMS interface offers the following services:
communication. Data to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g.
parameterization data) is only rarely changed, in comparison to Administrative services
the cyclic measured values, and is transferred at lower priority in CRL management services
parallel with the cyclic high-speed useful data transfer. FMS connection management services
Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer
of the alarms from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). Object directory management services for clients and server
Parallel operation of the DP-Base and DP-5613 software is not Variable services for clients and servers
possible. (Read, Write, Information Report)
DP Master Class 2 Server functionality
VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers
Apart from the DP Master Class 1 services, the CP 5624 also
offers DP Master Class 2 services to IEC 61158/61784 in con- Bus access information services (live list)
junction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this type Trace and mini-database
(programming, configuration or operating devices) are used
during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for operating
the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP
programming interface provides the following services:
Master diagnostics
Slave diagnostics
Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave
Reading configuration data
Changing slave addresses
The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the
of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during
start-up and during normal operation. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5624
User interfaces Configuration
OPC interface The S7 communication protocol, open communication proto-
col, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are
The OPC server included in the respective software package configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC version V5.1 +SP2 or higher.
can be used as the standard programming interface for the
PROFIBUS DP (DP master and DP slave), open communication, The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
S7 communication and PROFIBUS FMS in order to connect delivery of the PROFIBUS software packages.
automation technology applications to OPC-compatible Diagnostics
Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
Programming interface via C-library Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the
The programming interfaces for existing applications are PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick and
implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). The released easy start-up of a PROFIBUS DP network with a CP 5624.
compilers can be found in the readme file of the SIMATIC NET
solutions from the company SoftwareOption are offered.
4 For solutions for other operating systems, see Development Kit
DK-5613.
SIMATIC S7-300 with

3&ZLWK CP 342-5 (DP-Master)
&3$
&3
PROFIBUS
RS 485
DP-Slave
Transfer
mechanism
DP-Master
CP 5614 A2/
CP 5624
PROFIBUS
Distributed I/Os
G_IK10_XX_50110
ET 200M
ET 200S
Configuration example for CP 5624
Data transmission rate Interfaces
Data transmission rate Number of electrical connections
at interface 1 in accordance 9.6 Kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s at interface 1 in accordance 1
with PROFIBUS with PROFIBUS
at interface 2 in accordance 9.6 Kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s at interface 2 in accordance 1
with PROFIBUS with PROFIBUS
at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub female connector
with PROFIBUS (RS485)
at interface 2 in accordance 9-pin D-sub female connector
with PROFIBUS (RS485)
of the backplane bus PCI Express x1

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5624

Supply voltage, current consump- Data volume
tion, power loss of address area of inputs 30 256 byte
Type of power supply DC as DP master, total
Power supply of address area of outputs 30 256 byte
as DP master, total
1 from backplane bus 3.3 V
of address area of inputs 244 byte
2 from backplane bus 12 V per DP slave
Relative symmetrical tolerance of address area of outputs 244 byte
per DP slave
At 3.3 V with DC 9%
of address area of diagnostics 244 byte
At 12 V with DC 8% data per DP slave
Current consumed Performance data
Maximum 1 from backplane bus 0.75 A for PROFIBUS DP slave
with DC Software required for DP slave No 4
Maximum 2 from backplane bus 0.3 A function
with DC Service as DP slave
Effective power loss 3.6 W DPV0 Yes
Permissible ambient conditions DPV1 Yes
Ambient temperature Data volume
During operating phase +5 60 C of address area of inputs 244 byte
During storage -20 +60 C as DP slave, total
During transport -20 +60 C of address area of outputs 244 byte
as DP slave, total
without condensation during Performance data
operating phase, maximum FMS functions
IP degree of protection IP00 Software required for FMS commu- Yes, HARDNET-FMS (FMS-5613)
nication
Module format PCI Express x1 with FMS connection, maximum
Width 18 mm Performance data
Height 107 mm S7 communication
Depth 168 mm Software required for S7 communi- Yes, HARDNET-S7 (S7-5613)
cation
Net weight 117 g
Number of possible connections for 50
Product properties, functions, S7/PG communication, maximum
components, general
Performance data
Number of plug-in cards of 4 Multiprotocol operation
same design which can be
inserted per PC station Number of active connections 50
for multiprotocol operation
Number of modules - Note FMS-5613 supports up to two
CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/5614 A2/ Number of configurable 207
CP 5623/CP 5624 connections per PC station
Performance data Product functions Management,
Performance data
Open communication Configuration software required NCM PC included
in scope of delivery
Software required for open FDL driver included in scope of
communication by means of delivery of CP Product functions Diagnostics
SEND/RECEIVE Product function: Port diagnostics Yes
Number of possible connections 80 Standards, specifications,
for open communication by means approvals
Standard
Performance data
for PROFIBUS DP master For EMC 2004/108/EC
Software required for DP master No For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
function For emitted interference EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
Service as DP master For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
DPV0 Yes
DPV1 Yes
CE mark Yes
DPV2 Yes
C-Tick Yes
Number of DP slaves operable 124
on DP master

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5624

CP 5614 A2 6GK1 562-4AA00 S7-5613 Edition 2008
Software for S7-communication,
PCI Express x1 card (32 bit) incl. PG and FDL protocol,
master and slave connection to OPC server and NCM PC;
PROFIBUS incl. DP-base software runtime software, software and
with NCM PC; electronic manual on USB flash
DP-RAM interface for DP master, drive, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
incl. PG and FDL protocol; XP Professional SP2/3;
runtime software, software and Windows Vista Business/Ultimate
electronic manual on CD-ROM, SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for
Class A, operating system CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
sopport see SIMATIC NET CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
software; CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624;
Development Kit DK-5613 See http://www.siemens.com/ Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5CB71-3AA0
simatic-net/dk5613
Software development kit for Software Update Service 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AL0
4 CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
for 1 year,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624; requirement:
for integration into other operating current software version
system environments on systems
with PCI or PCI Express slot Upgrade from S7-5613 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE0
DP-5613, 2008 Edition S7-5613 Edition 2008
Software for DP, Upgrade from S7-5613 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE1
incl. PG and FDL protocol, V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
OPC server and NCM PC; S7-5613 Edition 2008
electronic manual on CD-ROM, FMS-5613 Edition 2008
license key on USB flash drive, Software for FMS protocol,
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP incl. PG/OP communication; FDL,
Professional SP2/3; FMS-OPC server and NCM PC;
Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2; runtime software, software and
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate electronic manual on USB flash
SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for drive, Class A, for 32-bit
CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2, Windows XP Professional SP2/3;
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate
German/English SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5DB71-3AA0 CP 5603, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
Software Update Service 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AL0 CP 5614 A2, CP 5623, CP 5624;
for 1 year, German/English
requirement: Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5FB71-3AA0
current software version Software Update Service 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AL0
Upgrade from DP-5613 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE0 for 1 year,
Edition 2006 or 2007 to with automatic extension;
DP-5613 Edition 2008 requirement:
Upgrade from DP-5613 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE1
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to Upgrade from FMS-5613 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE0
DP-5613 Edition 2008 Edition 2006 or 2007 to
Upgrade FMS-5613 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE1
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus 6GK1 500-0FC10
connector RS485 Plug 180
PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
of PROFIBUS nodes
at up to 12 Mbit/s with
connecting cable

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5711
The CP 5711 enables the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and

PCs with USB interface to PROFIBUS and to the multi-point
interface (MPI) of SIMATIC S7.
Design
USB V2.0 connection
Adapter with 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
Function
4
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66 The CP 5711 is a USB V2.0 adapter that can be used on either
a USB V2.0 port (bandwidth 480 Mbit/s) or a USB V1.1 port
(1.5 Mbit/s). It can be used with various software packages and
*B,.B;;B
offers users the ability to perform functions of the programming

devices and PCs/OPs via PROFIBUS and the multi-point
interface (MPI).
USB adapter for the connection of PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC
to PROFIBUS DP or MPI via USB 2.0 The CP 5711 is powered directly via the USB interface of the PC
system. Regardless of whether the USB cable is plugged in or
Operation in extended temperature range of -20 C to +60 C unplugged, the active power supply of the PROFIBUS network is
Active PROFIBUS termination to supply the PROFIBUS net- drawn from the external 24 V DC power supply unit.
work as end station of a segment
Optional for the use of the CP 5711 in control cabinets or in the
Rugged USB connection due to mechanical locking of the vicinity of SIMATIC S7 controllers, a mounting adapter (DIN rail)
USB connector to the CP 5711 enclosure is available to attach the CP to the 35 mm DIN rail.
Communication services:
Only one CP per PG/PC/OP can be operated. Likewise, only one
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 and 2 according to
protocol (PROFIBUS DP, S7 communication, or FDL) can be
IEC 61158/61784 with SOFTNET-DP software package
used per CP.
- PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET-DP Slave software
package The following software packages support the CP 5711:
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 or STEP 7 software STEP 7 from V5.4 SP5;
package drivers for the CP 5711 are included with STEP 7.
- S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7 software package
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the FDL SOFTNET-S7 from V7.1;
interface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7 software the S7 programming interface can be used with this package.
package SOFTNET-DP from V7.1;
PROFIBUS connection with up to 12 Mbit/s with this, the CP 5711 can be used as PROFIBUS DP master
Class 1 or 2.
Can be used with:
- STEP 7, STEP 7 Micro/WIN, WinCC/WinCC flexible, NCM SOFTNET-DP slave from V7.1;
PC, SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication) for operating the CP 5711 as PROFIBUS DP slave
- SOFTNET-S7 (for S7 communication) STEP 7-Micro/WIN;
- SOFTNET-DP, SOFTNET-DP slave (for DP) drivers for the CP 5711 are included with STEP 7-Micro/WIN.
The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are WinCC/WinCC flexible;
included in the scope of supply of the respective communi- the CP 5711 can be used as a hardware basis for the config-
cation software uration tool for SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch Panels, and
Text Displays.
Benefits NCM PC;
under Windows XP Professional
SIMATIC PDM;
drivers for the CP 5711 are included with SIMATIC PDM.
Portability and flexibility:

Connection for portable PCs, e.g. for diagnostics and
commissioning
Low-cost PROFIBUS controller and device solutions for
embedded PCs (without PCI or PC104 bus)
Fault-free connection to the PROFIBUS diagnosis at all times
due to permanent installation on PROFIBUS and connection
via USB in the event of maintenance and diagnosis
Easy installation and commissioning due to plug & play
technology

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5711
Diagnostics
Numerous diagnostic tools are available for the CP 5711.
PC/IPC with CP 5711 For support, the module also includes comprehensive LED
and SOFTNET diagnostics. Operating and signal states can be recognized
for PROFIBUS quickly via five LEDs.
Configuration
The S7 communication and open communication protocols
can be configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC.
The NCM PC configuration tool is included with the software
PROFIBUS packages SOFTNET-S7 and SOFTNET-DP for PROFIBUS.
S7-400 with
CP 443-5
4
G_IK10_XX_50034
S7-300
with CP 342-5
or CP 343-5
Order No. 6GK1 571-1AA00 6GK1 571-1AM00
Product type designation CP 5711 CP 5711 MPI
Data transmission rate at interface 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s
1 in accordance with ROFIBUS
Interfaces
Number of electrical connections 1 1
at interface 1 in accordance with
ROFIBUS
Number of interfaces 1 1
in accordance with USB
for supply voltage
Design of electrical connections
at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub female connector (RS485) 9-pin D-sub female connector (RS485)
with ROFIBUS
for supply voltage 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
of USB interface standard B socket standard B socket
Standard for USB 2.0 interface Yes Yes
Supply voltage, current con-
sumption, power loss
Type of power supply DC DC
Type of power supply Yes Yes
optional external supply
Power supply
from USB 5V 5V
external 24 V 24 V
- minimum 18 V 18 V
- maximum 30 V 30 V

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5711

Power supply note Power supply directly from USB if provided sufficiently Power supply directly from USB if provided sufficiently
by PC / external supply possible as alternative by PC / external supply possible as alternative
Relative symmetric tolerance
at 5 V DC 5% 5%
at 24 V DC 5% 5%
Current consumption
from USB 0.5 A 0.5 A
from external power supply 0.3 A 0.3 A
at 24 V DC maximum
Effective power loss 2.5 W 2.5 W
During operating phase +5 +60 C +5 +60 C
IP degree of protection IP20 IP20
Module format USB V2.0 Adapter USB V2.0 Adapter
Width 85 mm 85 mm
Height 137 mm 137 mm
Depth 35 mm 35 mm
Net weight 300 g 500 g
Mounting type Yes Yes
mounting onto 35 mm
standard DIN rail
Mounting type Mounting on DIN rail with optional rail support Mounting on DIN rail with optional rail support
components, general
Number of plug-in cards of same 1 1
design which can be inserted per
PC station
Number of modules - Note - -
Performance data
Performance data
Open communication
Software required for open Yes, SOFTNET-DP / SOFTNET-DP Slave / SOFTNET-S7 Yes, SOFTNET-DP / SOFTNET-DP Slave / SOFTNET-S7
communication by means of
SEND/RECEIVE
Number of possible connections 50 50
for open communication by means
Performance data
for PROFIBUS DP master
Software required for DP master Yes, SOFTNET-DP Yes, SOFTNET-DP
function
Service as DP master
DPV0 Yes Yes
DPV1 No No
DPV2 No No

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5711

Number of DP slaves operable 64 64
on DP master
Data volume
of address area of inputs 15 616 byte 15 616 byte
as DP master, total
of address area of outputs 15 616 byte 15 616 byte
as DP master, total
of address area of inputs 244 byte 244 byte
per DP slave
of address area of outputs 244 byte 244 byte
per DP slave
of address area of diagnostics 244 byte 244 byte
4 data per DP slave
Performance data
for PROFIBUS DP slave
Software required for DP slave Yes, SOFTNET-DP Slave Yes, SOFTNET-DP Slave
function
Service as DP slave
DPV0 Yes Yes
DPV1 No No
Data volume
of address area of inputs 122 byte 122 byte
as DP slave, total
of address area of outputs 122 byte 122 byte
as DP slave, total
Performance data
S7 communication
Software required Yes, SOFTNET-S7 Yes, SOFTNET-S7
Number of possible connections 8 8
for S7/PG communication, maxi-
mum
Performance data
Number of configurable 207 207
connections per PC station
Product functions Management,
Configuration software required NCM PC included in scope of delivery NCM PC included in scope of delivery
of the required software product of the required software product
Product function: Port diagnostics Yes Yes
approvals
Standard
For EMC 2004/108/EG 2004/108/EG
For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1 CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
For emitted interference EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark Yes Yes
C-Tick Yes Yes
Accessories
Accessories optional: MPI cable, DIN rail holder included in scope of delivery: MPI cable /
optional: DIN rail holder

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
CP 5711

CP 5711 SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008
Software for DP protocol
for connection of a programming (Master Class 1 and 2) including
device or notebook to PROFIBUS FDL protocol with OPC server
or MPI, under 32 bit in connection and NCM PC;
with PROFIBUS SOFTNET runtime software, software and
software or STEP 7; electronic manual on CD-ROM,
German/English license key on USB stick, Class A,
for 32 bit, Windows XP Profes-
USB V2.0 adapter 6GK1 571-1AA00 sional SP2/3;
USB V2.0 adapter CP 5711 and 6GK1 571-1AM00 Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
MPI cable, 5 m Windows Vista Business/Ultimate
SP1; Windows 2008 Server, for
Mounting rail support for 6GK1 571-1AA00-0AH0 CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2,
CP 5711 CP 5621, CP 5711;
Compartment for CP 5711 German/English
enclosure; Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5DW71-3AA0
fastened mechanically
to 35 mm DIN rail
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008
for 1 year,
6GK1 704-5DW00-3AL0
4
Software for S7 communication, requirement:
including FDL protocol with OPC Current software version
server and NCM PC; Upgrade of SOFTNET-DP 6GK1 704-5DW00-3AE0
runtime software, software and Edition 2006 or 2007 to
electronic manual on CD-ROM, SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008
license key on USB stick, Class A,
for 32 bit Windows XP Profes- Upgrade of SOFTNET-DP 6GK1 704-5DW00-3AE1
sional SP2/3, Windows 2003 V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Server R2, SP2, Windows Vista SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008
Business/Ultimate SP1; SOFTNET-DP Slave
Windows 2008 Server, for Edition 2008
CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2,
CP 5621, CP 5711; Software for DP slave, with
German/English DP-OPC server and NCM PC;
Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5CW71-3AA0 runtime software, software and
Software Update Service 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AL0 electronic manual on CD-ROM,
for 1 year, license key on USB stick,
with automatic extension; Class A for 32 bit Windows XP
requirement: Professional SP2/3;
Current software version Windows 2003 Server R2, SP2;
Upgrade of SOFTNET-S7 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE0 SP1; Windows 2008 Server;
Edition 2006 or 2007 to for CP 5512, CP 5611,
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5711;
Upgrade of SOFTNET-S7 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE1 German/English
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5SW71-3AA0
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008
Software Update Service 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AL0
for 1 year,
requirement:
Current software version
Upgrade of SOFTNET-DP 6GK1704-5SW00-3AE0
Slave Edition 2006 or 2007 to
SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008
Upgrade of SOFTNET-DP 6GK1704-5SW00-3AE1
Slave V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC10
bus connector
RS485 Plug 180

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection
SIRIUS M200D motor starters
M200D motor starters for PROFIBUS / PROFINET
Overview
The intelligent, highly flexible M200D PROFIBUS / PROFINET
motor starters are the most functional motor starters of the
SIRIUS motor starter family in the high degree of protection IP65
for PROFIBUS / PROFINET communication.
They start and protect motors and loads up to 5.5 kW. Direct or
reversing starter versions are available in mechanical and solid-
state versions with soft start function.
The particularly robust M200D PROFIBUS / PROFINET motor
starters are characterized by numerous functions which can be
flexibly parameterized. Their modular design comprises a motor
starter module and a communication module.
The M200D PROFINET motor starters enable TIA-integrated
parameterization through PROFINET from STEP 7 in familiar,
user-friendly manner with the same look-and-feel as PROFIBUS.
Functionality
4 For basic functionality see M200D motor starters,
general data in the chapter AS-Interface
Electronic version also with soft start function M200D motor starter module for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
(without communication module)
Robust and widely used M12 connection method for the
digital inputs and outputs and the PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus
connection
All four digital inputs and two digital outputs exist in the cyclic
process image. This provides complete transparency of the
process on the control level.
Full TIA integration: All digital inputs and outputs exist in the
cyclic process image and are visible through the bus, provid-
ing maximum flexibility and best adaptability to the application
Flexible assignment of the digital inputs and outputs with all
available assignable input actions
Extensive diagnostics concept using LEDs and through the
bus with the TIA-conform mechanisms.
Expanded diagnostics using data records
Complete plant monitoring using statistics data record and
current value monitoring by means of data records
Parameterization through PROFIBUS / PROFINET bus with the
help of data records from the user program
Control of the motor starter using a command data record from M200D communication modules for PROFIBUS
the user program
Removable modular control unit quicker device replacement
and therefore lower costs when device outages occur since
existing wiring is on the control unit and only one device needs
to be replaced
Parameterization in Step7 HW Config using Motor Starter ES
(ordering option for start-up software)
Start-up and diagnostics with the help of Motor Starter ES
Trace function through Motor Starter ES for optimized start-up
and tracking of process and device values
Only with PROFINET IO:
Just one bus system from the MES level to the devices no
routers
More stations on the bus and possible configuration of flexible
bus structures
Automatic re-parameterization in case of device replacement
thanks to proximity detection
M200D communication modules for PROFINET
Wireless integration of plant segments in difficult environ-
ments using WLAN
Easier expansion of the system thanks to a higher number of
stations on the bus and elimination of terminating resistors

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Mounting and installation Diagnostics and maintenance
The M200D PROFIBUS / PROFINET motor starter consists of a Diagnostics is provided through numerous mechanisms and
communication module and a motor starter module. Only the can be used as the customer prefers.
motor starter module has to be replaced therefore when replac-
ing devices. This saves time and money. The communication The motor starter is TIA-diagnostics compatible, which means
module remains as an active station on the bus and all other that when a fault is identified, a diagnostics alarm is distributed,
system components continue running. This prevents downtimes. which invokes the diagnostics-OB with a SIMATIC control.
The fault can be evaluated as usual in the user program.
The integrated plug-in technology enables far lower wiring out-
lay: Connecting cables can be plugged directly onto the motor The M200D motor starter offers a large variety of diagnostics
starter module. The PROFINET bus is connected cost-effectively data through data records. Its functionality is without equal on
using an M12 connection on the device. All versions have iden- the market. There are extensive options for reading out data from
tical enclosure dimensions for easier system design and conver- the motor starter for monitoring devices, systems or processes.
sion. The motor starter is equipped internally with 3 logbooks for
Parameterization and configuration device faults, motor starter trips and events, which are issued
with a time stamp. These logbooks can be read out of the motor
All motor protection functions, limit values and reactions can be starter at any time in the form of data records and provide the
defined by parameterization. plant operator with plenty of information about the state of his 4
plant and process which he can use to carry out improvements.
The user has several user-friendly options for the parameteriza-
tion. In addition to parameterization directly from STEP 7, which With the slave pointer and statistical data functions it is possible
also permits automatic re-parameterization in case of device re- to read out, for example, the maximum internal current values or
placement, it is possible to use the user-friendly Motor Starter ES the number of motor starter connection operations for plant
start-up software. By connecting a programming device directly monitoring purposes. This enables process deviations to be
to PROFIBUS / PROFINET and the Motor Starter ES start-up soft- monitored or commissioning to be optimized. The user can draw
ware, the devices can also be conveniently programmed from a conclusions about the actual load conditions of the devices in
central point through the bus. Also, parameters can be changed his process and on this basis can optimize his plant mainte-
during operation from the user program using the data record nance intervals.
mechanism so that the function of the motor starter is adapted to
the process when required. With the help of a PC and the Motor The device diagnostics data record contains details of all the
Starter ES software it is also possible to perform the parameter- states of the motor starter, the device configuration and the com-
ization through the local point-to-point interface on-site. munication as a basis for central device and plant monitoring.
Functions can be flexibly assigned to the digital inputs and With installation and maintenance functions (I&M), information
outputs, adapting them to all possible conveyor applications. (I&M) on modules employed is stored in the motor starter on the
All digital inputs and outputs exist in the cyclic process image. one hand, and on the other, data (I&M), which can be specified
All limit values for monitoring functions and their reactions are by the user during configuration, such as location designations.
parameterizable and therefore adaptable to the application. I&M functions serve for troubleshooting faults and localizing
Consistency with other products of the SIRIUS M200D motor changes in hardware at a plant or checking the system configu-
starter range and with the frequency converter and ET 200pro ration. Reordering a device is particularly easy as the result.
peripherals system is assured. The integrated maintenance timer can be used to implement
preventative maintenance and avoid plant downtimes through
Only with the M200D PROFINET motor starter look-ahead servicing.
Thanks to the integrated proximity detection, the device name Another new feature is the integrated TRACE function with the
does not need to be issued manually when a device is replaced. Motor Starter ES software. It can be used to record measured
The name is issued automatically by the neighboring devices values as a function of time following a trigger event. This en-
which note the "names" of the devices in their proximity. ables process flows to be recorded and their timing optimized.
No additional start-up measures are required therefore when
replacing a device. Local control of a drive is possible using the ordering option with
integrated manual operation. This is yet another new develop-
The new motor starter generation is characterized by high func- ment which distinguishes the M200D PROFIBUS / PROFINET
tionality, maximum flexibility and the highest level of automation. motor starter from the rest of the market and adds innovative
The PROFINET is recommended in particular for expansive and technology, maximum availability and transparency to the
highly automated system components because the possibility of system.
monitoring devices and systems with data records (statistical
data, measured values and device diagnostics) guarantees an See from page 5/7 for the Motor Starter ES software.
in-depth view of the plant from the control room and therefore in-
creases plant availability.
Operation
The motor starters record the actual current flow. Evaluating the
current of the parameterizable solid-state overload protection
increases the availability of the drives, as do reliable messages
concerning the overranging or underranging of setpoint values.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
SIRIUS M200D SIRIUS M200D

PROFIBUS PROFINET
Device functions (software features)
Slave on the bus
Fieldbus PROFIBUS to M12 PROFINET to M12
Adjustable number of stations 1 .... 125 1 ... 128 with CPU 315, 317
4 Parameterization
1 ... 256 with CPU 319
DIP switches For address setting and terminating resistor --

ES Motor Starter Through bus, optical interface
PROFIBUS / PROFINET data records
From STEP 7 / HW config
Diagnostics
Acyclic through data records
Support of diagnostics alarm
Process image
Process image 2Byte PAE/ 2Byte PAA
Data channels
Local optical interface
(manual on-site)
Through Motor Starter ES local
interface
Using Motor Starter ES through bus
Data records (acyclic)
Parameterization Using DS 131 (DS = data record)
Diagnostics Device-specific DS 92
Measured values Measured values DS 94
Statistics Statistical data DS 95
Commands Using DS 93
Slave pointer Slave pointer DS 96
Logbook Using Motor Starter ES and data records: Device faults DS 72, tripping operation DS 73, events DS 75
Device identification Using DS 100
I&M data Using DS 231 ... 234 Using data records 0xAFF0 ... 0xAFF3
Inputs
Qty 4
Of these in the process image 4
Input action Parameterizable: Flexibly assignable action (see manual)
Quick-Stop Parameterizable: Latching, non-latching
Outputs
Qty 2
Of these in the process image 2
Output action Parameterizable: Flexibly assignable action (see manual)
Brake output
180 V DC / 230/400 V AC / none
Motor protection
Overload protection Electronic, wide range 1:10
Short-circuit protection
Full motor protection
Temperature sensor Parameterizable using ES Motor Starter, data record: PTC or Thermoclick or deactivated
Function is available; -- Function is not available.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS PROFINET
Device functions
Repair switch
Current limit monitoring bottom Parameterizable
Current limit monitoring top Parameterizable 4
Zero current detection Parameterizable: tripping, warning
Blocking current Parameterizable
Unbalance Parameterizable
Load type Parameterizable: single- and three-phase
Shutdown class Parameterizable using ES Motor Starter, data record: Class 5, 10, 15, 20
Protection against voltage failure Parameterizable: Activated/deactivated
Soft starter control function
Soft start function
Bypass function Only electronic version
Application
The M200D PROFIBUS / PROFINET motor starters are particu-
larly suitable for fully TIA-integrated, highly automated conveyor
applications which meet all needs with regard to the monitoring
of devices and systems and preventative maintenance.
Adaptability of the motor starter functions and maximum flexibil-
ity of the device enable a broad range of application without any
limits. The PROFINET-specific expansions are the best assur-
ance of a future-proof investment.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Communication modules, motor starter modules
Selection and ordering data
M200D PROFIBUS / PROFINET M200D PROFIBUS M200D PROFINET

without communication module
Version Order No. Version Order No.

M200D communication modules Electronic starters 3RK1 395-6 7 S71- 7 AD 7
for PROFIBUS (with thyristors)
4 Communication modules
for PROFIBUS
3RK1 305-0AS01-0AA0 Setting range for rated
operational current / A
M12 termination 7/8 inch 0,15 ... 2 K
M200D communication modules 1,5 ... 12 L
for PROFINET
Direct-on-line starters/
Communication modules 3RK1 335-0AS01-0AA0 reversing starters
for PROFINET
M12 termination 7/8 inch Direct-on-line starters 0
Electromechanical starters 3RK1 395-6 7 S41- 7 AD 7 Reversing starter 1
(with integrated protection) Direct-on-line starters 2
Setting range for rated with manual local operation
operational current / A Reversing starters 3
0,15 ... 2 K with manual local operation
1,5 ... 12 L Brake control
Direct-on-line starters/ Without brake control 0
reversing starters Brake control (230/400 V AC) 3
Direct-on-line starters 0 Brake control (180 V DC) 5
Reversing starter 1
Direct-on-line starters 2
with manual local operation
Reversing starters 3
Brake control
Without brake control 0
Brake control (400 V AC) 3
Brake control (180 V DC) 5

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
General data
Overview Benefits
More functionality and flexibility through freely configurable
safety logic
For all safety applications thanks to compliance with the
highest safety standards (Category 4 according to EN 954-1,
Performance Level e according to ISO 13849-1 or SIL3
according to IEC 62061)
Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all
globally established certifications
Modular hardware configuration
Parameterization by means of software instead of wiring
Removable terminals for greater plant availability
Communication
The 3RK3 modular safety system can be connected to
PROFIBUS through the DP interface and exchange data with
higher-level control systems.
4
The MSS supports among other things:
Baud rates up to 12 Mbit/s
The 3RK3 modular safety system (MSS) is a freely parameteriz-
able modular safety relay. Depending on the external circuit Automatic baud rate detection
version, safety-oriented applications up to Category 4 according Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
to EN 954-1, Performance Level e according to ISO 13849-1 or
Exchange of 32-bit cyclic data
SIL3 according to IEC 62061 can be realized.
Diagnostics using data record invocations
The modular safety relay permits several safety applications to
be interconnected. The safety functions are easily created on the For MSS with communication function, see from page 4/35 on-
PC using a graphic parameterizing tool. For example, discon- wards.
nection ranges can be set and other dependencies defined. For accessories, see page 4/36 onwards.
With additional safety-oriented expansion modules, the system For additional information, see catalog LV 1 SIRIUS Low-Voltage
is flexibly adapted to the required safety applications. Controls and Distribution SENTRON SIVACON and Industry
Mall under Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution
The MSS comprises the following system components: --> SIRIUS Industrial Controls --> Monitoring and Control
Central module Devices.
Expansion modules
Interface modules
Diagnostics modules
Parameterization software
Accessories
The comprehensive error and status diagnostics provides the
possibility of finding errors in the system and localizing signals
from sensors. Plant downtimes can be reduced as the result.
Optional interface modules send the diagnostics data to higher-
level bus systems (e.g. PROFIBUS DP). These data are then
available for further processing in the automation system.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
General data
Application
The 3RK3 modular safety system can be used for all safety- Counter functions:
oriented requirements in the manufacturing industry and offers - The safety relay supports the counting function
the following safety functions: "counter 0 -> 1". The count value is changed only when there
EMERGENCY-STOP: is a positive edge at the count inputs. The current count value
With this function, signals from EMERGENCY-STOP devices can be counted forwards or backwards through one own
with positive-opening contacts are evaluated. count input each.
- The safety relay supports the counting function
Protective door monitoring: "For negative edge 1 -> 0". The count value is changed only
Signals from protective doors or protective flaps with positive when there is a negative edge. The current count value can be
opening contacts or an NC-NO combination are evaluated. counted forwards or backwards through one own count input
Non-contact protective devices (BWS): each.
Signals from e.g. light curtains and laser scanners are - The safety relay supports the counting function
evaluated. "For both edges". The count value is changed both when there
Switching mats: is a positive edge and when there is a negative edge. The cur-
Signals from switching mats with NC contacts or crossover rent count value can be counted forwards or backwards
monitoring are evaluated. through one own count input each.
Time functions:
4 Two-hand operator controls:
With this function, signals from a two-hand operator control ON delay, On delay (trigger), passing make contact, passing
device are evaluated. make contact (trigger), OFF delay, OFF delay (trigger), clock-
pulsing.
OK buttons:
Signals from OK buttons with NO contact are evaluated. Start functions:
Manual and automatic start
Operating mode selector switches:
With this function, signals from an operating mode selector Output functions:
switch with NO contacts are evaluated. Up to 5 operating Standard outputs and fail-safe outputs can be actuated.
modes can be defined. The operating mode to be imple-
mented can be freely configured in the downstream logic.
Logic operation functions:
AND, OR, XOR, NAND, NOR, negation (NEG),
flip-flop (FF-RS)

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Central modules, expansion modules, interface
modules, operating and monitoring modules
3RK3 111-1AA10 3RK3 211-1AA10 3RK3 251-1AA10 3RK3 311-1AA10 3RK3 511-1BA10 3RK3 611-3AA00
3RK3 221-1AA10 3RK3 321-1AA10
3RK3 231-1AA10
3RK3 242-1AA10
Version Screw terminals Version Spring-type terminals
Order No. Order No.

Central modules Central modules
3RK3 Basic 3RK3 111-1AA10 3RK3 Basic 3RK3 111-2AA10
Central module with safety-orien-
tated inputs and outputs
Central module with safety-orien- 4
tated inputs and outputs
8 inputs 8 inputs
1 two-channel relay output 1 two-channel relay output
1 two-channel solid-state output 1 two-channel solid-state output
Max. 7 expansion modules can be Max. 7 expansion modules can be
connected, connected,
including 3RK3 931-0AA00 including 3RK3 931-0AA00
memory module memory module
Expansion modules Expansion modules
4/8 F-DI 3RK3 211-1AA10 4/8 F-DI 3RK3 211-2AA10
Safety-orientated expansion Safety-orientated expansion
module module
8 inputs 8 inputs
2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO 3RK3 221-1AA10 2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO 3RK3 221-2AA10
Safety-orientated Safety-orientated
mixed expansion module mixed expansion module
4 inputs 4 inputs
2 single-channel relay outputs 2 single-channel relay outputs
2/4 F-DI 2F-DO 3RK3 231-1AA10 2/4 F-DI 2F-DO 3RK3 231-2AA10
Safety-orientated Safety-orientated
mixed expansion module mixed expansion module
4 inputs 4 inputs
2 two-channel solid-state outputs 2 two-channel solid-state outputs
4/8 F-RO 3RK3 251-1AA10 N 4/8 F-RO 3RK3 251-2AA10 N
Safety-oriented output modules Safety-oriented output modules
8 relay outputs 8 relay outputs
4 F-DO 3RK3 242-1AA10 N 4 F-DO 3RK3 242-2AA10 N
Safety-oriented output modules Safety-oriented output modules
4 two-channel solid-state outputs 4 two-channel solid-state outputs
8 DI 3RK3 321-1AA10 N 8 DI 3RK3 321-2AA10 N
Standard input modules Standard input modules
8 inputs 8 inputs
8 DO 3RK3 311-1AA10 8 DO 3RK3 311-2AA10
Standard output module Standard output module
8 solid-state outputs 8 solid-state outputs
Interface modules Interface modules
DP interface 3RK3 511-1BA10 DP interface 3RK3 511-2BA10
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s,
RS485 RS485
Operating and monitoring modules Operating and monitoring modules
Diagnostics modules 3RK3 611-3AA00 N Diagnostics modules --
To connect the central module to expansion modules or

interface module, you need the 3UF7 930-0AA00-0 connection
cable. See page 4/36.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Accessories

Version Order No.
Connection cables (essential accessory)

Connection cables
For connecting the central module, expansion modules and the interface module
Length 0.025 m (flat) 3UF7 930-0AA00-0
PC cables and adapters
PC cable for PC/PG communication 3UF7 940-0AA00-0
with 3RK3 modular safety system
Through the system interface, for connecting to the serial interface of the PC/PG
USB/serial adapters 3UF7 946-0AA00-0
To connect an RS232 PC cable
to the USB port of a PC, recommended for use
in conjunction with 3RK3
3UF7 940-0AA00-0
Interface covers
4 For system interface 3UF7 950-0AA00-0
3UF7 950-0AA00-0
Memory modules
For parameterizing the 3RK3 modular safety system without a PC/PG 3RK3 931-0AA00
through the system interface
3RK3 931-0AA00
Door adapters
For external connection of the system interface, 3UF7 920-0AA00-0
e.g. outside a control cabinet
3UF7 920-0AA00-0
Push-in lugs
For screw mounting
e.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
Can be used for 3RK3 3RP19 03
3RP19 03
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Basic
Parameterization, start-up and
diagnostics software for the 3RK3
Runs under Win XP PROF/Win VISTA: Business32, Ultimate32;
without PC cable
Floating license for one user
E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through the system interface
License key on USB stick, Class A 3ZS1 314-4CC10-0YA5
3ZS1 314-4CC10-0YA5 License key download, Class A 3ZS1 314-4CE10-0YB5
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Standard
3 languages (German/English/French),
License key on USB stick, Class A 3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YA5
License key download, Class A 3ZS1 314-5CE10-0YB5
Powerpack
Floating license for one user,
3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YD5 N
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YA5 3 languages (German/English/French),
Software Update Service 3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YL5
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Software
Overview
Modular Safety System ES: the uniform software for the modular safety system
Modular Safety System ES is the engineering software for the The safety logic can be divided into several diagrams in order to
configuration, start-up and diagnostics of the 3RK3 modular enable structured processing of the entire plant. The user can
safety system. The software combines the configuring of the freely position the functions on a quasi infinitely large drawing
hardware, the programming of the safety functions, and the test- board, whereby the connecting lines are drawn automatically.
ing and diagnostics of the safety system. If there is not enough space, more pages are automatically
added to the diagram in horizontal or vertical direction. Connect-
Hardware configuration ing lines extending over several pages are automatically issued
The configuration defines the system's hardware layout. It lays with cross-references during print-out. If required in the interest
down which modules are used in the system: A central module of clarity, the user can divide a connecting line manually into two
as a safe control system including onboard peripherals, expan- segments, whereby the mutual reference is marked by reference
sion modules with inputs and outputs, an interface module for arrows. For further documentation, freely compilable comment
connecting to PROFIBUS. For better clarity, the layout is shown texts can be placed at any point in the diagram. Every point in
in a graphic presentation. For each module, it is optionally the logic diagram can be processed with ease by dragging and
possible to issue an equipment ID which is shown in the logic zooming.
diagram for identification of the inputs and outputs. Every project can be saved as a file and be password-protected
from unauthorized access. 4
Definition of the hardware layout Processing the safety functions with the graphics editor
Graphic parameterizing of the safety logic by Drag & Drop User prompting during start-up and maintenance
The functionality of the safety logic is laid down with a graphics To start up the 3RK3 modular safety system, the created project
editor designed for intuitive operation. Safe monitoring functions file is loaded into the device. This requires the serial interface
(EMERGENCY-STOP, non-contact protective devices/light ar- (COM) of the PC to be connected with a special connection
rays, protective doors, etc.), output functions and logic functions cable to the device. Access to the device can be password-pro-
(AND/OR operations, counting function, time functions, etc.), tected.
non-safety-orientated input/output functions, device status func- After the project is loaded, the user switches the device by
tions and control functions can be dragged from the extensive means of the software from configuring mode to test mode in
functions catalog onto the work interface by Drag&Drop. which the safety functions are tested.
Depending on the version, each function has several input and
output connecting points through which the functions can be Activating the diagnostics shows the status of the individual
interconnected by simple mouse clicks. Double-clicking on a functions in the graphic logic diagram by means of different
function symbol opens the related features dialog window in colors and symbols. In addition, the signal status of each input
which all the parameters can be displayed and configured: and output can be manually overwritten ("forcing").
Scope of the function's inputs and outputs, configuring the chan- If the test is completed successfully, the user releases the
nel type (one-channel/two-channel, NC contact/NO contact), configuration and switches the device to protection mode, in
activating the crossover monitoring, defining start options, which case "forcing" is automatically deactivated.
assigning the hardware inputs and outputs, etc. Of course each Service personnel can activate the graphic diagnostics in pro-
function can be issued with an individual name so that e.g. the tection mode as well. The I&M (Identification & Maintenance)
position of a safety switch in the plant can be documented. data saved in the device facilitate maintenance.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Software
Types of delivery and license
Modular Safety System ES Basic Standard
Modular Safety System ES 2008 is available as follows:
Access through the local interface on the
device Floating license
- Package contains the software on CD and a floating license
Parameter assignment
on a USB stick.
Operating - The software can be installed on any number of PCs.
Diagnostics - The floating license enables the software to be used by

1 user; after use, it can be transferred from the one PC to
Test another.
Integrated graphics editor - The CD also contains a trial license for test and evaluation
Importing/exporting parameters purposes (free use of all program functions on any PC for a
period of 14 days).
Comparison functions
Comfort functions Following delivery versions are available in addition for Modular
Safety System ES 2008:
Terminal designator

Powerpack
Work on sub-diagrams Special pack for switching within the same software version to
4 Standards-conform printout a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Power-
according to EN ISO 7200 pack Modular Safety System ES 2008 for switching from Basic
Function available to Standard.
-- Function not available Software Update Service
To keep you up to date at all times, we offer a special service
More functions which supplies you automatically with all service packs and
The program interface language can be switched during use upgrades (floating license not included in delivery).
between German, English and French. License Download
A context-sensitive help function provides useful assistance User-friendly license key download from our Mall (currently
with questions concerning the use of the program. only for customers from Germany) as an easy and quick way
A consistency check informs clearly about function assign- for you to receive additional licenses for your software.
ment errors; checks are carried out automatically when a The software can be downloaded free from the Internet
project is saved and during the configuration test, but they (without floating license) at:
can also be initially manually. support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
Lists of symbols and cross-references can be issued output 25801078/133100
for effective processing of the project file. The download file also contains a trial license for test and evalu-
Standards-conform printouts: ation purposes, which allows free use of all program functions on
The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family make machine any PC for a period of 14 days. A floating license is needed to
documentation far easier. They enable parameterization print- use the software after the 14 days.
outs according to EN ISO 7200. The elements to be printed
are easy to select and group as required.
System requirements
Modular Safety System ES 2008 parameterization,
start-up and diagnostics software
for the 3RK3 modular safety system
Operating system Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2),
Windows Vista Ultimate 32/Business 32
Processor Pentium 800 MHz/ 1 GHz (Windows Vista)
RAM 512 MB/ 1 GB (Windows Vista)
Monitor resolution 1024 x 768
Free space on hard disk 280 MB
CD-ROM/DVD drive Yes (only when installing from CD)
Serial interface (COM) Yes
PC cables for PC/PG communication Yes

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Software
Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software

for the 3RK3 modular safety system
Runs under WIN XP PROF/
Windows Vista: Ultimate 32/Business 32
Without PC cable
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Basic Accessories

Floating license for one user PC cables for 3UF7 940-0AA00-0
E-SW, software and documentation PC/PG communication
on CD, 3 languages Through the system interface on the
(German/English/French), device, for connecting to the serial
communication through system interface on the PC/PG
interface
License key on USB stick, 3ZS1 314-4CC10-0YA5 To connect a serial
Class A, including CD PC cable (for connection to the
License key download, 3ZS1 314-4CE10-0YB5 serial PC interface / RS 232),
Class A, no CD we recommend using
modular safety system 3RK3, 4
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Standard soft starter 3RW44,
ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro
Floating license for one user motor starter,
E-SW, software and documentation AS-i safety monitor and
on CD, 3 languages AS-i analyzer
(German/English/French), in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro
communication through system 3UF7
interface
License key on USB stick, 3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YA5
Class A, including CD
License key download, 3ZS1 314-5CE10-0YB5
Class A, no CD
Powerpack 3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YD5
For Modular Safety System ES
2008 Basic
Floating license for one user,
E-SW, software and
documentation on CD,
license key on USB stick,
Class A, 3 languages
(German/English/French),
communication through the system
interface
For 1 year with automatic
extension, assuming the current
software version is in use, E-SW,
software and documentation on CD,
communication through the system
interface

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Power Management System
System overview
Overview
Operating and
monitoring level
Archive
Bus systems
Office PC Office PC via Internet (e.g. Ethernet)
OS with SIMATIC PCS 7 / WinCC,

powerrate add-ons
and function block libraries Processing level
SIMATIC S7 Bus systems

(e.g. PROFIBUS)
Distributed Data acquisition and

peripherals control level
e.g. ET 200
NSH0_00060b
4
Power E-counter Circuit Protection Motor Frequency Soft starter, e.g.
monitoring devices, e.g. breaker, e.g. equipment management converter, e.g. SIRIUS 3RW44
SENTRON PAC3200 SENTRON e.g. system, e.g. SINAMICS G120
Analog and digital signals or SENTRON PAC4200 3WL SIMOCODE pro
from contactors, counters, SIPROTEC
flow meters,...
Power Management System: Configuration and makeup of all participating components
The continuous increase in energy prices is leading to higher Software components

operating costs and can pose a threat to a company's competi-
tiveness. The software components are:
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate/SIMATIC WinCC powerrate
The goal of our Power Management System is to optimize as add-ons to SIMATIC PCS 7 or SIMATIC WinCC
operating costs and increase plant availability.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 as driver / faceplate for
As part of TIA and TIP, it is fully integrated in the industrial tech- SIMATIC PCS 7
nologies of production and process automation (SIMATIC PCS 7 Switch ES Power
and SIMATIC WinCC) from Siemens. This means lower costs of
implementation and all the following benefits: SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate/SIMATIC WinCC powerrate
Consistent product design SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC powerrate are extensions to PCS 7
Standard components and WinCC respectively and throw light on power consumption
Open interfaces from the infeed to the load.
Uniform operating philosophy Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and
processes in order to introduce measures for improving power
System-tested, certified products efficiency
Global availability in high Siemens quality Comparison of consumption profiles for greater efficiency of
Optimum support from Siemens hotline process design, charge-related load recording
In other words: With Power Management, you can make full use Optimizing the company according to energy parameters
of all the potential for optimization provided by a consistent based on an assessment of consumption and costs
power management solution. Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus
preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments.
The power management system comprises both hardware
components and software components. SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 and
PAC3200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC
Hardware components
The SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC function block libraries for
The hardware components are: PAC3200 enable optimum integration of the SENTRON PAC3200
Communication-capable measuring devices such as multifunction measuring instrument in SIMATIC PCS 7 and
SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200 WinCC respectively.
Switching and protection devices (3VL / 3WL)
The SIMOCODE pro motor management system
More information
E-counters Hardware components of the Power Management System and
its software components are dealt with in this chapter.
Protection equipment such as SIPROTEC
And diverse other communication-capable devices You can find more information on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
SENTRON multifunction measuring instruments
General data
Overview
Instrument variants SENTRON PAC3100

N PAC3200 PAC4200 N
Functional overview
Basic measurement variables
Voltage, current
Neutral conductor current --
Apparent power, active power, reactive power, power factor
Power factor of the fundamental -- --
wave
Frequency Of the reference phase 4
Min/max values Slave pointer function | with date & time | -- | -- |
Power measurement
Apparent energy --
Active energy, reactive energy Input | Output | Balance || | | -- | | --
Number of tariffs Apparent, active and reactive energy 1 2 2
Daily energy values for 365 days Apparent, active and reactive energy -- --
Consumption recording Apparent, active and reactive energy -- --
of a sub-process or
manufacturing process
Power averages of the last Active and reactive power average with
measurement period min / max value
Load profile record -- -- max. 3840 entries1)
E-counter for S0 signal Electrical energy | any energy -- | -- | -- |
at a digital input
Accuracy class for active energy According to IEC 62053-21 / 62053-22 Class 1 Class 0.5S Class 0.2S
Accuracy class for reactive According to IEC 62053-23 Class 3 Class 2 Class 2
energy
Monitoring of state of the plant and quality of the network
Configurable displays For presenting up to 4 measured quantities -- -- 4
Operating hours counter Operating hours of loads --
Sliding mean values U, I, S, P, Q, LF -- --
THD voltage, current -- THD-R THD
Distortion current strength -- --
Phase angle, phase displacement angle -- --
Unbalance Voltage | current -- Unba | Inba2) Unb | Inb3)
Harmonics in voltage, current -- -- 3. to 31st
Limit value monitoring Max. number of limit values -- 6 12
Boolean logic For limit values | inputs --| -- | -- |
Event memory for operation, Including time stamp -- -- (> 4000 events)
control and system-related events
Battery backup for min / max values -- --
1)
This corresponds for example to a duration of 40 days
with a measurement period length of 15 minutes.
2)
Unba, Inba Unbalance with regard to amplitude
3) Unba, Inba Unbalance with regard to amplitude and phase
Available, -- Not available

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
General data
Instrument variants SENTRON PAC3100

N PAC3200 PAC4200 N
Functional overview
System integration and communication
Ethernet (integrated) -- 10 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Protocol Modbus TCP --
Gateway Ethernet <--> RS485 (Modbus) -- -- 1)
PROFIBUS DP (V1) -- Expansion module optional
4 RS485
Protocol Modbus RTU
Integrated

Expansion module optional

4DI/2DO expansion module Expansion to max. 10 DI / 6 DO -- -- (max. 2 modules)
Number of expansion modules Max. -- 1 2
Integrated digital inputs (DI) Number | multifunctional 2 | -- 1| 2|
Integrated digital outputs (DO) Number | multifunctional 2| 1| 2|
Installation plan
Dimensions (L x W x D) In mm 96 x 96 x 56 96 x 96 x 56 96 x 96 x 82
Mounting depth PAC | PAC with expansion module (in mm) 51 | -- 51 | 73 77 | 99
Panel cut-out (L x W) In mm 92 x 92 92 x 92 92 x 92
Standards and Approvals
CE / cULus / C-Tick / GOST
IEC 61557-12 --
1)
In conjunction with SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module
Available, -- Not available
Measuring precisely with SENTRON PAC3100/3200/4200

New dimensions with the multifunction measuring instruments
The multifunction measuring instruments of the SENTRON PAC
series are used to measure and indicate all relevant network
parameters in low-voltage power distribution. They can be used
for single-phase measurements as well as for multiphase
easurements in 3 and 4-conductor networks (TN, TT, IT).
Power values for main distribution boards, electrical feeders or
individual loads are recorded precisely and reliably, and impor-
tant measured values are supplied in addition for assessing the
state of the plant and the quality of the network.
The SENTRON PAC multifunction measuring instruments:

PAC3200 (left), PAC3100 (center) and PAC4200 (right)

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
General data
SENTRON PAC General Three-phase multifunction measuring instruments are used to
measure and indicate all relevant network parameters of an
Performance characteristics of all multifunction measuring electrical installation and they monitor these parameters perma-
instruments in the SENTRON PAC series: nently.
Simple mounting and commissioning
Applications
High IP65 degree of protection (front side, when installed)
permits usage in extremely dusty and wet environments Wherever power has to be distributed, be it in industrial or
Intuitive operation using 4 function buttons and multilingual infrastructural buildings, the SENTRON PAC supplies important
plain text displays information to the building services system or the power control-
ling system.
Easy adaptation to different systems using integrated and
optional The many different communication options offered by the
- Digital inputs and outputs SENTRON PAC make it an indispensable supplier of data for
- Communications interface power management systems and for plant and building auto-
mation.
Worldwide use
- Min. 8 languages Industries
- International approvals
- Developed and tested to European and international Power distribution systems for the power supply are needed in
all sectors of industry. SENTRON PAC is used accordingly in all
4
standards
sectors where power consumption and electrical parameters are
Low mounting depth to be measured.
SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200 Integration of PAC3200 and PAC4200
Additional performance characteristics of the SENTRON When the SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200 are fully integrated
PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200: in a power management system, they monitor the power con-
Precise energy recording sumption and help to monitor the operating state of the plant.
Versatile system integration Measured values, limit value violations, operating hours of a con-
- Integrated Ethernet interface nected load or power flows are supplied by the instruments
- Optional communication modules available quickly and reliably.
- Multifunctional digital inputs and outputs Using the optionally available interface modules, it is possible
- Limit value monitoring to integrate both instruments in every I&C system or every
Can be connected directly to power supply networks up to SIMATIC S7 environment.
690V AC (UL-L) , CATIII without voltage transformers. System integration using function block libraries
Easy-to-use configuration software included as standard
Optionally available function block libraries make it easy to
SENTRON PAC4200 integrate the multifunction measuring instruments in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system and the SCADA-System
Additional performance characteristics of the SENTRON SIMATIC WinCC. Together with the faceplates as user interface
PAC4200: for SENTRON PAC3200, the driver blocks and diagnostics
Monitoring the plant status and the system quality blocks in the control system enable the operating and monitor-
- Basic information for evaluating network quality ing of technologically important values and functions of the
- Logging of plant operations through operational, operating measuring devices in the respective target system.
and system events
Recording of the power range through power averaging Faceplates
(load profile)
Daily energy meters for apparent, active and reactive energy
across 365 days for cut-off date assessment
Detection of gas, water, compressed air or other energy
sources via pulse counter to the digital inputs
Can be expanded using modules to up to 10 digital inputs and
6 digital outputs
Meters for apparent, active and reactive energy for the precise
detection of the power consumption of a partial process or Industrial Ethernet
manufacturing process
10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet interface with gateway function for the
easy connection of devices with serial RS485 interface via PROFIBUS
expansion module PAC RS485 to an Ethernet network PROFIBUS
Comprehensive convenience indicators, such as user-defined
displays, bar and status indicators, phase diagram and list and
histogram graphics
Satisfies the accuracy requirements of class 0.2S high-preci-
sion meters used by power supply companies according to
IEC 62053-22, which are normally reserved for exacting indus- S7 driver / components
16(BE
trial applications
Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 in SIMATIC PCS 7/WinCC

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
General data
Application (continued) More information

System integration of RS485 field bus devices through Ethernet More information is available on the Internet at
A special feature is the integrated gateway function of the
SENTRON PAC4200. It enables a cost-effective and simple
connection of devices with an RS485 interface to an Ethernet
network.
Everything required is provided by the SENTRON PAC RS485
expansion module, to which a maximum of 31 lower-level
devices can be connected without a repeater and as many as
247 with a repeater.
The gateway function of the SENTRON PAC4200 supports the
Modbus protocol and can be parameterized using SENTRON
powerconfig.
SQL Server Client Client

database
4
Ethernet
SENTRON PAC4200
with gateway
SENTRON
Modbus RTU PAC3200
NSG0_00238a
SENTRON VL Power monitoring devices

SENTRON WL
Connecting Modbus-RTU devices to a power management system

through PAC4200

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
PAC3100 multifunction measuring instruments

Version Order No.
SENTRON PAC3100 N Screw terminals
Control panel instrument 96 mm x 96 mm 7KM3 133-0BA00-3AA0

Screw terminals for connecting current and voltage
AC/DC power supply unit with wide voltage range
UAUX:
100 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 250 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 480/277 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /5 A
7KM3 133-0BA00-3AA0
Accessories
Version Order No.
4
SENTRON PAC TMP
Adapter for mounting on standard mounting rail 7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
More information
Suitable current transformers can be found
in the Catalog LV 1, Chapter 16
in the Industry Mall, Section
"Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution"
--> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution"
--> "Switching and Protection Devices for Power Distribution"
--> "Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
-->"3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A"
--> "Accessories and spare parts"
For more information about the software components of the
Power Management System, see the catalog LV 1, Chapter 18
and on the Internet at

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS

Version Order No.
SENTRON PAC3200 Screw terminals

UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM2 112-0BA00-3AA0
SENTRON PAC3200 Screw terminals

4 DC power supply unit with extra-low voltage
UAUX: 2265 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 500/289 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM2 111-1BA00-3AA0
SENTRON PAC3200 Cable lug terminals

Cable lug terminals for connecting current and voltage
UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM2 112-0BA00-2AA0
Accessories
Version Order No.
SENTRON PAC TMP
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200
Software for integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 in SIMATIC PCS 7
Engineering + Runtime license 3ZS2 781-1CC10-0YG0
Runtime license 3ZS2 781-1CC10-6YH0
PAC3200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC
Software for integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 in SIMATIC WinCC
Engineering + Runtime license 3ZS2 791-1CC10-0YG0
More information
Suitable current transformers can be found For more information about the software components of the
in the Catalog LV 1, Chapter 16 Power Management System, see the catalog LV 1, Chapter 18 or
in the Industry Mall, Section "Low-Voltage Controls and Distri- www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem
bution" --> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution" -->
"Switching and Protection Devices for Power Distribution" -->
"Molded Case Circuit Breakers" --> "3VL Molded Case Circuit
Breakers up to 1600 A" --> "Accessories and Spare Parts"

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS

Version Order No.
SENTRON PAC4200 N Screw terminals
UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
NSG0_00230
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM4 112-0BA00-3AA0
SENTRON PAC4200 N Cable lug terminals

Cable lug terminals for connecting
current and voltage 4
UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM4 112-0BA00-2AA0
Accessories
Version Order No.
SENTRON PAC TMP
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
More information
Suitable current transformers can be found
in the Catalog LV 1, Chapter 16
in the Industry Mall, Section
"Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution"
--> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution"
--> "Switching and Protection Devices for Power Distribution"
--> "Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
-->"3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A"
--> "Accessories and spare parts"
For more information about the software components of the
Power Management System, see the catalog LV 1, Chapter 18 or

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
SENTRON multifunction measuring Instruments
PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
Overview
The PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module has the following
features:
Pluggable PROFIBUS DP communication modules for
SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200 multifunction measuring
instruments
Parameterizable from the front of the device or using parame-
terization software
Using PROFIBUS DPV1, data can be transferred in both cyclic
and acyclic modes
Easy integration using GSD file, with free choice of the
measurement variables to be transmitted
Plug and play
All baud rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s are supported
Connection through 9-pole Sub-D connector according to
IEC 61158
4 No external auxiliary power necessary
SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module
Additional display via the device display and via LEDs on the
module
Application
The SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP communication module is All individual measurement variables supplied by the
plugged onto the rear of the multifunction measuring instrument. SENTRON PAC multifunction measuring instruments are se-
The device identifies the module automatically and presents lected and cyclically transmitted by means of the GSD file.
the parameters of relevance for this module for selection in the This permits the optimum use of the PROFIBUS Master process
parameterization menu. image.

Version Order No.
PAC PROFIBUS DP
Expansion module for SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200 7KM9 300-0AB00-0AA0
(PROFIBUS DP V1)
7KM9 300-0AB00-0AA0

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
PAC RS485 expansion modules
Overview
The SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module has the following
features:
Pluggable PAC RS485 communication modules for SENTRON
PAC485 and PAC3200 multifunction measuring instruments
Parameterizable from the front of the device or using para-
meterization software
Support for the Modbus RTU protocol
Plug and play
Baud rates of 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and 38.4 kBd are supported
Connection by means of 6-pole screw terminals
No external auxiliary power necessary
Status indication by LED on the module
4
SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module
Application
The SENTRON PAC RS485 communication module is plugged In connection with the SENTRON PAC multifunction measuring
onto the rear of the PAC multifunction measuring instrument. instrument, the Modbus RTU protocols are supported with baud
The device identifies the module automatically and presents the rates of 4.8/9.6/19.2 and 38.4 kBd.
parameters of relevance for this module for selection in the
parameterization menu. The state of the module is indicated by The SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module is essential for the
the integrated LED. gateway function of the PAC4200 to access simple devices with
an RS485 interface, for example, the PAC3100 via Ethernet
(Modbus TCP).

Version Order No.
PAC RS485
Expansion module for SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200 7KM9 300-0AM00-0AA0
(Modbus RTU)
7KM9 300-0AM00-0AA0

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules for PAC4200
Overview
The SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module is used to
expand the SENTRON PAC4200 multifunction measuring
instrument to up to 10 digital inputs and 6 digital outputs.
It offers the following features:
Up to two 4DI/2DO modules can be plugged onto a PAC4200.
The 4DI/2DO modules mean that the internal digital inputs and
outputs can be expanded by up to 8 inputs and 4 outputs.
The 4DI/2DO expansion modules can be parameterized via
the front of the device or via the SENTRON powerconfig con-
figuration software.
The commissioning is carried out via plug and play.
All functions of the integrated multifunctional inputs/outputs on
the PAC4200 are also available in the 4DI/2DO expansion
module.
Inputs and outputs can be used as an S0 interface conforming
4 to IEC 62053-31.
The connection is made via a 9-pole screw terminal.
SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module N No external auxiliary power supply is required.
Application
There are many possible uses for the SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO Monitoring of multiple, single switches with auxiliary contacts
expansion module. including, among other things: via PAC4200
Connection of up to any 10 power meters with pulse output Use of the digital outputs as pulse output for active and
(S0) for detecting gas, water, compressed air consumption or reactive energy
for consumption recording of other power sources. Use of the digital outputs as outputs for switching operations
Integration of other media into energy management system and/or for time synchronization.
Benefits
Advantages of the digital inputs Advantages of the digital outputs
Consumption recording and evaluation The digital outputs offer a high degree of flexibility as they can
More cost-effective media meters can be used instead of be used as follows:
communication-capable power meters. for status display
It is not necessary to replace meters as the basic power - for a limit value violation
meters with pulse output already installed can be used. - for a direction of rotation
- for an operating state on the PAC4200
Other media can be easily integrated into a power manage-
ment system. as remote-controlled switching outputs
Increases the transparency of the power flows, since, for synchronization of the periods load profile detection in
for example, the power consumption of a sub-process or the other devices
product-related power consumption can be recorded and for signaling power measurement
assessed. - related active energy
Pulse counters can be easily assigned using user-definable - supplied active energy
displays. - related reactive energy
- supplied reactive energy
Status monitoring
The digital inputs reduce the wiring outlay thanks to the effective
integration of basic protection equipment and switchgear.

Version Order No.
PAC 4DI/2DO N
Expansion module for SENTRON PAC4200 7KM9 200-0AB00-0AA0
7KM9 200-0AB00-0AA0
(two modules connected
on PAC4200 from the rear)

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SIMATIC
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate
Components
Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate is made up of the following compo-
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate nents:
Modules for the acquisition and processing of power data
Faceplates for the presentation and processing of power data
Components for implementing load management (calculating
trends, monitoring limits, enabling/disabling loads)
Components for batch-related consumption recording
Components for the integration of measuring devices and
switches
Other components, for example, for time synchronization,
data buffering or data exchange with archives
Faceplates for presenting results and for entering values
(e.g. for configuration or from manual measured values)
Excel-based reports for allocating power data to cost centers,
for batch-related evaluations and for determining and present-
ing the duration curve 4
Exporting data to Excel
Benefits
SIMATIC PCS 7 is an add-on to PCS 7 which throws light on Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and pro-
power consumption from the infeed to the load. Power data are cesses in order to introduce measures for improving power
continuously collected, archived and processed further. With an efficiency
exact knowledge of the consumption profile, it is possible to
identify savings potential, optimize your power supply condi- Comparison of consumption profiles for greater efficiency of
tions and hence, lower your power costs. Monitoring the con- process design
tractually agreed power limit helps on the one hand to prevent Optimizing the company according to energy parameters
unnecessarily high power prices or penalties and on the other based on an assessment of consumption and costs
hand to make full use of the fixed power limit. Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus
Batch-related consumption recording enables the exact record- preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments
ing and evaluation of power consumption per batch. Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON
The integration of switches through digital inputs/outputs en- PAC4200 measuring devices, with a quick overview of
ables the monitoring or indication of switch status and, with suit- selected measured values and signals
able authorization, remote switching. With integration through Integration of switches, with an overview of switch status and
DPV1, selected measured values and signals of the SENTRON switching possibilities
PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200 multifunction measuring in- Exact assignment and comparison of the consumption data of
struments can be indicated online. certain work processes through batch-related consumption
Data recorded and archived by SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate can recording
be exported to Excel, and they can also be presented in different
reports. Application
Full integration in PCS 7 enables the easy use of standard inter- SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate is used in all areas in which PCS 7 is
faces or standard functionalities from PCS 7. used and energy efficiency considerations play a major role.
Full integration in PCS 7 means that there is no need for a special
system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give
you the assurance of building on tested and certified product
components, with interfaces which enable customized expand-
ability.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate

SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP1, V 6.1 SP2 and V 7.0 SP1 You can find further general information on the Internet at:
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate V 3.0
Trial license 3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YG7
You can find information on using SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate at:
Engineering license support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/38823708
limited to 30 days
Engineering license 3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YG0
and unlimited runtime license
for operation on one PCS 7 OS
(single workstation system or
server) and any number of
automation systems (AS).
When using additional PCS 7 OS
devices, you need an engineering
license for each PCS 7 OS.
The PAC3200 function block
libraries for SIMATIC PCS 7
(order no. 3ZS2 781-1CC10-0YG0)
and 3WL/3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7
4 (order no. 3ZS2 782-1CC10-0YG0)
are included at no charge
with the license.
Upgrade from SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate V 2.0 to V 3.0
Engineering license 3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YE0
for operation on one PCS 7 OS
(single workstation system
or server) and any number
of automation systems (AS).
When using additional PCS 7 OS
libraries for SIMATIC PCS 7
and 3WL/3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7
with the license.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate
Components
Overview
SIMATIC Win CC powerrate is made up of the following
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate components:
Modules for the acquisition and processing of power data
Faceplates for the presentation and processing of power data
Components for implementing load management (calculating
trends, monitoring limits, enabling/disabling loads)
Components for batch-related consumption recording
Components for the integration of measuring devices and
switches
Other components, for example, for time synchronization,
data buffering or data exchange with archives
Faceplates for presenting results and for entering values
(e.g. for configuration or from manual measured values)
Excel-based reports for allocating power data to cost centers,
for batch-related evaluations and for determining and present-
ing the duration curve 4
Exporting data to Excel
Benefits
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is an add-on to WinCC which throws Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and
light on power consumption from the infeed to the load. Power processes in order to introduce measures for improving power
data are continuously collected, archived and processed further. efficiency
With an exact knowledge of the consumption profile, it is possi-
ble to identify savings potential, optimize your power supply Comparison of consumption profiles for greater efficiency of
conditions and hence, lower your power costs. Monitoring the process design
contractually agreed power limit helps on the one hand to Optimizing the company according to energy parameters
prevent unnecessarily high power prices or penalties and on the based on an assessment of consumption and costs
other hand to make full use of the fixed power limit. Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus
Batch-related consumption recording enables the exact record- preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments
ing and evaluation of power consumption per batch. Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON 4200
The integration of switches through digital inputs/outputs en- measuring devices, with a quick overview of selected
ables the monitoring or indication of switch status and, with measured values and signals
suitable authorization, remote switching. With integration Integration of switches, with an overview of switch status and
through DPV1, selected measured values and signals of the switching possibilities
SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200 multifunction Exact assignment and comparison of the consumption data of
measuring instruments can be indicated online. certain work processes through batch-related consumption
Data recorded and archived by SIMATIC WinCC powerrate can recording
be exported to Excel, and they can also be presented in different
reports. Application
Full integration in WinCC enables the easy use of standard SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is used in all areas in which WinCC
interfaces or standard functionalities from WinCC. is used and energy efficiency considerations play a major role.
Full integration in WinCC means that there is no need for a spe-
cial system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give
you the assurance of building on tested product components,
with interfaces which enable customized expandability.
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 3.0 can be used with SIMATIC
S7-317 and higher.

Kap_04_en.fm Seite 54 Mittwoch, 3. Februar 2010 8:49 08
Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate

SIMATIC WinCC V 6.2 SP2 and V 7.0 You can find further general information on the Internet at:
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 3.0
Trial license 3ZS2 795-1CC30-0YG7
You can find information on using SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate at:
Engineering license limited to support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/38823708
30 days

for operation on one WinCC OS
server) and any number
When using additional WinCC OS
license for each WinCC OS.
libraries for SIMATIC WinCC
4 (order no. 3ZS2 791-1CC10-0YG0)
with the license.
Upgrade from SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 2.0 to V 3.0
Engineering license 3ZS2 795-1CC30-0YE0
for operation on one WinCC OS
server) and any number
When using additional WinCC OS
libraries for SIMATIC WinCC
with the license.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Overview Benefits
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 Full integration of SENTRON PAC3200 in the PCS 7 process
control system through PROFIBUS DPV1 using a certified
PCS 7 add-on module
Reading out and displaying device data
Inputting limit values for monitoring through the driver block
Resetting values on the device (min/max values)
Application
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 is used in all areas in which
PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there is no
need for a special system environment. Predefined modules
and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and
certified product components.
Ordering data Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP1, PCS 7 V 7.0 SP1 and PCS 7 V 7.1
4
The PCS 7 function block library SIMATIC PCS 7 Library for operation on one PCS 7 OS
PAC3200 for the SENTRON PAC3200 multifunction measuring (single workstation system
instrument enables the seamless integration of the multifunction or server) and an automation
system (AS).
instrument in the PCS 7 process world. When using additional PCS 7 OS
It comprises one driver block, one diagnostics block and the devices, you need an engineering
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to
the faceplates in the user interface of the process control sys- Runtime license 3ZS2 781-1CC10-6YH0
tem, generate signals and guarantee connection to the mainte- for operation
nance system of PCS 7. on an additional AS
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitor-
ing and enable technologically important values and functions of
the SENTRON PAC3200 to be displayed and performed as a
PCS 7 object.
Between the faceplates and the modules as well as between the
modules and the SENTRON PAC3200 there exist on the system
side bidirectional communication connections not only for dis-
playing values in the faceplates, but also for forwarding input
data to the device.
This makes the SENTRON PAC3200 power monitoring device an
integral component of PCS 7.
The operating systems supported are the same as those for the
SIMATIC PCS 7.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
3WL/3VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7
Overview Benefits
3WL/3VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Full integration of SENTRON circuit breaker in the PCS 7
process control system through PROFIBUS DPV1 using a
certified PCS 7 add-on module
Remote switching and monitoring
Reading out of maintenance information
Automatic information in case of overload, short-circuit and
faults
Limit monitoring through the driver block
Resetting values on the device (min/max values)
Application
The 3WL/3VL function block for SIMATIC PCS 7 is used in all
areas in which PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means
4 that there is no need for a special system environment.
Predefined modules and symbols give you the assurance of
building on tested and certified product components.

The 3WL/3VL PCS 7 function block library for SENTRON circuit
breaker allows for the simple and quick integration of the SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP1 and PCS 7 V 7.0 SP1
SENTRON circuit breaker into the PCS 7 process world. 3WL/3VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7
It comprises one driver block, one diagnostics block and the Engineering license 3ZS2 782-1CC10-0YG0
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply current, power for operation on one PCS 7 OS
and energy data to the faceplates in the user interface of the (single workstation system
process control system, generate signals and guarantee con- or server) and an automation
system (AS).
nection to the maintenance system of PCS 7. When using additional PCS 7 OS
Faceplates devices, you need an engineering
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitor- Runtime license 3ZS2 782-1CC10-6YH0
ing and enable the SENTRON circuit breaker to be displayed for operation on an
and performed simply as a PCS 7 object. additional AS
The 3WL/3VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 provides
for continual plant transparency. Critical plant states are recog-
nized quickly and costs owing to outages avoided. System avail-
ability is permanently increased
This transforms the SENTRON circuit breaker into an integral
component of PCS 7.
The operating systems supported are the same as those for the
SIMATIC PCS 7.

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
PAC3200 function block library
for SIMATIC WinCC
System requirements
Overview
The SENTRON PAC3200 function block library for SIMATIC
SENTRON PAC3200 function block library WinCC is released for
for SIMATIC WinCC WinCC V 6.2 SP2
WinCC V 7.0 and
WinCC V 7.0 SP1
WinCC options AS-OS Engineering and Basic Process Control
must be installed. The function block library is available for both
S7-300 and S7-400.
At least one S7 CPU317-2DP is required for use in the S7-300
area. At least one S7 CPU414-2 is required for use in the S7-400
area.
Supported operating systems are the same as for
SIMATIC WinCC.
Benefits
Full integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 in SIMATIC WinCC 4
through PROFIBUS DPV1 The function block library is a
certified WinCC add-on module
Inputting limit values for monitoring through the driver block
The SENTRON PAC3200 function block library for SIMATIC Resetting values on the device (min/max values)
WinCC enables the seamless integration of the SENTRON
PAC3200 multifunction measuring instrument in WinCC. Application
It comprises one driver block, one diagnostics block and the The SENTRON PAC3200 function block library for SIMATIC
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to WinCC is used in all areas in which WinCC is used. Full integra-
the faceplates in the user interface of WinCC, generate signals tion in WinCC means that there is no need for a special system
and guarantee connection to the maintenance system of WinCC. environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you the
assurance of building on tested and certified product compo-
Faceplates
nents.
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitor-
ing and enable technologically important values and functions of
the SENTRON PAC3200 to be displayed and performed in
WinCC. SIMATIC WinCC V 6.2 SP2, WinCC V 7.0
Between the faceplates and the modules as well as between the and WinCC V 7.0 SP1
modules and the SENTRON PAC3200 there exist on the system SENTRON PAC3200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC
side bidirectional communication connections not only for dis- Engineering license 3ZS2 791-1CC10-0YG0
playing values in the faceplates, but also for forwarding input for operation on one WinCC OS
data to the device. (single workstation system or
server) and an
This makes the SENTRON PAC3200 multifunction measuring automation system (AS).
instrument an integral component of WinCC. When using additional WinCC OS
for operation on an
additional AS

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SENTRON
Switch ES Power
Overview Benefits
Switch ES Power Parameterization, documentation, operation and monitoring in
one software
Documentation of measured values and settings
Clear representation of all available parameters
All the available status information and measured values are
clearly displayed in dialog boxes
Software for SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL
Easy connection build-up through acyclic PROFIBUS DPV1
data traffic
Identical storage format for parameters with the Breaker Data
Adapter (BDA)
Easy-to-operate Windows interface
No programming knowhow is required for operation
Object manager of Switch ES Power
4 Uniform data management for circuit breaker parameters
Automatic parameterization if components are replaced

Switch ES Power 3ZS2 311-0CC10-0YA0
Adjustment of parameter set A with Switch ES Power
Calibration, documentation,
operation and monitoring of
Switch ES Power is the shared software platform for communica- SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit
tion-capable SENTRON circuit breakers. This has the advantage breakers through PROFIBUS DP;
that all device-specific setting options are identical in terms of runs under Windows
appearance and handling. 95/98/NT/2000/XP Professional,
including online help, the language
Switch ES Power can be used to configure, document, operate can be switched between
and monitor the SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL circuit German and English;
including Object Manager (OM)
breakers through PROFIBUS DP. for Switch ES Power for integration
More information can be found on the Internet at: in STEP7
www.siemens.com/sentron System requirements:
PROFIBUS card: CP 5512, CP
5611, CP 5613 or CP 5614
and MPI interface on PG7xx and
its driver software,
see interactive Catalog CA01,
CD-ROM drive
System requirements
for OM Switch ES Power:
SIMATIC: S7, M7, C7, PCS 7
STEP 7: version 5.2 or higher
CD-ROM drive

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
PROFIsafe laser scanner
Overview
They provide perfect all-round protection up to Category 3
according to EN 954-1, SIL 2 according to IEC 61508, and PL d
according to ISO 13849-1.
SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners work in an operating field of 190
and over a distance of up to 6.25 m. In this range the laser
scanner reliably senses every object and every person.
And it works so simply: The distance sensor emits light pulses at
regular intervals. If they hit an obstruction, the sensor receives
the reflected light and evaluates it. If this is evaluated as the pre-
defined area to be protected, a Stop function is triggered.
With up to 8 programmable protective fields that can be selected
during operation, our laser scanners can be optimally adapted
to any application on machines, production robots, conveyor
systems, or vehicles.
Different variants support optimal integration in the automation
system: Whether conventionally in the safety circuit, over 4
PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe or over AS-Interface with ASIsafe.
The laser scanner is an optical distance sensor for flexible
monitoring of hazardous areas in horizontal applications, for ac-
cess control in vertical applications, and for motion monitoring.
Integration
X5
X1
or or X2
or X3
X4
FS10_00137
Terminal Description Item Connectable accessories Order No.

X1 M12 connector for connecting a restart button 1 M12 connector with terminal housing, 5-pin 3RX8 000-0CD55
(optional)
X2 M12 socket for PROFIBUS output cable 2 Terminating resistor for PROFIBUS DP 6GK1 905-0EC00
3 PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable, 6XV1 830-3DE50( 0.5 m)
with plug and socket, 2-pin 6XV1 830-3DH15 (1.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH30 (3 m)
6XV1 830-3DH50 (5 m)
6XV1 830-3DN10 (10 m)
6XV1 830-3DN15 (15 m)
4 PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug 6GK1 905-0EA00
with male insert
X3 M12 plug for PROFIBUS input cable 3 PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable, 6XV1 830-3DE50 (0.5 m)
with plug and socket, 2-pin 6XV1 830-3DH15 (1.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH30 (3 m)
6XV1 830-3DH50 (5 m)
6XV1 830-3DN10 (10 m)
6XV1 830-3DN15 (15 m)
5 PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug 6GK1 905-0EB00
with female insert
X4 M12 plug for 24 V DC power supply 6 M12 cable socket with terminal housing, 5-pin 3RX8 000-0CB55
X5 Optical PC interface 7 PC connecting cable for laser scanner 3RG78 38-1DC
with optical interface, 9-pin

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Type PROFIsafe laser scanner Type PROFIsafe laser scanner
Protective field Contour measurement
Protective field 2.15 m, 4 m, 6.25 m Detection zone 0 ... 50 m
Degree of remission min. 1.8 % Degree of remission min. 20%
Resolutions Resolutions: Output RS232 serial interface via infrared
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm interface
Response time Radial resolution 5 mm
2-fold evaluation (2 scans) 80 ms (laser scanner only, Lateral resolution 0.36
without PROFIBUS system times)
Supply voltage
Adjustable up to 16 scans 640 ms (laser scanner only,
without PROFIBUS system times) via external supply 24 V DC (+20 % / -30 %)
Number 4 (selectable via PROFIBUS) Note The power supply unit

for the external power supply
Safety category acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 2 must feature safe isolation from
the supply according to
4 Output
Start-up
PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)
Start-up test and start-up disable
IEC 60742 and bridge temporary
power failures of up to 20 ms.
can be set separately Overcurrent protection Fuse 1.25 A, slow acting
Warm restart 160 ms to 10 s Current consumption typ. 350 mA
(settable or manually)
Inputs
Protective field additional distance
Restart/Reset Connection of a command device
with dust suppression 83 mm for operating mode "With restart
deactivated inhibit" and/or device reset,
with dust suppression activated dynamically monitored
- for protective fields < 3.5 mm 83 mm Signal definition
- for protective fields > 3.5 mm 100 mm High (logic 1) 16 ... 30 V
Additional distance for retro- Low (logic 0) <3V
reflectors or strongly reflective Control cable
surfaces (such as certain metals
or ceramics in the scan plane) Length max. 50 m
- over 1.2 m behind the protective 0 mm (with 0.5 mm2 conductor cross-
field line section, shielded)
- in the protective field or up to 1.2 110 mm Field pair switchover Field pair switchover over
m behind the protective field line PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)
Warning zone RS232 interfaces by means of For device parameterization and
infrared interface field function
Detection zone 0 ... 15 m
Optical system
Degree of remission min. 20%
Range of angle 190
Object size 150 150 mm
Angle resolution 0.36
Response time
Lateral tolerance
2-fold evaluation (2 scans) 80 ms (laser scanner only,
without PROFIBUS system times) without mounting system (with ref- 0.18
erence to rear of enclosure)
Adjustable up to 16 scans 640 ms (laser scanner only,
without PROFIBUS system times) with mounting system (with refer- 0.22
ence to the mounting surface)
Number of warning zones 4/8
(selectable via PROFIBUS) Scan rate 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan
Output PROFIBUS Laser protection class
- according to standard EN 60825-1, Class 1
(safe for eyes)
Wave length 905 nm
Beam divergence 2 mrad
Time basis 100 s

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS

Type PROFIsafe laser scanner Type PROFIsafe laser scanner
Environment and material Emitter Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm)
Degree of protection IP65 Housing Cast aluminum, plastic, steel con-
nection plate
Ambient temperature
Vibratory load over three axes 10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g
Operation 0 ... +50 C according to IEC 60068, Part 2-6
Storage -20 ... +60 C Continuous shock over three axes 10 g, 16 ms
Housing insulation class Type of protection 2 according to IEC 60068, Part 2-29
Humidity according to DIN 40040, Rotating mirror drive Brushless DC motor
Table 10, identification letter E Rotating mirror bearings Maintenance-free ball bearings
(fairly dry)
Dimensions (W H D) in mm 141 167 168
"Safety of machinery" for PROFIsafe laser scanners

IEC/EN
61496
IEC/EN
61508
PL 13849-1 Category
ISO 13849-1
Cat. 954-1 PFHD TM p.a. 4
Laser scanner Type 3 SIL 2 d 3 3 1.5 10-7 20

PROFIsafe laser scanner for Accessories
protection in a horizontal plane,
including LS4soft software Assembly system 3RG7 838-1AA
SIMATIC FS620I 3SF78 34-6PB00 Swivel-mounted, for easy alignment

Maximum size of protective field: Adapter plate 3RG7 838-1AB
4m for PLS mounting support
4 protective field/warning field Cleaning set 3RG7 838-7RS
pairs
Resolutions: 70, 150 mm Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml),
cloths (100 units)
PROFIsafe laser scanner for
protection in a horizontal and Connectors and cables
vertical plane, PC connection cable 3RG7 838-1DC
including LS4soft software for AS-Interface and
SIMATIC FS660I 3SF78 34-6PE00 PROFIBUS laser scanners,
Maximum size of protective field: including plug (9-pin),
4m and optical interface
8 protective field/warning field PROFIBUS M12 6GK1 905-0EC00
pairs terminating connector
Resolutions:
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm For PROFIBUS DP
1 packet = 5 items
SIMATIC FS660 LR
Maximum size of protective field:
3SF78 34-8LE00 N PROFIBUS M12 connectors
6.25 m 1 pack = 5 units
8 protective field/warning field Male insert 6GK1 905-0EA00
pairs
Resolutions: Socket insert 6GK1 905-0EB00
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cables
ASIsafe laser scanner for 2-core (inverted coding)
protection in a horizontal and preassembled,
vertical plane and with M12 connectors,
motion monitoring, in different lengths:
including LS4soft software
0.5 m 6XV1 830-3DE50
SIMATIC FS670
3SF78 34-8DM00 N 1.5 m 6XV1 830-3DH15
4m 3.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH30
8 protective field/warning field
pairs 5.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH50
Resolutions: 10.0 m 6XV1 830-3DN10
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm
15.0 m 6XV1 830-3DN15
SIMATIC FS670 LR
3SF78 34-8LM00 N
6.25 m
pairs
Resolutions:
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm

Siemens AG 2010
PROFIBUS
Dimensions
122.3
61
R 2.6 Top view
approx. 230
a
s
143.8
167
148
b a b
48.75
R 2.6
130 64
5
approx. 140 132 a = Rotating mirror axis

4 approx. 168 b = Scan planes

56,6
23
155,4
51,5
74,4
90
9
NSC 00610
158
9
166
192
Assembly system 3RG7 838-1AA
Schematics
X5
X1 X2 X3 X4
X1 Connection restart button
X2 PROFIBUS output wire link
X3 PROFIBUS input wire link
X4 Connection supply voltage
X5 Optical PC Interface

Siemens AG 2010
Distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200
5/2 ET 200S
5/2 I/O modules
5/2 Power modules for
PM-E electronic modules
5/4 Digital electronic modules
5/6 IO-Link master modules
5/6 4SI IO-Link electronic module
5/6 4SI SIRIUS electronic module
5/7 Software
5/7 Motor Starter ES
5/10 ET 200pro
5/10 IM 154-6 PN IWLAN
5/13 SIMATIC ET 200pro PS
Sec. 2 SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C
5/16 ET 200eco PN
5/16 ET 200eco PN

Siemens AG 2010
Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200

ET 200S I/O modules
Power modules for PM-E electronic modules
Overview
For monitoring and, depending on the version, fusing the load
and sensor supply voltage
Can be plugged onto TM-P terminal modules with automatic
coding.
Diagnostics message for voltage and blown fuse
(can be switched off via configuration)
PM-E 24 V DC Standard
- Load voltage diagnostics
PM-E 24 V DC High Feature
- Load voltage and reverse voltage diagnostics
- With status information
- Option handling (only in combination with the IM 151-1 Stan-
dard, IM 151-1 FO Standard and IM 151-1 High Feature)
24 to 48 V DC PM-E power module
- Load voltage diagnostics
- Option handling (only in combination with the IM 151-1 Stan-
PM-E 24 V DC to 230 V AC power module
- power module for universal use
- with integral replaceable fuse
5 - Option handling (only in combination with the IM 151-1 Stan-
Design
PM-E power modules are plugged into the TM-P terminal The version for fusing has a fusible link (5 x 20 mm). Up to
modules provided for the purpose. 6 replacement fuses can be stored in the terminating module
(see IM 151).
The first module after the IM 151-3 must be a power module.
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and power modules
Power modules TM-P terminal modules for power modules
Screw-type terminal 15S23-A1 15S23-A0 15S22-01 30S44-A0 F30S47-F0
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CC20-0AA0 4CD20-0AA0 4CE00-0AA0 4CK20-0AA0 3RK1903-3AA0
Spring-loaded terminal 15C23-A1 15C23-A0 15C22-01 30C44-A0
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CC30-0AA0 4CD30-0AA0 4CE10-0AA0 4CK30-0AA0
FastConnect 15N23-A1 15N23-A0 15N22-01
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CC70-0AA0 4CD70-0AA0 4CE60-0AA0
PM-E 24 V DC ST n n n
PM-E 24 V DC HF n n n
PM-E 24 to 48 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 ... 48 V DC/24 ... 230 V AC n n n
Possible combinations
of the electronics modules and power modules
Power modules Electronic modules
PM-E 24 V DC ST Can be used for all electronics
modules except 2 DI 120 V AC ST,
2 DI 230 V AC ST and
2 DO 120/230 V AC
PM-E 24 V DC HF
N Can be used for all electronics
modules except 2 DI 120 V AC ST,
2 DO 120/230 V AC
PM-E 24 to 48 V DC Can be used for all 15 mm-wide
electronics modules except
2 DI 120 V AC ST,
2 DO 120/230 V AC as well as for
4 DI 24 to 48 V UC in
AC operation
PM-E 24 ... 48 V DC/24 ... 230 V AC Can be used with all 15 mm-wide
electronic modules

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200S I/O modules
Power modules for PM-E electronic modules

PM-E 24 V DC 6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0 Accessories
Standard power module 1)
Label sheets DIN A4
For electronic modules; (10 pieces)
with diagnostics
Each sheet contains
PM-E 24 V DC
High Feature power module 1)
6ES7 138-4CA60-0AB0
N 60 label strips for
peripheral modules and
20 label strips for
For electronic modules; interface modules
with diagnostics
petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
24 48 V DC 6ES7 138-4CA50-0AB0
PM-E power module red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
For electronic modules; yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
with diagnostics, with status bit
"load voltage" present light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
Power module PM-E 6ES7 138-4CB11-0AB0

24 48 V DC, 42 230 V AC
For electronic modules;
with diagnostics and fuse
1)
Can be used for all electronic and technology modules
except 2 DI 120 V AC / 2 DI 230 V AC / 2 DO 120/230 V AC
Selection tool for terminal modules

Power modules TM-P terminal modules for power modules 5
Screw-type terminal TM-P15S23-A1 TM-P15S23-A0 TM-P15S22-01 TM-P30S44-A0
type designation
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC20-0AA0 4CD20-0AA0 4CE00-0AA0 4CK20-0AA0
Spring-loaded terminal TM-P15C23-A1 TM-P15C23-A0 TM-P15C22-01 TM-P30C44-A0
type designation
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC30-0AA0 4CD30-0AA0 4CE10-0AA0 4CK30-0AA0
FastConnect type designation TM-P15N23-A1 TM-P15N23-A0 TM-P15N22-01 Soon to come
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC70-0AA0 4CD70-0AA0 4CE60-0AA0
PM-E 24 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 48 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 V DC/120/230 V AC n n n
PM-E F 24 V DC PROFIsafe n

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200S I/O modules
Digital electronic modules
2, 4 and 8-channel digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
Overview Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding.
High-feature versions for enhanced plant availability, addi-
tional functions and comprehensive diagnostics
Hot swapping of modules possible
Design
Different potentials are available on the terminals depending on
the selected terminal module.
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and digital modules

Electronic modules TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules
Screw-type terminal 15S26-A1 15S24-A1 15S24-01 15S23-01 15S24-AT 30S44-01 30S46-A1
5 Order No. 6ES7 193 4CA40-0AA0 4CA20-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0 4CB00-0AA0 4CL20-0AA0 4CG20-0AA0 4CF40-0AA0
Spring-loaded terminal 15C26-A1 15C24-A1 15C24-01 15C23-01 15C24-AT 30C44-01 30C46-A1
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CA50-0AA0 4CA30-0AA0 4CB30-0AA0 4CB10-0AA0 4CL30-0AA0 4CG30-0AA0 4CF50-0AA0
FastConnect 15N26-A1 15N24-A1 15N24-01 15N23-01
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CA70-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0 4CB60-0AA0
2DI 24 V DC ST n n n n
2DI 24 V DC HF
4DI 24 V DC ST
4DI 24 V DC HF
4DI 24 V DC /SRC ST
4DI 24 48 V UC HF n n n n
4 DI NAMUR n n n n
8 DI 24 V DC, ST n n n
8 DI, 24 VDC ST source
input
2 DI 120 V AC ST n n n n
2 DI 230 V AC ST n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A ST n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A HF
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A ST
4 DO, 24 VDC / 0.5 A ST
sink output
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A HF N
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A ST n n
8 DO, 24 VDC / 0.5 A ST
sink output
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A HF N
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A ST n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A HF
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A ST
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A HF N
2 DO 24 230 V AC/2 A n n n n
2RO NO n n n n
24 120 V DC/5 A,
24 230 V AC/5 A
2RO NO/NC
24 48 V DC/5 A,
24 230 V AC/5 A
2RO NO/NC
24 48 V DC/5 A,
24 230 V AC/5 A,
with manual operation N
Siemens AG 2010

ET 200S I/O modules
Digital electronic modules

Digital input modules Accessories
Ordering unit 5 items Label sheets DIN A4
(10 pieces)
2 DI 24 V DC Standard 6ES7 131-4BB01-0AA0
Each sheet contains
2 DI 24 V DC High Feature 6ES7 131-4BB01-0AB0 60 label strips
4 DI 24 V DC Standard 6ES7 131-4BD01-0AA0 for peripheral modules and
20 label strips
4 DI 24 V DC High Feature 6ES7 131-4BD01-0AB0 for interface modules
2 DI 120 V AC 6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0 petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
2 DI 230 V AC 6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0 red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
4 DI 24 48 V UC 6ES7 131-4CD00-0AB0 yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
4 DI 24 V DC SOURCE INPUT 6ES7 131-4BD51-0AA0 light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
4 DI 24 V DC NAMUR 6ES7 131-4RD00-0AB0
8 DI 24 V DC Standard 6ES7 131-4BF00-0AA0
8 DI, 24 VDC, standard 6ES7 131-4BF50-0AA0
SOURCE INPUT
Digital output modules
Ordering unit 5 items
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A
6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0
6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0
5
High Feature
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BD02-0AA0
4 DO, 24 VDC / 0.5 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BD50-0AA0
SOURCE OUTPUT
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A
High Feature
6ES7 132-4BD00-0AB0 N
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A 6ES7 132-4BF00-0AB0 N
High Feature
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BD32-0AA0
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature 6ES7 132-4BD30-0AB0 N
2 DO 24 230 V AC/2 A 6ES7 132-4FB01-0AB0
2 DO 24 V DC 230 V AC/5 A 6ES7 132-4HB01-0AB0
relay, NO contact
2 DO 24 ... 48 V DC/5 A, 6ES7 132-4HB10-0AB0
24 ... 230 V AC/5 A relay,
changeover contact
Ordering unit 1 item
2 DO 24 ... 48 V DC/5 A,
24 ... 230 V AC/5 A relay,
6ES7 132-4HB50-0AB0 N
changeover contact,
with manual operation
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BF00-0AA0
8 DO, 24 VDC / 0.5 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BF50-0AA0
SOURCE OUTPUT

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200S IO-Link master modules
4SI IO-Link electronic module
4SI SIRIUS electronic module
Overview Overview
The 4SI IO-Link electronic module is an IO-Link master and The 4SI SIRIUS electronic module supports easy, cost-effective
supports the easy integration of sensors and actuators from connection of SIRIUS switching devices with IO-Link to the
different manufacturers in the multifunctional, distributed I/O multifunctional, distributed I/O system SIMATIC ET 200S on a
5 system SIMATIC ET 200S on a total of four ports.
Features
total of four ports.
Features
Up to 4 IO-Link devices can be connected to each IO-Link Up to 4 SIRIUS switching devices (max. 16 for groups of four)
master module (3-wire connection) can be connected to each IO-Link SIRIUS module using
Up to 4 standard actuators or sensors (2-wire/3-wire connec- IO-Link (3-wire connection)
tion) can be connected. The electronic module 4SI SIRIUS is 15 mm in width and can
The electronic module 4SI IO-Link is 15 mm in width and can be used with the following universal terminal modules:
be used with the following universal terminal modules: - TM-E15S26-A1 (screw-type terminal)
- TM-E15S26-A1 (screw-type terminal) - TM-E15C26-A1 (spring-loaded terminal)
- TM-E15C26-A1 (spring-loaded terminal) - TM-E15N26-A1 (FastConnect)
- TM-E15N26-A1 (FastConnect) Supports firmware update (STEP 7 V5.4 SP5 and higher).
Supports firmware update (STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 and higher)
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.

Electronic module 4SI IO-Link 6ES7 138-4GA50-0AB0 4SI SIRIUS electronic module 3RK1 005-0LB00-0AA0
IO-Link master IO-Link master
Connection method: Connection method:
Screw terminal, Screw-type terminal,
spring-loaded terminal or spring-loaded terminal or
FastConnect FastConnect
More information More information

Further information and technical data can be found in the Further information and technical data can be found in the
Industry M under: "Automation technology" Industry M under: "Automation technology"
--> "Industrial Communication" --> "Industrial Communication"
--> "IO-Link" --> "IO-Link"
--> "Master" --> "Master"
--> IO-Link master module for ET 200S --> IO-Link master module SIRIUS for ET 200S

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200S Software
Motor Starter ES
Overview
Efficient engineering with new program versions
The Motor Starter ES software program is available in three
versions which differ in their user-friendliness, scope of functions
and price.
Motor Starter ES Basic Standard Premium
Access through the local interface
on the device
Parameter assignment
Operating
Diagnostics --
Creating typicals -- 1) 1)
Comparison functions --
Standards-conform printout --
according to EN ISO 7200
Service data --
(slave pointer, statistics data)
Access through PROFIBUS -- --
Motor Starter ES for parameterization, monitoring, diagnostics
and testing of motor starters
Access through PROFINET --
--
--
--
2)

N
S7 Routing
Motor Starter ES 2007 Teleservice through MPI -- -- 5
Motor Starter ES is used for start-up, parameterization, diagnos- STEP 7 object manager -- --
tics, documentation and the preventative maintenance of the
motor starters in the SIMATIC ET 200S, ET 200pro, ECOFAST Trace function -- 2) 2) N
and M200D product families . N Function available
1)
-- Function not available
Typicals with Service Pack 1 and higher.
Interfacing is performed 2) Trace function and access through PROFINET Service Pack 2 and higher.
Through the local interface on the device

Motor Starter ES Basic Standard Premium
With PROFIBUS DP V1-capable motor starters from any point
in PROFIBUS or in PROFINET (applies for ET 200pro/ ET 200S High Feature --
ECOFAST/M200D) PROFIBUS IM
ET 200S High Feature --
With PROFINET-capable motor starters from any point in PROFINET IM
PROFINET or PROFIBUS (applies for M200D).
ECOFAST AS-Interface --
Using Motor Starter ES, the communication-capable motor start- High Feature
ers are easily parameterized during start-up, monitored during ECOFAST PROFIBUS
normal operation and successfully diagnosed for service pur-
ET 200pro PROFIBUS IM
poses. Preventative maintenance is supported by a function for
reading out diverse statistical data (e.g. operating hours, oper- ET 200pro PROFINET IM
ating cycles, cut-off currents, etc.). The user is supported during M200D AS-Interface Standard 1) 1)2) --
these procedures with comprehensive Help functions and plain 1)
M200D PROFIBUS 1) 1)
text displays.
1) 1)
M200D PROFINET 1)
The advantages of Motor Starter ES:
Function available -- Function not available
Clearly arranged configuring of device functions and their 1)
With Service Pack 2 and higher.
parameters online and offline 2)
Trace function is not supported.
Effective diagnostics functions on the soft starter and display
of the most important measured values
Trace function (oscilloscope function) for recording measured
values and events (included in the Motor Starter ES Standard
and Premium software version for M200D PROFIBUS and
PROFINET).
Motor Starter ES can either be used as a stand-alone program
or it can be integrated into STEP 7 via an object manager.

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200S Software
Motor Starter ES
More functions System requirements
Standards-conform printouts Parameterization, start-up and
The software tool greatly simplifies machine documentation.It diagnostics software
enables parameterization printouts according to EN ISO 7200. Motor Starter ES 2007
For ECOFAST Motor Starter,
The elements to be printed are easy to select and group as SIMATIC ET 200S
required. High-Feature Starter,
Easy creation of typicals SIMATIC ET 200pro Starter and
M200D (AS-I Standard, PROFIBUS,
Typicals can be created for devices and applications with only PROFINET)
minimum differences in their parameters. These typicals
contain all the parameters which are needed for the parame- Operating system Windows XP Professional
terization. In addition, it is possible to specify which of these (Service Pack 2, Service Pack 31)),
Windows Vista Ultimate 32/
parameters are fixed and which can be adapted, e.g. by the Business 322) (Service Pack 13))
startup engineer.
Processor Pentium 800 MHz/ 1 GHz
Teleservice through MPI (Windows Vista)
The Motor Starter ES Premium version supports the use of MPI
Teleservice (comprising the Teleservice software and various RAM 512 MB/ 1 GB (Windows Vista)
Teleservice adapters) for remote diagnostics of the devices. Monitor resolution 1024 x 768
This facilitates diagnostics and maintenance, and it shortens
response times for service purposes. Free space on hard disk4) 400 MB
CD-ROM/DVD drive Yes (only when installing from CD)
Types of delivery and license
Motor Starter ES is available as follows: Serial interface (COM) Yes
5 Floating license the license for any one user at any one time
- Authorizes any one user
PC cable/parameterization cable/
connection cable
Yes
- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single PROFIBUS card/PROFIBUS Optional, for parameterization and
license which is allowed to be installed once only) processor diagnostics through PROFIBUS
- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed Ethernet interface/PROFINET Optional, for parameterization and
- Trial license (free use of all program functions for 14 days for card diagnostics through PROFINET
test and evaluation purposes, included on every
1)
product CD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES Windows XP Professional Service Pack 3 with Motor Starter ES 2007 + SP2
program in the Service&Support portal). and higher.
2)
Windows Vista Ultimate 32/Business 32 with Motor Starter ES 2007 + SP1
Following delivery versions are also available for Motor Starter and higher.
ES 2007: 3)
Windows Vista Ultimate 32/Business 32 Service Pack 1 with Motor Starter
Upgrade ES 2007 + SP2 and higher.
Switching from an old to a new version with expanded func- 4)
Allow for additional free space, e.g. for swap-out files.
tions, e.g. upgrade from Motor Starter ES 2006 to Motor Starter
ES 2007.
Powerpack
Special pack for switching within the same software version to
a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Power-
pack Motor Starter ES 2007 for switching from Standard to
Premium.
To keep you up to date at all times, we offer a special service
which supplies you automatically with all service packs and
upgrades.
License Download
User-friendly license key download from our Mall (currently
only for customers from Germany) as an easy and quick way
for you to receive additional licenses for your software.

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200S Software
Motor Starter ES
Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software

Motor Starter ES 2007
For ECOFAST Motor Starter, SIMATIC ET 200S
High-Feature Starter, SIMATIC ET 200pro Starter and M200D
(AS-I Standard, PROFIBUS, PROFINET)
Can be run under WIN XP PROF/
Windows Vista Ultimate 32/Business 32
Without PC cable
Motor Starter ES 2007 Basic Motor Starter ES 2007 Premium
Floating license for one user Floating license for one user
E-SW, software and documenta- E-SW, software and
tion on CD, documentation on CD,
3 languages (Ger- 3 languages (
man/English/French), German/English/French),
communication through system communication through system
interface interface or PROFIBUS
License key on USB stick, 3ZS1 310-4CC10-0YA5 License key on USB stick, 3ZS1 310-6CC10-0YA5
Class A, including CD Class A, including CD
License key download, 3ZS1 310-4CE10-0YB5 License key download, 3ZS1 310-6CE10-0YB5
Class A, no CD Class A, no CD
Motor Starter ES 2007 Standard Upgrade for Motor Starter ES 3ZS1 310-6CC10-0YE5
E-SW, software and
2006
Floating license for one user, 5
E-SW, software and documentation
documentation on CD, on CD, license key on USB stick,
3 languages Class A,
(German/English/French), 3 languages
communication through system (German/English/French),
interface communication through the
License key on USB stick, 3ZS1 310-5CC10-0YA5 system interface or PROFIBUS
Class A, including CD Powerpack for Motor Starter ES 3ZS1 310-6CC10-0YD5
License key download, 3ZS1 310-5CE10-0YB5 2007 Standard
Class A, no CD Floating license for one user,
E-SW, software and documentation
Upgrade for Motor Starter ES 3ZS1 310-5CC10-0YE5 on CD, license key on USB stick,
2006 Class A,
Floating license for one user, 3 languages
E-SW, software and (German/English/French),
documentation on CD, communication through the
license key on USB stick, Class A, system interface or PROFIBUS
3 languages
(German/English/French), Software Update Service 3ZS1 310-6CC10-0YL5
communication through the For 1 year with automatic extension,
system interface assuming the current software
version is in use, E-SW, software
Powerpack for Motor Starter ES 3ZS1 310-5CC10-0YD5 and documentation on CD,
2007 Basic communication through the
Floating license for one user, system interface or PROFIBUS
E-SW, software and
documentation on CD, Accessories
license key on USB stick, Class A, For ET 200S High Feature
3 languages motor starters
(German/English/French),
communication through the Control module 2DI DC 24 V COM, 3RK1 903-0CH10
system interface for ET 200S High-Feature starter,
Failsafe Starter A
LOGO! PC cables 6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
For 1 year with automatic
extension, assuming the current For ET 200pro motor starters
software version is in use, RS232 interface cable, serial data
E-SW, software and 3RK1 922-2BP00
connection between ET 200pro
documentation on CD, MS/FC and laptop/PC/PG or MS
communication through the
system interface For ECOFAST High Feature
motor starters (interface cable)
PC cables 3RK1 911-0BN20
To connect a serial PC cable
(for connection to the serial PC
interface / RS 232), we recommend
using modular safety system 3RK3,
soft starter 3RW44, ET 200S/
ECOFAST/ET200pro motor starter,
AS-i safety monitor and
AS-i analyzer in conjunction with
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200pro
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN

IM 154-6 PN IWLAN 6ES7 154-6AB00-0AB0
interface module 6ES7 154-6AB50-0AB0
Supply voltage for electronic
components 1L+
Rated value 24 V DC
Valid range, lower limit 20.4 V DC
Valid range, upper limit 28.8 V DC
Short-circuit protection Yes; replaceable fuse
Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction
Max. infeed current 5A
Load voltage 2L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V DC
Lower limit of permissible range 20.4 V DC
(DC)
Upper limit of permissible range 28.8 V DC
(DC)
Interface module for handling communication between Short-circuit protection Yes, for potential group
ET 200pro and host PROFINET IO controllers over Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN) radio networks for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz with Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction
5 data transfer rates up to 54 Mbit/s.

Protection against illegal access, espionage, tapping and
Max. infeed current
Current consumption from supply
8A
335 mA
falsification through use of effective encryption mechanisms voltage 1L+, typ.
Fast exchange of devices through use of interchangeable Power loss, typ. 8.5 W
medium MICRO MEMORY CARD
Memory type Micro Memory Card, is required
Address range/address volume
Outputs 256 byte
Inputs 256 byte
Reports
PROFINET IO Yes
Industrial Wireless LAN Yes
PROFINET IO services ARP, PING, SNMP
Industrial Wireless LAN
Standards for wireless IEEE 802.11a
communication IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h (not valid for
6ES7 154-6AB50-0AB0)
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11i
in 2.4 GHz frequency band
in 5 GHz frequency band
Transmission method Direct Sequence Spread
Spectrum (DSSS)
Complementary Code Keying
(CCK)
Orthogonal Frequency Division
Multiplexing (OFDM)
Supported IWLAN services Current approvals can be found
in the Internet at
http://support.automation.
siemens.com/
WW/view/de/19812553
Connection for external antenna

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200pro
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN

IM 154-6 PN IWLAN 6ES7 154-6AB00-0AB0 IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN
interface module 6ES7 154-6AB50-0AB0 interface module
Parameters For communication between
ET 200pro and host controllers
Diagnostic interrupt Yes over Industrial Wireless LAN
Maintenance alarm Yes (IWLAN) radio networks;
support of PROFIsafe
Hardware interrupt Yes
With various national approvals; 6ES7 154-6AB00-0AB0
Swapping interrupt Yes refer to the current list of approvals
Identifier-related diagnostic data Yes With approval for U.S.A. 6ES7 154-6AB50-0AB0
Module status Yes Antennas with omnidirectional
Channel-specific diagnostics Yes characteristic
Start-up if preset configuration is Yes Mounting directly on

not equal to actual configuration IM154-6 PN HF IWLAN
Module replacement during Yes ANT IM 154-6 IWLAN; 6ES7 194-4MA00-0AA0

operation 2 units
Diagnostics indication (LED) Yes For wall or pipe mounting
Group fault (red) Yes ANT 792-6MN; 6GK5 792-6MN00-0AA6

Bus fault (red) Yes 2.4 GHz;
1 unit
Maintenance information (yellow) Yes
Monitoring 24 V power supply ON
(green)
Yes
ANT793-6MN;
6GK5 793-6MN00-0AA6
5
5 GHz;
Load voltage monitoring 24 V DC Yes 1 unit
(green)
For use with the RCoax antenna
Connection to an Access Point R1 Yes system
LINK (green)
ANT 792-4DN; 6GK5 792-4DN00-0AA6
Data exchange R1 RX/TX (yellow) Yes RCoax N-Connect female
2.4 GHz;
Connection to a PG/PC (green) Yes 1 unit
Data exchange with a PG/PC Yes ANT793-4MN; 6GK 5793-4MN00-0AA6
(yellow) RCoax N-Connect female
Insulation tested at 500 V DC 5 GHz;
1 unit
Isolation
Antenna cables IWLAN RCoax;
Between the backplane bus and Yes N-Connect / R-SMA
supply voltage 1L+ and 2L+
1 m long 6XV1 875-5CH10
Between Ethernet and supply Yes
voltage 1L+ and 2L+ 2 m long 6XV1 875-5CH20
Between the supply voltage and Yes 5 m long 6XV1 875-5CH50
electronic components 10 m long 6XV1 875-5CN10
Operating temperature IWLAN terminating resistor 6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6
Minimum -25 C 50 Ohm for second R-SMA
antenna socket, 3 items
Maximum 55 C
Minimum -40 C
Maximum 70 C
Degree of protection IP65, IP66, IP67
General information
Manufacturers code (VendorID) 0x002A
Device ID 0x0305
Dimensions
Width 135 mm
Height 130 mm
Depth 60 mm
Weight, approx. 1085 g

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200pro
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN

Accessories General accessories
7/8" connecting cable ET 200pro rack
to power supply
Narrow, for interface,
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, electronics and power modules
trailing type, pre-assembled with
two 7/8" connectors - 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
1.5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH15 - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0
2.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH20 - 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
3.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH30 Compact, for interface,

electronics and power modules
5.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH50
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0
10 m long 6XV1 822-5BN10
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0
15 m long 6XV1 822-5BN15
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
Other special lengths with See
90 or 180 cable outlet http://support.automation. Wide, for interface,
siemens.com/WW/view/en/ electronics, power modules
26999294 and motor starters
Power line 6XV1 830-8AH10 - 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0

2
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm , trailing type, - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0
sold by the meter, - 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
minimum order quantity 20 m,
5 maximum order quantity 1,000 m
7/8" cable connector 6GK1 905-0FB00
Wide, for I/O modules
and motor starters
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0
For ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet; - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0
with socket insert, pack of 5 - 2000 mm 6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0
Twisted Pair cables 4x2 Spare fuse 6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
with RJ45 connectors
12.5 A quick-response,
0.5 m long 6XV1 870-3QE50 for interface and power modules,
1 m long 6XV1 870-3QH10 10 items per package unit
2 m long 6XV1 870-3QH20 Labels 3RT1 900-1SB20
6 m long 6XV1 870-3QH60 20 x 7 mm, pale turquoise,
340 items per pack
10 m long 6XV1 870-3QN10
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card
Crossed Twisted Pair cables 4x2
with RJ45 connectors 64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0
0.5 m long 6XV1 870-3RE50 128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
1 m long 6XV1 870-3RH10 512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
2 m long 6XV1 870-3RH20 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
6 m long 6XV1 870-3RH60 Electronic manuals on DVD,
multi-language:
10 m long 6XV1 870-3RN10 S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Soft-
180 cable outlet; ware, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
for line components and I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
interface (Industrial Communication)
1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Update service for 1 year
Scope of supply: Current DVD
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 "S7 Manual Collection" and the
90 cable outlet; e.g. for ET 200S three subsequent updates
1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
More information
Radio approvals
Current approvals can be found in the Internet.
In Germany Outside Germany:
http://intranet.automation.siemens.com/net/html_00/ftp/ http://intranet.automation.siemens.com/net/html_00/ftp/
support/lz_laenderliste_wlan_de.pdf support/lz_laenderliste_wlan_en.pdf

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200pro
SIMATIC ET200pro PS
Application
The power supplies with IP67 degree of protection, SITOP
PSU300P and SIMATIC ET200pro PS1), serve as electronics/
encoder and load power supplies for the new I/O device.
With a signaling contact for "24 V OK" and "Overtemperature",
and in the case of SIMATIC ET 200pro with a second plug-in
connector for input voltage loop-through.
1)
Available with a second plug connector for loop-through of the input
voltage as SIMATIC ET 200pro PS (6ES7148-4PC00-0HA0).
Power supply, type 24 V/8 A Power supply, type 24 V/8 A
(SIMATIC ET 200pro PS) (SIMATIC ET 200pro PS)
Order No. 6ES7 148-4PC00-0HA0 Order No. 6ES7 148-4PC00-0HA0 5
Input 3-phase AC Rated current value Iout rated 8A
Rated voltage value Vin rated 400/480 V 3 AC Current range
Wide-range input Up to +60 C 0 ... 8 A (up to +55 C)
Voltage range 340 ... 550 V Derating
(320 ... 340 V for mx. 1 min)
Dynamic overcurrent on
Overvoltage resistance Implemented internally with Power-up on short circuit Approx. 50 A for 100 ms
varistors
Short circuit during operation Approx. 50 A for 100 ms
Mains buffering at Iout rated > 15 ms at Vin = 400 V
Parallel switching for enhanced No
Rated line frequency; range 50/60 Hz; 45 ... 66 Hz performance
Rated current value Iin rated 0.5 A (at Vin 400 V) Efficiency
Making current limit (+25 C) < 40 A Efficiency at Vout rated, Iout rated Typ. 88 %
2 2 Power loss at Vout rated, Iout rated Typ. 25 W
I t < 3.5 A s
Built-in incoming fuse Internal, 4 A Closed-loop control
Required protection in the main With power loop-through Dyn. mains compensation Typ. 0.5 % Vout
supply conductor fuse 25 A or circuit breaker e.g. (Vin rated 15 %)
3RV1021-1DA15 or Dynamic load smoothing Typ. 1 % Vout
3RV1742-5DD10 (UL 489) (Iout: 50/100/50 %)
Output Controlled DC voltage Load step settling time
galvanically connected with PE
50 to 100 % Typ. < 2 ms
Rated voltage value Vout rated 24 V DC
100 to 50 % Typ. < 2 ms
Total tolerance < 3 ... -5 % Protection and monitoring
Static mains compensation Approx. 0.5 % Output overvoltage protection < 33 V
Static load balancing Approx. 0.5 % Current limitation Typ. 9.4 A
Residual ripple < 200 mVpp Short-circuit protection Electronic shutdown, automatic
Spikes (bandwidth: 20 MHz) < 250 mVpp restart
Adjustment range Sustained short-circuit current rms < 10 A
value
Status display Green LED for 24 V OK
Overload/short-circuit indicator
Signaling (max. 30 V, 10 mA) Power Good (High level 1L+ for
Vout in range 21.3 ... 29 V) Safety
Overtemperature warning at least Primary/secondary isolation Yes, protectiv extra low output
30 s before switch-off (High level voltage Vout according to
1L+ when the max. internal EN 60950 and EN 50178
temperature is exceeded)
Protection class Class I
On/off behavior Overshoot of Vout approx. < 2 %
Leakage current < 3.5 mA
Startup delay/voltage rise < 1.5 s/< 400 ms
Safety approval Yes, CB scheme
CE mark Yes
UL/cUL (CSA) approval Prepared for UL-listed (UL 508)
Degree of protection (EN 60529) IP67, enclosure type 4 indoor

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200pro
SIMATIC ET200pro PS

Power supply, type 24 V/8 A Power supply, type 24 V/8 A
(SIMATIC ET 200pro PS) (SIMATIC ET 200pro PS)
Order No. 6ES7 148-4PC00-0HA0 Order No. 6ES7 148-4PC00-0HA0
EMC Mechanics
Emitted interference EN 55022 Class A Connections
Supply harmonics limitation Supply input L1, L2, L3, PE Plug connector HAN Q4/2
The supply input is looped
Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 through internally and is made
Operating data available via a second HAN Q4/2
plug connector.
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +55 C with natural
convection Output + 2 x. 1 mm 2
(4-pole cable for +/- with open,
Transport/storage temperature -40 ... +70 C labeled ends, 2 x 2.5 mm2)
range
Output - 2 1 mm 2
Humidity class Climate class 3K3 according to (4-pole cable for +/- with open,
EN 60721, no condensation labeled ends, 2 x 2.5 mm2) M12
plug-in connector, 5-pin
Status signal Plug connector M12, 5-pole
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 310 x 135 x 90 + additional
height of connector
Weight, approx. 2.8 kg
5 Installation Can be mounted onto ET 200pro

mounting rail
Accessories Power connector
(3RK1911-2BE30 (6 mm2))
Power feeder plug
(3RK1911-2BF10 (4 mm2))
Sealing caps for power socket
(3RK1902-0CK00
(1 unit per pack.)),
(3RK1902-0CJ00
(10 units per pack.))

SIMATIC ET 200pro PS 6ES7 148-4PC00-0HA0 Accessories
stabilized power supply in the Power connection plugs
design of the distributed I/O sys-
tem, with the possibility of power for connection to distributed I/O
loop-through to other modules; system
IP67 degree of protection; for X1 (6 mm2) 3RK1 911-2BE30
Input: 400-480 V 3 AC
Output: 24 V DC/8 A for X2 (6 mm2) 3RK1 911-2BF10
Sealing caps
for 9-pole power socket
X2 (1 unit per pack.) 3RK1 902-0CJ00
X2 (10 units per pack.) 3RK1 902-0CK00

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200pro
SIMATIC ET200pro PS
Dimensions
310 83.5
300
135.5
130.5
119
G_KT01_XX_00368
5

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN
Overview
Compact module in two types of enclosures:
- 30 mm x 200 mm x 37 mm (W x H x D, long and narrow
enclosure), with 4 x M12 for digital signals
enclosure), with 8 x M12 for digital signals and IO-Link
enclosure) with 4 x M12 or 8 x M12 for analog signals
address assignment
Data transmission rate 100 Mbit/s
LLDP proximity detection without PG and Fast Startup
(boot up within approx 0.5 seconds)
Module variance:
- 8 DI
- 16 DI
- 8 DO (2 A)
- 8 DO (1.3 A)
Compact block I/O for processing digital, analog and IO-Link - 8 DO (0.5 A)
signals for connecting to the PROFINET bus system - 16 DO (1.3 A)
- 8 DI/DO (1.3 A),
Cabinet-free design with degree of protection IP65/66/67 with - 8 AI (U, I, TC, RTD)
5 M12 connections
Very rugged and resistant metal enclosure and encapsulated
- 4 AO (U, I)
- 4 IO-Link + 8 DI + 4 DO (1.3 A)
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes Yes Yes
permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V 20.4 V 20.4 V
(DC)
permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V
(DC)
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
Current consumption, typ. 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA
Power loss, typ. 5.5 W 4.5 W 6.5 W
interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2 2 2
speed
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Protocols
PROFINET IO Yes Yes Yes
SNMP Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes
LLDP Yes Yes Yes
ping Yes Yes Yes
arp Yes Yes Yes

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8 8 16
controllable inputs
Number of simultaneously 8 8 16
Input voltage
for signal "0" -3 to +5 V -3 to +5 V -3 to +5 V
for signal "1" 11 to 30 V 11 to 30 V 11 to 30 V
Input current
for signal "0", max. 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
(permissible quiescent current)
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "1" to "0", max. Typ. 3 ms Typ. 3 ms Typ. 3 ms 5
Cable length
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 4 8 8
Output current, rated value 100 mA; Per output 100 mA; Per output 100 mA; Per output
24 V encoder supply
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes Yes
status information
Status indicator Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes
Monitoring the voltage supply to Yes; Green "ON" LED Yes; Green "ON" LED Yes; Green "ON" LED
the electronics
Wire break in signal encoder Yes Yes Yes
cable
Short circuit encoder supply Yes; Per channel group Yes; Per channel group Yes; Per channel group
Group error Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED
Isolation
tested with
24 V DC circuits 500 V 500 V 500 V

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

Isolation
between the load voltages Yes Yes Yes
between load voltage and all other No No No
between Ethernet and electronics Yes Yes Yes
between different circuits 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC
IP 65 Yes Yes Yes
IP 66 Yes Yes Yes
IP 67 Yes Yes Yes
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH 002AH 002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0306H 0306H 0306H
5 Dimensions and weight

Weight
Weight 550 g 910 g 910 g
Supply voltages
Load voltage 1L+
Load voltage 2L+
Current consumption
from load voltage 1L+ 100 mA 4A 4A 4A 4A
Power loss, typ. 3W 5.5 W 5.5 W 5W 5.5 W

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2 2 2 2 2
automatic detection of transmission Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
speed
Autocrossing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Connection point
M12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protocols
PROFINET IO Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
SNMP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ping Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
arp Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Digital outputs 5
Number of digital outputs 8 8 8 8 16
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic
of the output
Response threshold, typ. 0.7 A 1.8 A 1.8 A 2.8 A 1.8 A
Limitation of inductive shutdown Typ. (L1+, L2+) Typ. (L1+, L2+) Typ. (L1+, L2+) Typ. (L1+, L2+) Typ. (L1+, L2+)
voltage to -47 V -47 V -47 V -47 V -47 V
on lamp load, max. 5W 5W 5W 10 W 5W
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 1.3 A; maximum 1.3 A; maximum 2A 1.3 A; maximum
for signal "0" residual current, 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
max.
for increased power No No No No No
for redundant control of a load Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
on lamp load, max. 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz
Aggregate current of the outputs
(per group)
up to 55 C, max. 3.9 A
up to 60 C, max. 4A 2.6 A 3.9 A 3.9 A 3.9 A
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m 30 m 30 m 30 m 30 m

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

status information
Status indicator Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Monitoring the voltage supply to Yes; Green "ON" Yes; Green "ON" Yes; Green "ON" Yes; Green "ON" Yes; Green "ON"
the electronics LED LED LED LED LED
Wire break in acutator cable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Short circuit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Group error Yes; Red/yellow Yes; Red/yellow Yes; Red/yellow Yes; Red/yellow Yes; Red/yellow
"SF/MT" LED "SF/MT" LED "SF/MT" LED "SF/MT" LED "SF/MT" LED
Isolation
tested with
5 24 V DC circuits
Isolation
500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V
between the load voltages Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

between load voltage and all other No No No No No
between Ethernet and electronics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
between the channels No No No No No
between different circuits 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 75 V DC/60 V AC
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH 002AH 002AH 002AH 002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0306H 0306H 0306H 0306H 0306H
Weight
Weight 550 g 550 g 910 g 910 g 910 g

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 147-6BG00-0AB0 6ES7 147-6BG00-0AB0
Supply voltages Number of simultanneously
controllable inputs
Rated value
24 V DC Yes
Permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V controllable inputs, up to 60 C
(DC)
Input characteristic according to Yes
Permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V IEC 1131, type 3
(DC)
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V
Load voltage 2L+
for signal "0" -3 to +5 V
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
(DC) Input current
Permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V for signal "0", max. 1.5 mA
(DC) (permissible quiescent current)
Reverse polarity protection Yes for signal "1", typ. 7 mA
Current consumption Cable length
from load voltage 1L+ 4A Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m
(unswitched voltage) Digital outputs
from load voltage 2L+, max. 4A Number of digital outputs 8
5
Current consumption/power loss in groups of 4
Power loss, typ. 6.5 W Short-circuit protection Yes
interfaces Switching capacity of the outputs
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2 on lamp load, max. 5W
automatic detection of transmission Yes Controlling a digital input Yes
speed
Output current
Autocrossing Yes
for signal "1" rated value 1.3 A; maximum
Integrated switch Yes
for signal "0" residual current, 1.5 mA
Transmission rate, max. 100 Mbit/s max.
Connection point Parallel switching of 2 outputs
M12 Yes for increased power No
Protocols for redundant control of a load Yes
PROFINET IO Yes Switching frequency
Protocols (Ethernet) with resistive load, max. 100 Hz
SNMP Yes with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz
DCP Yes on lamp load, max. 1 Hz
LLDP Yes Aggregate current of the outputs
ping Yes (per group)
arp Yes up to 60 C, max. 3.9 A
PROFINET IO-Device Cable length
with option "high flexibility", Yes Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m
supported Encoder supply
Prioritized power up, supported Yes Number of outputs 8
Digital inputs Output current, rated value 100 mA; per output
Number of digital inputs 8 24 V encoder supply
in groups of 4 Short-circuit protection Yes

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 147-6BG00-0AB0 6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0
Interrupts/diagnostics/ Supply voltages
status information
Rated value
Status indicator Yes; green LED
DC 24 V Yes
Alarms
permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
Diagnostic alarm Yes (DC)
Diagnoses permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V
(DC)
Diagnostics functions Yes
Diagnostics information readable Yes
Current consumption
Monitoring the voltage supply Yes; green LED "ON"
of the electronics Current consumption, typ. 110 mA
Wire break in acutator cable Yes Current consumption/
power loss
cable Power loss, typ. 2.8 W
Short circuit Yes Interfaces
Short circuit encoder supply Yes Number of PROFINET interfaces 2
Group error Yes; red/yellow LED "SF/MT" automatic detection of transmission Yes
speed
Isolation
5 tested with
Transmission speed, max.
Connection point
100 Mbit/s
M12 Yes
Interface 1 500 V;
according to IEEE 802.3 Protocols
Isolation PROFINET IO Yes
between the load voltages Yes Protocols (Ethernet)
between load voltage and all other No SNMP Yes
DCP Yes
between Ethernet and electronics Yes
LLDP Yes
ping Yes
arp Yes
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 8
Number of analog inputs for 4
IP 65 Yes voltage/current measurement
IP 66 Yes Number of analog inputs for resis- 4
tance/temperature measurement
IP 67 Yes
cable length, shielded, max. 30 m
Dimensions and weight voltages
Width 60 mm 0 to +10 V Yes
Height 175 mm 1 to 5 V Yes
Depth 49 mm -10 V to +10 V Yes
Weight -80 mV to +80 mV Yes
Weight 910 g

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0 6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0
Input ranges (rated values), Encoder supply
currents
Number of outputs 4
0 to 20 mA Yes
24 V encoder supply
-20 to +20 mA Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic at 1.4 A
4 to 20 mA Yes
thermoelements Encoder
Type E Yes Number of connectable encoders, 8
max.
Type J Yes
Connection of signal encoders
Type K Yes
for voltage measurement Yes
Type N Yes
for current measurement as Yes
Input ranges (rated values), 2-wire transducer
resistance thermometers
for current measurement as Yes
Ni 100 Yes
4-wire transducer
Ni 1000 Yes
for resistance measurement with Yes
Ni 200 Yes for resistance measurement with Yes
Pt 100 Yes for resistance measurement with Yes 5
4-conductor connection
Pt 1000 Yes
Pt 200 Yes Errors/accuracies
Pt 500 Yes linearity error +/- 0,01 %
(based on input rage)
resistors Temperature error U: 0,0035%/C; I:0,006%/C;
(relative to input areas) RTD: 0,0005%/C;
0 to 150 Ohm Yes TC: 0,0035%/C
0 to 300 Ohm Yes Crosstalk between the inputs, min. 85 dB
0 to 600 Ohm Yes
Interference voltage suppression
0 to 3000 Ohm Yes for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
fl = interference frequency
Voltage input
Series mode interference (peak 46 dB
permissible input frequency for 28.8 V permanent,
value of interference < rated value
voltage input (destruction limit), 35 V for max. 500 ms
of input range), min.
max.
common mode voltage, min. 70 dB
Temperature compensation
programmable Yes
status information
internal temperature Yes
Alarms
compensation
external temperature compensa- Yes
tion with compensations socket Diagnoses
Analog value creation Diagnostic functions Yes
Analog value display SIMATIC S7 format Diagnostic information readable Yes
Measurement principle Integrating Monitoring the voltage supply to Yes; Green "ON" LED
the electronics
time/resolution per channel Short circuit encoder supply Yes; Per module
Resolution (incl. overload area) 15 bits + sign Group error Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED
Integration time, parameterizable Yes Overflow/underflow Yes
Integration time, ms 2 / 16.67 / 20 / 100 ms Isolation
Interference voltage suppression 500 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz tested with
for interference frequency f1 in Hz
Conversion time (per channel) 4 / 19 / 22 / 102 ms
Interface 1 500 V; according to IEEE 802.3
Smoothing of measured values
parameterizable Yes
Level: none Yes; 1 x cycle time
Level: weak Yes; 4 x cycle time
Level: middle Yes; 16 x cycle time
Level: strong Yes; 64 x cycle time

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0 6ES7 145-6HD00-0AB0
Isolation Protocols
between the load voltages Yes PROFINET IO Yes
between load voltage and all other No Protocols (Ethernet)
switching components SNMP Yes
between Ethernet and electronics Yes DCP Yes
Isolation, analog inputs LLDP Yes
between the channels No ping Yes
Permissible potential difference arp Yes
between inputs and MANA (UCM) 10 Vpp AC Analog outputs
Degree of protection Number of analg outputs 4
IP 65 Yes cable length, shielded, max. 30 m
IP 66 Yes Voltage output, Yes
short-circuit protection
IP 67 Yes
Voltage output, 30 mA
General information short-circuit current, max.
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH Current output, 20 V
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0306H no-load voltage, max.
5 Dimensions and weight

Output ranges, voltage
0 to 10 V Yes
Width 60 mm 1 to 5 V Yes
-10 to +10 V Yes
Height 175 mm
Output ranges, current
Depth 49 mm
0 to 20 mA Yes
Weight
-20 to +20 mA Yes
Weight 930 g
4 to 20 mA Yes
Connection of actuators
6ES7 145-6HD00-0AB0 Yes
for voltage output 2-conductor
Supply voltages connection
Rated value for current output 2-conductor Yes
Yes connection
DC 24 V
20.4 V Load impedance
permissible range, lower limit (in rated range of output)
(DC)
28.8 V with voltage outputs, min. 1 k
permissible range, upper limit
(DC) with voltage outputs, capacitive 1 F
Yes load, max.
Reverse polarity protection
with current outputs, max. 600
Current consumption
with current outputs, inductive 1 mH
Current consumption, typ. 280 mA load, max.
Current consumption/power loss Destruction limits against externally
Power loss, typ. 5.5 W applied voltages and currents
Interfaces Voltages at the outputs towards 28.8 V permanent,
MANA 35 V for max. 500 ms
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2
automatic detection of transmission Yes
speed Analog value display SIMATIC S7 format
Autocrossing Yes Measurement principle Resistor network
integrated switch Yes Integration and conversion
Resolution (incl. overload area) 15 bits + sign
Connection point
Conversion time (per channel) 1 ms
M12 Yes
Settling time
for resistive load 2 ms
for capacitive load 1.8 ms
for inductive load 2 ms

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 145-6HD00-0AB0 6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0
Encoder supply Supply voltages
Number of outputs 4 Rated value
24 V encoder supply 24 V DC Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic at 1.4 A Permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
(DC)
Permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V
Errors/accuracies (DC)
Output ripple (based on output U: 0.6 mVrms; I: 0.4 nArms Reverse polarity protection Yes
range, bandwidth 0 to 50 kHz)
Load voltage 2L+
Temperature error U: 0.001%/C; I: 0.0025%/C
(relative to output area) Rated value (DC) 24 V
Crosstalk between the outputs, 70 dB Permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
min. (DC)
Interrupts/diagnostics/ Permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V
status information (DC)
Status indicator Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes
Substitute values connectable Yes Current consumption
Alarms from load voltage 1L+ 4A
Diagnostic alarm
Diagnoses
Yes
from load voltage 2L+, max. 4A 5
Diagnostic functions Yes
Power loss, typ. 8W
Diagnostic information readable Yes
Interfaces
Monitoring the voltage supply to Yes; Green "ON" LED
the electronics Number of PROFINET interfaces 2
Wire break Yes; Channel-by-channel with automatic detection of transmission Yes
current output speed
Short circuit Yes; Channel-by-channel with Autocrossing Yes
voltage output
integrated switch Yes
Group error Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED
Isolation
Connection point
between the load voltages Yes
M12 Yes
between load voltage and all other No
switching components Protocols
between Ethernet and electronics Yes PROFINET IO Yes
Isolation, analog outputs Protocols (Ethernet)

SNMP Yes
DCP Yes
LLDP Yes
between M internally 10 Vpp AC
and the outputs ping Yes
Degree of protection arp Yes
IP 65 Yes PROFINET IO-Device
IP 66 Yes IRT with option "high flexibility", Yes

supported
IP 67 Yes
Digital inputs
General information
Number of digital inputs 8
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0306H controllable inputs
Dimensions and weight all mounting positions
Dimensions and weight controllable inputs, up to 60 C
Width 60 mm Input characteristic according Yes
Height 175 mm to IEC 1131, type 3
Depth 49 mm Input voltage
Weight Rated value, DC 24 V
Weight 930 g for signal "0" -3 to +5 V

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0 6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0
Input current Interrupts/diagnostics/
status information
for signal "0", max. (permissible 1.5 mA
quiescent current) Status indicator Yes; green LED
for signal "1", typ. 7 mA Alarms
Cable length Diagnostic alarm Yes
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m Diagnoses
Digital outputs Diagnostics functions Yes
Number of digital outputs 4 Diagnostics information readable Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Monitoring the voltage supply Yes; green LED "ON"
of the electronics
Wire break in acutator cable Yes
on lamp load, max. 5W
Controlling a digital input Yes cable
Output current Short circuit Yes
for signal "1" rated value 1.3 A; maximum Short circuit encoder supply Yes
for signal "0" residual current, 1.5 mA Group error Yes; red/yellowLED "SF/MT"
max.
Isolation
5 for increased power No
tested with
for redundant control of a load Yes
interface 1 500 V;
Switching frequency according to IEEE 802.3
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz Isolation
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz between the load voltages Yes
on lamp load, max. 1 Hz between load voltage and all other No
Aggregate current of the outputs switching components
(per group) between Ethernet and electronics Yes
up to 60 C, max. 3.9 A Galvanic isolation, digital inputs
Cable length between the channels No
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m Isolation, digital outputs
Encoder supply between the channels No
Number of outputs 6 Degree of protection
Output current, rated value 200 mA; IP 65 Yes
100 mA per output on X5-X6
IP 66 Yes
24 V encoder supply
IP 67 Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes
Width 60 mm
Height 175 mm
Depth 49 mm
Weight
Weight 910 g

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN digital input Accessories (continued)
module
8 DI 24 V DC; 6ES7 141-6BF00-0AB0 2 x 2 (Type A)
4 x M12, dual assignment, 4-core, shielded TP installation
degree of protection IP67 cable for connection to IE FC
8 DI 24 V DC; 6ES7 141-6BG00-0AB0 Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
8 x M12, PROFINET-compatible;
degree of protection IP67 with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
16 DI 24 V DC; 6ES7 141-6BH00-0AB0 max. length 1000 m,
8 x M12, dual assignment, minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 6XV1 870-2D
ET 200eco PN digital output 2 x 2 (Type C)
module
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A; 6ES7 142-6BF50-0AB0 cable for connection to IE FC
4 x M12, dual assignment, Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for
1 load voltage supply DO; use in trailing cables;
degree of protection IP67 PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
8 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 6ES7 142-6BF00-0AB0 Sold by the meter;
4 x M12, dual assignment, max. length 1000 m,
degree of protection IP67 minimum order 20 m
8 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 6ES7 142-6BG00-0AB0 PROFINET M12 connector,
8 x M12, can be assembled
8 DO 24 V DC/2 A; 8 x M12, 6ES7 142-6BR00-0AB0
IE FC M12 connector PRO,
can be assembled
5
1 unit 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA0
16 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 6ES7 142-6BH00-0AB0
8 x M12, dual assignment, 8 units 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA8
degree of protection IP67 PROFINET M12 connecting
ET 200eco PN digital cables
input/output modules Pre-assembled connecting cable
8 DI/DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 6ES7 147-6BG00-0AB0 with two M12 connectors
8 x M12, (D-coded) in various lengths:
degree of protection IP67 0.3 m 6XV1 870-8AE30
ET 200eco PN analog 0.5 m 6XV1 870-8AE50
input modules
1.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH10
8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC; 8 x M12, 6ES7 144-6KD00-0AB0
degree of protection IP67 1.5 m 6XV1 870-8AH15
ET 200eco PN analog 2.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH20

output modules 3.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH30
4 AO U/I; 4 x M12, 6ES7 145-6HD00-0AB0 5.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH50
10.0 m 6XV1 870-8AN10
ET 200eco PN IO-Link
master module 15.0 m 6XV1 870-8AN15
4 IO-L + 8 DI + 6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0 M12 connector for load supply
4 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A; 8 x M12, 24 V DC
degree of protection IP67 Connection socket for infeed 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Accessories of 24 V DC;
4-pin, A-coded, 3 units
PD voltage distributor, 24 V DC; 6ES7 148-6CB00-0AA0
1 X 7/8, 4 X M12 Connector for passing on the 6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA3
24 V DC;
Terminal block for ET 200eco 6ES7 194-6CA00-0AA0 4-pin, A-coded, 3 units
PN, 10 A insulation piercing
connecting devices M12 power connection cables
Pre-assembled power connection
Spare fuses for terminal block, 6ES7 194-6HB00-0AA0 cables on both sides with
10 units M12 socket and connector
Mounting rail 0.5 m 6ES7 194-6GA00-0AA0 4 x 0.75 mm2, in various lengths:
Profile screw for mounting rail, 6ES7 194-6MA00-0AA0 0.3 m 6XV1 801-5DE30
50 units 0.5 m 6XV1 801-5DE50
Cap M12 for modules IP67, 3RK1 901-1KA00 1.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH10
10 units
1.5 m 6XV1 801-5DH15
Labels 10 7 mm, 3RT1 900-1SB10
pastel turquoise, 2.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH20
816 units
3.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH30
5.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH50
10.0 m 6XV1 801-5DN10
15.0 m 6XV1 801-5DN15

Siemens AG 2010

ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN

M12 coupling plug M12 connecting cables
(PUR jacket)
Can be assembled
Pre-assembled connecting
for connecting actuators or 3RX8 000-0CD40 cables for connecting digital
sensors, 4-pin sensors and actuators
for connecting actuators or 3RX8 000-0CD55 on both sides with M12 socket
sensors, 5-pin and connector 3 x 0.34 mm2,
M12 angular circular connector in various lengths:
Can be assembled; for 3RX8 000-0CE55 0.6 m 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AA6
connecting actuators or sensors, 1.0 m 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB0
5-pin
1.5 m 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
Y cable M12
for double connection of I/O by 6ES7 194-6KA00-0XA0 and connector 4 x 0.34 mm2,
means of single cable to ET 200, in various lengths:
5-pin
0.6 m 3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6
1.0 m 3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0
1.5 m 3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
6/2 System overview

6/2 Transmission technology
6/3 Configuration examples
6/4 Communication overview
6/5 ASIsafe
6/5 AS-Interface F adapters
for EMERGENCY-STOP control devices
6/6 SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
6/6 ASIsafe laser scanner
6/10 Slaves
6/10 Contactor and Contactor Assemblies
6/10 SIRIUS function modules for AS-Interface
6/11 Motor starters for operation
in the control cabinet
Sec.10 SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders
General data
6/11 SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders
Add-on modules for AS-Interface
Sec.10 SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders
Accessories
6/12 Motor starters for operation in the field,
high degree of protection
6/12 SIRIUS M200D motor starters
General data
6/13 M200D Motor Starters for AS-Interface
6/18 M200D Basic /
M200D Standard motor starters
6/19 SIRIUS M200D motor starters
Accessories
6/24 SIRIUS MCU motor starters
General data
6/29 MCU motor starters, locally controlled
plastic enclosures,
electromechanical switching
6/30 MCU motor starters, I/O-controlled
plastic enclosures,
6/31 MCU motor starters for AS-Interface
plastic enclosures,
metal enclosures,
metal enclosures, electronic switching
6/35 SIRIUS MCU motor starters
Accessories
6/36 SINAMICS distributed inverters
6/36 SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters
6/38 3SF5 pushbutton units and
indicator lights
6/38 AS-Interface enclosures
with standard fittings

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Introduction
System overview
Transmission technology
Overview
AS-Interface is an open, international standard according to AS-Interface is a single master system. For automation systems
EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2 for process and field communi- from Siemens, there are communications processors (CPs) and
cation. Leading manufacturers of actuators and sensors all over routers (links) which control the process or field communication
the world support the AS-Interface. Interested companies are as masters, and actuators and sensors which are activated as
provided with the electrical and mechanical specifications by AS-Interface slaves.
the AS-Interface Association.
Laptop
Remote access, e.g. PC

via teleservice
Control and Motion Control PC/PG/IPC

monitoring system Systems Database
Server
Telecontrol and
substation control
Security
Point
Access
Notebook Point
Numeric
Control
PC/PG/IPC
Field device for

intrinsically safe area
Coupler
Link
PROFIBUS PA
6 Motion Control
Access
Point
Systems
Power Power
supply supply
LOGO! Controller
SINAMICS Drives
Sensors
G_IK10_XX_20002
KNX AS-Interface
Compact Compact
starter feeder
Sensors
Slaves Slaves
Signalling column
Operating modes
Generally, master interfaces have the following operating
modes:
A key feature of AS-Interface technology is the use of a shared I/O data exchange
two-conductor cable for data transmission and the distribution of
auxiliary power to the sensors/actuators. An AS-Interface power In this operating mode, the inputs and outputs of the binary
supply unit that meets the requirements of the AS-Interface AS-Interface slaves are read and written.
transmission method is used for the distribution of auxiliary Analog value transmission
power. The AS-Interface cable used for the wiring is mechani-
cally coded and hence protected against polarity reversal and AS-Interface masters according to the AS-Interface Specifica-
can be easily contacted by the insulation piercing method. tion V2.1 or V3.0 support integrated analog value processing.
This means that data exchange with analog AS-Interface slaves
Elaborately wired control cables in the control cabinet and (according to Analog Profile 7.3 or 7.4) is just as easy as with
marshalling racks can be replaced by AS-Interface. digital slaves.
With this concept, you become extremely flexible and achieve Command interface
high savings.
In addition to I/O data exchange with binary and analog
AS-Interface slaves, the AS-Interface masters provide a number
of other functions through the command interface.
Hence it is possible, for example, for slave addresses to be
issued, parameter values transferred or diagnostics information
read out from user programs.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Introduction
System overview
Configuration examples
Overview
Process or field communication In practice this means: Installation is straightforward, because
data and energy are conveyed together over one cable.
The AS-Interface is used when individual actuators/sensors are No special know-how for installation and commissioning is
spatially distributed through the machine (e.g. in a bottle filling required. And thanks to the simple laying of the cable, its clear-
plant, production line, among other things). cut structure and special version, there is not only far less risk of
The AS-Interface replaces complex cable harnesses and errors, but also less effort during maintenance and servicing.
connects binary and analog actuators and sensors, such as
proximity switches, valves or indicator lights, to a control, for
example, SIMATIC or a PC.
6,0$7,& 2QH$6L0DVWHULV
6,027,21 FRQQHFWHGIRUHDFK$6L
QHWZRUN
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
352),%86'3
'3$6L)/LQN $6,QWHUIDFHPDVWHU $6,QWHUIDFHPDVWHU
'3$6L/,1.$GYDQFHG 6
6
'3$6,QWHUIDFH/LQN(
$6,QWHUIDFH
SRZHUVXSSO\ 6,027,21&
6 6 ,($6L/,1.31,2

6
$6,QWHUIDFHGLVWULEXWRU $6,QWHUIDFH
$6,QWHUIDFH
ZLWKRXW$6,QWHUIDFHFKLS 5HSHDWHU SRZHUVXSSO\
9'&
/2*2 SRZHUVXSSO\
0D[$6LFDEOHOHQJWK $6,QWHUIDFHGLVWULEXWRU
SHUVHJPHQW ZLWKRXW$6,QWHUIDFHFKLS
PZLWKRXWH[WHQVLRQSOXJ
PZLWKH[WHQVLRQSOXJ
0D[$6LFDEOHOHQJWK
SHUVHJPHQW
+DQGKHOG
PZLWKRXWH[WHQVLRQSOXJ
RSHUDWRUSDQHO ,2PRGXOH
PZLWKH[WHQVLRQSOXJ
'LJLWDODQDORJ
6HFXUHVODYH
ZLWK(0(5*(1&<
6723 ORDGIHHGHU5$ZLWK
IXQFWLRQPRGXOHIRU$6,QWHUIDFH
5$FRPSDFWVWDUWHU
6LJQDO ZLWK
HYDOXDWLRQ $6LPRXQWLQJPRGXOH
*B,.B;;BE
$6LH[WHQVLRQSOXJ
IRUVHJPHQWOHQJWK
XSWRP
6DIHW\
PRQLWRU
Example of a system configuration

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Introduction
System overview
Communication overview
Features
Overview
Standard EN 50295 / IEC 61158
System components Topology Line, star or tree structure
Numerous system components are offered for implementing the (same as electrical wiring)
communication. The key elements of a system installation are: Transmission medium Unshielded two-conductor cable
Master interface modules for central control units such as (2 x 1.5 mm2) for data and
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7, ET 200M distributed peripherals auxiliary power
or routers from PROFIBUS/PROFINET to AS-Interface Connection methods Contacting of the AS-Interface
AS-Interface shaped cables cable by insulation piercing
method
Network components such as repeaters and extension plugs
Maximum cable length 100 m without a repeater
Power supplies for the slaves 200 m with extension plug
Modules for connection of standard sensors/actuators 300 m with two repeaters con-
nected in series
Actuators and sensors with integrated AS-i slave 600 m with extension plugs and
Safety modules for transmitting safety-oriented data through two repeaters connected
AS-Interface in parallel
Larger cable lengths are possible
Addressing units for setting the slave addresses during when additional repeaters are
commissioning connected in parallel
Maximum cycle time 5 ms with full expansion using
standard addresses,
$6,QWHUIDFHPDVWHU 10 ms with full expansion using
A/B addresses,
profile-specific for Spec. 3.0
slaves
6,0$7,&6
&3
Number of stations 31 slaves according to
&33
per AS-Interface line AS-Interface Spec. V2.0;
62 slaves (A/B technology)
according to AS-Interface
Spec. V2.1 and V3.0,
6,027,21& integrated analog value trans-
6 &33
mission
Number of binary Max. 124 DI/124 DO
sensors and actuators according to Spec. V2.0;
max. 248 DI/186 DO
6,0$7,&6 according to Spec. V2.1;
max. 496 DI/496 DO
&3 according to Spec. V3.0
Access control Cyclic polling master slave
method, cyclic data transfer by
host (PLC, PC)
$6,QWHUIDFHOLQNV Error safeguard Identification and repetition of
faulty message frames
'3$6L/,1.$GYDQFHG
'3$6,QWHUIDFH/LQN(
'3$6L)/LQN More information
For the modules referred to above, please also note the condi-
352),%86 $6,QWHUIDFH tions of application and the additional information.
*B,.B;;B
,($6L/,1.31,2 AS-Interface system manual

352),1(7
More information about AS-Interface is available in the
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW $6,QWHUIDFH
AS-Interface System Manual.
The German-language AS-Interface System Manual can be
downloaded for free from the Internet at:
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/26250840
AS-Interface masters and AS-Interface links (network transitions) The English-language AS-Interface System Manual can be
downloaded for free from the Internet at:
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/26250840
Internet
You can find more information on the Internet at:
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10805888/130000

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface F adapters
for EMERGENCY-STOP control devices
Overview
The AS-Interface F adapter is used to connect an EMERGENCY-
STOP control device according to ISO 13850 from the 3SB3
series to the AS-Interface bus system. The F adapter is suitable
for control devices with mounting on front plates.
The F adapter has a safe AS-Interface 2E slave and is snapped
from behind onto the EMERGENCY-STOP device (actuator).
In the 2E/1A expanded version, an output is also available for
actuating an indicator light with LED.
Connection to the AS-Interface bus cable is made with screw
terminal, spring-type terminals or an insulation piercing method
depending on the version. Addressing is performed using the
AS-Interface connection or the integrated addressing socket.
Safety category 4 (SIL3) is achieved with the adapter.

Version Connection Order No.
AS-Interface F adapters
for 3SB3 EMERGENCY-STOP actuator
For mounting on front plate
2I Screw terminals 3SF5 402-1AA03
2I/1O, with output for LED control 3SF5 402-1AB03
2I
2I/1O, with output for LED control
Spring-type terminals 3SF5 402-1AA04
3SF5 402-1AB04
6
3SF5 402-1AA03
2I Insulation piercing
method
3SF5 402-1AA05 N
2I/1O, with output for LED control 3SF5 402-1AB05 N
3SF5 402-1AA04
3SF5 402-1AA05

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
ASIsafe SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
ASIsafe laser scanner
Overview
The provide perfect all-round protection up to Category 3
according to EN 954-1, SIL 2 according to IEC 61508, and PL d
according to ISO 13849-1.
SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners work in an operating field of 190
and over a distance of up to 6.25 m. In this range the laser scan-
ner reliably senses every object and every person.
And it works so simply: The distance sensor emits light pulses at
regular intervals. If they hit an obstruction, the sensor receives
the reflected light and evaluates it. If this is evaluated as the pre-
defined area to be protected, a Stop function is triggered.
With up to 8 programmable protective fields that can be selected
during operation, our laser scanners can be optimally adapted
to any application on machines, production robots, conveyor
systems, or vehicles.
Different variants support optimal integration in the automation
system: Whether conventionally in the safety circuit, over
PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe or over AS-Interface with ASIsafe.
The laser scanner is an optical distance sensor for flexible mon-
itoring of hazardous areas in horizontal applications, for access
control in vertical applications, and for motion monitoring.
Integration
6
X5
and X1
and X2
or X3
X4
FS10_00136
Terminal Description Item Connectable accessories Order No.

X1 M12 connector for AS-Interface connection 1 Laser scanner connecting cable 3RG78 38-1EA (1 m)
(bus connection and 24 V DC power supply) to M12 AS-Interface adapter 3RG78 38-1EB (2 m)
2 M12 AS-Interface adapter 3RG78 38-1DG
X2 Connection for AS-Interface addressing and 3 AS-Interface addressing and diagnostics unit 3RK1 904-2AB01
diagnostics unit
4 Connecting cable with M12 socket and M12 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
plug (3-core) (1.5 m)
X3 M12 socket for connecting the changeover 5 M12 jumper plug 3RG78 38-1DF
for the protective fields (suitable for protection field 1)
6 M12 connector with terminal housing, 5-pin 3RX8 000-0CD55
X4 M12 connector for connecting a restart button 7 M12 cable socket with terminal housing, 5-pin 3RX8 000-0CB55
(optional)
X5 Optical PC interface 8 PC connecting cable for laser scanner with 3RG78 38-1DC
optical interface, 9-pin

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Type ASIsafe laser scanner Type ASIsafe laser scanner
Protective field Contour measurement
Protective field 2.15 m, 4 m, 6.25 m Detection zone 0 ... 50 m
Degree of remission min. 1.8 % Degree of remission min. 20%
Resolutions Resolutions: Output RS232 serial interface via infrared
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm interface
Response time Radial resolution 5 mm
2-fold evaluation (2 scans) 85 ms Lateral resolution 0.36
(laser scanner only, without Supply voltage
AS-Interface system times)
via AS-Interface network 29.5 ... 31.6 V (according to
Adjustable up to 16 scans 645 ms AS-Interface specification)
(laser scanner only, without via external supply 24 V DC (+/-20 %)
Note The power supply unit of the
Number 4/8 external power supply as well as
(selectable via switched inputs) the AS-Interface power supply
unit used to supply the
Safety category acc. to IEC 61506 SIL 2 AS-Interface components must
Output Safe AS-Interface interface provide safe isolation from the
supply according to IEC 60742
Start-up Start-up test and start-up disable and bridge short-term power
can be set separately failures of up to 20 ms (e.g. the
Warm restart 160 ms to 10 s AS-Interface power supply unit
(settable or manually) 3RX9 307-0AA00)
Protective field additional distance Overcurrent protection Fuse 1.25 A, slow acting
with dust suppression 83 mm Current consumption from the 400 mA

deactivated supply circuit, typically
with dust suppression activated Current consumption from the 50 mA

- For protective fields < 3.5 mm 83 mm
AS-Interface circuit, typically
Inputs
6
- For protective fields > 3.5 mm 100 mm
Restart/Reset Connection of a command device
Additional distance for retro-
for operating mode "With restart
reflectors or strongly reflective
inhibit" and/or device reset,
surfaces (such as certain metals
dynamically monitored, 24 V DC
or ceramics in the scan plane)
opto-decoupled
- Over 1.2 m behind the 0 mm
protective field line Field pair switchover Selection of 4 field pairs over
4 control lines with internal moni-
- In the protective field or 110 mm toring (1 field pair = 1 protective
up to 1.2 m behind the zone and 1 warning zone),
protective field line 24 V DC opto-decoupled
Warning zone Signal definition
Detection zone 0 ... 15 m High (logic 1) 16 ... 30 V
Degree of remission min. 20% Low (logic 0) <3V
Object size 150 150 mm Control cable

Length max. 50 m (0.5 mm2 conductor
Response time cross-section, shielded)
2-fold evaluation (2 scans) 85 ms AS-Interface address programming Connection of a generally
(laser scanner only, without available AS-Interface address
AS-Interface system times) programming device
Adjustable up to 16 scans 645 ms RS232 interfaces by means of For device parameterization and
(laser scanner only, without infrared interface field function
Optical system
Number of warning zones 4/8
(selectable via switched inputs) Range of angle 190
Output AS-Interface Angle resolution 0.36
Lateral tolerance
Without mounting system (with 0.18
reference to rear of enclosure)
With mounting system (with refer- 0.22
ence to the mounting surface)
Scan rate 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan
Laser protection class
According to standard EN 60825-1, Class 1
(safe for eyes)
Wave length 905 nm
Beam divergence 2 mrad
Time basis 100 s

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface

Type ASIsafe laser scanner Type ASIsafe laser scanner
Environment and material Vibratory load over three axes 10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g
according to IEC 60068, Part 2-6
Continuous shock over three axes 10 g, 16 ms
Ambient temperature according to IEC 60068, Part 2-29
Operation 0 ... +50 C Rotating mirror drive Brushless DC motor
Storage -20 ... +60 C Rotating mirror bearings Maintenance-free ball bearings
Housing insulation class Type of protection 2 AS-Interface
Humidity according to DIN 40040, ID code B
Table 10, identification letter E
(fairly dry) I/O code 0 (four data bits as outputs)
Dimensions (W H D) in mm 141 167 168 Slave address Programmed by user in the range
from 1 to 31 (delivery status = 0)
Weight 2.25 kg
Cycle time according to AS-Inter- 5 ms
Emitter Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm) face specification
Housing Cast aluminum, plastic, Profile Safe slave
steel connection plate
"Safety of machinery" for ASIsafe laser scanners

IEC/EN 61496 IEC/EN 61508 PL 13849-1 Category Cat. 954-1 PFHD TM p.a.
ISO 3849-1
Laser scanner Type 3 SIL 2 d 3 3 1.5 10-7 20

ASIsafe laser scanner for Accessories
6 protection in a horizontal plane,
including LS4soft software Assembly system 3RG7 838-1AA
SIMATIC FS620I 3SF78 34-6DD00 Swivel-mounted,

for easy alignment
4m Adapter plate 3RG7 838-1AB
4 protective field/warning field for PLS mounting support
pairs
Resolutions: 70, 150 mm Cleaning set 3RG7 838-7RS
ASIsafe laser scanner for protec- Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml),
tion in a horizontal and vertical cloths (100 units)
plane, including LS4soft software Connectors and cables
SIMATIC FS660I 3SF78 34-6DE00 PC connection cable for 3RG7 838-1DC
Maximum size of protective field: AS-Interface and
4m PROFIBUS laser scanner
8 protective field/warning field Includes plug (9-pin) and optical
pairs interface
Resolutions:
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm M12 jumper plug 3RG7 838-1DF
(suitable for protection field 1)
SIMATIC FS660 LR
3SF78 34-6LE00 N M12 adapter 3RG7 838-1DG
6.25 m For AS-Interface and power supply
pairs M12 laser scanner 3RG7 838-1EA
M12 adapter connection cable
Resolutions:
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm 5-pin, 1 m
ASIsafe laser scanner for protec- 5-pin, 2 m 3RG7 838-1EB
tion in a horizontal and vertical
plane and motion monitoring,
including LS4soft software
SIMATIC FS670
3SF78 34-6DM00 N
4m
pairs
Resolutions:
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm
SIMATIC FS670 LR
3SF78 34-6LM00 N
6.25 m
pairs
Resolutions:
30, 40, 50, 70, 150 mm

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Dimensions
122.3
61
R 2.6 Top view
approx. 220
a
s
143.8
167
148
b a b
48.75
R 2.6
130 64
5
approx. 140 132 a = rotating mirror axis

approx. 168 b = scan plane

56,6
23
6
155,4
51,5
74,4
90
9
NSC 00610
158
9
166
192
Assembly system 3RG7 838-1AA
Schematics
X5
X1 X2 X3 X4
X1 AS-Interface connection (Bus connction and 24 Volt power supply)
X2 AS-Interface connection for address programming device
X3 Connection protective fields switchover
X4 Connection restart button
X5 Optical PC Interface

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Slaves Contactor and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS function modules for AS-Interface
Overview Benefits
The SIRIUS function modules for connecting to the control sys-
tem offer many different advantages. The most important are:
Reduction of control current wiring through plug-in technol-
ogy, feeder groups and integrated monitoring of circuit
breaker and contactor
Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet through
fewer digital inputs and outputs in the control system
Easy configuring through operation of feeders instead of indi-
vidual contactors
Enhanced operational reliability and quick wiring thanks to
spring-type connections
Can be flexibly combined with many automation solutions
using the open, standardized IO-Link wiring system
Small number of variants by using identical modules for size
S00 and S0 contactors
This means that the SIRIUS feeder is fully integrated in the
automation landscape and can use all the advantages of TIA
(e.g. integration in the TIA Maintenance Station).
Application
3RA27 12 function module for AS-Interface
The SIRIUS function modules for connecting to the control sys-
tem can be used wherever standard induction motors up to 38 A
A motor feeder which is configured with 3RT2 contactors can be (approx. 18.5 kW/400 V) with 3RT2 contactors are started.
connected with the help of 3RA27 function modules to a higher- The AS-Interface connection is recommended wherever load
level control system. The SIRIUS function modules for connec- feeders are used in distributed applications.
tion to the control system are available in an AS-i version and in
an IO-Link version. Approvals according to IEC, UL and CSA standards have
6 The function modules for connecting to the control system are
been issued for the function modules.
available for direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starters.
They are plugged directly into the front interface of the 3RT2 Selection and ordering data
contactors and therefore require one contactor with communica- For selection and ordering data, see the Catalog news
tion interface per feeder (see Catalog news "LV 1 N SIRIUS "LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations 11/2009", Chapter 3 (Accessories
Innovations 11/2009, Chapter 3). for 3RT2 contactors) and Chapter 6 (Accessories for 3RA2 Load
The function modules perform the following tasks: Feeders).
Communication, e.g. contactor operation and feedback,
ready signal Accessories
Electrical interlocking, e.g. for the reversing and wye-delta For the function modules, there is a selection of different module
starter connectors that can be used if contactor assemblies for wye-
Timing relay function, e.g. wye-delta reversing time delta starting are to be configured for multiple sizes or non-side-
by-side arrangements.
Communication information and control supply voltage are
passed on through module connectors so that the complete
control current wiring on the starter is no longer needed. More information
The function modules are equipped with removable terminals More information can be found in the Catalog news
with screw or spring-type connections. They also have an input "LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations 11/2009" or in the Industry Mall.
for local disconnection, which can be connected, for example,
For example:
to a limit switch.
Details of power contactors for switching motors and contac-
The 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface connection are im- tor assemblies can be found in in the aforementioned Catalog
plemented in A/B technology, making it easy to connect up to 62 news, Chapter 3 or in the
feeders (regardless of whether they are direct-on-line, reversing Industry Mall under "Automation" --> "Industrial
or wye-delta starters) to an AS-i master. This results in a signifi- Communication" --> "AS-Interface" --> "Slaves"
cant reduction of wiring compared to the conventional parallel --> "Contactors and Contactor Assemblies"
wiring method. The electrical connection is made using stan-
dard cables. Details of function modules for AS-Interface can be found in
the aforementioned Catalog news, Chapter 3 or in the
The process image corresponds to that of the compact feeder Industry Mall under "Automation" --> "Industrial
(see Chapter 6 of the Catalog news "LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations Communication" --> "AS-Interface" --> "Slaves"
11/2009), and to that of all motor starters. Easy, duplicatable --> "Contactor and Contactor Assemblies"
programming of the control system is thus possible. --> "SIRIUS Function Modules for AS-Interface"
Details of motor starters for operation in the control cabinet
can be found in the aforementioned Catalog news, Chapter 6
or in the
Industry Mall under "Automation" --> "Industrial
Communication" --> "AS-Interface" --> "Slaves"
--> "Motor Starters for Operation in the Control Cabinet"

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Slaves Motor starters for operation in the control cabinet
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders
Add-on modules for AS-Interface
Overview
The following add-on modules are available for communication The AS-i add-on modules can be combined only in connection
of the 3RA6 compact feeder with the control system using with compact feeders with a rated control supply voltage of
AS-Interface: 24 V AC/DC.
AS-i add-on module Addressing unit for addressing the AS-i add-on module
AS-i add-on module with two local inputs
AS-i add-on module with two free external inputs
AS-i add-on module with one free external input and one free
external output
AS-i add-on module with two free external outputs

Type Order No.
AS-i add-on modules
AS-i add-on module 3RA69 70-3A
For communication of the compact feeder
with the control system using AS-Interface
AS-i add-on module 3RA69 70-3B
with two local inputs
For safe disconnection through local safety relays, e.g. cable-operated switches
3RA69 70-3A AS-i add-on module 3RA69 70-3C
with two free external inputs
Replaces the digital standard inputs "Motor On" and "Group warning"
AS-i add-on module with one free external input 3RA69 70-3D
and one free external output
Replaces the digital standard input "Group warning"
AS-i add-on module
with two free external outputs
3RA69 70-3E 6
Only for direct-on-line starters
Replaces the digital standard output
"Motor left"
AS-i add-on module for on-site controller 3RA69 70-3F
Either control of the compact feeder using AS-Interface
or using on-site switches
3RA69 70-3F
Addressing units for AS-i add-on modules 3RK19 04-2AB01
For active AS-Interface modules, intelligent sensors and actuators
According to AS-Interface Version 2.1
Including expanded addressing mode
Scope of supply
- 1 addressing unit
- 1 operating manual
(German, English, French, Spanish, Italian)
- 1 addressing cable
3RK19 04-2AB01 (1.5 m, with jack plug)

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Slaves Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection
General data
Overview Benefits
M200D motor starters provide the following advantages for
customers:
High plant availability through plug-in capability of the main
circuit, communication and IOs relevant for installing and
replacing devices
Cabinet-free construction and near-motor installation thanks
to the high degree of protection IP65
The motor starters record the actual current flow for the pa-
rameterizable electronic motor overload protection. Reliable
messages concerning the overranging or underranging of
setpoint values for comprehensive motor protection. All motor
protection functions can be defined by simple parameteriza-
tion
Low stock levels and low order costs through a wide setting
range for the current or a wide setting range for the electronic
motor protection of 1:10 (only 2 device versions up to 5.5 kW)
The integrated wide range for the current enables a single
device to cover numerous standard motors of different sizes
Comprehensive offering of accessories, including ready-
The intelligent and highly SIRIUS M200D motor starters for the assembled cables
decentral installation, start, monitor and protect motors and The M200D motor starters can be installed with a few manual
loads up to 5.5 kW. steps. The integrated plug-in technology enables far lower
M200D motor starters are available in four versions: wiring outlay: preassembled cables can be plugged directly
onto the motor starter module
M200D M200D M200D M200D
Easy and user-friendly installation because all versions have
AS-i Basic AS-i Standard PROFIBUS PROFINET the same enclosure dimensions
Motor control with Fast and user-friendly commissioning using an optional
6 AS-i Communication PROFIBUS PROFINET manual on-site controller
Mechanical or electronic switching Increase of process speed through integrated functions such
as "Quick-Stop" and "Disable Quick-Stop", e.g. at points and
crossings
Electronic switching with soft starter functionality
--
Optional manual on-site controller with momentary-contact
and latching operation for easier start-up and easier service
Basic functionality
All M200D motor starter versions have the following functions: Application
Available as direct-on-line and reversing starters in a rugged The high degree of protection IP65 makes the M200D motor
design starters suitable, in particular for use on extensive conveying
Electromechanical or solid-state switching version systems such as those found in mail sorting centers, airports,
automotive factories and the packing industry.
Little variance only 2 device versions up to 5.5 kW thanks to
wide range setting For simple operating mechanism tasks, particularly in conveyor
applications, the new SINAMICS G110D frequency converter
All versions have the same enclosure dimensions
series with a performance range from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW and de-
Degree of protection IP65 gree of protection IP65 is the ideal partner for the M200D motor
Quick and failsafe wiring of system and motor cables using starters. The SINAMICS G110D frequency converters permit
ISO 23570 plug-in connector technology (Q4/2 and Q8/0) continuous speed control of three-phase asynchronous motors
and meet the requirements of conveyor applications with fre-
Robust and widely used M12 connection method for digital
quency control (for more information, see Catalog D 11.1).
inputs and outputs
Integrated feeder connector monitoring
Full motor protection through overload protection and a
temperature sensor (PTC, TC)
Short-circuit and overload protection integrated
Integrated repair switch lockable with 3 locks
(multi-level service)
Uniform wiring to the G110D/G120D frequency converters
and to the ET 200pro distributed peripherals system
Extensive diagnostics concept using LEDs
Optional integrated manual on-site controller with key-oper-
ated switch (ordering option)
Optionally available brake actuation with voltages from
180 V DC (no rectifier needed in motor) or 230/400 V AC
(order versions)

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
M200D Motor Starters for AS-Interface
Overview
The M200D motor starter versions SIRIUS M200D, AS-i Basic Mounting and installation
and SIRIUS M200D AS-i standard (for basic functionality see
M200D motor starters, General data.) exist for motor control via The M200D motor starters can be installed with a few manual
AS-Interface. steps. The integrated plug-in technology enables far lower
wiring outlay. Connecting cables can be plugged directly onto
SIRIUS M200D AS-i Basic the motor starter module. Swapping of the connecting wires and
malfunctions within the plant are prevented by preassembled
Functionality cables. The AS-i bus is connected cost-effectively using an M12
Easy and fast on-site start-up through parameterization of connection on the device.
local setting elements (DIP switches) and rotary coding All versions have identical enclosure dimensions for easier
switches for adjusting the rated operational current. The rotary system design and conversion.
coding switch has an OFF position for deactivating the over-
load protection with the help of the thermal motor model when Parameterization and configuration
using a temperature sensor. The particularly robust M200D AS-i Standard motor starter is
Communication characterized by numerous functions which can be flexibly pa-
rameterized. It enables highly flexible parameterization through
AS-i communication with A/B addressing according to the AS-i bus using data records from the user program as well
Spec V2.1 as user-friendly local parameterization using the Motor Starter
The AS-i bus is connected cost-effectively using an M12 con- ES start-up software through the local point-to-point interface.
nection on the device. Of the 4 digital inputs, 2 are contained Functions can be flexibly assigned to the digital inputs and
in the process image and can therefore be used in the PLC outputs, adapting them to all possible conveyor applications.
program. The other 2 inputs are locally effective and perma- All motor protection functions, limit values and reactions can be
nently assigned with functions. defined by parameterization. The AS-i Standard is unique. In its
The LEDs can provide comprehensive diagnostics of the 6E/4A process image, the motor starter sends all 4 digital inputs
device on the spot. In addition to diagnostics using the PAE and the digital output via the process image to the PLC in cyclic
process image, the device can create up to 15 different diag- mode. System configuration and system documentation are
nostic signals per slave. The message with the highest priority facilitated not least by a number of CAX data.
can be read out through the AS-i communication. This is yet
another new development which distinguishes the M200D Operation
AS-i Basic motor starter from the rest of the market and adds
innovative technology, maximum availability and transparency
The new motor starter generation is characterized by high func-
tionality, maximum flexibility and the highest level of automation. 6
to the system.
All digital inputs and outputs exist in the cyclic process image.
SIRIUS M200D AS-i Standard All limit values for monitoring functions and their reactions are
The intelligent, highly flexible M200D AS-i Standard motor start- parameterizable and therefore adaptable to the application.
ers in A/B technology are designed to start and protect motors The motor starters record the actual current flow. Evaluating the
and loads up to 5.5 kW. They are available in direct-on-line or current of the parameterizable solid-state overload protection
reversing starter variants, in a mechanical version and also an increases the availability of the drives, as do reliable messages
electronic version (the latter with soft start function). concerning the overranging or underranging of setpoint values.
The M200D AS-i Standard motor starter is the most functional Diagnostics and maintenance
member of the SIRIUS motor starter family in the high degree of The M200D sets new standards for diagnostics. In addition to
protection IP65 for AS-i Communication. It is designed to be diagnostics using the PAE process image and diagnostics by
compatible with other SIRIUS M200D motor starter products and "parameter echo" (up to 15 different diagnostic signals per slave
the frequency converter and the ET 200pro peripheral system. can be read out via AS-i Communication), the possibility of read-
Functionality ing out diagnostic data records is unique on the market.
AS-i communication with A/B addressing according to The AS-i Standard is recommended, in particular, for expansive
Spec 3.0 and highly automated plant parts, because the possibility of
monitoring devices and systems with data records (statistical
Electronic version also with soft start function data, measured values and device diagnostics) provides an in-
AS-i slave profile 7.A.E / 7.A.5 with process image 6E/4A depth view of the plant from the control room, guaranteeing the
Full TIA integration: All digital inputs and outputs exist in the monitoring process and increasing plant availability.
cyclic process image and are visible through AS-i, providing The integrated maintenance timer can be used to implement
maximum flexibility and best adaptability to the application preventative maintenance and avoid plant downtimes through
Additionally expanded diagnostics using data record through look-ahead servicing.
AS-i bus
Local on-site control of a drive is possible using the ordering
Complete plant monitoring using statistics data record and option with integrated manual operation. This is yet another new
current value monitoring by means of data records development which distinguishes the M200D AS-i Standard
Parameterization through AS-i bus with the help of data motor starter from the rest of the market and adds innovative
records or an expanded process image from the user program technology, maximum availability and transparency to the plant.
Control of the motor starter using a command data record from
the user program
Flexible assignment of the digital inputs and outputs with all
available assignable input actions
Parameterization using Motor Starter ES at the local interface
Diagnostics with the help of Motor Starter ES (ordering option
for start-up software)

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface

AS-i Basic AS-i Standard
Slave on the bus
Fieldbus AS-i
Slave type A/B acc. to Spec 2.1 A/B acc. to Spec 3.0
Profile 7.A.E 7.A.E & 7.A.5
Number of assigned AS-i addresses on the bus 1 2
Number of stations per AS-i master Maximum 62 devices Maximum 31 devices
AS-i master profile M3 and higher M4 and higher
Parameterization
DIP switches --
Potentiometer for rated operational current --
ES Motor Starter --
Data records through AS-i --
Diagnostics
6 Diagnostics through parameter channel

Acyclic through data records

--
Expanded process image PAE 4 bytes --
Process image
Process image 4E/3A 6E/4A
Data channels
Local optical interface (manual on-site)
AS-i bus
Motor Starter ES through local interface --
Motor Starter ES through bus --
Data records1) (acyclic)
Parameterization --
Diagnostics --
Measured values --
Statistics --
Commands --
Inputs
Qty 4
Of these in the process image 2 through AS-i 4 through AS-i
Input action Permanently assigned functions, see manual Parameterizable: Flexible
Quick-Stop Permanent function: Parameterizable function:
latching, edge-triggered latching (edge-triggered),
non-latching (level-triggered)
Outputs
Qty 1
Output action Permanent function: assigned with group fault Parameterizable: Function, see manual
Brake output
180 V DC / 230/400 V AC / none
Motor protection
Overload protection Electronic, wide range 1:10
Full motor protection
Temperature sensor Parameterizable using DIP switches: Parameterizable using ES Motor Starter, data
PTC or Thermoclick or deactivated record: PTC or Thermoclick or deactivated
1)
The data records are a reduced selection compared with PROFIBUS/PROFINET

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface

AS-i Basic AS-i Standard
Device functions
Repair switch
Current limit monitoring bottom -- Parameterizable
Current limit monitoring top -- Parameterizable
Zero current detection Permanent function: disconnection, less than Parameterizable
18.75 % of the rated operational current Ie
Blocking current Permanent function: Starting up of the motor: Parameterizable
tripping limit at 800 % of the rated operational
current Ie for 10 s
Active operation:
threshold for tripping "blocking current"
at 400 % of the rated operational current Ie
Unbalance Permanent function: at 30 % of the rated Parameterizable
operational current Ie (only mechanical MS)
Load type Permanent function: three-phase Parameterizable: single- and three-phase
Shutdown class Parameterizable using DIP switches:
Class 10 / deactivated
Parameterizable using ES Motor Starter,
data record: Class 5, 10, 15, 20 6
Protection against voltage failure Parameterizable: Activated/deactivated
Soft starter control function
Soft start function --
Bypass function -- Only electronic version
Application
The M200D AS-i standard is particularly suitable for highly
automated applications in conveyor systems, which require that
devices and plants be monitored to prevent or limit plant down-
time. The option of planning the functions of the motor starter or
its interfaces also makes fine-adjustment to the function of the
motor starter in the application possible and hence, provides for
extreme flexibility.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
More information
Type M200D Motor Starters
AS-i Basic AS-i Basic AS-i Standard AS-i Standard
electromechani- electronic electromechani- electronic
cal switching switching cal switching switching
Technology designation1) DSte / RSte sDSte / sRSte DSte / RSte sDSSte / sRSSte
Mechanics and environment
Mounting dimensions (W x H x D) mm 294 x 215 x 159
During operation C -25 ... +55
During storage C -40 ... +70
Weight g 2880 / 3130 3220 / 3420 2880 / 3130 3220 / 3420
Permissible mounting position Vertical, horizontal, lying
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068 Part 2-6 2g
Shock resistance
Acc. to IEC 60068 Part 2-27 12 g/11 ms half-sine
Without influencing the contact position 9,8 g/5 ms or 5.9 g/10 ms
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529 IP65
Installation height
Up to 1000 m No derating
Up to 2000 m 1 % per 100 m
Cooling Convection
Protection class IEC 536 (VDE 0106-1) 1
6 Electrical specifications
Control circuit
Operational voltage UAs-i V DC 26.5 ... 31.6
Control supply voltage Uaux V DC 20.4 ... 28.8
Power consumption from AS-i (incl. 200 mA sensor supply) mA <300
Power consumption from Uaux (without digital output)
Max. mA 155 15 (direct-on-line)/ 155 15 (direct-on-line)/
175 (reversing) 175 (reversing)
Typ. mA 75 10 (direct-on-line)/ 75 10 (direct-on-line)/
75 (reversing) 75 (reversing)
Main circuit
Maximum power of induction motors at 400 V AC kW 5.5 4 5.5 5.5
Rated operational voltage Ue
Approval acc. to EN 60947-1 V AC 400 (50/60 Hz)
Approval acc. to UL and CSA V AC 600 (50/60 Hz) 480 (50/60 Hz)
Rated operational current range A 0.15 ... 2 / 1.5 ...12 -- 0.15 ... 2 / 1.5 ...12 --
Rated operational current range for soft start A -- 0.15 ... 2 / 1.5 ...12
Rated operational current range for direct start A -- 0.15 - 2 /1.5 - 9 -- 0.15 - 2 /1.5 - 9
Rated operational current for starter Ie at 400 V AC
400 V - AC-1 / 2 / 3 A 12 -- 12 --
500 V - AC-1 / 2 / 3 A 9 -- 9 --
400 V - AC-4 A 4 -- 4 --
400 V AC53a A -- 9 -- 12 for soft starting
9 for direct-in-line
starting
1)
DS ... Direct-on-line starter
RS ... Reversing starters
te ..... Full motor protection (thermal + electronic)
s ..... Electronic switching with semiconductor
2)
Only systems with grounded neutral point permitted

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
More information (continued)

Type M200D Motor Starters
AS-i Basic AS-i Basic AS-i Standard AS-i Standard
electromechani- electronic electromechani- electronic
cal switching switching cal switching switching
Technology designation1) DSte / RSte sDSte / sRSte DSte / RSte sDSSte / sRSSte
Mechanical endurance of contactor 30 million -- 30 million --
operating cycles operating cycles
Trip class Class 10 CLASS 5, 10, 15, 20
Type of coordination acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 1 (2 for device 1 1 (2 for device 1
variant 2A) variant 2A)
Reliable switching frequency See manual
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Iq
At 400 V AC kA 50
At 500 V AC kA 502) 202) 50 202)
At Iemax = 2 A Integrated, 2 x13 Ie = 26 A
At Iemax = 9 /12 A Integrated, 2 x13 Ie = 208 A
Brake version (option)
Designation 400 V/230 V AC 180 V DC 400 V/230 V AC 180 V DC
Operational voltage V 400 / 230 AC DC 180 400 / 230 AC DC 180
Uninterrupted current A < 0.5 < 0.8 < 0.5 < 0.8
Short-circuit protection Yes, 1 A melting fuse
1)
DS ... Direct-on-line starter
RS ... Reversing starters
te ..... Full motor protection (thermal + electronic)
6
s ..... Electronic switching with semiconductor
2)
Only systems with grounded neutral point permitted

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
M200D motor starters for AS-Interface
M200D Basic / M200D Standard motor starters
M200D AS-i Basic M200D AS-i Basic M200D AS-i Standard

without manual on-site operation with manual on-site operation
Version Order No. Version Order No.

Electromechanical starters 3RK1 315-6 7 S41- 7 AA 7 Electromechanical starters 3RK1 325-6 7 S41- 7 AA 7
(with integrated protection) (with integrated protection)
Setting range Setting range
for rated operational current / A for rated operational current / A
0,15 ... 2 K 0,15 ... 2 K
1.5 ... 12 L 1,5 ... 12 L
Direct-on-line starters/reversing Direct-on-line starters/reversing
starters starters
Direct-on-line starters 0 Direct-on-line starters 0
Reversing starter 1 Reversing starter 1
with manual local operation with manual local operation
6 Reversing starters
3 Reversing starters
3
Brake control Brake control

Without brake control 0 Without brake control 0
Brake control (400 V AC) 3 Brake control (400 V AC) 3
Brake control (180 V DC) 5 Brake control (180 V DC) 5
Electronic starters 3RK1 315-6 7 S71- 7 AA 7 Electronic starters 3RK1 325-6 7 S71- 7 AA 7
(with thyristors) (with thyristors)
Setting range Setting range
for rated operational current / A for rated operational current / A
0.15 ... 2 K 0,15 ... 2 K
1.5 ... 12 N 1,5 ... 12 N
Direct-on-line starters/reversing Direct-on-line starters/reversing
starters starters
Reversing starter 1 Reversing starter 1
Reversing starters 3 Reversing starters 3
Brake control Brake control
Without brake control 0 Without brake control 0
Brake control 3 Brake control 3
(230/400 V AC) (230/400 V AC)
Brake control (180 V DC) 5 Brake control (180 V DC) 5

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Accessories
Overview
13 14
1 11 12
NSA0_00488a
NSA0_00484
2 4 9 10
5
9 Connection for digital input
M
3 6 (IO communication, 5-pole)
1 10 Connection for digital output

Power feeder plug
(IO communication, 4- or 5-pole)
2 Power connection plug
11 PROFIBUS connection (input)
3 Incoming energy supply cable
4 12 PROFIBUS connection (loop)
Motor connection plug
13 Connection for 24 V supply (infeed)
5 Motor plug
14 Connection for 24 V supply (loop)
6 Motor cable
6
Power and motor connection on the M200D motor starter Communication connection using PROFIBUS and
(in this example: M200D for AS-i) digital inputs and outputs
13 14
7
15 15
NSA0_00485a
NSA0_00487a
9 10 9 10
9 Connection for digital input

(IO communication, 5-pole)
8
10 Connection for digital output
7 Connection for motor control with AS-i communication (IO communication, 4- or 5-pole)
8 AS-Interface M12 feeder 13 Connection for 24 V supply (infeed)
9 Connection for digital input 14 Connection for 24 V supply (loop)
(IO communication, 5-pole) 15 Connection with PROFINET
10 Connection for digital output (input on the left, loop on the right)
(IO communication, 4 or 5-pole)
Communication connection using AS-Interface and Communication connection using PROFINET and
digital inputs and outputs digital inputs and outputs

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Accessories

The accessories listed below represent a basic selection.
Version Order No.
Mountable accessories
M200D protective brackets 3RK1 911-3BA00
Incoming energy supply
$ Power feeder plugs
Connector set for energy supply,
e.g. for connecting to T terminal connectors, comprising a coupling enclosure,
straight outgoing feeder (with bracket), pin insert for HAN Q4/2,
incl. gland
5 male contacts 2.5 mm2 3RK1 911-2BS60
5 male contacts 4 mm2 3RK1 911-2BS20
5 male contacts 6 mm2 3RK1 911-2BS40
% Power connection plugs
Connector set for energy supply
for connection to M200D motor starters, comprising a cable-end connector hood,
angular outgoing unit, female insert for HAN Q4/2,
incl. gland
5 female contacts 2.5 mm2 3RK1 911-2BE50
2 female contacts 0.5 mm2
5 female contacts 4 mm2 3RK1 911-2BE10
5 female contacts 6 mm2 3RK1 911-2BE30
% + & Power connection cable
Assembled at one end with "N" and jumper pin 11 and 12
6 for plug monitoring,
with HAN Q4/2, angular; open at one end; 5 x 4 mm2
Length 1.5 m 3RK1 911-0DC13
Length 5.0 m 3RK1 911-0DC33
Motor cables
( Motor connection plugs
Connector set for motor cable
for connection to M200D motor starters, comprising a cable-end connector hood,
angular outgoing feeder, pin insert for HAN Q8/0,
incl. gland
8 male contacts 1.5 mm2 3RK1 902-0CE00
6 male contacts 2.5 mm2 3RK1 902-0CC00
) Motor plugs
Connector set for motor cable
for connection to motors,
comprising a cable-end connector hood, straight outgoing feeder, female insert
for HAN 10e, incl. star jumper, incl. gland
7 female contacts 1.5 mm2 3RK1 911-2BM21
7 female contacts 2.5 mm2 3RK1 911-2BM22
( + * Motor cables, assembled at one end
Open at one end, HAN Q8/0, angular,
length 5 m
Motor cables for motor with brake, for M200D, 3RK1 911-0EB31
4 x 1.5 mm2
Motor cables for motor with brake control 400 V AC or 180 V DC, 6 x 1.5 mm2 3RK1 911-0ED31
Motor cables for motor with brake control 230 V AC or thermistor, 8 x 1.5 mm2 3RK1 911-0EE31

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Accessories
Selection and ordering data (continued)

Version Order No.
Motor control with AS-i communication1)
FS10_00339
+ Control cables, assembled at one end
Open at one end, angular M12 cable boxes for screw fixing,
degree of protection IP67, 4-pole, 4 x 0.34 mm2
27
Cable length 5 m 3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0

M12x1
max. 15
3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0
+ Coupling boxes with terminal compartment, 3RX8 000-0CC45
can be pre-assembled
FS10_00341
Angular M12 cable boxes for screw fixing, degree of protection IP67,
4-pole, 4 x 0.34 mm2
M12x1
3RX8 000-0CC45
, AS-Interface M12 feeder
For flat cable
AS-i / Uaux, flat cable to M12 socket 3RK1 901-1NR20
AS-i / Uaux, flat cable to M12 cable box, cable length 1 m 3RK1 901-1NR21
AS-i / Uaux, flat cable to M12 cable box, cable length 2 m 3RK1 901-1NR22
3RK1 901-1NR21
Cable terminating pieces 3RK1 901-1MN00

For sealing of open cable ends (shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67
6
3RK1 901-1MN00
Motor control with IO communication1)

FS10_00346 . Angular M12 coupler plugs 3RX8 000-0CE55
Degree of protection IP 67, 5-pole, for extension cable (metal screw cap) with
terminal compartment, cable let-through max. 6 mm
max. 50
M12x1
20
3RX8 000-0CE55
FS10_00348 . Control cables, assembled at one end
Angular M12 cable plugs,
degree of protection IP67, 4 x 0.34 mm2 (metal screw cap)
Length 5 m 3RX8 000-0CE42-1AF0
15 Length 10 m 3RX8 000-0CE42-1AL0
max. 40
3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0
-, . Control cables, assembled at one end
Angular M12 cable plugs, 5-pole
PUR cables 1.5 m 3RX8 000-1CE52-1AB5
PUR cables 5 m 3RX8 000-1CE52-1AF0
PUR cables 10 m 3RX8 000-1CE52-1AL0
1)
For more plug-in connections, see Catalogs FS 10 and IK PI 2009.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Accessories

Version Order No.
Motor control with PROFIBUS
Plugs
M12 for screw fixing, angled, B coded, no terminating resistor
/ 5 female contacts 3RK1 902-1DA00
0 5 male contacts 3RK1 902-1BA00
Control cables, assembled at one end
M12 for screw fixing, angled, B coded, no terminating resistor
/ 5 female contacts, 3 m 3RK1 902-1GB30
/ 5 female contacts, 5 m 3RK1 902-1GB50
/ 5 female contacts, 10 m 3RK1 902-1GC10
/ 0 Control cables, assembled at both ends
M12 for screw fixing, angled, 5-pole, B coded,
no terminating resistor
3.0 m 3RK1 902-1NB30
5.0 m 3RK1 902-1NB50
10.0 m 3RK1 902-1NC10
Motor control with PROFINET
3 Plugs
M12 for screw fixing, angled, D coded,
4 male contacts 3RK1 902-2DA00
3. Control cables, assembled at one end
M12 for screw fixing, angled, D coded,
4 male contacts, 3.0 m 3RK1 902-2HB30
4 male contacts, 5.0 m 3RK1 902-2HB50
6 4 male contacts, 10.0 m

3 Control cables, assembled at both ends
3RK1 902-2HC10
M12 for screw fixing, angled at both ends, 4-pole, D coded,

male contacts at both ends
3.0 m 3RK1 902-2NB30
5.0 m 3RK1 902-2NB50
10.0 m 3RK1 902-2NC10
Connection for 24 V supply to M200D PROFIBUS / PROFINET
Plugs
On M200D, 7/8 for screw fixing, angled, 1.5 mm2
1 5 female contacts 3RK1 902-3DA00
2 5 male contacts 3RK1 902-3BA00
1 Supply lines, assembled at one end
7/8 for screw fixing, angled, 1.5 mm2
5 female contacts, 3.0 m 3RK1 902-3GB30
5 female contacts, 5.0 m 3RK1 902-3GB50
5 female contacts, 10.0 m 3RK1 902-3GC10
1 2 Supply lines, assembled at both ends
7/8 for screw fixing, angled at both ends, 5-pole, 1.5 mm2
3.0 m 3RK1 902-3NB30
5.0 m 3RK1 902-3NB50
10.0 m 3RK1 902-3NC10
Further accessories
PROFIBUS trailing cables 6XV1 830-3EH10
max. acceleration 4 m/s2, at least 3000000 bending cycles,
bending radius at least 60 mm, 2-core, shielded,
sold by the meter, minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1000 m
PROFIBUS FC Food bus cables 6XV1 830-0GH10
With PE outer sheath for operation in the food and beverage industry, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1000 m
PROFIBUS FC Robust bus cables 6XV1 830-0JH10
With PUR outer sheath for operation in environments exposed to chemicals and
mechanical loads, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter, minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1000 m
Power cables 6XV1 830-8AH10
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1000 m

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Accessories

Version Order No.
Further accessories
PROFINET IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10
sold by the meter
PROFINET IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-3AH10
sold by the meter
PROFINET IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2D
sold by the meter
PROFINET IE FC TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2F
sold by the meter
PROFINET IE FC TP Marine Cable, 4-core 6XV1 840-4AH10
sold by the meter
Hand-held devices 3RK1 922-3BA00
for ET 200pro motor starter,
(also for M200D, ET 200S High Feature and ECOFAST),
for local operation.
A serial interface cable must be ordered separately.
3RK1 922-3BA00
Addressing units for AS-i add-on modules 3RK19 04-2AB01
For AS-Interface modules and sensors and actuators
with integrated AS-Interface
Including extended addressing mode for A/B slaves
For setting the AS-i address of standard slaves and A/B slaves
(also for slaves according to AS-Interface Version 3.0) 6
Battery operation with 4 batteries type AA (IEC LR6, NEDA 15)
Scope of supply
- 1 addressing unit
3RK19 04-2AB01 - 1 operating manual
(German, English, French, Spanish, Italian)
- 1 addressing cable (1.5 m, with addressing plug)
Addressing cable, with M12 plug to M12 socket 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
For addressing slaves with M12 connection,
e.g. K20 or K60R modules or light curtains
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
When using the current version of the 3RK1 904-2AB01 addressing unit
Length 1.5 m
Dismantling tools for HAN Q4/2 3RK1 902-0AB00
Crimping tools for pins/sockets 4 mm2 and 6 mm2 3RK1 902-0CW00
Crimping tools for male contacts and sockets up to 4.0 mm2 (HAN Q8/0) 3RK1 902-0CT00
Dismantling tools for male contacts and sockets (HAN Q8/0) 3RK1 902-0AJ00
USB interface cables, 2.5 m 6SL3555-0PA00-2AA0
7/8 Sealing caps 6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0
M12 sealing caps 3RK1 901-1KA00
For sealing unused input and
output sockets not for M12-AS-i connections
(one set contains 10 sealing caps)
3RK1 901-1KA00
RS 232 interface cables 3RK1 922-2BP00
More connection technology products

can be found at our
"Siemens Solution Partners"
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
under "Distributed Field Installation System"
technology

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
SIRIUS MCU motor starters
General data
Overview
3RK43 53-3.R58-0BA0 3RK43 40-3.R51-.BA0 3RK43 20-3.R51-.BA0 3RK43 20-3.Q54-.BA. 3RK43 20-5.Q64-.BA.
Portfolio of the SIRIUS 3RK43 MCU motor starter family

The SIRIUS MCU motor starter family (MCU = Motor Control SIRIUS MCU motor starters have the following main features:
Unit) rounds off the bottom end of the SIRIUS motor starter Direct-on-line or reversing starters
range.
Up to 5.5 kW
A system solution for the control of AC loads outside the control Plastic or metal enclosure
cabinet for operation in the field represents the application area
for this motor starter series in a high degree of protection. Electromechanical or electronic switching
The MCU product range extends from I/O-controlled motor With brake control 230 V AC or 400 V AC
starters addressing a central sub-distribution board via I/O Integrated lockable repair switch
stations in a plastic enclosure for simple applications to motor Short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 3RV motor starter
starters with AS-i communication in a rugged metal enclosure for protector
demanding tasks.
Overload protection with thermal release (bimetal) or solid-
6 The MCU motor starters are completely pre-wired inside, have a
high degree of protection and are designed for switching and
state overload relay with wide range setting
Power and load connection by means of an M screw
protecting any AC loads. They are mostly used on standard
induction motors in direct or reversing duty up to 5.5 kW at Main power loop possible (daisy chain; max. 2 x 6 mm2)
400/500 V AC (electromechanical switching) and 400/460 V AC Robust and widely used M12 connection method for the AS-i
(electronic switching). bus connection and the digital inputs and outputs (on the
MCU with metal enclosure)
The motor and short-circuit protection integrated in the MCUs
consists either of an electromechanical controlgear assembly or The LEDs (for AS-i bus connection) can provide comprehen-
solid-state overload protection and a motor starter protector unit sive diagnostics of the device on the spot.
for short-circuit protection.
MCUs with metal enclosure are designed for the switching of
induction motors. Integrated control of the electrically operated
motor brake with a braking voltage of 230 V AC or 400 V AC is a
standard feature. The braking voltage is routed to the motor over
the motor cable.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
General data
Locally controlled MCU motor starters in a plastic enclosure MCU motor starters with AS-i bus connection in a metal
enclosure for electromechanical or electronic switching
These motor starters are designed for the autonomous operation
of any AC loads preferably induction motors. These MCUs with their rugged metal enclosure in degree of pro-
Only the infeed needs to be connected (no bus connection or tection IP54 are ideal, in particular, for controlling and monitoring
any other connection to a controller). induction motors in harsh ambient conditions such as those
often found in conveyor systems.
The motor is protected against short-circuits (50 kA) and over-
loads (thermal overload release) by the integrated motor starter A special feature of this version is the manual local operation of
protector. Similarly, there are no additional measures needed for the motor starter.
these functions (e.g. back-up fuses). The key-operated switch "MAN-0-AUTO" for selecting Manual,
These motor starters have a key-operated switch "MAN-0-AUTO" 0 or Automatic mode prevents unauthorized changes of operat-
for selecting Manual, 0 or Automatic mode and preventing un- ing mode. In automatic mode, the MCU is controlled through the
authorized changes of operating mode. AS-i bus.
In automatic mode, the motor can be controlled automatically by In manual mode, a selector button is used for switching on,
connected sensors (level, temperature or pressure switches). switching off and changing the direction of rotation.
The reversing starter is designed in addition with connections for The status/diagnostics LEDs fitted to the cover indicate the
2 sensors so a reversal of direction is possible in accordance current operating state of the motor starter.
with these sensors. On the reversing starter, the controls with
interlock are pre-wired. Unlike the electromechanical starter, the solid-state motor starter
has wear-free solid-state switching devices which guarantee a
In manual mode, a selector button is used by the operator for high switching frequency.
switching on, switching off and changing the direction of Another highlight of the electronic switching version is the solid-
rotation. state overload relay for motor protection, which has a wide
I/O-controlled MCU motor starters in a plastic enclosure setting range for the motor current.
These motor starters offer an economical solution for controlling

induction motors distributed in the field.
The internal controls (contactors) are operated by external
control with 24 V DC. 6
On the reversing starter, the controls with interlock are pre-wired.
The status of the circuit breaker can be queried through its
floating changeover contact. The status can adopt the following
positions: activated the contact is closed and deactivated or
tripped the contact is open (I/O control).
MCU motor starters with AS-i bus connection
in a plastic enclosure
This motor starter version offers an economical solution for
controlling and monitoring conveyor belts, pumps, fans or com-
pressors.
On this MCU, the control commands and the status queries are
sent over the AS-i bus. The yellow cable (bus) and the black
AS-i cable for 24 V DC AUX are connected through a M12 plug.
The transparent enclosure top permits monitoring of the status
LEDs. These MCUs come completely pre-wired inside.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
General data
3RK43 53-3.R58- 3RK43 40-3.R51- 3RK43 20-3.R51- 3RK43 20-3.Q54- 3RK43 20-5.Q64-
0BA0 .BA0 .BA0 .BA. .BA.
Type SIRIUS MCU Motor Starters

Locally controlled I/O-controlled For AS-Interface For AS-Interface For AS-Interface
Plastic enclosures Plastic enclosures Plastic enclosures Metal enclosures Metal enclosures
Electromechanical Electromechanical Electromechanical Electromechanical Electronic
switching switching switching switching switching
Slave on the bus
Fieldbus -- AS-i
Bus connection -- M12
Slave type -- AS-i Spec 2.0 A/B acc. to Spec
2.1
Profile -- 3.0.F 7.A.0
Number of assigned -- 1
AS-i addresses on the bus
Number of stations -- Maximum 31 Maximum 62 devices
devices
6 Diagnostics
LEDs --
Process image
Process image -- 2I/2O 4E/3A
Data channels
Manual local operation --
Inputs
Qty 1 on the direct-on- -- 1 2
line starter
2 on the reversing
starter
Of these in the process -- DI1 DI2 / DI3
image
Connection Screw terminal, int. -- Screw terminal, int. M12 - A coded
Input signal NO contact -- Switching contact Switching contact or
or 2-wire Bero 2/3-wire Bero
Input level AC 230 V -- AS-i +
Outputs
Qty -- 1 on the direct-on- 1
line starter
0 on the reversing
starter
Of these in the process -- DO1 DO2
image
Connection -- Screw terminal, int. M12 - A coded
Output level -- Relay cont., floating AUX-PWR+ (24 V DC)
Motor protection
Overload protection Thermal Electronic
overload release overload releases
Wide range
Auto reset --
Temperature sensor -- TC (Thermoclick)
Device functions
Response when Floating contact Signal through AS-i
repair switch is tripped
Plug monitoring -- Possible (with plug option)

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
General data
High degree of protection, namely IP55 on MCU motor starters Main areas of use
in a plastic enclosure and IP54 on motor starters in a metal
enclosure, enables distributed configurations in the field and Controlled by I/Os and AS-i bus:
saves space in the control cabinet Airports
Comprehensive motor protection thanks to integrated over- Automotive industry
load and short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 3RV motor starter
protectors or integrated solid-state overload relays (solid-state Intralogistics
starters) Locally controlled
Wide range version (motor current) through solid-state over- Industrial, commercial and agricultural applications
load relay (for autonomously controlled motors such as pumps, fans,
Controlled stopping through braking control for motor brake etc.)
Cable connection by means of economical M screw
(optionally with plug-in connection)
Simple mounting for AS-i and external auxiliary voltage
(DC 24 V) over an M12 connection
Status/diagnostics displays with built-in LEDs
Manual operation: An integrated key-operated switch
"MAN-0-AUTO" and a selector button for switching on,
switching off and changing the direction of rotation for control
purposes during commissioning or maintenance
Easy and user-friendly control and monitoring through
AS-Interface bus communication
Robust and widely used M12 connection method for digital
inputs and outputs to connect I/O stations and the AS-i bus
connection increase flexibility and prevent errors in the system
configuration.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
General data
More information
Type SIRIUS MCU Motor Starters
Locally controlled I/O-controlled For AS-Interface For AS-Interface For AS-Interface
Plastic enclosures Plastic enclosures Plastic enclosures Metal enclosures Metal enclosures
Electro- Electro- Electro- Electro- Electronic
mechanical mechanical mechanical mechanical switching
switching switching switching switching
Mechanics and environment
Mounting dimensions (W x H x D) mm 182 x 220 x 145 245 x 215 x 205
During operation C -25 ... +35 -25 ... +50
max. +65 with reduction
Weight g 1300 1200 1500 / 1800 5800 6400
Permissible mounting position On the wall 360, On the wall 360,
inclination 30 inclination 20
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529 IP54 IP55 IP54
Cooling Convection
Electrical specifications
Control circuit
Operational voltage UAs-i V DC -- 26,5 ... 31,6
Control supply voltage Uaux V DC -- 20,4 ... 26,4 20,4 ... 28,8
Control supply voltage V AC 230, from DC 20.4 ... 26.4 --
inside
Power consumption from AS-i mA -- 250 270
(incl. 200 mA sensor supply)
6 Main circuit
Rating for induction motor See "Selection and Ordering Data"
at 400 V, 50 Hz, AC-3
Incoming energy supply M screw
Motor feeder M screw
Rated operational current for starter Ie See "Selection and Ordering Data"
at 400 V AC
Trip class Class 10
Type of coordination 1
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Short-circuit breaking capacity Icu kA 50
at 400 V AC
Brake version
Operational voltage V AC -- 400 or 230
Uninterrupted current -- Max. 5 % of Ie
Short-circuit protection -- Integrated

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
MCU motor starters, locally controlled
plastic enclosures, electromechanical switching
Overview
MCU, locally controlled, plastic enclosure
For manual and automatic mode
Direct-on-line or reversing starters up to 12 A at 400 V AC
(50/60 Hz)
Main control switch (red/yellow) 3
1
Lockable with padlocks (max. 3 units) 2
nsb0_02046
Integrated overload and short-circuit protection with SIRIUS
3RV motor starter protectors Class 10 with short-circuit 4
breaking capacity Icu = 50 kA at 400 V AC 5
Overload protection with thermal release (bimetal) 6 7
Plastic enclosures 1 Main switch
Degree of protection IP54 2 Key-operated switch manual/automatic mode
Cable connections by means of M screws 3 Knob-operated switch manual mode
4 External sensor
Main power loop possible (daisy chain; max. 2 x 6 mm2)
5 Main energy supply by means of M screws (max. 6 mm2)
Key-operated switch for manual/automatic mode 6 Power loop-through connection possible (daisy chain)
(MAN-0-AUTO)
7 Load outgoing feeder by means of M screws
In manual mode, the user can operate the motor with the
knob-operated control switch using the ON function (0-ON) on (Feeder positions only examples - feeders can be laid in all directions)
the direct-on-line starter or the Forwards/Reverse function
(Rev-0-For) on the reversing starter. MCU, locally controlled, plastic enclosure, for manual and
Automatic mode: Through connection of one sensor on the automatic mode
direct-on-line starter or 2 sensors on the reversing starter for
e.g. temperature, pressure, level etc., the motor can be con-
trolled in automatic mode by the connected sensors.
4 x M20 glands enclosed
6
Rated current Suitable for Setting range Order No.
Ie three-phase Thermal
induction motors1) overload release
with P
A kW A
Direct-on-line starters
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 3RK43 53-3CR58-0BA0
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 3RK43 53-3DR58-0BA0
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK43 53-3ER58-0BA0
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 3RK43 53-3FR58-0BA0
3.2 1.10 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK43 53-3HR58-0BA0
Direct-on-line starting 4 1.50 2.8 ... 4 3RK43 53-3JR58-0BA0
6.3 2.20 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK43 53-3LR58-0BA0
8 3.00 5.5 ... 8 3RK43 53-3MR58-0BA0
10 4.00 7 ... 10 3RK43 53-3NR58-0BA0
12.5 5.50 9 ... 12.5 3RK43 53-3PR58-0BA0
Reversing starter
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 3RK43 53-3CR58-1BA0
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 3RK43 53-3DR58-1BA0
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK43 53-3ER58-1BA0
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 3RK43 53-3FR58-1BA0
3.2 1.10 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK43 53-3HR58-1BA0
Reversing duty
4 1.50 2.8 ... 4 3RK43 53-3JR58-1BA0
6.3 2.20 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK43 53-3LR58-1BA0
8 3.00 5.5 ... 8 3RK43 53-3MR58-1BA0
10 4.00 7 ... 10 3RK43 53-3NR58-1BA0
12.5 5.50 9 ... 12.5 3RK43 53-3PR58-1BA0
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC.
The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
MCU motor starters, I/O-controlled
Overview
MCU, I/O-controlled, plastic enclosure
2
(50/60 Hz)
Repair switches (black/gray) 3
lockable with padlocks (max. 3 units)
4
Integrated overload and short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 1
nsb0_02038
3RV motor starter protectors Class 10 with short-circuit break- 5
ing capacity Icu = 50 kA at 400 V AC
Overload protection with thermal release (bimetal)
Plastic enclosures
1 Main control switch / repair switch
2 Control inputs (24 V DC)
Cable connections by means of M screws 3 Load outgoing feeder through M screw
Main power loop possible (daisy chain; max. 2 x 6 mm2) 4 Main incoming power supply through M screw (max. 6 mm2)
Control circuit: I/O-wiring; control inputs 24 V DC 5 Main power loop possible (daisy chain)
4 x M20 glands enclosed (position of outgoing units as example outgoing units are
possible on all sides)
MCU, I/O-controlled, plastic enclosure

Ie three-phase induction Thermal
motors1) with P overload release
A kW A
6 Direct-on-line starters
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK43 40-3AR51-0BA0
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 3RK43 40-3BR51-0BA0
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 3RK43 40-3CR51-0BA0
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 3RK43 40-3DR51-0BA0
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK43 40-3ER51-0BA0
Direct-on-line starting 2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 3RK43 40-3FR51-0BA0
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK43 40-3GR51-0BA0
3.2 1.10 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK43 40-3HR51-0BA0
4 1.50 2.8 ... 4 3RK43 40-3JR51-0BA0
5 1.50 3.5 ... 5 3RK43 40-3KR51-0BA0
6.3 2.20 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK43 40-3LR51-0BA0
8 3.00 5.5 ... 8 3RK43 40-3MR51-0BA0
10 4.00 7 ... 10 3RK43 40-3NR51-0BA0
12.5 5.50 9 ... 12.5 3RK43 40-3PR51-0BA0
Reversing starter
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK43 40-3AR51-1BA0
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 3RK43 40-3BR51-1BA0
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 3RK43 40-3CR51-1BA0
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 3RK43 40-3DR51-1BA0
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK43 40-3ER51-1BA0
Reversing duty 2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 3RK43 40-3FR51-1BA0
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK43 40-3GR51-1BA0
3.2 1.10 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK43 40-3HR51-1BA0
4 1.50 2.8 ... 4 3RK43 40-3JR51-1BA0
5 1.50 3.5 ... 5 3RK43 40-3KR51-1BA0
6.3 2.20 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK43 40-3LR51-1BA0
8 3.00 5.5 ... 8 3RK43 40-3MR51-1BA0
10 4.00 7 ... 10 3RK43 40-3NR51-1BA0
12.5 5.50 9 ... 12.5 3RK43 40-3PR51-1BA0
1)

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
MCU motor starters for AS-Interface
Overview
MCU for AS-i, plastic enclosure
(50/60 Hz) 2
Repair switches (black/gray)

Integrated overload and short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 3
1
3RV motor starter protectors Class 10 with short-circuit 4
nsb0_02039
breaking capacity Icu = 50 kA at 400 V AC
5
Overload protection with thermal release (bimetal)
Transparent plastic enclosure with LED status displays for
monitoring the AS-i status
1 Main control switch / repair switch
2 Load outgoing feeder through M screw
Cable connections by means of M screws 3 Main incoming power supply through M screw (max. 6 mm2)
Main power loop possible (daisy chain; max. 2 x 6 mm2) 4 Main power loop possible (daisy chain)
AS-Interface through M12 plug-in terminal 5 AS-i communication / Uaux (24 V DC) through M12 plug
4 x M20 glands enclosed (position of outgoing units as example outgoing units
Communication: AS-Interface 2I/2O (standard slaves) are possible on all sides)
MCU for AS-i, plastic enclosure

Ie three-phase induction Thermal
motors1) with P overload release
A kW A
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK43 20-3AR51-0BA0
6
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 3RK43 20-3BR51-0BA0
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 3RK43 20-3CR51-0BA0
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 3RK43 20-3DR51-0BA0
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK43 20-3ER51-0BA0
Direct-on-line starting 2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 3RK43 20-3FR51-0BA0
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK43 20-3GR51-0BA0
3.2 1.10 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK43 20-3HR51-0BA0
4 1.50 2.8 ... 4 3RK43 20-3JR51-0BA0
5 1.50 3.5 ... 5 3RK43 20-3KR51-0BA0
6.3 2.20 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK43 20-3LR51-0BA0
8 3.00 5.5 ... 8 3RK43 20-3MR51-0BA0
10 4.00 7 ... 10 3RK43 20-3NR51-0BA0
12.5 5.50 9 ... 12.5 3RK43 20-3PR51-0BA0
Reversing starter
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK43 20-3AR51-1BA0
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 3RK43 20-3BR51-1BA0
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 3RK43 20-3CR51-1BA0
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 3RK43 20-3DR51-1BA0
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK43 20-3ER51-1BA0
Reversing duty 2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 3RK43 20-3FR51-1BA0
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK43 20-3GR51-1BA0
3.2 1.10 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK43 20-3HR51-1BA0
4 1.50 2.8 ... 4 3RK43 20-3JR51-1BA0
5 1.50 3.5 ... 5 3RK43 20-3KR51-1BA0
6.3 2.20 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK43 20-3LR51-1BA0
8 3.00 5.5 ... 8 3RK43 20-3MR51-1BA0
10 4.00 7 ... 10 3RK43 20-3NR51-1BA0
12.5 5.50 9 ... 12.5 3RK43 20-3PR51-1BA0
1)

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
metal enclosures, electromechanical switching
Overview
MCU for AS-i, metal enclosure, electromechanical
Direct-on-line or reversing starters up to 12 A
Repair switches (black/gray)
1
Short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 3RV motor starter protec- 5
tors Class 10 with short-circuit breaking capacity Icu = 50 kA 3 6
at 400 V AC
Overload protection with thermal release (bimetal) 2
Manual operation and key-operated switch for operating 7
nsb0_02040
mode selection
LED status display of the operating states
4
8
Metal enclosures
Degree of protection IP54 1 Main control switch / repair switch
Switched brake control 400 V or 230 V 2 Main incoming power supply (400 V AC) through M screw
Cable connections by means of M screws 3 AS-i communication / Uaux (24 V DC) through M12 plug
Main power loop possible (daisy chain; max. 2 x 6 mm2) 4 2 sensor inputs (M12 socket), 1 actuator output (M12 socket)
5 LED status displays of the operating states
2 x M25 glands
6 Key-operated switch: Manual-0-Auto
1 x M12 plug for AS-i/auxiliary voltage (24 V DC)
7 Manual operation: ON/OFF or Left-0-Right (selector button)
2 M12 socket for connection of 2 sensors 8 Load outgoing feeder through M screw
1 M12 socket for connection of one actuator
Communication: AS-Interface 4I/3O (slaves in A/B technology MCU for AS-i, metal enclosure, electromechanical switching
can be addressed)

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
metal enclosures, electromechanical switching

Ie three-phase Thermal
induction motors1) overload release
with P
A kW A
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK43 20-3AQ54-0BA 7
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 3RK43 20-3BQ54-0BA 7
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 3RK43 20-3CQ54-0BA 7
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 3RK43 20-3DQ54-0BA 7
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK43 20-3EQ54-0BA 7
Direct-on-line starting 2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 3RK43 20-3FQ54-0BA 7
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK43 20-3GQ54-0BA 7
3.2 1.10 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK43 20-3HQ54-0BA 7
4 1.50 2.8 ... 4 3RK43 20-3JQ54-0BA 7
5 1.50 3.5 ... 5 3RK43 20-3KQ54-0BA 7
6.3 2.20 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK43 20-3LQ54-0BA 7
8 3.00 5.5 ... 8 3RK43 20-3MQ54-0BA 7
10 4.00 7 ... 10 3RK43 20-3NQ54-0BA 7
12.5 5.50 9 ... 12.5 3RK43 20-3PQ54-0BA 7
Brake control / V
230 2
400 3 6
Reversing starter
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK43 20-3AQ54-1BA 7
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 3RK43 20-3BQ54-1BA 7
1 0.25 07 ... 1 3RK43 20-3CQ54-1BA 7
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 3RK43 20-3DQ54-1BA 7
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK43 20-3EQ54-1BA 7
Reversing duty
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 3RK43 20-3FQ54-1BA 7
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK43 20-3GQ54-1BA 7
3.2 1.10 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK43 20-3HQ54-1BA 7
4 1.50 2.8 ... 4 3RK43 20-3JQ54-1BA 7
5 1.50 3.5 ... 5 3RK43 20-3KQ54-1BA 7
6.3 2.20 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK43 20-3LQ54-1BA 7
8 3.00 5.5 ... 8 3RK43 20-3MQ54-1BA 7
10 4.00 7 ... 10 3RK43 20-3NQ54-1BA 7
12.5 5.50 9 ... 12,5 3RK43 20-3PQ54-1BA 7
Brake control / V
230 2
400 3
1)

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
metal enclosures, electronic switching
Overview
MCU for AS-i, metal enclosure, electronic
Direct-on-line or reversing starters up to 12 A
Switching frequency up to 3600/h 9
Repair switches (black/gray) 1
5
Short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 3RV motor starter 6
protector 3
Overload protection with solid-state overload relay 2

Manual operation and key-operated switch for operating 7
nsb0_02041
mode selection
LED status display of the operating states 4
8
Metal enclosures
Degree of protection IP54 1 Main control switch / repair switch
Switched brake control 400 V or 230 V 2 Main incoming power supply (400 V AC) through M screw
Cable connections by means of M screws 3 AS-i communication / Uaux (24 V DC) through M12 plug
Main power loop possible (daisy chain; max. 2 x 6 mm2) 4 2 sensor inputs (M12 socket), 1 actuator output (M12 socket)
5 LED status displays of the operating states
2 x M25 glands
6 Key-operated switch: Manual-0-Auto
1 x M12 plug for AS-i/auxiliary voltage (24 V DC)
7 Manual operation: ON/OFF or Left-0-Right (selector button)
2 M12 plugs for connection of 2 sensors 8 Load outgoing feeder through M screw
1 M12 socket for connection of one actuator 9 Heat sink
Communication: AS-Interface 4I/3O
(slaves in A/B technology can be addressed) MCU for AS-i, metal enclosure, electronic switching

6 Rating for Set current value Brake control Order No.
induction motor of the inverse-time
Rated value1) delayed overload release
Ie
kW A V
0.12 0.37 0.32 1.25 230 3RK43 20-5DQ64-0BA2
0.55 1.5 14 230 3RK43 20-5JQ64-0BA2
1.1 5.5 3 12 230 3RK43 20-5PQ64-0BA2
0.12 0.37 0.32 1.25 400 3RK43 20-5DQ64-0BA3
0.55 1.5 14 400 3RK43 20-5JQ64-0BA3
Direct-on-line starting 1.1 5.5 3 12 400 3RK43 20-5PQ64-0BA3
Reversing starter
0.12 0.37 0.32 1.25 230 3RK43 20-5DQ64-1BA2
0.55 1.5 14 230 3RK43 20-5JQ64-1BA2
1.1 5.5 3 12 230 3RK43 20-5PQ64-1BA2
0.12 0.37 0.32 1.25 400 3RK43 20-5DQ64-1BA3
0.55 1.5 14 400 3RK43 20-5JQ64-1BA3
Reversing duty 1.1 5.5 3 12 400 3RK43 20-5PQ64-1BA3
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at AC 50 Hz 400 V.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Accessories
Overview
The MCU motor starters are equipped with standardized inter-
faces for data and energy (option).
See also Catalog LV 1 for the field and energy bus methods for
decentral installation in a high degree of protection.
Connection technology products

coordinated with the SIRIUS MCU motor starters
can be found at our
"Siemens Solution Partners"
under
"Distributed Field Installation System" technology.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Slaves SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters
SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters
Overview
The new SINAMICS G110D distributed frequency inverter series Device design
is the solution for basic drive tasks especially in the field of con-
veyor systems. The inverter allows the speed of three-phase SINAMICS G110D is a compact inverter in IP65 degree of
asynchronous motors to be continually controlled and fulfills the protection where the Control Unit (CU) and Power Module (PM)
requirements of conveyor-related applications with open-loop function units are combined in one device.
frequency control. It can be optimally integrated into the system The closed-loop control electronics controls and monitors the
thanks to its compact and low-profile design in an IP65 degree power electronics in several different control types that can be
of protection. This drive can be optimally integrated into the selected. The digital inputs and analog inputs on the device
Siemens TIA world of automation via AS-Interface. mean that sensors can be simply and directly connected at the
With its wide power range from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to drive. The input signals can either be directly linked within the
10 hp), it is suitable for a wide range of distributed drive solu- closed-loop control or they can be transferred to the central
tions. control via AS-Interface for further processing within the context
of the overall system.
The power electronics supplies the motor in the power range
0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp). It is controlled (open-loop)
from the microprocessor-based control. State-of-the-art IGBT
technology with pulse-width-modulation is used for highly reli-
able and flexible motor operation. It also features an extensive
range of functions offering a high degree of protection for the
inverter and motor. The unusually low profile mechanical design
is optimized so that the device can be directly used in the plant
or system. The compact inverter has the same drilling dimen-
sions for all of the power ratings (standard footprint); further,
the dimensions are identical to those of the SINAMICS G120D
frequency inverter. This significantly simplifies the mechanical
design and retrofitting of the system.
The latest technical documentation (catalogs, dimensional
drawings, certificates, manuals and operating instructions), are
available on the Internet under:
6 Example: SINAMICS G110D frame size FSA
http://www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110d/documentation
Reasons for using distributed drive systems
and offline on the DVD CA 01 in the SD Configurator. In addi-
Modular drive solutions therefore standardized mechatronic tion,the SD Configurator can be used on the Internet without
elements that can be individually tested requiring any installation. The SD Configurator can be found in
A control cabinet is not required, resulting in a smaller space the Siemens Mall under the following address:
requirement and lower cooling requirements http://www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
Long cables between the inverter and motor can be avoided
(which means lower power losses, reduced noise emission STARTER commissioning tool
and lower costs for shielded cables and additional filters)
The STARTER commissioning tool (from STARTER Version 4.1.3
Distributed configurations offer considerable benefits for and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of
conveyor systems with their extensive coverage (e.g. in the SINAMICS G110D inverters. The operator guidance combined
automotive and logistics sectors with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive
Siemens family of distributed drives solution allow you to commission the device quickly and easily.
Siemens offers an innovative portfolio of frequency inverters to

optimally implement distributed drive solutions. The strengths of
the individual members of the drive family permit simple adapta-
tion to the widest range of application demands:
Identical connection systems
Identical mounting dimensions for SINAMICS G110D and
SINAMICS G120D
Standard commissioning and configuration tool
Products from the family of distributed drives:
SINAMICS G110D frequency inverters
SINAMICS G120D frequency inverters
SIMATIC ET 200S FC drive converters
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC drive converters

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Slaves SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters
SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters
Using the optional manual local control, commissioning is fast
Benefits 7
and can be limited to specific areas, the application can be
7 Wide power range from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp) manually pre-tested on site and the system can be cleared or
7 Fast commissioning and maintenance as well as extended emptied without requiring complex options.
diagnostic functions and communications capability with 7 By being able to connect up to five sensors directly at the unit,
AS interface according to specification 3.0 practically all of the drive-relevant information can be directly
- Reduced number of interfaces managed; local pre-processing of the signals relieves the
- Plantwide engineering fieldbus to achieve fast and reproducible response times
- Easy to handle 7 Integrated class A EMC filter (acc. to EN 55011)
7 Mechanical design, installation and retrofit of systems are 7 Integrated brake control, brake voltages that are supported,
significantly simplified as a result of the compact and space- 400 V AC/180 V DC and 230 V AC/205 V DC
saving design with an extremely low profile and with the same
drilling dimensions for all power ratings; further, the dimen- 7 Integrated motor protection using a thermal motor model
sions are identical with those of the SINAMICS G120D inverter. and evaluation of PTC, Thermo-Click or KTY 84 temperature
sensors
7 Simple commissioning and maintenance using the same,
standardized connectors for the bus, power and I/O connec- 7 Simple device replacement and fast copying of parameters to
tions (ISO 23570) for the complete power range of SINAMICS the memory card using the optional memory card holder and
G110D and SINAMICS G120D inverters. the optional MMC memory card
7 The same connectors are used as for the SIRIUS M200D 7 Engineering and commissioning using standard engineering
motor starter tools such as SIZER (from Version 3.2 and higher), STARTER
(from Version 4.1.3 and higher) and Drive ES ensures fast
7 Simple, standard implementation of completely distributed configuration and simple commissioning STARTER is inte-
plant and system concepts by using products in a scalable grated into STEP 7 with Drive ES Basic, with all of the benefits
fashion: of central data management and unified communication
- SIRIUS M200D (motor starter)
- SINAMICS G110D (inverter for basic, conveyor-related 7 Software parameters for simple adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz
applications) motors (IEC or NEMA motors)
- SINAMICS G120D (inverter for sophisticated, conveyor- 7 Increased degree of ruggedness and longer service life as the
related applications) electronic modules are coated
7 High degree of operator friendliness by using the Intelligent 7 Globally certified acc. to CE, UL, c-tick
Operator Panel (IOP) to parameterize, diagnose, control
(open-loop) and copy drive parameters in the IOP Application 6
7 Easy to replace using a plug-in design and the use of a mem-
ory card provides the highest degree of service friendliness SINAMICS G110D is ideally suited for basic conveyor system
applications in the industrial environment for which a distributed
7 Simple connection, configuration, data management as well drive with communications capability is required. This is espe-
as control of the inverter in complex plants and systems as a cially true for distribution logistics and for airports.
result of the consequential integration in TIA (Totally Integrated
Automation) Further, SINAMICS G110D is suitable for many additional low-
7 Using the optional maintenance switch, the inverter can be performance applications in many sectors, e.g. in the auto-
simply disconnected from the line supply when service is mobile sector, in the food and beverage industry (without
required, without any additional components or without addi- tenside) and in the packaging industry.
tional wiring costs when configuring the system

Rated power 1) Rated Input current Frame size SINAMICS G110D SINAMICS G110D
output current 2) with integrated Class A line filter with integrated Class A line filter
and integrated maintenance switch
kW hp A A Order No. Order No.
380 500 V 3 AC 3)
0.75 1 2.3 2.0 FSA 6SL3511-0PE17-5AM0 N 6SL3511-1PE17-5AM0 N
1.5 1.5 4) 4.3 3.8 FSA 6SL3511-0PE21-5AM0 N 6SL3511-1PE21-5AM0 N
3 4 7.7 7.0 FSA 6SL3511-0PE23-0AM0 N 6SL3511-1PE23-0AM0 N
4 5 10.2 9.1 FSB 6SL3511-0PE24-0AM0 N 6SL3511-1PE24-0AM0 N
5.5 7.5 13.2 12.2 FSC 6SL3511-0PE25-5AM0 N 6SL3511-1PE25-5AM0 N
7.5 10 19.0 17.9 FSC 6SL3511-0PE27-5AM0 N 6SL3511-1PE27-5AM0 N
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated.
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
These current values are valid for 400 V and are stamped on the rating plate.
3) With the exception of UL operation, 500 V +10 % is possible.
4)
It is not possible to make any assignment to a particular standard.
More information
More information regarding technical specifications,
accessories and ordering data can be found in Catalog D 11.1
"SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW"
and online in the Siemens Industry Mall.

Siemens AG 2010
AS-Interface
Slaves 3SF5 pushbutton units and indicator lights
AS-Interface enclosures with standard fittings
Overview
Enclosures with standard fittings are available with: EMERGENCY-STOP enclosures are fitted with two NC contact
7 1 to 3 command points blocks, which are wired to the safe slave. The contact blocks
7 Operational voltage through AS-Interface (approx. 30 V) and lampholders (with spring-type terminals) of the control
device, and the AS-Interface slaves, are mounted in the base of
7 Vertical mounting type
the enclosure and are cable-connected.
7 Plastic enclosures are equipped with plastic actuators and
indicators, metal enclosures are equipped with metal actua- The plastic versions of the enclosures have a connection for the
tors and indicators. AS-Interface flat cable (the cable is routed past the enclosure on
The actuators/indicators are fixed with an enclosure nut. the outside); in the case of the metal versions the AS-Interface
If required it can be disassembled with a 27 mm socket wrench cable is routed into the enclosure.
or with a 3SX17 07 ring nut wrench. The EMERGENCY-STOP enclosures can also be supplied with
The enclosures without EMERGENCY-STOP each have one user an M12 connector in place of the gland.
module with 4I/3O; the enclosures with EMERGENCY-STOP
have a safe AS-Interface slave integrated in the enclosure.

Version Order No.
AS-Interface enclosures, plastic, with standard fittings
Equipment (A, B, C = identification letters of the Enclosure top Number of
command positions) command points
With M12 top connector
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, Yellow
1 NC, 1 NC
1 3SF5 811-0AA10 N
With terminal for insulation piercing method at top
3SF5 811-0AA08 A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, Yellow 1 3SF5 811-0AA08
1 NC, 1 NC
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, Yellow, with 1 3SF5 811-0AB08
6 1 NC, 1 NC
B = Pushbutton green, 1 NO, label "I"
protective collar
Gray 2 3SF5 812-0DA00
A = Pushbutton red, 1 NO, label "O"
B = Pushbutton white, 1 NO, label "I" Gray 2 3SF5 812-0DB00
A = Pushbutton black, 1 NO, label "O"
C = Indicator light clear, label without inscription Gray 3 3SF5 813-0DA00
3SF5 812-0DA00 A = Pushbutton red, 1 NO, label "O"
C = Indicator light clear, label without inscription Gray 3 3SF5 813-0DC00
B = Pushbutton white, 1 NO, label "I"
C = Pushbutton black, 1 NO, label "II" Gray 3 3SF5 813-0DB00
B = Pushbutton black, 1 NO, label "I"
AS-Interface enclosures, metal, with standard fittings
Equipment (A, B, C = identification letters of the Enclosure top Number of
command positions) command points
With M12 top connector
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, Yellow 1 3SF5 811-2AA10
1 NC, 1 NC
3SF5 811-2AB08 A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, Yellow, with 1 3SF5 811-2AB10
1 NC, 1 NC protective collar
With cable gland at top
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, Yellow 1 3SF5 811-2AA08
1 NC, 1 NC
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, Yellow, with 1 3SF5 811-2AB08
1 NC, 1 NC protective collar
B = Pushbutton green, 1 NO, label "I" Gray 2 3SF5 812-2DA00
3SF5 812-2DA00 B = Pushbutton white, 1 NO, label "I" Gray 2 3SF5 812-2DB00
C = Indicator light clear, label without inscription Gray 3 3SF5 813-2DA00
C = Indicator light clear, label without inscription Gray 3 3SF5 813-2DC00
B = Pushbutton white, 1 NO, label "I"
C = Pushbutton black, 1 NO, label "II" Gray 3 3SF5 813-2DB00
B = Pushbutton black, 1 NO, label "I"
3SF5 813-2DA00

Kap_07_Titel_en.fm Seite 1 Donnerstag, 28. Januar 2010 10:28 10
Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
7/2 TIM communications modules

7/2 TIM 3V-IE
7/9 TIM 3V-IE Advanced
7/16 TIM 4R-IE
7/24 Accessories
7/24 PPI modem cable
7/25 Software
7/25 SINAUT ST7 Engineering Software

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM communications modules
TIM 3V-IE
Low-cost automation of water/wastewater networks with both
complex and simple structures
Control and monitoring of energy distribution systems and
supply stations, such as oil, gas or district heating networks
Preventive maintenance (condition monitoring) of globally
distributed systems
Monitoring of logistics and traffic control systems
Connection of plants with basic or high-level security and
availability requirements
Use in hybrid networks with dialup, wireless, Ethernet or
Internet communication
Design
The TIM 3V-IE offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
design:
Compact design
9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS232 interface for connection
SINAUT communications module TIM for SIMATIC S7-300 for to a conventional WAN via an appropriate modem
use in a wide area network (WAN) RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet or an IP-
IP communication via secure VPN (virtual private network) based network;
using the Internet N industry-standard design with additional sleeve for connect-
ing the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Wireless communication via GPRS router, GPRS modem, or
radio devices 2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC
Wired communication via Ethernet, DSL, dialup modems or external supply voltage
dedicated line modem Front LEDs for indicating the module status and the communi-
Complete migration of existing wireless, dedicated line and cation
dial-up technology to IP-based network Simple installation;
Message frame memory for complete recording of data the TIM 3V-IE is mounted on the rail of the S7-300 and con-
nected to the adjacent modules by means of the bus connec-
Simple configuration and operation without specialist IT tors supplied with the TIM. No slot rules apply.
knowledge
Can be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction
7 Benefits with the IM 360/361
Can be operated without a fan
A battery backup or memory module are not required
Flexible option for connection to any IP-based or conventional

WAN
Economical station design and low connection costs due to
GPRS connection with the MD720-3 and utilizing the S7-CPUs
312 and 312C
No additional mobile phone service for fixed IP addresses or
contracts for private GPRS networks with bidirectional data
traffic are necessary, as the VPN is integrated in the ST7 sys-
tem. No more expensive and complex VPN configuration by IT
specialists.
Saving of traveling costs due to cost-effective remote pro-
gramming, diagnostics, control and monitoring via the Internet
Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly
configuration of connections and data to be transferred with
the SINAUT configuring software and block library
Reliable storage of important data. Storage of data message
frames (max. 16,000) including time stamp on TIM if the com-
munication path is faulty or a partner has failed and to reduce
connection costs for the dial-up network.
Protection of investment for existing SINAUT ST1 systems
through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of
ST1-compatible communication

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE
The TIM 3V-IE enables a SIMATIC S7-300 to exchange data Connection to IP-based networks
with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via any SINAUT net-
work. The important SINAUT property saving data complete In addition to the RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE also has an
with a time stamp on the TIM in the event of an interrupted link RJ45 socket. This is suitable for the connection of IP-based
or failure of the partner is then available not only for conven- networks (WAN or LAN). Depending on the application, various
tional WANs, but also for IP-based networks. Important types of data communication equipment can be connected
events, alarms, etc. are not lost and the integrity of information such as:
in control center system archives is assured. SCALANCE X switches for Twisted Pair cable or fiber-optic
The TIM 3V-IE module is particularly suitable for configuring cables
low-cost stations, but also allows a simple S7-300 control cen- SCALANCE W (IWLAN) and Ethernet radio devices from
ter to be implemented. The module cannot be used in a various manufacturers
SINAUT node station or combined with other TIMs in a control
center. SINAUT MD741-1 for GPRS communication and EGPRS
(EDGE) over mobile telephone networks
The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is now in-
tegrated in the TIM 3V-IE (TD7onTIM). This enables the small- SINAUT MD720-3 for GPRS communication over mobile tele-
est S7 CPUs 312 and 312C to be used, because in the most phone networks
favorable situation, no CPU RAM is required any more for DSL router and SCALANCE S
SINAUT. (This does not apply to communication with SINAUT Broadband systems such as OTN and PCM30
ST1 partners or the transmission of text messages; in these
cases, the SINAUT TD7 software must be used for the CPU Configuration examples in IP-based networks
(TD7onCPU). One TIM 3V-IE can be used per S7-300 and one Connection via switches, e.g. SCALANCE X
of the two interfaces (RS232 or RJ45) can be used for SINAUT
communication (not both simultaneously). PG communication Simple network structures can be built up in this manner, or
is possible at any time over the Ethernet interface. complex ones that comprise a combination of star, line and ring
Message frame memory for up to 16000 data message frames structures. At the control desk (ST7cc or ST7sc) the use of a
TIM 4R-IE is not necessary, i.e. the connection is made directly
Up to eight S7 connections via IP-based networks to the Ethernet interface of the PC.
Controllable communication modules:
Control of the GSM/GPRS modems MD720-3 in GSM or GPRS 6,1$8767FFVF
mode. In GPRS mode, simple 128-bit encryption via the &RQWUROFHQWHUZLWK
MD720-3 (MSC-VPN tunnel protocol). N &3$
&3
Operation via SIMATIC NET Ethernet components with high
IPsec security standard (e.g. GPRS router or SCALANCE S) 6ZLWFKHV
Use of SCALANCE fiber-optic switches for spanning long 6&$/$1&(
distances ;
Wireless transmission via IWLAN with SCALANCE W over 6 )LEHURSWLF 6
7
medium distances ZLWK7,09,( ZLWK7,09,(
Dedicated line modem MD2 for point-to-point, point-to-multi- 6ZLWFKHV 6ZLWFKHV
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
point or line connections
; ;
Wireless devices from various manufacturers, also for private 6ZLWFKHV
mobile radio using the time slot method 6&$/$1&(
Analog dial-up modem MD3 for the analog telephone network ;
or point-to-point dedicated lines
ISDN modem MD4 for connecting to the ISDN network
*B,.B;;B
6
ZLWK7,09,(

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE
Wireless with Ethernet
When wired Ethernet communication is not possible, a wireless SINAUT ST7cc/sc Security
network can be installed using commercially available Ethernet Module
wireless modems or with IWLAN. In order to disconnect the SCALANCE S DSL router
networks, the connection in the control center can be made via TIM 4R-IE
a TIM 4R-IE or, as in the example, directly to the Ethernet inter-
face of the PC. Industrial Ethernet
Control center
6,1$8767FFVF
7,0 Internet
5,(
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW VPN tunnel
&RQWUROFHQWHU DSL router
SCALANCE S DSL router

security module
(WKHUQHW
SCALANCE S
5DGLR security module
QHWZRUN
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
6 6 6
*B,.B;;B
TIM TIM TIM
*B,.B;;B
3V-IE 3V-IE 3V-IE

Station Station Station
7,0 7,0 7,0
9,( 9,( 9,(
6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ
Transmission over the GPRS mobile telephone service
Continuous coverage of GPRS in many countries as well as in-
Transmission over DSL expensive volume tariffs allow wireless connection of stations to
the control desk without the need to create a separate radio net-
7 The continuously falling flat rates for DSL connections make this
medium an interesting alternative to a leased line or also a
work for this purpose. The stations can be either stationary or
mobile.
telephone connection. DSL routers must be used in the station
and control center, preferably routers in combination with The wireless connection is constantly online and therefore has
SCALANCE S (VPN), in order to establish secure connections the same properties as a dedicated line: Data changes can be
using VPN tunnels. A permanent IP address is recommended transferred immediately and station or connection failures are
for DSL connection of the control center, the IP addresses of the detected at an early stage.
stations can be dynamically assigned.
In order to decouple the networks, the connection in the control
center can be made via a TIM 4R-IE or directly to the Ethernet
interface of the PC.

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE
GPRS with simple stations: N GPRS with complex stations and enhanced security:
The GSM/GPRS modem MD720-3 or a TIM3V-IE Advanced with The EGPRS router MD741-1, which is a combination of high-
DSL router is used in the stations. The simple VPN protocol MSC speed GPRS VPN router with enhanced data security (IPsec pro-
of the MD720-3 permits communication via GPRS access and tocol) and firewall, is used in networked stations. In the stations,
Internet and via routers with NAT or NAPT conversion. The MSC other devices connected via Industrial Ethernet to the MD741-1
tunnel connections correspond to dedicated lines that are for diagnosis and parameterization can be accessed from the
permanently maintained with extremely low volumes of data. control center.
When using the MSC tunnel, a TIM4R-IE must be used as a
header station at which the tunnels end. The parameter setting The control desk PC must be constantly accessible from the
of the MSC connection is performed in the SINAUT ST7 config- GPRS network. It must therefore be directly connected to the
uration software. GPRS provider using a dedicated line or permanently to the
Internet, e.g. by means of DSL. A SCALANCE S612 or S613
Security Module performs the firewall function at the control desk
SINAUT and represents the remote stations for the VPN connections of
ST7cc/sc the GPRS stations. The VPN is configured with the SIMATIC NET
TIM
4R-IE
"Security Configuration Tool" and requires no special IT knowl-
edge.
The IP address of the control center should preferably be perma-
DSL router
Industrial permanent
nent; those of the stations can be dynamically assigned.
Ethernet IP address
Control center SINAUT
ST7cc/sc TIM
4R-IE SCALANCE S612
Internet
DSL router
Industrial permanent
STEP 7 Ethernet IP address
VPN tunnel
Control center
VPN tunnel GPRS
Internet
DSL router VPN tunnel

dynamic
IP address MD720-3
dynamic
IP address GPRS VPN tunnel
7
G_IK10_XX_30225
Dynamic Dynamic
S7-300 / S7-300 / MD741-1 IP address MD741-1 IP address
TIM3V-IE TIM3V-IE Adv
S7-300 with
Station Station CP 343-1, SIMATIC
TIM 3V-IE, HMI S7-300 / SIMATIC
ET 200S
CSM 377 TIM 3V-IE HMI
G_IK10_XX_30226
Industrial Industrial
Station 1 Ethernet Station 2 Ethernet

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE
Connection to a conventional WAN Use of the TIM 3V-IE in a private radio network
Connection to a conventional WAN is via the floating RS232 The radio network must be installed in accordance with the radio
interface of the TIM 3V-IE module, via which various modems or equipment that is approved in the relevant country (radio equip-
data communication equipment can be connected, depending ment is not included in the SINAUT product range). At the control
on the application, such as: desk (ST7cc or ST7sc), it is connected through a TIM 4 module
Dedicated line modem MD2 for point-to-point, point-to-multi- (e.g. TIM 4R) that is connected to the PC via MPI. If a radio
point or line connections network is set up with time slot procedure, the TIM 4RD with
DCF77 radio clock receiver must be used at the control desk.
Wireless devices from various manufacturers, also for private
mobile radio using the time slot method
Analog dial-up modem MD3 for the analog telephone network 6,1$8767FFVF
or point-to-point dedicated lines 7,0
55'
GSM modem MD720-3 for access to the mobile radio network
via dial-up lines 03,
Configuration examples in the conventional WAN &RQWUROFHQWHU
Use of the TIM 3V-IE in the mobile radio network (GSM)
The GSM modem MD720-3 is used for this purpose. At the con-
trol desk (ST7cc or ST7sc), it is connected through a TIM 4 mod- 3ULYDWH
ule (e.g. TIM 4R-IE) that is connected to the PC via the Industrial UDGLRQHWZRUN
Ethernet. The connections between the GSM modems are set up
via GSM dial-up lines.
6,1$8767FFVF 6ZLWK 6ZLWK 6ZLWK

7,09,( 7,09,( 7,09,(
7,0
*B,.B;;B
5,(
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
&RQWUROFHQWHU
Use of the TIM 3V-IE in a control center

7 0' In this case an S7-300 with a TIM 3V-IE forms the control desk.
*60QHWZRUN
If a radio network with time slot procedure is set up, the
TIM 3V-IE at the control desk must be replaced by a TIM 4RD
with DCF77 radio clock receiver.
0' 0' 0' +0,3DQHO

6
6 6 6

7,0
&RQWUROFHQWHU 9,(
*B,.B;;B
7,0 7,0 7,0

3ULYDWH
9,( 9,( 9,(
UDGLRQHWZRUN
6 6 6

*B,.B;;B
7,0 7,0 7,0

6WDWLRQ 9,( 6WDWLRQ 9,( 6WDWLRQ 9,(

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE
Order No. 6NH7 800-3BA00 Order No. 6NH7 800-3BA00
Product type designation TIM 3V-IE Product type designation TIM 3V-IE
Data transmission rate Product properties, functions,
components, general
With Industrial Ethernet 10 100 Mbit/s
Number of modules - Note Number of TIM per S7-300: 1
In accordance with RS 232 50 38 400 bit/s
Cable length
Interfaces
Maximum with RS232 interface 6m
Number of interfaces 1
Maximum with RS485 interface
in accordance
with Industrial Ethernet Performance data
Number of electrical connections Performance data
S7 communication
For external data transmission 1
in accordance with RS 232 Number of possible connections
For power supply 1
Maximum 12
For PG connections, maximum 4
of the Industrial Ethernet interface RJ45 port For OP connections, maximum 8
at interface 1 for external data 9-pin D-sub male connector Service
transmission (RS232)
SINAUT ST7 using Yes
at interface 2 for external data S7 communication
transmission PG/OP communication Yes
For power supply 2-pin, pluggable terminal strip Performance data
Design of the swap medium C-Plug No Multiprotocol operation
Supply voltage, current Number of active connections for 12
consumption, power loss multiprotocol operation
Type of power supply DC Performance data Telecontrol
Power supply 24 V Suitability for use
Minimum 20.4 V TIM node station No
TIM station Yes
Maximum 28.8 V
TIM control center No
Current consumed
Suitability for use - Note RS232 and Industrial Ethernet
Maximum from backplane bus for
24 V DC
0.2 A cannot be used simultaneously 7
Maximum from external power 0.2 A TCP/IP Yes
supply for 24 V DC
SINAUT ST1 protocol Yes
Effective power loss 5.8 W
Product expansion: No
Number of data frames which can 16 000
optional backup battery
be saved on the TIM
Storage capacity of S7 CPUs main
Ambient temperature memory
During operating phase 0 60 C Required on CPU for TD7onCPU 20 Kibyte
mode data blocks
During storage -40 +70 C Required on TIM for TD7onTIM 0 Kibyte
During transport -40 +70 C mode data blocks
Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % Storage capacity - Note TD7onCPU:
condensation during operating at least 20 Kibyte, actual require-
phase, maximum ment depends on data quantity
and functional scope
IP degree of protection IP20 TD7onTIM:
Design, dimensions and weights 0 byte in most favorable case
Module format Compact module S7-300, Product property: buffered No

single-width message frame memory
Width 40 mm Transmission format

11 bit for SINAUT ST1 protocol Yes
Height 125 mm with polling
Depth 120 mm 10 or 11 bit for SINAUT ST1 proto- Yes
Net weight 0.2 kg col with spontaneous sampling
with multi-master polling
10 or 11 bit for SINAUT ST7 Yes
protocol with polling or
spontaneous sampling

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE
Product type designation TIM 3V-IE Product type designation TIM 3V-IE
Operating mode with scanning of Product functions Security
data transmission Virtual Private Network
With dedicated line/radio link Suitability for use of Yes
- With SINAUT ST1 protocol Polling, Virtual Private Network
polling with time slot procedure Product function
- With SINAUT ST7 protocol Polling,
Password protection for VPN Yes
polling with time slot procedure,
multi-master polling with time slot MSC client via GPRS modem Yes
procedure with MSC capability
With dial-up network MSC protocol is supported No
- With SINAUT ST1 protocol Spontaneous
As MSC client with VPN 1
Hamming distance connection
For SINAUT ST1 protocol 4 As MSC server with VPN 0
For SINAUT ST7 protocol 4 connection
Product functions Management, MSC protocol supported with

configuration, programming Virtual Private Network
configuration software required SINAUT ST7 ES Key length for MSC with 128 bit
Virtual Private Network
Storage location of On the CPU
TIM configuration data Type of authentication with Yes
Virtual Private Network PSK
Virtual Private Network mode - VPN mode as MSC client with
Note MSC protocol and password
protection only possible together
with GPRS modem with MSC
capability

TIM 3V-IE 6NH7 800-3BA00 Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4AL
communications module
7 With an RS232 interface for
For connecting a TIM (RS232)
with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or
SINAUT communication via a MD4 (RS232) modem;
conventional WAN or an IP-based cable length 1.5 m
network (WAN or LAN)
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-5AN
SINAUT ST7 Engineering 6NH7 997-0CA50-0AA0
Software Edition 09/2009 For connecting a TIM (RS232)
with the GSM modem MD720-3;
on CD-ROM, comprising:
also suitable for third-party
SINAUT ST7 configuration and modems or radio equipment with
diagnostics software V5.0 standard RS232 interface;
for the programming device cable length 2.5 m
SINAUT TD7 function block Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4BN
library V2.2 for the CPU
Electronic manual in with one end open for connecting
German and English a TIM (RS232) to a third-party
modem or radio unit (RS232);
SINAUT ST7 Engineering 6NH7 997-0CA50-0GA0 cable length 2.5 m
Software Edition 09/2009
(Upgrade) Connecting cable 6NH7 701-0AR
for STEP 7 V5.4 SP4, For connecting two TIM modules
for owners of previous versions via their RS232 interface without
of SINAUT ST7 Engineering modems ("null modem");
Software cable length 6 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug-in connector for
metal housing and integrated
interface

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly
Overview configuration of connections and data to be transferred with
the SINAUT configuring software and block library
High availability of the connections due to possible redundant
design of the communication paths
frames (max. 32,000) including time stamp on TIM if the com-
munication path is faulty or a partner has failed and to reduce
connection costs for the dial-up network.
Application
Low-cost automation of water/wastewater networks with both
complex and simple structures
distributed systems
SINAUT communications module TIM for SIMATIC S7-300 for
use in wide area network (WAN) as station, node station, and Use in hybrid networks with dialup, wireless, Ethernet or
control center Internet communication
IP communication via secure VPN (virtual private network)
using the Internet N Design
Wireless communication via GPRS router, GPRS modem or The TIM 3V-IE Advanced offers all the advantages of the
radio devices SIMATIC S7-300 design:
Wired communication via Ethernet, DSL, dialup modems or Compact construction;
dedicated line modem single standard width of the SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules
Complete migration of existing wireless, dedicated line and 9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS232 interface for connection
dial-up technology to IP-based network to a conventional WAN via an appropriate modem
Message frame memory for complete recording of data and RJ-45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet; or an
support of redundant communication paths IP-based network;
Simple configuration and operation without specialist IT industrial design with additional sleeve for inserting the
knowledge IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC
7
Benefits external supply voltage
Front LEDs for indicating the module status and the communi-
cation
Easy to mount;
the TIM 3V-IE Advanced is mounted on the S7-300 mounting
Flexible option for connection to any conventional or IP-based rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus
WAN connectors. No slot rules apply.
Low-cost station setup by means of direct connection to Can be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction
DSL router or GPRS via MD720-3 modem and use of the with the IM 360/361
S7-CPUs 312 and 312C, because the SINAUT TD7 CPU soft- Can be operated without a fan
ware is integrated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced. (This does not A battery backup or memory module are not required
apply to communication with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the
transmission of text messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7
software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) must be used, i.e. this soft-
ware can still be used together with the TIM 3V-IE Advanced.)
specialists.
Saving of traveling and maintenance costs due to cost-effec-
tive remote programming, diagnostics, control and monitoring
via the Internet

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced enables one or more SIMATIC Connection to IP-based networks
S7-300 or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) to
exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via any In addition to the RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE Advanced also
one or two SINAUT networks. The two networks can also be has an RJ45 socket. This is suitable for the connection of IP-
operated in redundant combination. The important SINAUT based networks (WAN or LAN). Depending on the application,
property saving data complete with a time stamp on the TIM various types of data communication equipment can be con-
in the event of an interrupted link or failure of the partner is nected such as:
then available not only for conventional WANs, but also for SCALANCE X switches for Twisted Pair cable or fiber-optic
IP-based networks. Important events, alarms, etc. are not lost cables
and the integrity of information in control center system
archives is assured. SCALANCE W (IWLAN) and Ethernet radio devices from
various manufacturers
For setting up more complex control centers or node stations,
several TIM 3V-IE Advanced modules can be used for each SINAUT MD741-1 for GPRS communication and EGPRS
S7-300. A combination with additional TIM 3 and TIM 4 ver- (Edge) over mobile telephone networks
sions in the same rack is possible here. SINAUT MD720-3 for GPRS communication over mobile tele-
SINAUT ST7 and thus also the TIM 3V-IE Advanced are de- phone networks
signed for data transmission via the widest range of WANs or DSL router and SCALANCE S for VPN (IPsec)
combinations of WANs. Mixed networks comprising classical Directly on a DSL router by means of MSC-VPN tunnel proto-
SINAUT WAN networks (dedicated line, wireless, dial-up net-
work) and IP-based networks (fiber optic, DSL, GPRS, Internet
col integrated in the TIM N
etc.) can be configured uniformly using SINAUT, which saves Broadband systems such as OTN and PCM30
both time and money. Configuration examples with TIM 3V-IE Advanced
For communication via the Internet, the integrated MSC-VPN Use as a station
tunnel protocol for direct access to DSL routers can be used
(MSC client). For communication via GPRS, either the router The TIM3V-IE Advanced can be used as a station like a
MD741-1 can be connected to the IE interface (VPN IPsec) or TIM3V-IE. In addition, transmission is possible via the direct
the GSM/GPRS modem MD720-3 (MSC-VPN) to the RS232 connection of the TIM to a DSL router (MSC tunnel).
interface. N By means of the MSC tunnel protocol (MSC client) integrated
PG communication is possible at any time in parallel with the in the TIM3V-IE Adv, a connection can be operated via IE and
data communication a DSL router to a TIM4R-IE that terminates the MSC tunnel
Several TIM 3V-IE Advanced modules can be used for each protocol.
S7-300
Message frame memory for up to 32000 data message frames SINAUT
Up to twenty S7 connections via IP-based networks ST7cc/sc TIM
7 Controllable communication modules: 4R-IE
Control of the GSM/GPRS modems MD720-3 in GSM or GPRS

mode. In the GPRS mode simple 128-bit encryption via the DSL router
MD720-3 (MSC-VPN tunnel protocol) Industrial permanent
Ethernet IP address
Operation via SIMATIC NET Ethernet components with high
IPsec security standard (e.g. GPRS router or SCALANCE S) Control center
Direct operation on a DSL router by means of MSC tunnel
protocol
Internet
Use of SCALANCE fiber-optic switches for spanning long
distances
Wireless transmission via IWLAN with SCALANCE W over
VPN tunnel
medium distances
Dedicated line modem MD2 for point-to-point, point-to-multi- VPN tunnel GPRS
point or line connections
Wireless devices from various manufacturers, also for private
mobile radio using the time slot method
Analog dial-up modem MD3 for the analog telephone network DSL router
or point-to-point dedicated lines dynamic dynamic
ISDN modem MD4 for connecting to the ISDN network IP address MD720-3 IP address
G_IK10_XX_30225
S7-300 / S7-300 /
TIM3V-IE TIM3V-IE Adv
Station Station

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Use in a node station Redundant transmission paths
When used in a node station, TIM 3V-IE Advanced can, for Using TIM 3V-IE Advanced, a station can be connected to the
example, exchange data over its RS232 interface over a radio control desk over redundant paths. The TIM 3V-IE Advanced is
network with the lower-level stations. It is then connected to the used for this purpose both in the station and in the control center.
control desk over the RJ45 interface, e.g. over a fiber-optic The example includes a combination of fiber-optic cables and
cable, that is connected through SCALANCE X switches. radio paths as redundant paths. The two TIMs coordinate data
In this configuration, data can be exchanged between each transmission: It takes place normally over the main path and only
of the SINAUT stations regardless of which network they are if it fails over the standby path. When the main path is restored,
situated in. changeover back to this path is performed automatically.
In this case, in order to disconnect the networks, the connection The TIM 3V-IE Advanced in the control center has access to
in the control center can be made via a TIM 4R-IE or, as in the the MPI interface of the S7-300-CPU via the backplane bus,
example, directly to the Ethernet interface of the PC. by which the TIM communicates with the control desk PC
(e.g. ST7cc). Note that only certain types of CPU can be consid-
ered for this application.
6,1$8767FFVF
A TIM 4R-IE can be used in the control center as a replacement
for the TIM 3V-IE Advanced. Without a S7-300-CPU, this TIM is
6ZLWFK connected to the control desk PC via one of the two Ethernet
6&$/$1&( ports.
;;
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber optic)
&RQWUROFHQWHU MPI
0HGLDFRQYHUWHU 6ZLWFK
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( S7-300 with
; ;; TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
MPI
Control center
6ZLWK 6ZLWK
7,09,( 7,09,( Industrial Ethernet
$GYDQFHG
Switch
1RGHVWDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
7
5DGLRQHWZRUN
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
Radio network
6ZLWK 6ZLWK
G_IK10_XX_30138
S7-300 with
7,09,( 7,09,( TIM 3V-IE
*B,.B;;B
Advanced
6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ Station
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW7ZLVWHG3DLU
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)LEHURSWLF
Note:
The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following
CPU types: All variants of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C
as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP.

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Use in a control center
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced is also suitable for configuring a control
center that comprises more than one TIM. In the following exam-
ple, the TIM 3V-IE Advanced is combined with a TIM 4R-IE.
Both TIMs are connected via the MPI with the CPU inserted in
the rack. Both TIMs process data communication with the
stations in their own networks and route the data via Industrial
Ethernet to the PC.
Internet
DSL router MD720-3
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
permanent
GPRS
IP address S7-300 /
TIM3V-IE
*60
TIM QHW
4R-IE ZRUN
&RQWUROFHQWHU
MD720-3 MD720-3
SCALANCE
X206-1 Industrial Ethernet 6ZLWK
7,09,(
$GYDQFHG
SCALANCE
X308-2 Station
6ZLWK
7,09,(
SCALANCE 5DGLR 7HOHSKRQH

Station QHWZRUN
X206-1 QHWZRUN
G_IK10_XX_30227
6ZLWK 6ZLWK 6ZLWK
Industrial Ethernet 7,09,( 7,09,( 7,09,(
(Twisted Pair) $GYDQFHG and MD3
Industrial Ethernet
(Fiber optic) Station Station Station
Connection to a conventional WAN

Connection to a conventional WAN is via the floating RS232
interface of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced module, via which various
modems or data communication equipment can be connected,
depending on the application.
The RS232 interface can be operated here in parallel with the
Industrial Ethernet interface.

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Order No. 6NH7 800-3CA00 Order No. 6NH7 800-3CA00
Product type designation TIM 3V-IE Advanced Product type designation TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Data transmission rate Product properties, functions,
components, general
Transmission rate with Industrial 10 100 Mbit/s
Ethernet Number of modules - Note Number of TIM per S7-300:
several, number depends on
Transmission rate in accordance 50 38 400 bit/s connection resources of
with RS 232 S7-300 CPU
Interfaces Cable length
Number of interfaces in accordance 1 Maximum with RS232 interface 6m
Maximum with RS485 interface
Performance data
For external data transmission in 1
accordance with RS 232 Performance data
S7 communication
For power supply 1
Design of electrical connection for S7 communication
of the Industrial Ethernet interface RJ45 port Maximum 24
at interface 1 for external data 9-pin D-sub male connector For PG connections, maximum 4
transmission (RS232)
For OP connections, maximum 20
at interface 2 for external data
transmission Service
For power supply 2-pin, pluggable terminal strip SINAUT ST7 using Yes
S7 communication
Design of the swap medium C-Plug No
PG/OP communication Yes
consumption, power loss Performance data
Number of active connections 24
Power supply 24 V for multiprotocol operation
Minimum 20.4 V Performance data
Maximum 28.8 V Telecontrol
Suitability for use
Current consumed
Maximum from backplane bus 0.2 A TIM node station Yes 7
for 24 V DC TIM station Yes
Maximum from external power 0.2 A TIM control center Yes
supply for 24 V DC
Suitability for use - Note RS232 and Industrial Ethernet
Effective power loss 5.8 W can be used simultaneously
Product expansion: No Protocol is supported
optional backup battery
TCP/IP Yes
Ambient temperature
Number of data frames which can 32 000
During storage -40 +70 C be saved on the TIM
During transport -40 +70 C Storage capacity
Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % of S7 CPUs main memory
condensation during operating Required on CPU for TD7onCPU 20 Kibyte
phase, maximum mode data blocks
IP degree of protection IP20 Required on TIM for TD7onTIM 0 Kibyte
Design, dimensions and weights mode data blocks
Module format Compact module S7-300, Storage capacity - Note TD7onCPU:
single-width at least 20 Kibyte, actual require-
ment depends on data quantity
Width 40 mm and functional scope
Height 125 mm TD7onTIM:
0 bytes in most favorable case
Depth 120 mm
Product property: No
Net weight 0.2 kg buffered message frame memory

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE Advanced

Order No. 6NH7 800-3CA00 Order No. 6NH7 800-3CA00
Product type designation TIM 3V-IE Advanced Product type designation TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Transmission format Product functions Security
with polling Suitability for use of Yes
protocol with Product function
spontaneous sampling
Password protection for VPN Yes
with multi-master polling MSC client via GPRS modem Yes
with MSC capability
protocol with polling or MSC protocol is supported Yes
spontaneous sampling Number of possible connections
Operating mode with scanning of As MSC client with VPN 1
data transmission connection
With dedicated line/radio link As MSC server with VPN 0
- With SINAUT ST1 protocol Polling, connection
polling with time slot procedure MSC protocol supported with TCP/IP
multi-master polling with time slot Key length for MSC with 128 bit
procedure Virtual Private Network
With dial-up network Type of authentication with Yes

Virtual Private Network PSK
- With SINAUT ST7 protocol Spontaneous Virtual Private Network mode -
Note
Hamming distance
For SINAUT ST1 protocol 4
configuration software required SINAUT ST7 ES
7 Storage location of TIM
configuration data
On the CPU

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE Advanced

TIM 3V-IE Advanced 6NH7 800-3CA00 Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
With an RS232 interface and an
RJ45 interface for SINAUT com- RJ45 plug-in connector for
munication via a conventional Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
WAN and an IP-based network metal housing and integrated
(WAN or LAN) insulation displacement contacts
SINAUT ST7 Engineering 6NH7 997-0CA50-0AA0 FC installation cables;
Software Edition 09/2009 with 180 cable outlet;
on CD-ROM, comprising: CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
SINAUT ST7 configuration interface
and diagnostics software V5.0 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
for the programming device
SINAUT TD7 function block
library V2.2 for the CPU 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Electronic manual Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4AL
in German and English
SINAUT ST7 Engineering 6NH7 997-0CA50-0GA0 with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or
Software Edition 09/2009 MD4 (RS232) modem;
(Upgrade) cable length 1.5 m
for STEP 7 V5.4 SP4, Connecting cable 6NH7 701-5AN
for owners of previous versions
of SINAUT ST7 Engineering For connecting a TIM (RS232)
Software with the GSM modem MD720-3;
modems or radio equipment
with standard RS232 interface;
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4BN
with one end open for connecting
a TIM (RS232) to a third-party
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-0AR
For connecting two TIM modules
via their RS232 interface 7
without modems ("null modem");
cable length 6 m

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 4R-IE
Use as self-contained central station for the low-cost auto-
mation of water/wastewater networks with both complex and
simple structures
distributed systems
Use in hybrid networks with dialup, wireless, Ethernet or
Internet communication
Design
The TIM 4R-IE offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
design:
Compact construction;
SINAUT communications module TIM with four interfaces for double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules
SIMATIC S7-300 or as self-contained unit for the S7-400 for Two 9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined RS232/RS485
use in the wide area network (WAN) interface for connection to a conventional WAN via an appro-
For universal use in a SINAUT station, node station and control priate modem
center Two RJ45 sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet;
Internet communication via integrated MSC-VPN tunnel with or an IP-based network; industrial design with additional
direct connection to DSL router or operation via IPsec VPN sleeve for inserting the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
with additional SIMATIC NET components N 2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC
external supply voltage
Wireless communication via GPRS router, GPRS modem,
or radio devices Front LEDs for indicating the module status and the communi-
Wired communication via Ethernet, DSL, dialup modems cation
or dedicated line modem Easy to mount;
Complete migration of existing wireless, dedicated line and the TIM is mounted on an S7-300 mounting rail;
dial-up technology to IP-based network if integrated into an S7-300 as a CP, it is connected to adjacent
modules by means of the bus connector supplied with the
7 Message frame memory for complete recording of data and
support of redundant communication paths
TIM. No slot rules apply. As a standalone device, it is linked via
one of its Ethernet ports with one or more S7-400 CPUs or with
Simple configuration and operation without specialist IT one or more control center PCs.
knowledge Can be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction
with the IM 360/361
Benefits Can be operated without a fan
A backup battery and a memory module (C-PLUG) can be
installed as options
Protection of investment by combining existing conventional

networks with IP-based networks by means of flexible options
for connection of up to four SINAUT networks
Low-cost construction of the control center by direct connec-
tion as independent device to a DSL router, made possible by
the integrated MSC-VPN protocol N
specialists.
High availability of the connections due to possible redundant
design of the communication paths
frames (approx. 56,000) including time stamp on TIM in the
case of communication path malfunction or power failure
Saving of time and money through fast and user-friendly
configuration of the connections, as well as through remote
programming and diagnostics (PG routing) parallel to the
SINAUT data transmission via the WAN or Internet connection
Easy maintenance through replacement of modules without
PG

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 4R-IE
Function
The TIM 4R-IE can be used as a standalone device, i.e. it is fully For communication via the Internet, the integrated MSC-VPN
functional even without S7-300-CPU. In this stand-alone mode, tunnel protocol for direct access to DSL routers can be used.
the TIM is especially suitable as a SINAUT communications The TIM 4R-IE can operate here as an MSC server or MSC client.
processor for the control desk PC (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) or For communication via GPRS, either the router MD741-1 can
for a SIMATIC S7-400. The TIM is connected to the PC or S7-400 be connected to the Industrial Ethernet interface (VPN IPsec) or
via one of its two Ethernet interfaces. If the control desk is redun- the GSM/GPRS modem MD720-3 (MSC-VPN) to the RS232
dantly designed or if an S7-400 is additionally available there
as a higher-level controller, then the TIM performs the SINAUT
interface.N
The TIM4R-IE has four interfaces for simple and redundant
communication with the stations for all these devices connected transmission paths:
to the local Ethernet. - Two combined RS232/RS485 interfaces for connection to
The TIM 4R-IE can also be built into a SIMATIC S7-300 as a CP, standard WANs such as dedicated line, wireless or dial-up
e.g. if these devices require redundant transmission paths there network
or function as node stations at which more than two networks - Two RJ45 interfaces for connection to IP-based networks
must be merged. (WAN or LAN) such as fiber-optics, DSL, GPRS, etc.
All the devices mentioned can exchange data with other SINAUT Compact, double-width module that can be used in a wide va-
ST7 or ST1 partners with the aid of the TIM 4R-IE and specifically riety of situations:
via as many as four SINAUT networks that can also be operated - The TIM handles the SINAUT communication for one or more
in any redundant combination. S7-400 controllers or control desk PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or
ST7sc) as a stand-alone device (stand-alone without S7-300
The important SINAUT property - saving data complete with a CPU); the connection in this case is via Ethernet interfaces
time stamp on the TIM in the event of an interrupted link or failure of the TIM
of the partner - is then available not only for conventional WANs, - As a communications processor (CP) in an S7-300
but also for IP-based networks. Important events, alarms, etc. This way, the S7 CPU or the control desk PC can carry out
are not lost and the integrity of information in control center SINAUT communication:
system archives is assured. Additional security is offered by the - Over any two SINAUT WANs with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT
optional backup battery of the TIM 4R-IE which prevents the loss ST1 partners
of saved data message frames if the 24 V supply fails. - Over two IP-based networks with SINAUT ST7 stations
For setting up more complex control centers or node stations, All four interfaces can be used at the same time for SINAUT
several TIM 4R-IE modules can be used. Combinations with communication.
TIM 3V-IE Advanced and TIM 3 and other TIM 4 versions are The two RJ45 interfaces can be configured either as an MSC-
also possible. VPN server in the central office or as MSC-VPN client in a sta-
As a communication module for the control desk PC, the TIM tion. At the RS232 interface, an MD720-3 can be operated in
reduces the number of S7 connections that the PC would other-
wise have to maintain when directly linked to the stations via an
GPRS mode as MSC-VPN client. N
The four transmission paths can all be different and operated
IP-based network, to just one (1) connection. In addition, the TIM
then separates the local Ethernet from the IP-based network to
independently of one another, but also in any redundant com-
bination.
7
the stations. Only SINAUT and PG communication with the
stations is allowed through. This prevents unnecessary traffic in Flexible creation of redundant transmission paths via two con-
the WAN which is often not broadband. ventional WANs, via two IP-based networks or a combination
of WAN + IP-based network.
A TIM 4R-IE that is used at a redundant control desk reduces the When installed as a CP in an S7-300, the following communi-
data volume in a WAN and thus it reduces the costs for networks cation is also possible via the backplane bus:
with volume tariffs, e.g. GPRS. If stations were connected di- - With the CPU
rectly to the redundant control desk (without central TIM 4R-IE), - Via the MPI of this CPU with other CPUs and control desk
they would send each message frame twice in order to send PCs (ST7cc, ST7sc) connected over the MPI bus.
data to both control desk PCs. In the case of a control center - With other TIMs in this rack
TIM 4R-IE, the stations only send their message frames once.
The doubling of the message frames for supplying both PCs is Message frame memory for up to 56,000 data message
then performed by the control center TIM 4R-IE. frames
Optional backup battery for backup of the stored data mes-
For data transmission via conventional WANs, the TIM 4R-IE has sage frames and the hardware clock if the power fails
other, special properties that predetermine its use as a "control
center" TIM. Up to 62 S7 connections or 128 MSC-VPN tunnel connections
(as control center) via IP-based networks and MPI (for S7-300-
SINAUT ST7 and thus also the TIM 4R-IE are designed for data CPU)
transmission via the widest range of WANs or combinations of
WANs. Mixed networks comprising classical SINAUT WAN net- The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is inte-
works (dedicated line, wireless, dial-up network) and IP-based grated in the TIM (TD7onTIM); implemented with installation
networks (fiber optic, DSL, GPRS, Internet etc.) can be config- as CP in a S7-300
ured uniformly using SINAUT, which saves both time and money. Module replacement possible without PG
- In stand-alone mode using the optional C-PLUG
- When installed as a CP in an S7-300 over the memory card
of the CPU
PG communication is possible at any time in parallel with the
data communication
Several TIM 4R-IEs can be used per S7-300, also in connec-
tion with one or more TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Up to 128 S7 connections via IP-based networks
(in MSC tunnel mode)

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 4R-IE
Function (continued) Integration

Controllable communication modules: Connection to IP-based networks
Control of the GSM/GPRS modems MD720-3 in the GSM or In addition to the two combined RS232/RS485 interfaces, the
GPRS mode. In GPRS mode, simple 128-bit encryption via the TIM 4R-IE also has two RJ45 sockets. These are suitable for the
MD720-3 (MSC-VPN tunnel protocol). connection of IP-based networks (WAN or LAN). Depending on
Operation via SIMATIC NET Ethernet components with high the application, various types of data communication equipment
IPsec security standard (e.g. GPRS router or SCALANCE S) can be connected such as:
Direct operation on a DSL router by means of MSC tunnel SCALANCE X switches for Twisted Pair cable or fiber-optic
protocol cables
Use of SCALANCE fiber-optic switches for spanning long SCALANCE W (IWLAN) and Ethernet radio devices from
distances various manufacturers
Wireless transmission via IWLAN with SCALANCE W over SINAUT MD741-1 for GPRS communication and EGPRS
medium distances (Edge) over mobile telephone networks
Dedicated line modem MD2 for point-to-point, point-to-multi- DSL router in combination with SCALANCE S for VPN (IPsec)
point or line connections GPRS/GSM modem MD720-3 for GPRS communication via
Wireless devices from various manufacturers, also for private GSM mobile telephone networks using MSC-VPN tunnel
mobile radio using the time slot method protocol
Analog dial-up modem MD3 for the analog telephone network Directly on a DSL router by means of the MSC-VPN tunnel
or point-to-point dedicated lines protocol integrated in the TIM
ISDN modem MD4 for connecting to the ISDN network Broadband systems such as OTN, PCM30
Special properties as "control center" TIM Connection to a conventional WAN
For data transmission via conventional WANs, the TIM 4R-IE has For the connection to a conventional WAN the TIM 4R-IE pro-
other, special properties that predetermine its use as a "control vides two floating RS232/RS485 interfaces, to which various
center" TIM: data communication devices can be connected, depending on
In a dialup network the message "Failure of local node" can be the application, such as:
switched off. If the control desk PC fails or is temporarily shut Dedicated line modem MD2 for point-to-point, point-to-multi-
down, the control center TIM 4R-IE will not send any failure point or line connections
message to the stations in the dialup network and therefore Wireless devices from various manufacturers, also for private
saves transmission costs. mobile radio using the time slot method
One especially useful feature during commissioning is the Analog dial-up modem MD3 for the analog telephone network
possibility that SINAUT stations can be switched on and off on or point-to-point dedicated lines
the control center TIM 4R-IE. This applies not only for stations
7 that are connected via dedicated line/radio, but also for sta-
tions in the dial-up network. The last status set for each station GPRS/GSM modem MD720-3 for access to the mobile tele-
is permanently stored on the TIM and is therefore not lost if the phone network
power fails or the TIM is restarted.
For GPRS, dedicated lines and mobile networks, the message
"Node faulty" can be suppressed on the TIM 4R-IE for a pro-
grammable period of time. A station failure is then no longer
indicated after x unanswered calls (polls), but only when a rec-
ognized fault still exists after expiry of the programmed time.
This enables the number of failure messages to be reduced
in poor-quality networks and it also minimizes the additional
message frame traffic that must be processed after each
station is restored.
Optional C-PLUG
The most frequent application for the TIM 4R-IE will be its use
as a communication module for the control desk PC or for an
S7-400. The TIM then operates in standalone mode, i.e. without
S7-300 CPU. The option of saving the TIM configuration data on
the MMC card of the CPU, in order to exchange the TIM without
a PG in the event of a fault, no longer applies. The saving of
configuration data on the C-PLUG, which can be optionally
equipped, solves this problem. This means that, even in stand-
alone mode, a replacement of the TIM is possible without PG.

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 4R-IE
Configuration examples using TIM 4R-IE
Use in a node station Redundant transmission paths
In a node station with a SIMATIC S7-400 the TIM 4R-IE is con- Using TIM 4R-IE, a station can be connected to the control cen-
nected to the S7-400 via one of its two Ethernet interfaces and ter over redundant paths. The TIM 4R-IE is used for this purpose
can, for example, exchange data by radio with the subordinate both in the station and in the control center. The example shows
stations via an RS232/RS485 interface. It is then connected to as redundant paths a combination of leased line and radio, i.e.
the control center via the second Ethernet interface, e.g. via a two conventional WANs, for which the TIM 4R-IE offers corre-
fiber-optic cable that is connected through SCALANCE X sponding connections (2 x RS232/RS485). The two TIMs coordi-
switches and media converters. nate the data transmission. It takes place normally over the main
In this configuration, data can be exchanged between all of path and only if it fails over the standby path. When the main
the SINAUT stations regardless of which network they are path is restored, changeover back to this path is performed
situated in. automatically.
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
6,1$8767FFVF
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200 7,0
5,(
Industrial Ethernet ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
Control center Switch &RQWUROFHQWHU

SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
Media converter 0'
SCALANCE 'HGLFDWHGOLQH
X-100
S7-400 0'
TIM S7-300
4R-IE withTIM 6ZLWK
3V-IE 7,05,(
*B,.B;;B
Station
5DGLRQHWZRUN
7
Node station 6WDWLRQ
Redundant transmission paths
Radio network
S7-300 S7-300
with TIM with TIM
3V-IE 3V-IE
G_IK10_XX_30186
Station Station

Industrial Ethernet (Fiber optic)
Use in a node station

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 4R-IE
Use in a control center RS232/RS485 ports. For the point-to-point connection, the port
of the TIM is set to RS485. It is then possible to operate up to 30
The TIM 4R-IE is also suitable for use in a control center, either SINAUT leased line modems on this port; the example shows
alone or in combination with other TIMs. The following example MD2 modems.
shows a TIM 4R-IE that is connected via one of its two Ethernet
interfaces with the control center PC (e.g. ST7cc). An S7-400 is If the stations in this network have to be provided with the date
also connected to the Industrial Ethernet and this must also and time, the control center PC assumes the function of the
exchange data with the SINAUT stations. SINAUT stations are clock-time master. Via the Ethernet connection, the TIM 4R-IE
connected by means of GPRS using MSC-VPN via the second is regularly synchronized by the PC and it then takes over the
Ethernet port of the TIM, while a wireless network and point- synchronization of the connected stations.
to-point leased line network are connected via the two
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
SINAUT ST7cc/sc TIM

4R-IE
MD2 MD2 MD2

Industrial Ethernet
Firewall, e.g.
SCALANCE S602
Star-shaped
Control center
dedicated line network
VPN tunnel Internet
Radio
GPRS network
7 S7-400
S7-300 with
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
S7-300 with S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE Advanced
TIM 3V-IE MD720-3 TIM 3V-IE and MD2 and MD2
MD720-3 TIM
G_IK10_XX_30187
4R-IE
Station Station Station Station Station
Use in a control center

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 4R-IE
Product type designation TIM 4R-IE Product type designation TIM 4R-IE
Data transmission rate Module format Compact module S7-300
double width
With Industrial Ethernet 10 100 Mbit/s
Width 80 mm
In accordance with RS 232 50 38 400 bit/s
Height 125 mm
Interfaces
Depth 120 mm
Number of interfaces 2
in accordance Net weight 0.4 kg
Number of electrical connections components, general
For external data transmission 2 Number of modules - Note Number of TIM 4R-IE
in accordance with RS 232 per S7-300/S7-400:
several, number depends on
For power supply 1 connection resources of CPU
Design of electrical connection Cable length
of the Industrial Ethernet interface RJ45 port Maximum with RS232 interface 6m
at interface 1 for external data 9-pin D-sub male connector Maximum with RS485 interface 30 m
transmission (RS232), switchable to RS485
Performance data
at interface 2 for external data 9-pin D-sub male connector
transmission (RS232), switchable to RS485 Performance data
S7 communication
For power supply 2-pin, pluggable terminal strip
Design of the swap medium C-Plug Yes for S7 communication
Supply voltage, current Maximum 64
For PG connections, maximum 2
For OP connections, maximum 62
Power supply 24 V
Service
Minimum 20.4 V
SINAUT ST7 using Yes
Maximum 28.8 V S7 communication
Current consumed PG/OP communication Yes 7
Maximum from backplane bus 0.2 A Performance data
for 24 V DC Multiprotocol operation
Maximum from external power 0.17 A Number of active connections for 128
supply for 24 V DC multiprotocol operation
Effective power loss 4.6 W Performance data
Product expansion: Yes Telecontrol
optional backup battery Suitability for use
Type of battery Lithium AA / 3.6 V / 2.3 Ah TIM node station Yes
Backup current TIM station Yes
Typical 100 A TIM control center Yes
Maximum 160 A Suitability for use - Note
Permissible ambient conditions Protocol is supported
Ambient temperature TCP/IP Yes
During operating phase 0 60 C SINAUT ST1 protocol Yes
During storage -40 +70 C SINAUT ST7 protocol Yes
During transport -40 +70 C Number of data frames which can 56 000
Relative humidity at 25 C 95 % be saved on the TIM
without condensation during Storage capacity
operating phase, maximum of S7 CPUs main memory
IP degree of protection IP20 Required on CPU for TD7onCPU 20 Kibyte
mode data blocks
Required on TIM for TD7onTIM 0 Kibyte
mode data blocks
Storage capacity - Note TD7onCPU:
at least 20 Kibyte, actual require-
ment depends on data quantity
and functional scope
TD7onTIM:
0 bytes in most favorable case

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 4R-IE

Product type designation TIM 4R-IE Product type designation TIM 4R-IE
Product property: buffered Yes Product functions Security
message frame memory Virtual Private Network
Transmission format Suitability for use Yes
of Virtual Private Network
with polling Product function
10 or 11 bit for SINAUT ST1 Yes Password protection for VPN Yes
protocol with
spontaneous sampling MSC client via GPRS modem Yes
with MSC capability
with multi-master polling MSC protocol is supported Yes
10 or 11 bit for SINAUT ST7 Yes Number of possible connections

protocol with polling or As MSC client with VPN 1
spontaneous sampling connection
Operating mode with scanning of As MSC server with VPN 128
data transmission connection
With dedicated line/radio link MSC protocol supported with TCP/IP
polling with time slot procedure Key length for MSC with 128 bit
multi-master polling with time slot Type of authentication with Yes
procedure Virtual Private Network PSK
With dial-up network Virtual Private Network mode - Note

- With SINAUT ST1 protocol Spontaneous Product functions Time
- With SINAUT ST7 protocol Spontaneous Product component: Yes
Hamming distance hardware real-time clock
For SINAUT ST1 protocol 4 Product property: Yes

buffered hardware real-time clock
Maximum accuracy of hardware 4s
Product functions Management, real-time clock per day
7 configuration, programming
configuration software required SINAUT ST7 ES
Time resolution 1 ms
Time deviation referred to
Storage location On TIM-internal flash memory or master clock
of TIM configuration data on TIM in optional C-PLUG or
on MMC of S7-300 CPU Typical 10 ms
if TIM fitted in S7-300 PLC Maximum 1000 ms

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
TIM 4R-IE

TIM 4R-IE 6NH7 800-4BA00 Accessories
With two combined RS232/RS485
interfaces for SINAUT communi- Swap medium for simple replace-
cation via conventional WANs ment of devices in the event of a
and two RJ45 interfaces for fault; for storing configuration or
SINAUT communication via application data; can be used
IP-based networks (WAN or LAN) for SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
SINAUT ST7 6NH7 997-0CA50-0AA0
Engineering Software Backup battery 6ES7 971-0BA00
Edition 09/2009 3.6 V/2.3 Ah for TIM 4R-IE
on CD-ROM, comprising: IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
SINAUT ST7 configuration and RJ45 plug-in connector for
diagnostics software V5.0 for the Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
programming device metal housing and integrated
SINAUT TD7 function block for connecting Industrial Ethernet
library V2.2 for the CPU FC installation cables;
Electronic manual in German with 180 cable outlet;
and English for network components and
SINAUT ST7 6NH7 997-0CA50-0GA0 interface
Engineering Software
Edition 09/2009 (Upgrade) 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
for STEP 7 V5.4 SP4, 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
for owners of previous versions
of SINAUT ST7 Engineering 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Software Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4AL
MD4 (RS232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4DL
MD4 (RS485) modem; cable
length 1.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-5AN
7
with the GSM modem MD720-3;
modems or radio equipment with
standard RS232 interface;
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4BN
with one end open for connecting
a TIM (RS232) to a third-party
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-0AR
For connecting two TIM modules
via their RS232 interface without
modems ("null modem");
cable length 6 m

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
Accessories
PPI modem cable
Overview Function
PPI mode:
Signal conversion from RS232 to RS485
Control of token in a multimaster PPI network (PPI master)
Supports 10-bit modem protocol via RS232, and DPT and PPI
protocols via RS485
Freeport mode:
Signal conversion from RS232 to RS485
Switchover between local and remote modes
Configuration in local mode using DIP switches
Configuration in remote mode using terminal program
(e.g. MS Hyper Terminal)
Supports AT modem commands and PIN for Siemens
modems
Order No. 6NH9 701-0AD
Intelligent RS232/PPI multimaster cable for connecting Product type identification PPI modem cable
modems with RS 232 interface to SIMATIC S7-200 (RS485)
Power supply from CPU
Benefits Protocols
PPI Yes; 10/11-bit
ASCII Yes; Freeport
MPI
Matching cable length for control cabinet assembly Transmission rate (PPI), max. 187.5 kbit/s;
9.6/19.3/187.5 kbit/s;
No RS232 adapter (gender changer) required for modem setting: DIP switch;
connection RS232 not required
Simple fixing of cable in control cabinet using Velcro fastener Status information/alarms/
diagnostics
Application Diagnostics LEDs Tx (green):
7 The intelligent RS 232/PPI multimaster cable can be used for the
RS232 send display;
Rx (green):
connection between modems and the S7-200. It is then possible RS232 receive display;
to connect modems such as the GSM modem MD720-3 with PPI (green):
RS232 interface to the PPI interface of the S7-200 without using RS485 send display
a gender changer. As a result of the short cable lengths and the Electrical isolation
industrial Velcro fasteners, the PPI modem cable is suitable for
Electrical isolation 1
use in control cabinets.
Dimensions
Design Approx. weight 300 g
24 V DC power supply via the RS485 interface of the SIMATIC
S7-200 Ordering data Order No.
3 LEDs for status display: PPI modem cable 6NH9 701-0AD
- Tx, green: RS232 send
- Rx, green: RS232 receive For connecting modems
- PPI, green: RS485 send with RS232 interface
to SIMATIC S7-200

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
Software
SINAUT ST7 Engineering Software
WAN Manager for SINAUT ST7
Application
In the catalog for the STEP 7 network configuration tool NetPro,
The SINAUT ST7 engineering software with the following compo- the SINAUT "dedicated line" and "dial-up" networks are added to
nents is required for the configuration, diagnostics and opera- the subnetworks directory. The SINAUT networks required in
tion of the SINAUT system: each case can be selected from this directory and installed in
SINAUT ST7 Configuring Software the NetPro window. With the SINAUT ST7 configuring tool V5.0
SINAUT TD7 Library and higher, the MSC-VPN tunnel protocol can also be used un-
der the "Industrial Ethernet" network type for configuring the
The software package is a work package which can be used for
any number of SINAUT projects without a licensing process.
SINAUT data transmission via the Internet and GPRS. N
The TIM modules can be assigned to these networks using the
mouse or dialog boxes. Any erroneous connections are rejected
Function immediately.
SINAUT ST7 configuring software for STEP 7 A corresponding Properties dialog box is called up to define the
Executable under Windows XP, Vista or Server 2003; generally valid parameters for a network, e.g. ST1 or ST7 proto-
STEP 7 software V5.4 SP4 or higher must also be installed. col, transmission rate, etc.
Includes: The individual properties for each of the network nodes can
- Module manager to supplement the HW Config STEP 7 tool; be defined in a further dialog box, e.g. the dedicated telephone
displays and sets the parameters of the TIM modules in HW- number for the connection to a dialup network.
Config
- WAN Manager to supplement the NetPro STEP 7 tool;
displays and sets the parameters of the SINAUT WAN net-
works and network nodes in NetPro
- The SINAUT ST7 configuring tool is used for project-wide
functions such as SINAUT connection configuration and
SINAUT station management
- SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool;
in addition to the diagnostics functions familiar to users of
STEP 7, it also provides access to SINAUT-specific diagnos-
tic information. The service tool can be used, for example, to
upload new software to the TIM.
Module manager for SINAUT ST7
A SINAUT ST7 folder is added to the SIMATIC 300 directory.
This folder contains a list of all available TIM modules.
The TIM module required in each case can be selected from
this directory and installed in the S7 rack. A corresponding
Properties dialog box can be called up to set the module
parameters.
7
If necessary, the Properties dialog box for a TIM module can

be opened in NetPro with the same property options as in HW
Config.
SINAUT ST7 configuring tool
The SINAUT ST7 configuring tool is a separate configuration tool
for SINAUT ST7 and includes:
Connection configuration
Station management
SINAUT ST1 Configuration overview
First, the "Connection configuration" tool is used to define the
SINAUT devices (ST7 CPU, ST7cc, ST7sc or ST1 device)
between which a connection is required. For this purpose, the
tool displays a list of all connections possible in the right-hand
side of a two-section window. The tool has generated the list
automatically using the network configured with NetPro
(see WAN Manager). The user moves the connections actually
required from the right-hand to the left-hand window using the
pop-up menu.

Siemens AG 2010
Telecontrol
Software
SINAUT ST7 Engineering Software
SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool
In addition to the diagnostics functions familiar to users of
STEP 7, the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool also pro-
vides access to SINAUT-specific diagnostic information. The
service tool can be used, for example, to upload new software to
the TIM.
SINAUT TD7 library, blocks for the CPU
The SINAUT TD7 library is a software package with blocks for
the CPU (TD7onCPU). The package has been designed so that
it can run both on an S7-400 and on an S7-300 CPU. Only a small
number of blocks have been designed specifically for the
S7-300 or S7-400 CPU respectively.
In the terminals, the SINAUT TD7 software ensures that process
data is transmitted between CPU and control desk, e.g. ST7cc,
and from CPU to CPU in the event of changes. Connection, CPU
or control desk failures are displayed. A data update for all
participating communication partners is performed automati-
cally following debugging or startup of a CPU or of the control
desk. A time stamp can be assigned to data messge frames if
required.
The package essentially comprises:
Basic and auxiliary blocks
Most of these blocks are always required in the CPU, a small
One of the features provided by the "Station management" tool number are optional. The basic blocks perform central tasks
is a list of all SINAUT devices. If necessary, station-specific such as startup, connection and connection partner monitor-
modifications can be made, e.g. the SINAUT station numbers ing, general prompting, time management, communication
can be changed for the individual devices, or message texts can processing, etc.. The auxiliary blocks, for example, insert
be configured to be sent as text message. The station manage- message frames into the sending mailbox and retrieve them
ment tool also handles configuring of the data message frames from the receive mailbox, perform connection-specific send
to be sent and received if message frame generation and eval- and receive operations or provide access to information the
uation are to be carried out by the TIM (only possible for TIMs user is searching for.
with TD7onTIM functionality). The tool generates the system data Data-point typicals
blocks (SDB) for the CPUs and TIMs from the configuration data. These blocks are integrated into the CPU program on the
7 If the SINAUT TD7 software is used for the CPU, the tool also
preprocesses the accounting and communication data blocks
basis of the data types and data volumes to be transmitted.
In the event of changes to data, they create message frames
for the CPUs, which it stores in the CPU block library together or output received process data.
with the blocks (FBs, FCs) which are essential to the CPUs for
SINAUT communication. In order to operate correctly, the TD7onCPU package needs a
number of data blocks which are generated by the SINAUT ST7
The third tool, "SINAUT ST1 Configuration overview" is only configuring tool. These are:
required for configuring systems which also feature SINAUT ST1
Central accounting DB
devices. This tool makes adjusting the addresses for SINAUT
This block contains all data required centrally, e.g. accounting
ST1 much easier.
data for all communication partners as well as for all connec-
tions to be managed.
Communication DBs
A separate communication DB is created for every connection
with a sending and receive mailbox and all data required for
controlling and monitoring this connection.
Technical specifications Ordering data Order No.

SINAUT ST7 SINAUT ST7 Engineering 6NH7 997-0CA50-0AA0
Engineering Software Software Edition 09/2009
Operating systems MS Windows XP Professional on CD-ROM, comprising:
SP 2, 3 SINAUT ST7 configuration and
MS Windows Server 2003 SP2 diagnostics software V5.0 for the
MS Windows Vista 32 Bit Ultimate programming device
and Business with or without SP1 SINAUT TD7 function block
STEP 7 versions STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 or higher library V2.2 for the CPU
Electronic manual
in German and English
SINAUT ST7 Engineering 6NH7 997-0CA50-0GA0
Software Edition 09/2009
(Upgrade)
for STEP 7 V5.4 SP4, for owners of
previous versions of SINAUT ST7
Engineering Software

Siemens AG 2010
Network transitions
8/2 Transition from Industrial Ethernet

to WirelessHART
8/2 IE/WSN-PA LINK

Siemens AG 2010
Network transitions
Transition from Industrial Ethernet to WirelessHART
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Overview Benefits
General data
HART (Highway Addressable Remote Transducer) is the
protocol for bus-addressed field devices. It is not a fieldbus, but
a version of the digital field communication that contains many Extended possible solutions for connecting process industry
of the functionalities of fieldbuses. field devices by means of alternative or supplementary
WirelessHART is the wireless HART communication to field- WirelessHART communication
buses in the process industry. The HART Communication Reliable data transmission using intermeshed network
Foundation (HCF) specified WirelessHART and published it as a technology; the self-organizing network with alternative paths
component of the HART Standard V7.1. The radio transmission enables radio obstacles to be bypassed
is based on the wireless communication standard IEEE 802.15.4.
Reduction of cabling costs under difficult installation condi-
High availability is achieved based on the architecture of a
tions, e.g. if the field devices are located on inaccessible plant
"meshed networks" (each field device is simultaneously a
components or are only required temporarily
repeater) with redundant communication paths and constantly
changing frequency channels (channel hopping). 128-bit To improve process monitoring and for maintenance tasks,
encryption in conjunction with authentication and validation of sensors can be retrofitted
each data packet ensures secure data transfer and prevents Existing transmitters can be integrated wirelessly into mainte-
unauthorized access to the field devices. nance and diagnostics systems by means of WirelessHART
As a basic principle, a WirelessHART network consists of adapters
WirelessHART field devices and a WirelessHART gateway that Without additional software, restricted monitoring is possible
receives the data from the field devices and forwards it to the via web services and the integrated web server of the
automation system. IE/WSN-PA LINK.
IE/WSN-PA LINK
8
The IE/WSN-PA LINK is a gateway for the connection of
WirelessHART field devices (HART V7.1) to Industrial Ether-
net, as an alternative or supplement to the wired connection.
Connection of up to 100 WirelessHART devices
Approved for operation in hazardous areas in Zone 2
Open TCP/IP communication and Modbus TCP via the
Ethernet interface
Can be used with HART-OPC servers of the HART Communi-
cation Foundation
Note:
A general introduction to WirelessHART and information on the
WirelessHART adapter and the WirelessHART field devices can
be found in Catalog FI 01 or on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/wirelesshart

Siemens AG 2010
Network transitions
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Application
The IE/WSN-PA LINK connects wireless HART field devices by Retrofitting for diagnostics and maintenance
radio to the Ethernet. On the radio side, the IE/WSN-PA LINK
supports the WirelessHART standard and on the Ethernet side For this application, wireless adapters are looped into the
the TCP/IP and Modbus TCP communication. 4-20 mA interface or screwed directly onto the HART device.
The acyclic HART message frames are transmitted by radio
The IE/WSN-PA LINK thus enables wireless diagnostics, mainte- between IE/WSN-PA LINK and a wireless adapter. Without
nance and process monitoring. affecting the operation of the plant, the wireless adapter modu-
lates the acyclic HART message frames to the 4-20 mA interface
or extracts them from the 4-20 mA interface.
Monitoring The IE/WSN-PA LINK collects data from all the wireless adapters
WirelessHART is particularly suitable for use in plant sections and transfers it via Industrial Ethernet to the diagnostics and
that are to be included in monitoring, but which do not have any maintenance station.
existing MSR cabling, e.g. external tank stores or other installa- If greater distances between the IE/WSN-PA LINK and the
tions where high cabling costs are anticipated. Data for the visu- monitoring station are to be spanned without cabling, this can be
alization can be retrieved from the IE/WSN-PA LINK via Industrial implemented by means of Industrial Wireless LAN with the
Ethernet or Modbus TCP. access points and client modules of the SCALANCE W family.
ES OS MS SITRANS
OS
MDS
Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC Controller without
system HART support
SITRANS
AW200
SITRANS
AW200
4 20 mA
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support IWLAN
IEEE802.11
Wireless 4 20 mA
HART IE/WSN-
PA LINK Wireless
HART
Industrial
Ethernet
DP/PA
Remote I/O station
w/o HART support
8
G_FI01_XX_10299
G_FI01_XX_10298
PROFIBUS
LINK
PROFIBUS
4 20 mA
SITRANS SITRANS
IE/WSN-
P280 TF280
PA LINK
PROFIBUS PA
Monitoring of process states via WirelessHART Retrofitting of plants for diagnostics and maintenance

Siemens AG 2010
Network transitions
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Design Integration
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical (no integral Integration into automation systems
switch; interfaces can be used, for example, for continuous
connection to the plant network as well as the temporary con- The IE/WSN-PA LINK can be integrated into automation systems
nection of a PC) via Ethernet or Modbus TCP. For connection of the IE/WSN-PA
LINK to SIMATIC S7-300/400, communication modules
1 x screw terminal for connection to Modbus RTU via RS485 (CP 343-1 oder CP 443-1) are required. You can obtain function
1 x screw terminal for the 24 V DC connection blocks and technical support from the following address:
Rugged metal enclosure with degree of protection IP65 for Siemens AG
use outdoors, also in hazardous zone 2 Industrial Technologies
Mounting: wall or mast mounting (vertical); IT4Industry Customer Support
U-bolts for mast mounting are included in the scope of Werner-von-Siemens-Strasse 60
delivery. 91052 Erlangen
Germany
Product versions
With integral, non-detachable antenna Phone: +49 91 31 7-461 11
Fax: +49 91 31 7-447 57
With N connector for connection of external antennas E-mail [email protected]
Function Integration in PCS 7

For integration of the IE/WSN-PA LINK into PCS 7 you can
WirelessHART obtain function blocks and technical support from the following
The IE/WSN-PA LINK establishes on the radio side an inter- address:
meshed wireless sensor network for communication with wire- Siemens AG
less field devices (e.g. transmitters). The data from the wireless I IS IN E&C OC A KHE
field devices is received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK and transmitted Siemensallee 84
via Industrial Ethernet to the connected systems. The supported 76187 Karlsruhe
wireless network is an open wireless network specified by the Germany
HART Communication Foundation (HCF) in accordance with the
WirelessHART (HART V7.1) standard. Phone: +49 721 595-6380
E-mail: [email protected]
On the field device side, the IE/WSN-PA LINK requires field
devices that support WirelessHART (HART). Existing field de-
vices can be integrated by means of wireless adapters into the
WirelessHART communication. To this end, the adapters are
looped into the 4-20 mA interface. The HART message frames
are transmitted from the HART device to a maintenance or diag-
nostics station device without affecting the 4-20 mA interface.
In addition, as many as four standard HART field devices can
be connected directly to the adapter. In this case, the 4-20 mA
cabling is omitted completely.
The adapter wirelessly transmits all data and process values of
the connected devices. The advantage of this solution is that
8 tried and tested devices can continue to be used.
Industrial Ethernet
Via the Ethernet interface the IE/WSN-PA LINK supports the use
of the HART OPC server and the Modbus TCP protocol.
Configuration
The configuration is web-based, without additional software, and
performed from the PC. By means of the web user interface it is
also possible to display the device states and measured values
of the WirelessHART devices.

Siemens AG 2010
Network transitions
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Order No. 6GK1 411-6CA40-0AA0 6GK1 411-6CA40-0BA0
Product type designation IE/WSN-PA LINK IE/WSN-PA LINK
at interface 1 10 100 Mbit/s 10 100 Mbit/s
at interface 2 10 100 Mbit/s 10 100 Mbit/s
at interface 3 9.6 to 57.6 kbit/s 9.6 to 57.6 kbit/s
Interfaces
at interface 1 in accordance 1 1
with RS 485
For power supply 1 1
at interface 1 in accordance RJ45 port RJ45 port
at interface 2 in accordance RJ45 port RJ45 port
at interface 3 in accordance 2-pin terminal strip 2-pin terminal strip
with RS 485
For power supply 3-pin terminal strip 3-pin terminal strip
Interfaces Wireless
Number of radio cards 1 1
permanently installed
Number of internal antennas 1 0
for external antenna(s)
Design of electrical connection for - N-Connector
external antenna(s)
Type of power supply DC DC
Supply voltage, external
Minimum
24 V
20 V
24 V
20 V
8
Maximum 28 V 28 V
Current consumed from external 0.5 A 0.5 A
power supply at 24 V DC,
maximum
Effective power loss, maximum 12 W 12 W
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity at 25 C without 90 % 90 %
condensation during operating
phase, maximum
IP degree of protection IP65 IP65

Siemens AG 2010
Network transitions
IE/WSN-PA LINK

Housing width 229 mm 229 mm
Housing height
Without antenna 306 mm 306 mm
With antenna 354 mm 354 mm
Housing depth 89 mm 89 mm
Type of mounting
Wall mounting Yes Yes
Mast mounting Yes Yes
Type of mounting Material for mast mounting included Material for mast mounting included
in scope of delivery in scope of delivery
Radio frequencies
Radio frequency with
WirelessHART in the 2.4 GHz
frequency band
Start value 2.4 GHz 2.4 GHz
Full-scale value 2.5 GHz 2.5 GHz
Performance data WirelessHART
Number of WirelessHART devices 100 100
which can be operated
Network latency
Maximum with 100 field devices 10 s 10 s
and WirelessHART network
Maximum with 50 field devices 5s 5s
and WirelessHART network
Transition link between two devices
with WirelessHART network
Maximum 100 m 100 m
Note The values may deviate if obstacles affecting radio The values may deviate if obstacles affecting radio
transmission are present transmission are present
8 HART protocol is supported

Yes Yes
components, general
Address Resolution Protocol Yes Yes
(ARP)
HTTP Yes Yes
HTTPS Yes Yes
Modbus TCP Yes Yes
Modbus TCP secure Yes Yes
Modbus RTU Yes Yes
Product function
Web-based management Yes Yes
DHCP client Yes Yes
Product function
Web-based diagnostics Yes Yes
WirelessHART diagnostics via Yes Yes
Modbus

Siemens AG 2010
Network transitions
IE/WSN-PA LINK

Product function
Password protection - multilevel Yes Yes
WirelessHART join key Yes Yes
ACL - MAC-based Yes Yes
WirelessHART network ID Yes Yes
SSL protocol is supported Yes Yes
Encryption principle AES 128 bit AES 128 bit
NTP protocol is supported Yes Yes
approvals
Standard for WirelessHART HART V 7.1 HART V 7.1
Standard for wireless communica- Yes Yes
tion IEEE 802.15.4
CE mark Yes Yes
Referred to CSA CSA Division 2 & Dust Ignitionproof, Suitable for Class CSA Division 2 & Dust Ignitionproof, Suitable for Class
I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D. Dust Ignition- I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D. Dust Ignition-
proof for Class II, Groups E, F, and G / Suitable for proof for Class II, Groups E, F, and G / Suitable for
Class III Hazardous Locations. / Install per Siemens Class III Hazardous Locations. / Install per Siemens
drawing A5E02467236A. Temperature Code: T4 drawing A5E02467236A. Temperature Code: T4
(-40 C < Ta < 60 C) CSA Enclosure Type 4X (-40 C < Ta < 60 C) CSA Enclosure Type 4X
Referred to FM FM Division 2 (Non-Incendive), Non-Incendive for FM Division 2 (Non-Incendive), Non-Incendive for
Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D. Dust Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D. Dust
Ignition-proof for Class II, III, Division 1, Groups E, F, Ignition-proof for Class II, III, Division 1, Groups E, F,
and G / Indoors/outdoor locations / NEMA Type 4X and G / Indoors/outdoor locations / NEMA Type 4X
Temperature Code: T4 (-40C < TBaB < 60C) Temperature Code: T4 (-40C < TBaB < 60C)
Referred to ATEX ATEX Type n see note: Ex II 3 G EEx nA Nl IIC T4 ATEX Type n see note: Ex II 3 G EEx nA Nl IIC T4
(-40 C < Ta < 60 C), ATEX Dust Ignition-proof, (-40 C < Ta < 60 C), ATEX Dust Ignition-proof,
EX tD A 22 IP66 T135 (-40 C < Ta < 60 C) EEx nA nL EX tD A 22 IP66 T135 (-40 C < Ta < 60 C) EEx nA nL
IIC T4 (-40 C < Ta < 60 C) II 3D Vmax = 28 V IIC T4 (-40 C < Ta < 60 C) II 3D Vmax = 28 V
Note for type n: The device does not satisfy the 500 V Note for type n: The device does not satisfy the 500 V
insulation test according to paragraph 9.4 insulation test according to paragraph 9.4
EN 60079-15:2005. This has to be considered when EN 60079-15:2005. This has to be considered when
mountig the device. mountig the device. 8
Referred to IECEx IECEx Type n see note Ex nC IIC T4 (-40 C =< Ta IECEx Type n see note Ex nC IIC T4 (-40 C =< Ta
<= 60 C) rated voltage: 28 V, IECEx dust explosion <= 60 C) rated voltage: 28 V, IECEx dust explosion
protection Ex tD A22 IP66 T135 (-40 C < Ta < 60 C) protection Ex tD A22 IP66 T135 (-40 C < Ta < 60 C)
Vmax = 28 V, Vmax = 28 V,
Note for type n: The device does not satisfy the 500 V Note for type n: The device does not satisfy the 500 V
insulation test according to paragraph 9.4 insulation test according to paragraph 9.4
EN 60079-15:2005. This has to be considered when EN 60079-15:2005. This has to be considered when
mountig the device. mountig the device.
Referred to NEMA
Wireless approval FCC and IC approval IC approval

Siemens AG 2010
Network transitions
IE/WSN-PA LINK

IE/WSN-PA LINK Antenna cables
Network transition between IWLAN N-Connect male/male
WirelessHART and flexible connection cable
Industrial Ethernet;
transmission frequency: 2.4 GHz Flexible connecting cable for
connecting an external antenna;
with integral, 6GK1 411-6CA40-0AA0 assembled with two N-Connect
non-detachable antenna male connectors
N connector for connection of 6GK1 411-6CA40-0BA0 1m 6XV1 875-5AH10
external antennas
2m 6XV1 875-5AH20
Antennas
5m 6XV1 875-5AH50
Antennas with omni-directional
characteristics; 10 m 6XV1 875-5AN10
country permits, compact HF coupling 6GK5 798-0CP00-1AA0
instructions (hard copy),
German/English N-Connect male/male connector
for connecting the LP798-1N
Wall or mast-mounting lightning protector
Antenna ANT792-6MN 6GK5 792-6MN00-0AA6 Accessories
Antenna gain including
N-Connect connector 6 dBi, IE FC M12 Plug PRO
2.4 GHz M12 plug-in connector suitable
Roof mounting for on-site assembly (D-coded,
IP65/IP67), metal housing,
ANT795-6MN antenna 6GK5 795-6MN00-0AA6 FastConnect connection system,
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect for connecting HARTING adapter
connector 6/8 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz cables to the Industrial Ethernet
Antenna mounting tool 6GK5 795-6MN01-0AA6 1 unit 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA0
(ANT795-6MN)
Mounting tool for installation of IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
ANT795-6MN under a roof 2 x 2 (Type A)
LP798-1N Lightning Protector 6GK5 798-2LP00-2AA6 4-core, shielded TP installation
Lightning protector with N/N FC RJ45 outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
female/female connector, PROFINET-compliant; UL
IP65 (-40 +100 C) approved;
Sold by the meter
Max. quantity 1000 m, 6XV1 840-2AH10
minimum order 20 m
Network components see "Industrial Wireless
for IWLAN Communication"
HARTING adapter cable 1) 21 03 683 6420
8 M12 female NPT 1/2 thread to

RJ45 11cm,
(minimum order quantity: 10);
Not included in the scope of
delivery of the IE/WSN-PA link;
You can find ordering information
The adapter is provided for in the Internet at:
easy connection of the link to the http://www.harting.com/en/
Industrial Ethernet kontakt/adressen/
1)
When using the Harting adapter cable for the Ethernet connection,
the requirements for intrinsic safety approval are not applicable.
When used in an application relevant to intrinsic safety guidelines,
it requires acceptance by the appropriate approval agency.

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
10/2 Introduction
10/2 System overview
10/4 Master
10/4 IO-link master module for ET 200S
10/5 IO-Link master module SIRIUS for ET 200S
10/6 IO-Link master module for ET 200eco PN
10/7 I/O modules

10/7 General data
10/8 IO-Link K20 modules
10/9 Industrial controls

10/9 Controls
SIRIUS function modules for IO-Link
10/10 Motor starters
for operation in the control cabinet
General data
10/19 3RA64, 3RA65 compact feeders
for IO-Link
3RA64 direct-on-line starters
10/20 3RA64, 3RA65 compact feeders
for IO-Link
3RA65 reversing starters
Accessories
10/26 Sensors
10/26 SIMATIC PXS310C M18
10/28 SIMATIC PXO560C C50

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Introduction
System overview
Overview
IO-Link is a new communication standard for sensors and meter and diagnostics data are transmitted in addition to the
actuators defined by the Profibus User Organization (PNO). cyclic operating data for the connected sensor/actuators.
IO-Link technology is based on the point-to-point connection of The simple, unshielded three-wire cable customary for standard
sensors and actuators to the control system. Extensive para- sensors is used for this purpose.
Laptop
PC
Remote access, e.g. PC
via teleservice
Control and Motion Control PC/PG/IPC

monitoring system Systems Database
Server
Telecontrol and
substation control
Security
Point
Access
Notebook Point
Numeric
Control
PC/PG/IPC
Field device for

intrinsically safe area
Coupler
Link
PROFIBUS PA
Field devices
IO-Link
master Access
Motion Control Point
Systems
Link
Link
IO-Link IO-Link
module module
Power
supply
LOGO! Controller
SINAMICS Drives
Compact feeder Sensors Compact feeder Sensors
arrangement arrangement
G_IK10_XX_30049
KNX
Compact Compact
starter feeder
Sensors
Slaves Slaves
Signalling column
Compatibility of IO-Link Load Feeders and Motor Starters

IO-Link guarantees compatibility between IO-Link-capable Through IO-Link it is possible control not only sensors, but also
modules and standard modules as follows: actuators in the form of load feeders and motor starters.
IO-Link sensors can be operated as a rule on IO-Link modules
(masters) as well as on standard I/O modules.
IO-Link sensors/actuators as well as today's standard sensors/ (76ZLWK (76ZLWK
actuators can be used on IO-Link masters. ,2/LQNPDVWHU GLJLWDO
,2PRGXOHV
If conventional components are used in the IO-Link system,
then of course only the standard functions are available at this Point-to-point Classic
point. connection wiring
through IO-Link
Expansion through IO-Link I/O modules
10 IO-Link compatibility also permits connection of standard
sensors/actuators, i.e. conventional sensors/actuators can also Sensor
be connected to IO-Link. This is done particularly economically . box
with IO-Link I/O modules which enable several sensors/actua-
16$B
tors to be connected to the control system simultaneously over

one cable.
Sensors Actuators Actuators Sensors
Analog signals
Another advantage of IO-Link technology is that analog signals Possibilities for connecting load feeders and motor starters to IO-Link
are digitized already in the IO-Link sensor itself and are digitally or in the conventional way
transmitted by the IO-Link communication. As the result, faults
are prevented and there is no extra cost for cable shielding.

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Introduction
System overview
Overview (continued) Benefits

Components of an IO-Link system The IO-Link system offers decisive advantages for connecting
complex (intelligent) sensors/actuators:
Dynamic changing of sensor/actuator parameters directly by
the PLC
Consistent storage of parameters enables devices to be
exchanged during operation, without a PC or programming
device, through re-parameterization from the PLC
Fast commissioning thanks to central data storage
Consistent diagnostic information as far as the
sensor/actuator level
Uniform and greatly reduced wiring of different sensors/actu-
ators/controls
Integrated communication: Transmission of process data and
service data between sensors/actuators and the control
system
Uniform and transparent configuring and programming
IO-Link is comprised of 2 components: IO-Link masters through use of a parameterization tool integrated in SIMATIC
and IO-Link devices. STEP 7 (Port Configurator Tool, PCT)
Transparent representation of all parameter and diagnostics
IO-Link master data
IO-Link master modules for ET 200S
4SI IO-Link electronic module Application
4SI SIRIUS IO-Link electronic module IO-Link can be used in the following main applications:
IO-Link master modules for ET 200eco PN Easy connection of complex IO-Link sensors/actuators with
a large number of parameters and diagnostics data to the
IO-Link devices control system
I/O modules Wiring-optimized replacement of sensor boxes for the con-
IO-Link K20 module nection of binary sensors through IO-Link I/O modules
Wiring-optimized connection of controls to the control system
Industrial controls
In these cases, all the diagnostics data are transmitted to the
Switching devices higher-level control system through IO-Link. The parameter set-
Power contactors for switching motors tings can be changed during operation. Central data storage
means that it is possible to exchange an IO-Link sensor/actuator
SIRIUS 3RT2 contactors, 3-pole, up to 18.5 kW without a PC or programming device.
See Catalog news LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations 11/2009, Chapter 3
Integration in STEP 7
Contactor assemblies
Integration of the device configuration in the STEP 7 environment
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies guarantees:
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting Easy and quick engineering
See Catalog news LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations 11/2009, Chapter 3 Consistent data storage
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link Speedy locating and rectifying of faults
For direct-on-line starters
For reversing starters
For wye-delta starters
Load Feeders and Motor Starters
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders for IO-Link
10
Infeed Systems for 3RA6
See Catalog news LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations 11/2009, Chapter 6
Sensors
IO-Link sensors, e.g.
SIMATIC PXS310C M18
SIMATIC PXO560C C50

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Master
IO-link master module for ET 200S
Overview Ordering data Order No.

Electronic module 4SI IO-Link 6ES7 138-4GA50-0AB0
IO-Link master
Connection method:
Screw terminal,
spring-loaded terminal or
FastConnect
More information
Further information and technical data can be found in the
Industry Mall under: "Automation technology"
--> "Industrial Communication"
--> "IO-Link"
--> "Master"
--> "IO-Link master module for ET 200S"
The 4SI IO-Link electronic module is an IO-Link master and sup-

ports the easy integration of sensors and actuators from different
manufacturers in the multifunctional, distributed I/O system
SIMATIC ET 200S on a total of four ports.
Features
Up to 4 IO-Link devices can be connected to each IO-Link
master module (3-wire connection)
Up to 4 standard actuators or sensors (2-wire/3-wire connec-
tion) can be connected.
The electronic module 4SI IO-Link is 15 mm in width and can
be used with the following universal terminal modules:
- TM-E15S26-A1 (screw-type terminal)
- TM-E15C26-A1 (spring-loaded terminal)
- TM-E15N26-A1 (FastConnect)
Supports firmware update (STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 and higher)
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Master
IO-Link master module SIRIUS for ET 200S

4SI SIRIUS electronic module 3RK1 005-0LB00-0AA0
IO-Link master
Connection method:
Screw-type terminal,
spring-loaded terminal or
FastConnect
More information
Further information and technical data can be found in the
Industry Mall under:
"Automation technology"
--> "IO-Link"
--> "Master"
--> "I/O-Link master module SIRIUS for ET 200S"
The 4SI SIRIUS electronic module supports easy, cost-effective

connection of SIRIUS switching devices with IO-Link to the
multifunctional, distributed I/O system SIMATIC ET 200S on a
total of four ports.
Features
Up to 4 SIRIUS switching devices (max. 16 for groups of four)
can be connected to each IO-Link SIRIUS module using
IO-Link (3-wire connection)
The electronic module 4SI SIRIUS is 15 mm in width and can
be used with the following universal terminal modules:
- TM-E15S26-A1 (screw-type terminal)
- TM-E15C26-A1 (spring-loaded terminal)
- TM-E15N26-A1 (FastConnect)
Supports firmware update (STEP 7 V5.4 SP5 and higher).
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Master
IO-Link master module for ET 200eco PN

IO-Link Master ET 200eco PN 6ES7 148-6JA00-0AB0
4 IO-L + 8 DE + 4 DA
DC 24 V/1.3 A; 8 X M12,
IP67 degree of protection
More information
Further information and technical data can be found in chapter 5
and in the Industry Mall under: "Automation technology"
--> "IO-Link"
--> "Master"
--> "IO-Link master module for ET 200eco PN"
The IO-Link master module ET 200eco PN is part of the compact

block I/O range ET 200eco PN.
It is characterized by:
Compact block I/O for processing digital and IO-Link signals
for connection to the PROFINET bus system
Cabinet-free installation to the IP67 degree of protection with
M12 connection system
Extremely rugged and resistant metal housing and casting
Compact module in housing size 60 mm x 175 mm x 37 mm
(W x H x D, short and wide ) with 8 x M12 for digital signals
and IO-Link
address assignment
100 Mbit/s data transmission rate
LLDP neighbor detection without the need for a programming
device
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
I/O modules
General data
Overview Benefits
The use of IO-Link I/O modules offers the following advantages:
Economical use of innovative IO-Link technology also for
binary sensors
Optimum use of all ports of the IO-Link master
Connection of several binary sensors/actuators to one port of
the IO-Link master, hence low-cost connection of also binary
sensors/actuators to the control system through IO-Link
Reduction of digital input modules in the peripheral station
Use of parameters also for binary sensors (e.g. NC contacts,
NO contacts and input delay can be parameterized)
Reduction of cabling and hence less risk of wiring errors by
dispensing with sensor boxes
Expansion toward distributed structures using pure point-to-
point wiring
Easy and elegant integration of sensors within a radius of 20 m
around an ET 200S station
Possibility of transmitting parameter and diagnostic signals
IO-Link I/O modules (e.g. sensor supply overload)
Using IO-Link technology, it is basically possible to connect Can also be used in harsh conditions thanks to the very
standard sensors to IO-Link masters. However, connecting stan- compact design and degree of protection IP67
dard sensors directly to the IO-Link master does not exploit the
full potential of IO-Link. The solution lies in the technology of the Application
IO-Link modules. The use of this technology represents a more
attractive solution in terms of cost than the direct connection of IO-Link I/O modules are used, in particular, where sensor boxes
sensors/actuators. were used up to now for the connection of binary sensors.
IO-Link I/O modules are a useful addition to ET 200S distributed

peripherals. The technology of the IO-Link I/O modules expands 'LJLWDOLQSXWPRGXOH',
IO-Link from a pure point-to-point wiring method in the direction
of distributed structures. The maximum cable length of an 6HQVRUER[HV
IO-Link connection between an IO-Link module and an IO-Link
master is 20 m. The use of sensor boxes with accordingly
complex and error-prone wiring is no longer necessary.
Transmission of parameter and diagnostic signals
With IO-Link I/O modules, it is possible in addition to transmit
parameter and diagnostic signals. This enables, for example,
the inputs of modules to be parameterized as NC contacts or
NO contacts through IO-Link. An overload or short-circuit in the
16$BD
sensor supply is signaled to the control system through the
IO-Link master.
M8 and M12 terminals
6WDQGDUGVHQVRUV

M8 and M12 terminals are available for connecting the sensors.
Connection to the IO-Link master is made using a standard M12
connecting cable. Former technology with sensor boxes
,2OLQNPDVWHU
,2OLQNPRGXOHV
10
16$BD
6WDQGDUGVHQVRUV

Technology with IO-Link I/O modules

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
I/O modules
IO-Link K20 modules

Version Order No.
IO-Link K20 module
Type Pin assignment Connection methods
4 inputs Y M12 3RK5 010-0BA10-0AA0
8 inputs Standard M8 3RK5 010-0CA00-0AA0
3RK5 010-0BA10-0AA0
3RK5 010-0CA00-0AA0
Accessories
Version Order No.
M12 sealing caps 3RK1 901-1KA00
For free M12 sockets
3RK1 901-1KA00
M8 sealing caps 3RK1 901-1PN00
For free M8 sockets
3RK1 901-1PN00
Other accessories:
See Catalog FS 10,
section "Proximity Switches"
--> "Accessories" --> "Plug-in Connectors"
See Industry Mall,
section "Sensors, Measurement and Testing Systems"
--> "Proximity Switches"
--> "Accessories" --> "Plug-in Connectors"
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Industrial controls
Controls
SIRIUS function modules for IO-Link
Overview Benefits
The SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for connecting to the con-
trol system offer many different advantages. The most important
are:
Reduction of control current wiring through plug-in technol-
ogy, feeder groups and integrated monitoring of circuit
breaker and contactor
Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet through
fewer digital inputs and outputs in the control system
Easy configuring through operation of feeders instead of
individual contactors
Enhanced operational reliability and quick wiring thanks to
spring-type connections
Can be flexibly combined with many automation solutions
using the open, standardized IO-Link wiring system
Small number of variants by using identical modules for size
S00 and S0 contactors
This means that the SIRIUS feeder is fully integrated in the
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link automation landscape and can use all the advantages of TIA
(e.g. integration in the TIA Maintenance Station).
A motor feeder which is configured with 3RT2 contactors can be
connected with the help of 3RA27 function modules to a higher- Application
level control system. The SIRIUS function modules for connec-
tion to the control system are available in an AS-i version and in The SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link for connecting
an IO-Link version. to the control system can be used wherever standard induction
motors up to 38 A (approx. 18.5 kW/400 V) with 3RT2 contactors
The SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link for connecting are started. The IO-Link solution is recommended for control
to the control system are available for direct-on-line, reversing cabinet applications in which a high density of information is
and wye-delta starters. They are plugged directly into the front required.
interface of the 3RT2 contactors and therefore require one
contactor with communication interface per feeder Approvals according to IEC, UL and CSA standards have been
(see Catalog news "LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations 11/2009, issued for the function modules.
Chapter 3).
The function modules perform the following tasks: Selection and ordering data
Communication, e.g. contactor operation and feedback, For selection and ordering data, see the Catalog news
ready signal "LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations 11/2009", Chapter 3 (Accessories
Electrical interlocking, e.g. for the reversing and wye-delta for 3RT2 contactors) and Chapter 6 (Accessories for 3RA2 Load
starter Feeders).
Timing relay function, e.g. wye-delta reversing time
Communication information and control supply voltage are
Accessories
passed on through module connectors so that the complete In addition to the 3RA6 935-0A operator panel, there is a
control current wiring on the starter is no longer needed. selection of different module connectors for the SIRIUS 3RA27
function modules that can be used if configurations are to be for
The function modules are equipped with removable terminals multiple sizes or non-side-by-side arrangements.
with screw or spring-type connections. They also have an input
for local disconnection, which can be connected, for example,
to a limit switch. More information
Up to four feeders (direct-on-line, reversing or wye-delta start- More information can be found in the Catalog news
ers) can be brought together and conveniently connected to a "LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations 11/2009" or in the Industry Mall.
control system through a standardized IO-Link connection. For example:
This results in a significant reduction of wiring compared to the
conventional parallel wiring method. The electrical connection is Details of power contactors for switching motors and contac-
made using standard cables. tor assemblies can be found in in the aforementioned Catalog
news, Chapter 3 or in the 10
The process image corresponds to that of the compact feeder Industry Mall under "Automation" --> "Industrial
(see Chapter 6 of the Catalog news "LV 1 N SIRIUS Innovations Communication" --> "IO-Link" --> "Industrial Controls"
11/2009), and to that of all motor starters. Easy, duplicatable pro- --> "Contactors and Contactor Assemblies".
gramming of the control system is thus possible.
Details of function modules for IO-Link can be found in the
The IO-Link connection enables a high density of information in aforementioned Catalog news, Chapter 3 or in the
the local range. Industry Mall under "Automation" --> "Industrial
Communication" --> "IO-Link" --> "Industrial Controls"
Thanks to the optionally available operator panel, which can be "Contactor and Contactor Assemblies"
installed in the control cabinet door, it is easy for control feeders --> "SIRIUS Function Modules for IO-Link".
equipped with function modules to be controlled from the control
cabinet door. Details of motor starters for operation in the control cabinet
can be found in the aforementioned Catalog news, Chapter 6
or in the
Industry Mall under "Automation" --> "Industrial
Communication" --> "IO-Link" --> "Industrial Controls"
--> "Motor Starters for Operation in the Control Cabinet".

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Industrial Controls Motor starters for operation in the control cabinet
General data
Overview
3RA6 fuseless compact feeders and Communications integration using IO-Link
infeed system for 3RA6
Up to 4 compact feeders in IO-Link version (reversing and
direct-on-line starters) can be connected together and conve-
niently linked to the IO-Link master through a standardized
IO-Link connection. For example, the 4SI SIRIUS solid-state
module serves as IO-Link master for the connection to the
SIMATIC ET 200S distributed I/O system.
The IO-Link connection enables a high density of information in
the local range.
The diagnostics data of the process collected by the 3RA6 com-
pact feeder, e.g. short-circuit, end of service life, limit position
etc., are not only indicated on the compact feeder itself, but also
transmitted to the higher-level control system through IO-Link.
Thanks to the optionally available operator panel, which can be
installed in the control cabinet door, it is easy to control the 3RA6
compact feeder with IO-Link from the control cabinet door.
Permanent wiring / easy replacement
Using the SIRIUS infeed system for 3RA6 (see Catalog LV 1), it
is possible to carry out the wiring in advance without a compact
3RA62 reversing starters feeder needing to be connected.
Integrated functionality A compact feeder is very easily replaced simply by pulling it out
of the device without disconnecting the wiring.
The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders are a generation of innova-
tive load feeders with the integrated functionality of a motor Even with screw connections or mounting on a standard mounting
starter protector, contactor and solid-state overload relay. rail, there is no need to disconnect any wiring (on account of the
In addition, various functions of otherwise optional mountable removable main and control circuit terminals) in order to replace
accessories (e.g. auxiliary switches, surge suppressors) are a compact feeder.
already integrated in the SIRIUS compact feeder. Consistent solution from the infeed to the motor feeder
Application The SIRIUS infeed system for 3RA6 with integrated PE bar is
The SIRIUS compact feeders can be used wherever standard offered as a user-friendly possibility of feeding in summation
induction motors up to 32 A (approx. 15 kW/400 V) are directly currents up to 100 A with a maximum conductor cross-section of
started. 70 mm and connecting the motor cable directly without addi-
tional intermediate terminals.
Approvals according to IEC, UL and CSA standards have been
issued for the compact feeders. Screw and spring-type connections
Low equipment variance The SIRIUS compact feeders and the SIRIUS infeed system for
3RA6 are available with screw and spring-type connections.
Thanks to wide setting ranges for the rated current and wide
voltage ranges, the equipment variance is greatly reduced com- Screw connection
pared to conventional load feeders.
Very high operational reliability Spring-type connection
Through the high short-circuit breaking capacity and defined
shut-down when the end of service life is reached means that the System configurator for engineering
SIRIUS compact feeder achieves a very high level of operational
reliability that would otherwise have only been possible with con- A free system configurator is available to reduce further the
siderable additional outlay. This sets it apart from devices with amount of engineering work for selecting the required compact
similar functionality. feeders and matching infeed.
Safe disconnection Types of infeed for the 3RA6 fuseless compact feeders
The auxiliary switches of the 3RA6 compact feeders are de- On the whole, four different infeed possibilities are available:
10 signed as mirror contacts. It is thus possible to use the devices Parallel wiring
for safe disconnection, e.g. emergency-stops, up to Category 2
(EN 954-1) and together with other redundancy switching de- Use of three-phase busbars (combination with SIRIUS motor
vices up to Category 3 or 4. starter protectors and SIRIUS contactors possible)
8US busbar adapters
SIRIUS infeed system for 3RA6

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
General data
To comply with the clearance and creepage distances de- Operating conditions
manded according to UL508, there are the following infeed
possibilities: The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders are suitable for use in any
climate. They are intended for use in enclosed rooms in which no
Type of infeed Feeder terminal Order No. severe operating conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors,
(according to UL 508, hazardous gases) prevail. Suitable covers must be provided for
type E) installation in dusty and damp locations.
Parallel wiring Terminal for 3RV19 28-1H
"Self-Protected Combi- The SIRIUS compact feeders are generally designed to degree
nation Motor Controller of protection IP20. The permissible ambient temperature during
(Type E)" operation is -20 ... +60 C.
Three-phase Three-phase infeed 3RV19 25-5EB The limited short-circuit current based on IEC/EN 60947-6-2 is
busbars terminal for constructing 53 kA at 400 V.
"Type E Starters",
UL 508 Note:
Infeed Systems for Infeed on left, 3RA68 13-8AB Further technical specifications can be found in the system
3RA6 50/70 mm2, (screw terminals), manual, stored at
screw terminal with 3RA68 13-8AC
3 sockets, www.siemens.de/kompaktabzweig
(spring-type
outgoing terminal terminals)
with screw/spring-type Overload tripping times
connections, The overload tripping time can be set on the device to less than
including PE bar
10 s (CLASS 10) and less than 20 s (CLASS 20 for heavy
starting). As the breaker mechanism still remains closed after an
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders overload, resetting is possible by either local manual reset or
The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders are universal motor feeders auto reset after 3 minutes cooling time.
according to IEC/EN 60947-6-2. As control and protective With autoreset, there is no need to open the control cabinet.
switching devices (CPS), they can connect, convey and discon-
nect the thermal, dynamic and electrical loads from short-circuit Diagnostics options
currents up to Iq = 53 kA, i.e. they are practically weld-free. The compact feeder provides the following diagnostics options:
They combine the functions of a circuit breaker, a contactor and
a solid-state overload relay in a single enclosure and can be With LEDs:
used wherever standard induction motors up to 32 A (up to - Connection to the control voltage
approx. 15 kW at 400 V AC) are started directly. Direct-on-line - Position of the main contacts
and reversing starters are available as variants. With mechanical indication:
- Tripping due to overload
The reversing starter version comes with not only an internal - Tripping due to short-circuit
electrical interlock, but also with a mechanical interlock to pre- - Tripping due to malfunction (end of service life reached
vent simultaneous actuation of both directions of rotation. because of worn switching contacts or a worn switching
3RA6 fuseless compact feeders are available with 5 current mechanism or faults in the control electronics)
setting ranges and 3 control voltage ranges: These states can also be evaluated in the higher-level control
Overall width Width of Current At 400 V AC for system:
of reversing setting range induction motors With parallel wiring using the integrated auxiliary and signal-
direct-on-line starter up to
starter ing switches of the compact feeder
mm mm A kW With AS-Interface or IO-Link in even greater detail using the
respective communication interface
45 90 0.1 ... 0.4 0.09
Four complement variants for 3RA6 compact feeders
45 90 0.32 ... 1.25 0.37
For standard mounting rail or screw fixing:
45 90 1 ... 4 1.5 basic version including 1 pair of main circuit terminals and
45 90 3 ... 12 5.5 1 pair of control circuit terminals
45 90 8 ... 32 15 For standard mounting rail or screw fixing when using the
AS-i add-on module:
without control circuit terminals because the AS-i add-on
The 3 control voltage ranges are: module is plugged on instead
24 V AC/DC
42 ... 70 V AC/DC For use with the infeed system for 3RA6: 10
110 ... 240 V AC/DC without main circuit terminals because they are supplied with
the infeed system and the expansion modules
Note:
For use with the infeed system for 3RA6 and
The 3RA1 load feeders can be used for fuseless load feeders AS-i add-on module:
> 32 A up to 100 A. without terminal complement (also for reordering when replac-
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers and the SIRIUS 3RT ing the compact feeder)
contactors can be used for fuseless load feeders >100 A. The control circuit terminals are always required by the com-
pact feeders for IO-Link; the main circuit terminals depend on
the use of the infeed system.

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
General data
Order No. scheme
Digit of the Order No. 1. - 4. 5. 6. - 7. 8. 9. 10.-11. 12. 13.-16.
7777 7 77 7 7 77 7 7777
SIRIUS 3RA6 Compact Feeders 3RA6
Version 7
(direct-on-line starter = 1, reversing starter = 2, direct-on-line starter for
IO-Link = 4,
reversing starter for IO-Link = 5, infeed system = 8, accessories = 9)
Details of accessories 77
Connection method 7
(0 = without terminals, 1 = screw terminals, 2 = spring-type terminals)
Setting range 7
Rated control supply voltage 77
Terminals complement variant 7
Special versions 7777
Example 3RA6 1 20 0 A B3 0
Note:
The Order No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
order numbers.
For your orders, please use the order numbers quote in the cat-
alog in the Selection and Ordering Data.
Benefits
The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders offer a number of advan- Speedy replacement of devices thanks to removable termi-
tages, the most important being: nals with spring-type and screw connections in the main and
Compact design saves space in the control cabinet control circuit
Little planning and assembly work and far less wiring thanks Efficient power distribution through the related SIRIUS infeed
to a single complete unit with one order number system for 3RA6
Little variance through 3 wide voltage ranges and 5 wide Direct connection of the motor feeder cable to the SIRIUS
setting ranges for the rated current mean low stock levels infeed system for 3RA6 thanks to integrated PE bar
High plant availability through integrated functionalities such Connecting and looping through incoming feeders up to a
as prevention of main contact welding and shut-down at end cross-section of 70 mm
of service life When using the infeed system for 3RA6, possibility of directly
Greater productivity through automatic device reset in case of connecting the motor cable without intermediate terminals
overload and differentiated detection of overload and short- Integration in Totally Integrated Automation thanks to the
circuit optional connection to AS-Interface or IO-Link
Easy checking of the wiring and testing of the motor direction The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders create the basis for high-
prior to start-up thanks to optional "control kits" availability and future-proof machine concepts.
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
General data
More information
Type 3RA64 3RA65
Size S0
Number of poles 3
General data
Device standard IEC/EN 60947-6-2
Max. rated current In max 0.1 ... 0.4 A A 0.4
(= max. rated operational current Ie) 0.32 ...1.25 A A 1.25
for the respective setting range
1 ... 4 A A 4
4 ... 12 A A 12
8 ... 32 A A 32
During operation Acc. to IEC/EN 60721-3-3 C -20 ... +60, with restriction up to +70
For installation in SIRIUS infeed system for 3RA6 C -20 ... +40
During storage IEC/EN 60732-3-1 C -55 ... +80
During transport IEC/EN 60721-3-2 C -55 ... +80
Permissible rated current of the compact
feeder,
when several compact feeders are mounted
side-by-side
on a vertical standard mounting rail or
in the infeed system for 3RA6
For a control cabinet inside temperature of +40 % 100
For a control cabinet inside temperature of +60 % 80
Relative air humidity % 10 ... 90
Installation altitude m Up to 2000 above sea level without restriction
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
(pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Trip class (CLASS) according to IEC 60947-4-1, 10/20
EN 60947-4-1
(VDE 0660 Part 102)
Rated short-circuit current Iq according to IEC 60947-4-1, kA 53 kA
at AC 50/60 Hz 400 V EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Types of coordination according to IEC 60947-6-2, Continuously
EN 60947-6-2 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Power loss Pv max of all main current paths Up to 0.4 A mW 2
Dependent on the rated current In 0.32 ... 1.25 A mW 19.1
(upper setting range)
1 ... 4 A W 0.2
3 ... 12 A W 0.7
8 ... 32 A W 2.3
Electrical endurance in operating cycles at Ie = 0.9 In 1,520,000
Max. switching frequency AC-41 1/h 750
AC-43 1/h 250
AC-44 1/h 15
Drive losses
Active power at 24 V
Up to 12 A W 2.7
8 ... 32 A W 2.95
at 42 ... 70 V
Up to 12 A W 2.5
8 ... 32 A W 3.0 10
at 110 ... 240 V
Up to 12 A W 3.4
8 ... 32 A W 3.8
Overload function
Ratio of lower to upper current mark 1:4
Shock resistance (sine-wave pulse) a = 60 m/s = 6g with 10 ms;
for every 3 shocks in all axes
Vibratory load f = 4 ... 5.8 Hz; d =15 mm; f = 5.8 ... 500 Hz;
a = 20 m/s2;10 cycles
Degree of protection Acc. to IEC 60947-1 IP20
Touch protection Acc. to DIN VDE 0106, Part 100 Finger-safe
Isolating features of the compact feeder Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-3 Yes
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP Acc. to IEC/EN 60204 Yes
switch characteristics of the compact feeder
and accessories

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
General data

Type 3RA64 3RA65
Size S0
Number of poles 3
General data
Protective separation Acc. to IEC 60947-2
Control circuit to auxiliary circuit
Horizontal standard mounting rail V Up to 400
Other mounting position V Up to 250
Auxiliary circuit to auxiliary circuit
Horizontal standard mounting rail V Up to 400
Other mounting position V Up to 250
Main circuit to auxiliary circuit
Any mounting position V Up to 400
EMC interference immunity Acc. to IEC 60947-1 Corresponds to degree of severity 3
Conductor-related interference BURST acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 kV 4
Conductor-related interference SURGE acc. to IEC 61000-4-5
Conductor Ground kV 4
Conductor Conductor kV 1
Electrostatic discharge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 kV 8
ESD kV 6
Field-related interference Acc. to IEC 61000-4-3 V/m 10
Auxiliary switches
Integrated
- Position of the main contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
- Overload/short-circuit signal 1 CO/1 NO
Expandable
- Position of the main contacts 2 NO, 2 NC, 1 NO, 1 NC
Surge suppressor Integrated (Varistor)
Pollution degree 3
Depth from standard mounting rail mm 160
Electromagnetic operating mechanism
Control voltage V 24 AC/DC
V 42 ... 70 AC/DC
V 110 ... 240 AC/DC
Frequency at AC Hz 50/60 (5%)
Primary operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 Us
No-load switching frequency 1/h 3600
Make-time ms max. 70
Break-time ms max. 120
Max. pick-up current at 24 V DC at 12 A mA 250
at 32 A mA 350
Max. hold current at 24 V DC at 12 A mA 100
at 32 A mA 150
Max. pick-up power at 24 V DC at 12 A W 6.0
at 32 A W 8.4
Max. hold power at 24 V DC at 12 A W 2.4
at 32 A W 3.6
Hold current and hold power valid for 24 V operating range
24 V, AC operation
Up to 12 A
Hold current mA 132
10 Active power W 2.7
Apparent power VA 3.15
8 ... 32 A
Hold current mA 144
Active power W 3.0
24 V, DC operation1)
Up to 12 A
Hold current mA 100
Active power W 2.45
8 ... 32 A
Hold current mA 116
Active power W 2.8
1) Differences between active power and apparent power result from the clocked coil excitation (displacement reactive work).

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
General data

Type 3RA64 3RA65
Size S0
Number of poles 3
Hold current and hold power valid for operating range 42 V ... 70 V
42 V, AC operation
Up to 12 A
Hold current mA 75
Active power W 2.35
8 ... 32 A
Hold current mA 84
Active power W 2.7
Up to 12 A
Hold current mA 55
Active power W 2.3
8 ... 32 A
Hold current mA 63
Active power W 2.7
70 V, AC operation
Up to 12 A
Hold current mA 54
Active power W 2.5
8 ... 32 A
Hold current mA 58.5
Active power W 2.7
Apparent power VA 4
Up to 12 A
Hold current mA 33
Active power W 2.35
8 ... 32 A
Hold current mA 37
Active power W 2.6
1) Differences between active power and apparent power result from the clocked coil excitation (displacement reactive work).
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
General data

Type 3RA64 3RA65
Size S0
Number of poles 3
Hold current and hold power valid for operating range 110V ... 240 V
110 V, AC operation
Up to 12 A
Hold current mA 38
Active power W 2.8
8 ... 32 A
Active power W 3.2
Up to 12 A
Active power W 2.5
8 ... 32 A
Active power W 2.9
240 V, AC operation
Up to 12 A
Hold current mA 36
Active power W 3.6
8 ... 32 A
Hold current mA 39
Active power W 3.9
Up to 12 A
Active power W 3.0
8 ... 32 A
Hold current mA 14
Active power W 3.35
1)
Differences between active power and apparent power result from the clocked coil excitation (displacement reactive work).
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
General data

Type 3RA64 3RA65
Size S0
Number of poles 3
Switching capacity at 400 V kA 53
Switching capacity at 690 V kA 3
Line protection at 10 kA m 2.5
m
at 50 kA mm 4
Shock resistance
Breaker mechanism OFF g 25
Breaker mechanism ON g 15
Normal switching duty
Making capacity 12 x In
Breaking capacity 10 x In
Switching capacity dependent on Up to 12 A kW 5.5
rated current Up to 32 A kW 15
Endurance in operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 3,000,000 2 x 3,000,000
Electrical endurance at Ie = 0.9 x In 1,520,000 2 x 1,520,000
Control circuit
Rated operational voltage
External auxiliary switch block V 400/690
Internal auxiliary switch V 400/690
Short-circuit signaling switch V 400
Overload signaling switch V 400
Switching capacity
External auxiliary switch block AC-15
at Ue = 230 V A 6
at Ue = 400 V A 3
at Ue = 289/500 V A 2
at Ue = 400/690 V A 1
DC-13
at Ue = 24 V A 6
at Ue = 60 V A 0.9
at Ue = 125 V A 0.55
at Ue = 250 V A 0.27
Internal auxiliary switch AC-15
at Ue = 230 V A 6
at Ue = 400 V A 3
at Ue = 289/500 V A 2
at Ue = 400/690 V A 1
DC-13
at Ue = 24 V A 10
at Ue = 60 V A 2
at Ue = 125 V A 1 10
at Ue = 250 V A 0.27
at Ue = 480 V A 0.1
Signaling switch AC-15
at Ue = 230 V A 3
at Ue = 400 V A 1
DC-13
at Ue = 24 V A 2
at Ue = 250 V A 0.11

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
General data

Type 3RA64 3RA65
Size S0
Number of poles 3
External auxiliary switch block, internal auxiliary switch
Mechanical endurance 3,000,000
Electrical endurance AC-15, 230 V
at 6 A 200,000
at 3 A 500,000
at 1A 2,000,000
at 0.3 A 10,000,000
DC-13, 24 V
at 6 A 30,000
at 3 A 100,000
at 0.5A 2,000,000
at 0.2 A 10,000,000
DC-13, 110 V
at 1 A 40,000
at 0.55 A 100,000
at 0.3 A 300,000
at 0.1 A 2,000,000
at 0.04 A 10,000,000
DC-13, 220 V
at 0.3 A 110,000
at 0.1 A 650,000
at 0.05 A 2,000,000
at 0.018 A 10,000,000
Contact stability at 17 V and 5 mA Oper- 1 incorrect switching operation per 100,000,000
ating
cycles
Short-circuit current IK 1.1 kA Fuse links gL/gG A 10
NEOZED 5SE, DIAZED 5SB,
LV HRC 3NA
Short-circuit current IK < 400 A Miniature circuit breaker up to A 10
230 V with C characteristic
Signaling switch
Mechanical endurance 20,000
Electrical endurance AC-15 at 230 V and 3 A 6050
Contact stability at 17 V and 5 mA Oper- 1 incorrect switching operation per 100,000,000
ating
cycles
Short-circuit current IK 1.1 kA Fuse links gL/gG A 6
LV HRC 3NA
Short-circuit current IK < 400 A Miniature circuit breaker up to A 6
10 230 V with C characteristic
Overload (short-circuit current IK 1.1 kA) Fuse links gL/gG A 4
LV HRC 3NA

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
3RA64, 3RA65 compact feeders for IO-Link

Direct-on-line starting A set of 3RA69 40-0A
adapters is required
for screw fixing.
NSB0_01946
3RA64.
with 3RA6911-1A auxiliary switch block
Standard induction motor Setting range

4-pole at 400 V AC1) for solid-state overload release
Standard output P
kW A Order No.
3RA64 direct-on-line starters with IO-Link (width 45 mm)
Rated control supply voltage of 24 V DC
0.09 0.1 ...0.4 3RA64 00- 7 AB4 7
0.37 0.32 ... 1.25 3RA64 00- 7 BB4 7
1.5 1 ... 4 3RA64 00- 7 CB4 7
5.5 3 ... 12 3RA64 00- 7 DB4 7
15 8 ... 32 3RA64 00- 7 EB4 7
Order No. supplement for connection type
With screw terminals 1
With spring-type terminals 2
Order No. supplement for complement variant
For standard mounting rail or screw mounting: 2
Basic version including 1 pair of main circuit terminals and 1 pair of control circuit terminals
For use with the infeed system for 3RA6 3
without main circuit terminals (with control circuit terminals)
1) Selection depends on the concrete startup and

rated data of the protected motor.
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
3RA64, 3RA65 compact feeders for IO-Link

Reversing duty 2 sets of 3RA69
40-0A adapters
are required
for screw fixing.
NSB0_01947
3RA65.
with 3RA6911-1A auxiliary switch block
Standard induction motor Setting range

4-pole at 400 V AC1) for solid-state overload release
Standard output P
kW A Order No.
3RA65 reversing starters with IO-Link (width 90 mm)
Rated control supply voltage of 24 V DC
0.09 0.1 ...0.4 3RA65 00- 7 AB4 7
0.37 0.32 ... 1.25 3RA65 00- 7 BB4 7
1.5 1 ... 4 3RA65 00- 7 CB4 7
5.5 3 ... 12 3RA65 00- 7 DB4 7
15 8 ... 32 3RA65 00- 7 EB4 7
Order No. supplement for connection type
With screw terminals 1
With spring-type terminals 2
Order No. supplement for complement variant
For standard mounting rail or screw mounting: 2
Basic version including 1 pair of main circuit terminals and 1 pair of control circuit terminals
For use with the infeed system for 3RA6 3
without main circuit terminals (with control circuit terminals)
1)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Accessories
Overview
Accessories for SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
The following accessories are available specially for the 3RA6 The compact feeders are mounted directly with the aid of busbar
compact feeders: adapters on busbar systems with 60 mm center-to-center clear-
AS-i add-on module: ance in order to save space and to reduce infeed times and
see AS-Interface add-on modules for 3RA6 in Chapter 6 costs. These feeders are suitable for copper busbars with a
--> AS-Interface Slaves width from 12 to 30 mm. The busbars thickness can be 4 to 5 mm
or 10 mm thick.
External auxiliary switch blocks:
Snap-on auxiliary switch as versions 2 NO, 2 NC and 1 NO The 8US busbar system can be loaded with a maximum summa-
+1 NC with screw or spring-type connections; the contacts of tion current of 630 A.
the auxiliary switch block open and close jointly with the main The "reversing starter" version requires a device holder along
contacts of the compact feeder. The NC contacts are de- side the busbar adapter for lateral mounting.
signed as mirror contacts.
Control kit: The compact feeders are snapped onto the adapter and con-
aid for manually closing the main contacts in order to check nected on the line side. This prepared unit is then plugged
the wiring and motor direction under conditions of short-circuit directly onto the busbar system, and is thus connected both
protection mechanically and electrically at the same time.
Adapter for screw fixing the compact feeder, including push- For more accessories such as incoming and outgoing terminals,
in lugs flat copper profiles etc., see Catalog LV 1, Chapter 17,
Main circuit terminals: Available with screw and spring-loaded "8US Busbar Systems --> 60 mm Busbar System".
terminals Accessories for operation with closed control cabinet doors
Accessories for UL applications Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for standard and
The terminal block for "Self-Protected Combination Motor emergency-stop applications are available for operating the
Controller", type E is available for complying with the clearance compact feeder with closed control cabinet doors.
and creepage distances demanded according to UL 508. Accessories for SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders in
Accessories for infeed using IO-Link version
three-phase busbar systems The following accessories are available specially for the 3RA64,
The three-phase busbars can be used as an easy, time-saving 3RA65 compact feeders:
and clearly arranged means of feeding SIRIUS 3RA6 compact The 4SI SIRIUS solid-state module as IO-Link master allows
feeders with screw connection. Motor starter protectors size S00 for the simple and economical connection of SIRIUS controls
and S0 can also be integrated. with IO-Link (e.g. up to four groups of 4 compact feeders) to
the multifunctional SIMATIC ET 200S distributed I/O system.
The busbars are suitable for between 2 and 5 devices. However,
any kind of extension up to a maximum summation current of Additional connection cables for side-by-side mounting of
63 A is possible by clamping the tags of an additional busbar up to 4 compact feeders
(rotated by 180) underneath the terminals of the respective last Operator panel for local control and diagnostics of up to
motor circuit protector. 4 compact feeders coupled to each other
A connecting piece is required for the combination with motor
starter protector size S00. The motor starter protectors are
supplied by appropriate feeder terminals. Special feeder termi-
nals are required for constructing "Type E Starters" according
to UL/CSA.
The three-phase busbar systems are finger-safe, but empty
connection tags must be fitted with covers. They are designed
for any short-circuit stress which can occur at the output side
of connected SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeders or motor starter
protectors.
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Accessories

Type Order No.
Accessories specially for 3RA6 compact feeders
Control kits 3RA69 50-0A
For mechanical actuation of the
compact feeder
3RA69 50-0A
Adapters for screw fixing the compact feeder 3RA69 40-0A
(set including push-in lugs
Direct-on-line starters require 1 set,
reversing starters 2 sets.
3RA69 40-0A
Screw connection
Auxiliary switch blocks for compact feeders

2 NO 3RA69 11-1A
2 NC 3RA69 12-1A
1 NO +1 NC 3RA69 13-1A
3RA6911-1A
Main circuit terminals 3RA69 20-1A
(incoming and outgoing side)
Control circuit terminals
For 3RA61 3RA69 20-1B
For 3RA62 3RA69 20-1C
For 3RA64 3RA69 20-1D
3RA6920-1A
For 3RA65 3RA69 20-1E
Spring-type connection
Auxiliary switch blocks for compact feeders

2 NO 3RA69 11-2A
2 NC 3RA69 12-2A
1 NO + 1 NC 3RA69 13-2A
3RA6911-2A
Main circuit terminals 3RA69 20-2A
(incoming and outgoing side)
Control circuit terminals
For 3RA61 3RA69 20-2B
For 3RA62 3RA69 20-2C
For 3RA64 3RA69 20-2D
For 3RA65 3RA69 20-2E
3RA6920-2A
Main circuit terminals mixed connection method 3RA69 20-3A
10 1 set contains
1 joint block on the incoming side with screw connection and
1 joint block on the outgoing side with spring-type connection
3RA6920-3A

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Accessories

Type Order No.
Accessories especially for 3RA64, 3RA65 Compact Feeders with IO-Link
Additional connection cable (flat)
for side-by-side mounting of up to 4 compact feeders
(5 units each per pack)
14-pole, 8 mm1) 3RA69 31-0A
10-pole, 8 mm2) 3RA69 32-0A
10-pole, 200 mm2) 3RA69 33-0B
14-pole, 200 mm 3RA69 33-0C
3RA69 31-0A
Operator panel for compact feeder 3RA69 35-0A
(incl. enabling module and blanking cover)
3RA69 35-0A
Enabling module 3RA69 36-0A
Blanking covers (5 units each per pack) 3RA69 36-0B
Connection cable (round) for connecting the operator panel 3RA69 33-0A
10-pole, 2000 mm
4SI SIRIUS solid-state module 3RK1 005-0LB00-0AA0
IO-Link master for connection of up to 4 SIRIUS controls
(max. 16 in groups of 4) with IO-Link (3-conductor connection) to SIMATIC ET 200S,
width 15 mm, supports firmware update (STEP 7 V5.4 SP5 and higher)
Can be used with the following terminal modules:
- TM-E15S26-A1 (screw terminal)
- TM-E15C26-A1 (spring-type terminal)
- TM-E15N26-A1 (fast connect)
3RK1 005-0LB00-0AA0
Terminals for "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)" acc. to UL 508
for infeed through parallel wiring with compact feeders
Note:
UL 508 demands 1-inch clearance and 2-inch creepage distance at line side for
"Combination Motor Controller Type E".
Terminal blocks are not required for use according to CSA.
With size S0, these joint blocks cannot be used in combination with 3RV19.5
three-phase busbars.
3RV19 28-1H
Terminal block type E 3RV19 28-1H
For extended clearance and creepage distances (1 and 2 inch)
1)
Is included in the scope of supply of the SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeder in IO-Link version.
2)
10-pole connection cables are required for EMERGENCY-STOP group concepts.
Number of compact feeders Modular Rated For motor Order No.

and motor starter protectors spacing current In starter protec-
that can be connected at 690 V tors size
without lateral accessories
mm A
Three-phase busbars for infeed with 3RA6
For feeding several compact feeders and/or motor starter protectors
with screw terminals, mounted side by side on standard mounting rails, insulated,
with touch protection.
3RV19 15-1AB
2 45 63 S01) 3RV19 15-1AB 10
3 45 63 S01) 3RV19 15-1BB
3RV19 15-1BB 4 45 63 S01) 3RV19 15-1CB
5 45 63 S01) 3RV19 15-1DB
3RV19 15-1CB
3RV19 15-1DB
1) Not suitable for 3RV11 motor starter protectors with overload relay function.
Common clamping of S00 and S0 motor starter protectors is not possible, due to the different modular spacings
and terminal heights.
The 3RV19 15-5DB connecting piece is available for connecting the compact feeders to circuit breakers size S00.

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Accessories

Version Modular spacing For motor starter Order No.
protectors size
mm
Connecting pieces for three-phase busbars
For connecting 45 S00 3RV19 15-5DB
compact feeders (left)
and motor starter protectors
3RV19 15-5DB
size S00 (right)
Covers for connection tags of the three-phase busbars
Touch protection S00, S0 3RV19 15-6AB
for empty positions
3RV19 15-6AB
Conductor cross-section For compact Order No.

Solid or Finely stranded AWG cables, feeders and
stranded with end sleeve solid or stranded motor starter
protectors size
mm mm AWG
Three-phase feeder terminals for three-phase busbars
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25 4 ... 16 12-4 S0 3RV19 25-5AB
3RV19 25-5AB
Connection from below1)
2.5 ... 25 4 ... 16 12-4 S00, S0 3RV19 15-5B
3RV19 15-5B
Three-phase feeder terminals for constructing "Type E Starters" according to UL 508 for three-phase busbars
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25 4 ... 16 10-4 S0 3RV19 25-5EB
1)
This terminal is connected in place of a switch, please take the space requirement into account.
Version Order No.

Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
For flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433 8US12 11-1NS10
Width: 12 ... 30 mm
Thickness: 4 ... 5 mm or 10 mm
8US12 11-1NS10
Device holders for lateral mounting along side the busbar adapter for 60 mm systems
Required in addition to the busbar adapter 8US12 50-1AA10
10 for mounting a reversing starter
8US12 50-1AA10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Accessories

Version Color of handle Version of Order No.
extension shaft
mm
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for operating the compact feeder with closed control cabinet doors
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms consist of a knob,
a coupling driver and a 130/330 mm long extension shaft (6 mm x 6 mm).
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are designed to
degree of protection IP65.
The door interlocking prevents accidental opening of the control cabinet door
in the ON position of the motor starter protector.
The OFF position can be locked with up to 3 padlocks.
3RV29 26-0B
Door-coupling rotary Black 130 3RV29 26-0B
operating mechanisms
EMERGENCY-STOP Red/Yellow 130 3RV29 26-0C
door-coupling
rotary operating mechanisms
Version Order No.

Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Screwdrivers Spring-type connection
for all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, 3RA29 08-1A
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
3RA29 08-1A
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates 1) 3RT19 00-1SB20
for SIRIUS devices
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise
NSB0_01429b
3RT19 00-1SB20
Documentation 2)
System manual
German: 3RA69 91-0A
SIRIUS Kompaktabzweig und Zubehr
English: 3RA69 92-0A
SIRIUS compact starter and accessories
1) PC labeling system for individual inscription of unit labeling plates available from: murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
www.murrplastik.com
2)
These manuals and other language versions are currently available from the download center of the Service & Support portal at
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/27136554/133300
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Sensors
SIMATIC PXS310C M18

Type 6GR6333-3KS00
Sensing range cm 10 ... 100
Standard target cm 2x2
Operational voltage (DC) V 20 ... 30
(including 10% residual ripple)
Rated operating current Ie mA 200
No-load supply current I0 mA Max. 50
Ultrasonic frequency kHz 200
Switching frequency f Hz 5
ON-delay ms 100
Time delay ms 120
before availability tv
Path resolution mm 1
Switching status display Yellow/green LED
Enclosure material Nickel-plated brass;
SIMATIC PXS310C ultrasonic proximity switch CRASTIN converter cover;
epoxy resin converter surface
The SIMATIC PXS310C ultrasonic proximity switch can detect Degree of protection IP67
many different objects and signal their distance with millimeter
precision. Material and color play no role. Ambient temperature
During operation C -25 +70
Due to the bidirectional IO-Link interface, the distance data is
provided direct as numerical value without complex analog During storage C -40 +85
conversion. The sensor can then be easily parameterized from
the controller. The IO-Link interface also transfers diagnostic
nformation from the sensor to the controller.
The proximity switch is connected to the IO-Link master via a
standard M12 connecting cable. If the proximity switch is con-
nected to a standard I/O module, it operates as proximity switch
with switching output.
Characteristics
M18 compact design
Small blind zone
Large sensing range up to 100 cm
Simple connection method: M12 connector, 4-pole, type F
Supports COM and SIO mode according to the IO-Link
specification
Transfer of measured value and switching state
Faster transfer of measured values to the controller
Dynamic change of the parameters
Design
The devices of the M18 IO-Link compact range are always
supplied with permanently installed sensors.
10

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Sensors
SIMATIC PXS310C M18
Ordering data Order No. Schematics

PXS310C ultrasonic proximity 6GR6 333-3KS00
switch FS10_00319
1 L+
Sensing range 10 to 100 cm
Rated operating current 200 mA
U 2 XI
Accessories
M12 cable outlet 3 L-
For screw fixing, degree of
protection IP67, 3-pole, Type E, NC 4 Communication /
unshielded, PUR (suitable for
railing)
Switching output
5m 3RX8 000-0CB32-1AF0
10 m 3RX8 000-0CB32-1AL0
Rear view of the device
M12 cable outlet (PUR)
protection IP67, 4-pole, Type F, 2 1
trailing), NO + NC
5m 3RX8 000-0CB42-1AF0
3 4
10 m 3RX8 000-0CB42-1AL0 NSD01042a
Angled M12 cable outlet (PUR)
protection IP67, 3-pole, Type E, More information
trailing) The IODD (IO-Link Device Description) can be found via our
Global Support database:
5m 3RX8 000-0CC32-1AF0
10 m 3RX8 000-0CC32-1AL0
Angled M12 cable outlet (PVC)
protection IP67, 3-pole, Type E,
unshielded, PVC
5m 3RX8 000-0CC32-1BF0
10 m 3RX8 000-0CC32-1BL0
Angled M12 cable outlet (PUR)
protection IP67, 4-pole, Type F,
trailing), NO + NC
5m 3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0
10 m 3RX8 000-0CC42-1AL0
Dimensions
101,5
x1
18
M
10
M12x1
12

Siemens AG 2010
IO-Link
Sensors
SIMATIC PXO560C C50

Type 6GR1566-3PP38
Number of colors that can be cm 5
trained
Sensing range mm 12 32
Sensing range tolerance mm +/- 6
Size of light spot mm 4 with 22 sensing range
Ambient light limit EN 60947-5-2
Operating voltage V DC 18 30
Max. residual ripple 10 %
Reverse polarity protection, Yes
short-circuit protection
Current consumption in idle mA 40
mode
Switching output Q / IO-Link, differential mode
Data format IO-Link Type 2.1 Frame
PXO560C C50 color sensor Supported IO-Link modes SIO and COM
Max. output current mA 100
The PX0560C C50 color sensor can distinguish between many
different objects based on their color and up to 5 colors can be Max. voltage drop V 2,4
taught. Switching frequency Hz 500 in SIO mode
The number of the recognized object is transferred to the user Enclosure material ABS
via the bi-directional IO-Link interface. Furthermore, the informa-
tion is made available via color values. The sensor can be easily
parameterized from the controller. The IO-Link interface trans- Ambient temperature
fers additional diagnostic information from the sensor to the con- In operation C -10 +55
troller.
During storage C -20 +80
The color sensor is connected to the IO-Link master by means of
Type of connection M12 connector, 5-pole, type G
a 5-pole standard M12 connecting cable. If the color sensor is
connected to a standard IO module, it operates as color sensor Max. permissible cable length m 100
with one switching output. Weight G 40
Features
Compact design (50 x 50 x 17 mm) Ordering data Order No.
Small, compact sensor with IO-Link SIMATIC PXO560C C50 6GR1566-3PP38
Large sensing range: 12 mm to 32 mm color sensor
Up to 5 reference colors can be trained Accessories
Color scan function for teach-in of up to 5 color gradients Mounting bracket 3RX7302
Not susceptible to light from external sources for C50 design
Simple connection system: M12 connector, 5-pole, type G Cable box 3RX8000-0CB52-1AF0
5 x 0.34 mm, 5 m
Reflective foil 3RX7307-0AB00
for detecting transparent objects
More information
The IODD (IO-Link Device Description) is available via our
global support database:
10 http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/33273359

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
11/2 Training
11/4 Quick Start Software
11/5 Standards and approbations
11/6 Quality management
Certificates
11/7 Partner at Industry Automation

and Drive Technologies
11/7 Siemens Contacts Worldwide
11/8 Siemens Solution Partner
Automation, Power Distribution and PLM
11/9 Online Services

11/9 Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD
11/10 Service & Support

11/10 Services covering the entire life cycle
11/11 Knowledge Base on DVD
Automation Value Card
11/12 Safety of electronic devices

11/13 Software Licenses
11/15 Alphabetical index
11/17 Ordering data summary
11/19 Fax order form
11/20 Conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Training
Faster and more applicable know-how: SITRAIN highlights

Hands-on training from the manufacturer
Top trainers
SITRAIN the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial
Solutions provides you with comprehensive support in solving Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.
your tasks. Course developers have close contact with product develop-
ment, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.
Training by the market leader in automation and plant engineer-
ing enables you to make independent decisions with confi- Practical experience
dence. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of prod- The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
ucts and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach
existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty planning right from great importance to practical exercises which can comprise
the beginning. up to half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately
implement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on
state-of-the-art methodically/didactically designed training
equipment. This training approach will give you all the confi-
dence you need.
Wide variety
With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of Siemens Industry products as well as interac-
tion of the products in systems.
Tailor-made training
We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more than
50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide.
You wish to have individual training instead of one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored
exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried
out in our Training Centers or at your company.
The right mixture: Blended learning
First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter startup "Blended learning" means a combination of various training
times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting and media and sequences. For example, a local attendance course
reduced downtimes. In other words, increased profits and lower in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-
costs. yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:
Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.
Achieve more with SITRAIN
Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing
Optimized production operations
Reliable configuration and startup
Minimization of plant downtimes
Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
Compliance with quality standards in production
Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff
Contact
Visit our site on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
training catalog from:
SITRAIN Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 (0)1805 / 23 56 11
Fax: +49 (0)1805 / 23 56 12
11 (0.14 /min. from a German landline network,

mobile telephone prices may vary)
E-Mail: [email protected]

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Training
Training program for SIMATIC NET

The training program for SIMATIC NET gives your employees a Further information regarding current courses for EIB/KNX is
necessary overview as well as detailed knowledge of industrial available in the Internet at: www.siemens.com/sitrain
communication. In addition to planning and configuring with
SIMATIC NET, training includes the use and programming of
SIMATIC NET products as well as commissioning and service.
Commissioning engineer, configuring engineer

Programmer Service personnel
Project management Operators, users
Decision-maker, sales personnel Service engineers
Title Target group Duration/ Short title Page

Medium
SIMATIC NET communications systems

Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet system course 3 days IK-IESYS 10/5
Security in Industrial Ethernet Networks 1 day IK-IESECWS 10/5
Industrial Ethernet CD-COM SM-ETHER Internet
Communication over Industrial Ethernet WBT WT-ETHER Internet
Industrial Ethernet at SIEMENS WBT WT-IESI Internet
Industrial Ethernet in automation technology Technical FB-IT4AUT 10/6

book
PROFINET
PROFINET system course 3 days IK-PNSYS 10/8
Certified PROFINET Network Engineer/Installer 3 days IK-PNOCPNEI 10/9
PROFINET WBT WT-PROFIN Internet
Automating with PROFINET Technical FB-AUTPN 10/9

book
Industrial Wireless Communication
Industrial Wireless LAN system course 2 days IK-IWLANSYS 10/10
OPC
Understanding the OPC interface system course 4 days IK-OPCSYS 10/11
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP system course 3 days IK-PBSYS 10/13
PROFIBUS and S7 Troubleshooting for service personnel 2 days KO-PBDIAG 10/14

PROFIBUS CD-COM SM-PROFI Internet
PROFIBUS WBT WT-PROFI Internet

Decentralization with PROFIBUS DP/DPV1 Technical FB-PROFI 10/14
book
AS-Interface
Actuator/Sensor Interface system course 3 days IK-ASISYS 11/9
SINAUT ST7
Engineering SINAUT ST7 5 days IK-SINAUT 10/16 11
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic compatibility in practice
N 2 days MP-EMVPRA 10/17

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Quick Start Software
Fast entry into industrial communication

Contents
Sample programs for programming devices/PC, SIMATIC S7
and SIMATIC S5
All terminals are connected to all other terminals through
Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET or PROFIBUS
Complete, simple examples for a multitude of interfacing
options
Communication solutions: Choose your communication solu-
tion from the complete, executable projects and programs,
incl. S7 communication, PROFIBUS FMS, PROFIBUS DP,
PROFINET, SEND/RECEIVE...
Structure
A single interface guides you through the applications
The documentation is simple and clear
The simple layout presents an instant overview of the program
components required for communication
Small programs with simple data exchange form the basis for
your own applications
The examples required can be loaded from the CD
and run immediately.
Note:
To get your free copy of the Quick Start CD/online access,
please answer the questions about your system/installation on
the online order form. Your replies will help us with the ongoing
With "Quick Start" you get a free CD-ROM and/or online sample development of our products.
programs for a fast introduction to industrial communication.
The order form can be accessed in the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/quickstart
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Standards and approbations
CE marking Notes for machine manufacturers

In as far as the electronic products described in this Catalog are The SIMATIC automation system is not a machine in the sense
subject to requirements and protection goals stipulated in EG of the EC Machinery Directive. For SIMATIC therefore no De-
guidelines, the relevant EG conformity declarations for the com- claration of Conformity in terms of the EC Machinery Directive
petent authorities are held available at: 89/392/EWG or 2006/42/EG (new edition, applicable from end of
2009) may be issued.
SIMATIC:
Siemens AG, The EC Machinery Directive regulates the requirements for a
Industry Sector machine or sub-unit of a machine. Machine in this context is
IA AS EWA defined as an entity of connected parts or devices (see also
Postfach 1963 EN 292-1, Para. 3.1).
D-92209 Amberg SIMATIC is part of the electrical equipment of a machine and
GERMANY must therefore be included in the assessment of the machine as
SIMATIC NET: a whole.
SIEMENS AG As an electrical resource, SIMATIC is subject to the low-voltage
Industry Sector directive that, like the machine directive, also covers all hazards
IA SC IC as a "total safety directive".
Postfach 4848 The EN 60204-1 standard (Safety of machines, general require-
D-90327 Nrnberg ments for the electrical equipment of machines) applies for the
GERMANY electrical equipment of machines.
SIMATIC HMI: The following table should help you when drawing up your
SIEMENS AG declaration of conformity and shows which criteria apply to
Industry Sector SIMATIC in accordance with EN 60204-1(2006-06). You can
IA AS HMI obtain further information from the enclosed declaration of
Postfach 4848 conformity in accordance with the low-voltage and EMC
D-90327 Nrnber directive (with the list of standards complied with).
GERMANYg
EN 60204-1 Topic/criterion Notes

SIMATIC NET products are designed for operation in industrial
environments and comply with the following requirements: Paragraph 4 General requirements The requirements are met
when the equipment is
Noise emissions: assembled/ installed in
EN 61000-6-4: 2007 accordance with the
Noise immunity: installation guidelines.
EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Please note the relevant
information in the manu-
Selected modules comply with stringent requirements with als
regard to emitted interference and are therefore allowed to be Paragraph 11.2 Digital input/output The requirements are met
used in an industrial as well as in a domestic environment: interfaces
Noise emissions: Paragraph 12.3 Programmable The requirements are met
EN 61000-6-3: 2007 equipment when the equipment is
Noise immunity: installed in lockable cabi-
EN 61000-6-2: 2005 nets to protect against
alteration of the memory
Please take details regarding the fulfillment of specific European contents by unautho-
standards (EN) from the technical documents (manuals) associ- rized persons.
ated with the product. Prerequisite for the fulfillment of the afore-
Paragraph 20.4 Voltage tests The requirements are met
mentioned protection goals is strict observance of the installa-
tion guidelines described in the manuals during the installation
and operation of the products.
The installation guidelines described in the manuals and the
important notes concerning installation in cabinets and the use
of shielded cables must be complied with when installing and
operating the products described in this catalog.
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Quality management
Certificates
Quality management Certificates

The quality management system of the Industry Sector, Industry An overview of the certificates available for SIMATIC NET pro-
Automation division, complies with the international standard ducts (CE, UL, CSA, FM, shipping authorizations) and classifi-
DIN EN ISO 9001. cation figures (MTBF) can be found in the Internet at:
The products and systems described in this catalog are sold http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
under application of a quality management system certified by
DQS and TV (German Technical Inspectorate) in accordance Other certificates for SIMATIC products can be found in the
with ISO 9001. The certificates are recognized in all EQ Net Internet at:
countries. http://www.siemens.com/simatic/certificates
DQS Registered Certificate Nos.: The lists are continuously updated. The data for products which
Siemens AG has not yet been included in the overview is continuously
Automation and Drives collected and prepared for the subsequent edition.
Industrial Automation Systems You can find certificates, approbations, verification certificates
Reg.-No.: 001323 QM or characteristic curves under:
Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET Support\Infomaterial\Certificates
Reg.-No.: 002613 QM
TV (German Technical Inspectorate)
Registered Certificate No.:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Low-Voltage Switching
Reg.-No.: 12 100 16950 TMS
or by going directly to the Link Box
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Partner at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
Siemens Contacts Worldwide
Overview
At Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies, more
than 85,000 people are resolutely pursuing the same goal: long-
term improvement of your competitive ability. We are committed
to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we continue to set new
standards in automation and drive technology. In all industries
worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts... on the entire Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
http://www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/aspa-db/
You start by selecting a
Product group,
Country,
City,
Service.
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Partner at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
Siemens Solution Partner
Automation, Power Distribution and PLM
Overview
The Solution Partner Finder, available to you on the Internet, is a
comprehensive database in which all Solution Partners, together
with their performance profiles, present themselves.
In addition to the search criteria Technology, Sector and Country,
you can also search by Company and ZIP Code. From there it is
only a small step to making the first contact.
Call up the Solution Partner Finder as follows:
CA 01 on DVD:
On the start page via "Contacts & Partners;
Siemens Solution Partner Automation, Power Distribution and
PLM"
CA 01 online:
Go directly to the Solution Partner Finder:
Additional information about the Siemens Solution Partner

Program is available in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner
Siemens Solution Partner is the name used to identify selected

system integrators as suppliers of solutions for the Siemens
portfolio in the automation, power distribution and product life-
cycle management (PLM) sectors in accordance with globally
uniform qualification procedures.
In the context of the Siemens Solution Partner program, our
strengths merge with the competences of our Solution Partners.
Our product and system expertise works together with the
comprehensive application and sector expertise of our partners
to always produce perfect solutions for every application.
The number of Solution Partners has increased extremely
rapidly, and now more than 850 certified Solution Partners are
able to provide pioneering, tailored solutions in more than 45
countries.
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services.
Product Selection Using the Offline Mall of Industry

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The Offline Mall CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products and
thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Automation
and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the Offline Mall CA 01 can be found in the Internet
under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall

The Industry Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG
in the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of
products presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and
attractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under: 11
http://www.siemens.com/industrymall

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Service & Support
Services covering the entire life cycle
Planni
ng & Design Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and
ti on designing of your project from
Co
iza
Technical detailed actual-state analysis,
nf i
ti m
Consulting
target definition and consulting
gu
Op
rat
on product and system ques-
ion &
Modernization
io
Technical
n&
and
Support tions right to the creation of the
Modernizat
Optimization
Development
automation solution.
Online
Support
Spare Parts Engineering

and Repairs Support
Op
Field
g
Engineering Support
nin
er a
Service
sio
tio
&
n
ism
M
ain om Support in configuring and de-
ten
anc n &C veloping with customer-oriented
e atio
Install services from actual configura-
tion to implementation of the
automation project.
Our Service & Support accompanies you worlwide in all
concerns related to the automation and drive technology of
Siemens. In more than 100 countries directly on site and cover-
ing all phases of the life cycle of your machines and plants.
Round the clock.
An experienced team of specialists with their combined know-
how is ready to assist you. Regular training courses and a close
contact of our employees among each other also across Field Service
continents assure a reliable service for multifaceted scopes. With Field Service, we offer
services for startup and mainte-
nance essential for ensuring
Online Support system availability.
The comprehensive information
system available round the
clock via Internet ranging from
Product Support and Service &
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop.
automation/service&support
Spare Parts and Repairs
In the operating phase of a
machine or automation system,
we provide a comprehensive
Technical Support repair and spare parts service
Competent consulting in techni- ensuring the highest degree of
cal questions covering a wide plant availability.
range of customer-oriented
services for all our products and
systems.
automation/support-request
Optimization and Upgrading
After startup or during the ope-
rating phase, additional potenti-
al for inceasing the productiviy
or for reducing costs often ari-
ses. For this purpose, we offer
you high-quality services in
optimization and upgrading.
11
You find contact details in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Service & Support
Knowledge Base on DVD
Knowledge Base on DVD

For locations without online con- The DVD also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge
nections to the Internet there are Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The DVD will be up-
excerpts of the free part of the dated every 4 months.
information sources available on
DVD (Service & Support Knowl- Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
edge Base). This DVD contains Support Knowledge Base on DVD comes complete in
all the latest product information 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
at the time of production (FAQs, You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base DVD
Downloads, Tips and Tricks, Up- from your Siemens contact.
dates) as well as general infor-
mation on Service & Support. Order no. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2

By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automa-
tion Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Order your Automation and Value Card easily and comfortably
like a product with your sales contact.
Automation Value Card order numbers
Credits Order no.
200 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0
500 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0
1000 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0
10000 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0
Detailed information on the services offered is available on our

Small card great support Internet site at:
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the com- http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
prehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and
Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation Service & Support la Card: Examples
project. Technical Support
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our Priority Priority processing for urgent cases
Technical Support or want to purchase something on our Online
portal, you can always pay with your Automation Value Card. No 24 h Availability round the clock
invoicing, transparent and safe. With your personal card number Extended Technical consulting for complex questions
and associated PIN you can view the state of your account and Mature Consulting service for products that are not available
all transactions at any time. Products any more
Services on card. This is how it's done. Support Tools in the Support Shop
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value Tools that can be used directly for configuration,
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field, analysis and testing
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Safety of electronic devices
Overview Division into a safe and a non-safe zone

The information listed here is mainly of a fundamental nature In practically all plants there are parts which perform safety-
and applies regardless of the type and vendor of the electronic related functions (e.g. emergency stop pushbuttons, mesh
control system. guards, two-hand controls). In order not to have to consider the
complete control system in terms of safety engineering it is
Reliability customary to divide the control system into a safe and a
The reliability of devices and components is being driven as non-safe zone. No special requirements are imposed on the
high as possible by employing extensive and cost-effective safety of the control system in the non-safe zone because there
measures in development and production. would be no impact on the safety of the plant if the electronics
failed in this case. In the safe zone, on the other hand, you are
This includes only allowed to use control systems and/or circuits which satisfy
Selection of high-quality components; the directives in question.
Worst-case design calculation of all circuits; The following zonal divisions are customary in practice:
Systematic and computer-controlled testing of all subcon- Control systems with little safety engineering,
tracted components; e.g. machine control systems.
Burn-in of all large-scale integrated circuits (e.g. processors, Control systems with balanced zones,
memories etc.); e.g. chemical plants, aerial ropeways.
Measures to prevent static charging when working at or with Control systems with mainly safety engineering,
MOS circuits; e.g. incineration plants.
Visual checks at various stages of production; Important
In-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computer-aided testing of
all components and their interaction in the circuit; Even if a maximum of design-based safety is achieved in the
configuration of an electronic control systems e.g. through
Hot endurance run at high ambient temperature over several multi-edge configuration it is still essential to closely follow the
days; instructions in the operating manuals as otherwise wrong actions
Meticulous computer-controlled final testing; may suspend precautions for preventing potential faults or may
Statistical evaluation of all returns for immediate introduction of create additional sources of danger.
remedial actions.
These measures are regarded a basic measures in safety engi-
neering. They prevent or keep control of the majority of potential
faults.
Risks
Wherever faults are liable to cause injury to persons or damage
to property it is necessary to introduce measures aimed in par-
ticular at the safety of the plant and, therefore, of the control sys-
tem. Special, plan-specific directives exist for these applications
and need to be taken into account when configuring the control
system.
In the case of safety-relevant electronic control systems the
measures needing to be taken to prevent or keep control of
faults are aimed at the risk presented by the plant. In such a
case the basic measures listed above are no longer sufficient
above a certain level of hazard potential. Additional measures
have to be implemented and certified (e.g.dual-channel ar-
rangements, tests, checksums etc.) for the control system.
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Software Licenses
Overview
Software types Rental license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
The following software types have been defined: software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
Engineering software can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
Runtime software One license is required for each installation of the software.
Engineering software Trial license
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz- productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing. It can be transferred to another license.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- Factory license
parties free-of-charge. With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use
the software at one permanent establishment only. The perma-
Runtime software nent establishment is defined by one address only.The number
This includes all software products required for plant/machine of hardware devices on which the software may be installed
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).
sions, drivers, etc.
Certificate of license
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of Downgrading
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza- such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with Delivery versions
the relevant product(s). Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
License types
PowerPack
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers
various types of software license: Upgrade
Floating license can be used to access updates.
Single license Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
Rental license PowerPack
Trial license PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
Floating license (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
The software may be installed for internal use on any number with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
of devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. ware is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
Use begins when the software is started. license of the software to be replaced.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Upgrade
Single license
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
installation of the software. is already held.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc. product, proves that the new version is licensed.
One single license is required for each type of use defined. A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Software Licenses
Software Update Service ServicePack
The SIMATIC NET Software Update Service includes automatic ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
delivery of the relevant updates of the SIMATIC NET PC software ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
CD, which is available following the signing of the contract. ing to the number of existing original licenses.
The CD contains SIMATIC NET software for Industrial Ethernet,
PROFINET, OPC server and PROFIBUS, so that your software is License key
always up to date. Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
The following boundary conditions apply: software products with and without license keys.
The customer must already have a current software version, The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
so an update/upgrade may be required beforehand. is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
The update service is valid for one year following the date rental license, etc.).
specified in the order. The complete installation of software products requiring license
It shall be extended automatically for a further year, provided keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
that it is not cancelled 3 months in advance by the customer or license key (which represents the license).
by the responsible Siemens partner.
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the
When the contract is extended, the customer will be invoiced Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under
for the cost of a further year. http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(Industry Mall Online-Help System)
I IA&DT/Software licenses/En 02.12.09
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Alphabetical index
Page Page Page

1 D I
3WL/3VL function block library deviceWISE Embedded Edition IE/WSN-PA LINK .................................8/2
for SIMATIC PCS 7 ......................... 4/56 for SIMATIC S7 ............................. 2/241 IM 154-6 PN IWLAN ...............2/225, 5/10
4SI IO-Link electronic module ... 5/6, 10/4 Distributed I/O ET 200eco .............. 2/202 Industrial Ethernet Switches /
4SI SIRIUS 4SI Distributed inverters Media converters ..............................2/8
electronic module ................... 5/6, 10/5 SINAMICS G110D ......................... 6/36 Industrial Security ...........................2/123
Digital electronic modules .................. 5/4 Industrial Wireless Communication
A
Direct-on-line starters 3RA64 ......... 10/19 Wireless Devices
Add-on modules for AS-Interface .... 6/11 ET 200pro IWLAN .........................2/225
Alphabetical index ......................... 11/15 E
Industrial controls ..............................10/9
AS-Interface enclosures Embedded Automation .................. 2/152
Industrial controls
with standard fittings ...................... 6/38 ET 200eco PN ....................... 2/202, 5/16 Motor starters for operation
AS-Interface F adapters ET 200pro ......................................... 5/10 in the control cabinet ....................10/10
for EMERGENCY-STOP ET 200S IO-Link master modules .... 5/6 Information and Ordering
control devices ................................ 6/5
ET 200S I/O modules ...................... 5/2 in the Internet and on DVD .............11/9
ASIsafe ............................................... 6/5
ET 200S Software ............................ 5/7 IO-Link master module
ASIsafe for ET 200eco PN ...........................10/6
SIMATIC FS600 Laser scanner ......... 6/6 Export regulations .......................... 11/20
IO-Link master module
ASIsafe Laserscanner ........................ 6/6 F for ET 200S .....................................10/4
Automation Value Card .................. 11/11 Fax order form ................................ 11/19 IO-Link master module SIRIUS
C FC FO termination kit ......................... 2/7 for ET 200S .....................................10/5
Cabling system .................................. 2/2 FC glass fiber-optic cable .................. 2/3 IO-Link modules K20 ........................10/8
Central modules, expansion modules, FC-FOCs ............................................ 2/2 I/O modules ......................................10/7
interface modules, operating and Function modules K
monitoring modules ....................... 4/35 SIRIUS for IO-Link .......................... 10/9
Communication modules TIM ............ 7/2 Knowledge Base on DVD ................11/11
Compact feeders 3RA64, L
3RA65 for IO-Link ......................... 10/19 Laser scanner SIMATIC FS600 .........4/59
Compact feeders 3RA65 ................ 10/20
Compact feeders SIRIUS 3RA6
Accessories ................................. 10/21
General data ................................ 10/10
CSM 1277 unmanaged .................. 2/15
Conditions of sale and delivery ...... 11/20
Configuring, Visualizing and
Controlling with SENTRON ............. 4/58
Configuring, Visualizing and
Controlling with SIMATIC ............... 4/51
CP 1612 A2 .................................... 2/195
CP 343-1 BACnet ........................... 2/188
CP 343-1 ERPC .............................. 2/182
CP 5603 .............................................. 4/5
CP 5623 ............................................ 4/11
CP 5624 ............................................ 4/17
CP 5711 ............................................ 4/23
CPU 1211C .................................... 2/125
CPU 1212C .................................... 2/133
CPU 1214C .................................... 2/141
11

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Alphabetical index
Page Page Page

M O S
Master ...............................................10/4 Online Services ................................ 11/9 SINAUT ST7 Engineering Software .. 7/25
Media modules for modular Operator control SIPLUS CPU 1211C,
SCALANCE X-300 managed ........2/111 and monitoring devices ................ 2/223 CPU 1212C, CPU 1214C ............. 2/149
Modulare Controller Ordering data summary ................. 11/17 SIRIUS 3RK3 .................................... 4/33
SIMATIC S7-1200 .........................2/125 P SIRIUS function modules
SIPLUS S7-1200 ...........................2/149 for AS-Interface .............................. 6/10
PAC3200 function block library
Modular Safety System Slaves
for SIMATIC WinCC ........................ 4/57 Contactor and
SIRIUS 3RK3 ..................................4/33
Partner at Contactor Assemblies .................... 6/10
Motion Control System SIMOTION Industry Automation and Motor starters
SIMOTION C Controller-based ..2/215 Drive Technologies ......................... 11/7 for operation in the field,
Motor Starter ES ..................................5/7 Partner solutions ............................. 2/241 high degree of protection ............... 6/12
Motor starters Power Management System ............. 4/40 Motor starters for operation
for operation in the field, in the control cabinet ..................... 6/11
Power modules
high degree of protection ...............4/28 Pushbutton units and
for PM-E electronic modules ............ 5/2
indicator lights 3SF5 ...................... 6/38
Motor starter M200D PPI modem cable .............................. 7/24 SINAMICS distributed inverters ..... 6/36
for AS-Interface ..............................6/13 Production sensors SOFTNET Security Client ................ 2/123
Motor starters M200D for AS-Interface Code reading systems ................. 2/233 Software ............................................ 7/25
Motor starters M200D Basic / Production sensors Software Quick Start ......................... 11/4
M200D Standard ............................6/18 RFID systems ............................... 2/228 Software
Motor starters M200D PROFIsafe laser scanner .................. 4/59 Modular Safety System ES ............. 4/37
for PROFIBUS / PROFINET Q Software licenses ........................... 11/13
Communication modules, Standards and approbations ........... 11/5
motor starter modules ....................4/32 Quality management
Certificates ..................................... 11/6 Switch ES Power .............................. 4/58
Motor starters MCU for AS-Interface System interfacing
Quick Start......................................... 11/4
Plastic enclosures, for PG/PC .............................. 2/193, 4/2
electromechanical switching ..........6/31 S for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK ...... 2/180
metal enclosures, Safety of electronic devices ........... 11/12 System interfacing .......................... 2/179
electromechanical switching ..........6/32 SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged ........ 2/25 System overview
metal enclosures, SCALANCE X-300 managed ............ 2/45 Communication overview ................. 6/4
electronic switching .......................6/34
SCALANCE X-300EEC managed ..... 2/77 System overview
Motor starters MCU, I/O-controlled SCALANCE XB-000 unmanaged ..... 2/18 Configuration examples ................... 6/3
Plastic enclosures, System overview
SCALANCE XF-200 managed .......... 2/34
electromechanical switching ..........6/30 Transmission technology ................. 6/2
SCALANCE XF-200IRT managed ..... 2/41
Motor starters MCU, locally controlled SCALANCE XR-300 managed ......... 2/67 T
Plastic enclosures,
SCALANCE XR-300EEC managed .. 2/99 TIM 3V-IE ............................................ 7/2
electromechanical switching ..........6/29
Sensors ........................................... 10/26 TIM 3V-IE Advanced .......................... 7/9
Motor starters SIRIUS M200D
Service & Support .......................... 11/10 TIM 4R-IE .......................................... 7/16
Accessories ................................... 6/19
General data ..................................6/12 Services covering Training ............................................. 11/2
the entire life cycles ..................... 11/10 Transition from Industrial Ethernet
Motor starters SIRIUS M200D SICLOCK time synchronization ...... 2/199
Motor starters M200D to WirelessHART .............................. 8/2
Siemens contacts worldwide............. 11/7
for PROFIBUS / PROFINET ............4/28
Siemens Solution Partner
Motor starters SIRIUS MCU Automation, Power Distribution
Accessories ....................................6/35 and PLM ......................................... 11/8
General data ..................................6/24 SIMATIC ET 200pro PS ..................... 5/13
Multifunction measuring instruments SIMATIC HMI IPC477C embedded 2/165
SENTRON SIMATIC IPC427C Bundles ............ 2/161
Expansion modules
SIMATIC Multi Panels (MP) ............. 2/223
PAC 4DI/2DO for PAC4200 ............4/50
Expansion modules SIMATIC MV440 .............................. 2/233
PAC PROFIBUS DP ........................4/48 SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 ..... 4/55
Expansion modules PAC RS485 ....4/49 SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate ................ 4/51
General data ..................................4/41 SIMATIC PXO560C C50 ................. 10/28
Multifunction measuring SIMATIC PXS310C M18 .................. 10/26
11 instruments PAC3100 .....................4/45 SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C .............. 2/228
Multifunction measuring SIMATIC S7-modular
instruments PAC3200 .....................4/46 Embedded Controller ................... 2/152
Multifunction measuring SIMATIC WinAC MP ........................ 2/173
instruments PAC4200 .....................4/47 SIMATIC WinCC powerrate .............. 4/53
SIMOTION C240/C240 PN ............. 2/218

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Ordering data summary
Type Page Type Page Type Page

2XV 3RP 6ES
2XV9 450- .............................2/200, 2/201 3RP19 03 .......................................... 4/36 6ES7 131- ........................................... 5/5
3011 3RT 6ES7 132- ........................................... 5/5
3011-1- ...........................................2/242 3RT1 900- .................... 5/12, 5/27, 2/213, 6ES7 138- ........................... 5/3, 5/6, 10/4
3011-4- ...........................................2/242 ........................................... 2/227, 10/25 6ES7 141- .............................. 2/213, 5/27
3RA 3RV19 15- ............................ 10/23, 10/24 6ES7 142- .............................. 2/213, 5/27
3RA29 08-........................................10/25 3RV19 25- ....................................... 10/24 6ES7 144- .............................. 2/213, 5/27
3RA64 00- .......................................10/19 3RV19 26- ....................................... 10/25 6ES7 145- .............................. 2/213, 5/27
3RA65 00- .......................................10/20 3RV19 28- ....................................... 10/23 6ES7 147- .............................. 2/213, 5/27
3RA69 11- .......................................10/22 3RX 6ES7 148- ............ 2/213, 5/14, 5/27, 10/6
3RA69 12-........................................10/22 3RX7 302- ....................................... 10/28 6ES7 154- .............................. 2/226, 5/11
3RA69 13- .......................................10/22 3RX7 307- ....................................... 10/28 6ES7 193- .................................... 5/3, 5/5
3RA69 20- .......................................10/22 3RX8 000- .................. 2/214, 2/240, 5/28, 6ES7 194- ................ 2/213, 2/214, 2/226,
3RA69 31-........................................10/23 .................................... 6/21, 6/23, 10/27 ................................. 2/227, 2/231, 5/12,
............................. 5/11, 5/27, 5/28, 6/23
3RA69 32- .......................................10/23 3RX9 802- ....................................... 2/231
6ES7 212- ....................................... 2/140
3RA69 33- .......................................10/23 3SF
6ES7 365- ....................................... 2/221
3RA69 35- .......................................10/23 3SF5 402- ........................................... 6/5
6ES7 390-........................................ 2/221
3RA69 36- .......................................10/23 3SF5 811- ......................................... 6/38
6ES7 392- ....................................... 2/221
3RA69 40- .......................................10/22 3SF5 812- ......................................... 6/38
6ES7 648- ............................ 2/164, 2/172
3RA69 50- .......................................10/22 3SF5 813- ......................................... 6/38
6ES7 671- ....................................... 2/177
3RA69 70- .........................................6/11 3SF7 834- .................................. 4/61, 6/8
6ES7 675- ............................ 2/162, 2/163
3RA69 91- .......................................10/25 3UF
6ES7 677- ....................................... 2/160
3RA69 92- .......................................10/25 3UF7 920- ......................................... 4/36
6ES7 790- ....................................... 2/164
3RG 3UF7 930- ......................................... 4/36
6ES7 810-2 .......................... 2/187, 2/192
3RG7 838- .................................4/61, 6/8 3UF7 940- ................................ 4/36, 4/39
6ES7 953- .............................. 2/227, 5/12
3RK 3UF7 946- ......................... 4/36, 4/39, 5/9
6ES7 971- ......................................... 7/23
3RK1 005- .......................5/6, 10/5, 10/23 3UF7 950- ......................................... 4/36
6ES7 998- .............................. 2/227, 5/12
3RK1 305- .........................................4/32 3ZS 6ES7 211- ....................................... 2/132
3RK1 315- .........................................6/18 3ZS1 310- ........................................... 5/9 6ES7 212- ....................................... 2/140
3RK1 325- .........................................6/18 3ZS1 314- ................................ 4/36, 4/39 6ES7 214- ....................................... 2/148
3RK1 335- .........................................4/32 3ZS2 311- ......................................... 4/58 6ES7 223- ................. 2/132, 2/140, 2/148
3RK1 395- .........................................4/32 3ZS2 781- ................................ 4/46, 4/55 6ES7 232- ................. 2/132, 2/140, 2/148
3RK1 901- ....................2/213, 5/27, 6/21, 3ZS2 782- ......................................... 4/56 6ES7 274- ................. 2/132, 2/140, 2/148
...............................................6/23, 10/8 3ZS2 785- ......................................... 4/52 6ES7 298- ................. 2/132, 2/140, 2/148
3RK1 902- ..............5/14, 6/20, 6/22, 6/23 3ZS2 791- ................................ 4/46, 4/57 6ES7 822- ................. 2/132, 2/140, 2/148
3RK1 903- ...........................................5/9 3ZS2 795 .......................................... 4/54 6ES7 954 - ................ 2/132, 2/140, 2/148
3RK1 911- .........................5/9, 5/14, 6/20 6AG 6FC
3RK1 922- ..................................5/9, 6/23 6AG1 211- ...................................... 2/150 6FC5 235- ....................................... 2/172
3RK19 04- ................................6/11, 6/23 6AG1 212- ...................................... 2/151
3RK3 111- .........................................4/35 6FL
6AG1 214- ...................................... 2/151
3RK3 211- .........................................4/35 6FL4 343- ....................................... 2/192
6AG4 070- ...................................... 2/164
3RK3 221- .........................................4/35 6GF
6AU
3RK3 231- .........................................4/35 6GF3440- ................. 2/231, 2/239, 2/240
6AU1240- ....................................... 2/221
3RK3 242- .........................................4/35 6GF9001- ....................................... 2/239
6AU1720- ....................................... 2/221
3RK3 251- .........................................4/35 6GF9002- ............................ 2/239, 2/240
6AV 6GF9004- ....................................... 2/239
3RK3 311- .........................................4/35 6AV6 642- ....................................... 2/224
3RK3 321- .........................................4/35 6AV6 643- ....................................... 2/224
3RK3 511- .........................................4/35 6AV6 644- ....................................... 2/224
3RK3 611- .........................................4/35 6AV6 652- ............................ 2/177, 2/178
3RK3 931- .........................................4/36 6AV6 671- ....................................... 2/172
3RK43 20-........................6/31, 6/33, 6/34 6AV7 672- ....................................... 2/172
3RK43 40- .........................................6/30 6AV7 883- ....................................... 2/171 11
3RK43 53- .........................................6/29 6AV7 884- ................. 2/169, 2/170, 2/171
3RK5 010- .........................................10/8
6ED
6ED1 057- ........................................... 5/9

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Ordering data summary

a
Type Page Type Page Type Page

6GK 6GR 6XV
6GK1 160- ......................................2/164 6GR1 566- ...................................... 10/28 6XV1 801- .............................. 2/213, 5/28
6GK1 161- ......................................2/197 6GR6 333- ...................................... 10/27 6XV1 822- ................... 2/226, 2/231, 5/12
6GK1 411- ..........................................8/8 6GT 6XV1 830- ........................... 2/226, 2/231,
6GK1 500- ..2/160, 4/10, 4/16, 4/22, 4/27 6GT2 002- ....................................... 2/231 ...................................... 4/61, 5/12, 6/22
6GK1 560- ..................2/160, 2/164, 4/10 6GT2 080- ....................................... 2/231 6XV1 840- ............. 2/17, 5/27, 2/33, 2/65,
6GK1 562- ...............................4/15, 4/22 6GT2 091- ....................................... 2/231 ................................. 2/98, 2/122, 2/160,
6GT2 691- ....................................... 2/231 ............................... 2/187, 2/192, 2/213,
6GK1 571- ........................................4/27
...................................... 2/231, 6/23, 8/8
6GK1 704- .......2/124, 2/186, 2/197, 4/27 6GT2 891- ............................ 2/231, 2/240
6XV1 840- .............................. 2/222, 6/23
6GK1 706- ......................................2/198 6NH
6XV1 847- ........... 2/4, 2/5, 2/6, 2/40, 2/44
6GK1 713- .............4/10, 4/15, 4/16, 4/22 6NH7 701- ........................ 7/8, 7/15, 7/23
6XV1 870- ...................... 2/17, 2/24, 2/40,
6GK1 716- ......................................2/186 6NH7 701-0AR ................................. 7/23 ..................................... 2/44, 2/65, 2/97,
6GK1 900- ........2/6, 2/7, 2/40, 2/44, 2/66 6NH7 800- ........................ 7/8, 7/15, 7/23 .................... 2/122, 2/132, 2/140, 2/148,
................................... 2/98, 2/186, 7/23 6NH7 997- ............... 7/8, 7/15, 7/23, 7/26 .................... 2/164, 2/172, 2/187, 2/197,
6GK1 901- ............2/17, 2/33, 2/40, 2/44, 6NH9 701- ........................................ 7/24 .................... 2/213, 2/222, 2/226, 2/231,
.................2/65, 2/66, 2/97, 2/98, 2/122, 6NH9 741- ...................................... 2/124 ........................... 2/240, 5/12, 5/27, 6/23
....................2/124, 2/160, 2/186, 2/187,
6NH9 860- ...................................... 2/124
....................2/192, 2/213, 2/222, 2/226, 6XV1 873- ........ 2/24, 2/132, 2/140, 2/148
........................2/231, 2/240, 5/12, 5/27, 6SL
6XV1 875- ....................... 2/226, 5/11, 8/8
.................................7/8, 7/15, 7/23, 8/8 6SL3 511- ......................................... 6/37
6XV1 878- .............................. 2/97, 2/187
6GK1 905- .........2/226, 2/231, 4/61, 5/12 6SL3 555- ......................................... 6/23
6GK1 907- ..................2/213, 2/231, 5/28 7KM
6GK1 975- ..............2/6, 2/17, 2/40, 2/44, 7KM2 111- ........................................ 4/46
....................................2/66, 2/98, 2/122 7KM2 112-......................................... 4/46
6GK5 004- .......2/24, 2/132, 2/140, 2/148 7KM3 133- ........................................ 4/45
6GK5 005- ........................................2/24 7KM4 212- ........................................ 4/47
6GK5 008- .........................................2/24 7KM9 200- ........................................ 4/50
6GK5 104- .........................................2/33 7KM9 300- ............................... 4/48, 4/49
6GK5 106- ........................................2/33 7KM9 900- ...................... 4/45, 4/46, 4/47
6GK5 108- ........................................2/33 8US
6GK5 112- .........................................2/33 8US12 11- ...................................... 10/24
6GK5 116- .........................................2/33 8US12 50- ...................................... 10/24
6GK5 124- ........................................2/33
6GK5 204- ....................2/40, 2/44, 2/192
6GK5 206- ........................................2/40
6GK5 208- .........................................2/40
6GK5 302- .........................................2/97
6GK5 306- ........................................2/65
6GK5 307- ...............................2/65, 2/97
6GK5 308- .............................2/65, 2/187
6GK5 310- ........................................2/65
6GK5 320- .........................................2/65
6GK5 324- .............................2/76, 2/110
6GK5 612- ......................................2/124
6GK5 613- ......................................2/124
6GK5 792-6 ....................2/226, 5/11, 8/8
6GK5 793- .............................2/226, 5/11
6GK5 795- ......................2/226, 5/11, 8/8
6GK5 798- ..........................................8/8
6GK5 991- ......................................2/121
6GK5 992- .......................................2/121
6GK7 277- .......2/17, 2/132, 2/140, 2/148
11 6GK7 343- ...........................2/186, 2/242
6GK7 377- .......................................2/160

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Just copy and fill out the form and fax it to us. We will deliver immediately!
Fax order form
To:
Fax No.
(Address "Contact person") Contact partners
Item Order No. Designation Quan- Unit Total

tity price price
The Conditions of Sale and Delivery apply in accordance with the catalog / price list of your contact partner.
Company address (company stamp): Delivery address (if different):
Company number (if known) Company/Dept.
Company/Dept. Street, No.
Street, No. Postal code/City
Postal code/City
Contact partners
Tel. No./Fax Comments 11

Customer Order No.: ........................................................................ Desired delivery date: ..............................................................
Date Signature

Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations
An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the under the following Order Nos.:
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con- 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1
ditions for supplies and services, including software products, (for customers based in Germany)
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms (for customers based outside Germany)
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG. or download them from the Internet
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany (Germany: Industry Mall Online-Help System)
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General
Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the
Electrical and Electronics Industry shall apply. Export regulations
For software products, the General License Conditions for The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with European / German and/or US export regulations.
a Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of by the competent authorities.
Germany According to current provisions, the following export regulations
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
Conditions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for catalog / price list:
Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany
shall apply.
AL Number of the German Export List
For software products, the General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with Products marked other than N require an export
a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. license.
In the case of software products, the export
General designations of the relevant data medium must
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the also be generally adhered to.
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches Goods labeled with an AL not equal to N are
only apply to devices for export. subject to a European or German export authori-
Illustrations are not binding. zation when being exported out of the EU.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, ECCN Export Control Classification Number
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - Products marked other than N are subject to a
these are subject to change without prior notice. reexport license to specific countries.
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging. In the case of software products, the export
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. designations of the relevant data medium must
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to also be generally adhered to.
the applicable legal regulations. Goods labeled with an ECCN not equal to N
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit are subject to a US re-export authorization.
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain Even without a label or with an AL: N or ECCN: N, authoriza-
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges which the goods are to be used.
will be determined based on the official price and the metal The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
factor of the respective product. indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
order. I IA/DT /VuL_ohne MZ/En 12.05.09
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products.
11
7
IKPI_News_U3_en.fm Seite 2 Donnerstag, 28. Januar 2010 3:29 15
Siemens AG 2010
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low Voltage Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalog Motion Control Catalog
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and CA 01 SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Low Voltage Distribution Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Drive Systems Automation Systems for Machine Tools
Variable-Speed Drives SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21
SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120 D 11.1 Motors for Production Machines
Standard Inverters SINAMICS S110 PM 22
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D The Basic Positioning Drive
Distributed Inverters
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11 Low-Voltage
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units Controls and Distribution LV 1
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12 SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
Medium-Voltage Converters Controls and Distribution LV 1 T
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3 Technical Information
Cabinet Modules SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units SICUBE System Cubicles and Cubicle Air-Conditioning LV 50
Three-phase Induction Motors D 84.1 SIDAC Reactors and Filters LV 60
H-compact SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
H-compact PLUS
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 Power Supply and System Cabling
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2 Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
Technology, HT-direct System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
DC Motors DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Converters Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2 PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
Cabinet Units
SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 PDF: Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48 Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 Components for the System Integration
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11 Safety Integrated
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3 Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI I0
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 SIMATIC HMI
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21 Human Machine Interface Systems ST 80
Motors for Production Machines
SINAMICS S110 PM 22 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
The Basic Positioning Drive Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
Micro Automation
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1
Process Control System
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60 Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
Motors Process Control System
Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO pc-based Automation ST PC
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61
Motors SIMATIC NET
Drive System SINAMICS S120 Industrial Communication IK PI
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1

SIMATIC Sensors
Mechanical Driving Machines
Sensor Technology for Factory Automation FS 10
Flender Standard Couplings MD 10.1
Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
Electrical Installation Technology

System Solutions
PDF: ALPHA Distribution Boards and Terminal Blocks ET A1
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3 interactive catalog CA 01
PDF: BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection ET B1
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1 TELEPERM M Process Control System
PDF: GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1 PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

IA DT LV/3U/En 27.01.10
Siemens AG 2010
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
Siemens AG Subject to change without prior notice
always apply as described or which may change as a result of
Industry Sector Order No. E86060-K6710-A121-A3-7600 further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
Postfach 48 48 P.8201.02.02 / Dispo 26000 respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
90026 NRNBERG KG 0210 10.0 KRO 464 En / IWI TSTS terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
GERMANY Printed in Germany subject to change without notice.
Siemens AG 2010 All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for
their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.
www.siemens.com/automation
Katalogumschlag_IKPI_News_en.indd 1 28.01.2010 13:06:56

Comunicatii Industriale

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Comunicatii Industriale

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Comunicatii Industriale

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens AG 2010

Katalogumschlag_IKPI_News_en.indd 2 28.01.2010 13:06:58

SIMATIC ST 70 SIMATIC Sensors ID 10

SIMATIC S7-1200 ST 70 N Low-Voltage Motors

SIMATIC HMI ST 80 SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120 D 11.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7 SITOP KT 10.1

Low-Voltage Controls LV 1 SITRAIN ITC

E86060-K1002-A101-A9-7600 E86060-K6850-A101-C1 (in German)

Industrial Controls LV 1 N Interactive Catalog CA 01

Motion Control Industry Mall

PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Wireless Communication

The products contained in this catalog are also

Please contact your local

1/2 Siemens IK PI News January 2010

Answers for industry.

Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the

manufacturing and the process industry as well as in

the building automation business. Our drive and automation

solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and

Totally Integrated Power (TIP) are employed in all kinds

of industry. In the manufacturing and the process industry.

In industrial as well as in functional buildings.

Siemens IK PI News January 2010 1/3

ERP Enterprise Resource Planning

Management Level MES Manufacturing Execution Systems

Industrial Software for

Process Instrumentation SIMATIC Sensors

Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only provider

of an integrated basis for implementation of customized automation

solutions in all industries from inbound to outbound.

1/4 Siemens IK PI News January 2010

SIMATIC NET SIMATIC Controllers SIMATIC HMI Safety Integrated

SIMATIC Distributed I/O SINAMICS Drive Systems ASIsafe AS-Interface

KNX GAMMA instabus

TIA is characterized by its unique The unique continuity is already

Siemens IK PI News January 2010 1/5

Integrated power distribution

1/6 Siemens IK PI News January 2010

Products and systems

Planning and system configuration

Siemens IK PI News January 2010 1/7

Much more than a Selecting

You have a catalog in your hands that will serve Ordering

Added value due to additional information

Convinced? We look forward to your visit!

New Since Publication of IK PI 2009

The Catalog IK PI News January 2010 supplements Catalog IK PI 2009.

It contains products which have been newly introduced or changed in their

functionality since the main catalog was released.

The Catalog IK PI 2009 is still valid.

Siemens IK PI News January 2010 1/9

Section 2: PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

To meet the steadily growing demands,

1/10 Siemens IK PI News January 2010

Section 4: PROFIBUS Section 6: AS-Interface

System Interfaces for PG/PC Power Management System

Section 5: SIMATIC ET 200

With the new IM 154-6 PN IWLAN

6ZLWK 6ZLWK 03 ,3&ZLWK